CAPITOL FEDERAL FINANCIAL
S-1/A, 1999-02-01
SAVINGS INSTITUTION, FEDERALLY CHARTERED
Previous: MUNIHOLDINGS MICHIGAN INSURED FUND INC, 8-A12B, 1999-02-01
Next: MUNIHOLDINGS NEW JERSEY INSURED FUND III INC, 8-A12B, 1999-02-01




   
    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 1, 1999
                              Registration No. 333-68363
    

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              Washington, DC 20549

   
                         PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                 TO THE FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
    

                            CAPITOL FEDERAL FINANCIAL
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                              <C>                                    <C>              
           United States                                         6035                                   To Be Requested
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation        (Primary Standard Industrial            (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
           or organization)                          Classification Code Number)
</TABLE>

             700 Kansas Avenue, Topeka, Kansas 66603 (785) 235-1341
    (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                  of registrant's principal executive offices)

               John C. Dicus, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
                            Capitol Federal Financial
                                700 Kansas Avenue
                              Topeka, Kansas 66603
                                 (785) 235-1341
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)

                  Please send copies of all communications to:
                            James S. Fleischer, P.C.
                            Martin L. Meyrowitz, P.C.
                         SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.
      (A limited liability partnership including professional corporations)
                           1100 New York Avenue, N.W.
                            Seventh Floor, East Tower
                              Washington, DC 20005
                                 (202) 414-6100

                  Approximate date of commencement of proposed
                sale to the public: As soon as practicable after
                 this Registration Statement becomes effective.


     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are being offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933 check the following box. [ ]

     If this Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

     If delivery of the  prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]

      The Registrant hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall
file a further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this  Registration
Statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  Registration  Statement  shall become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.
<PAGE>


   
PROSPECTUS
Up to 50,000,000 Shares of Common Stock

                                                       CAPITOL FEDERAL FINANCIAL
                     (Proposed Holding Company for Capitol Federal Savings Bank)
                                                               700 Kansas Avenue
                                                            Topeka, Kansas 66603



     Capitol Federal Savings and Loan Association is changing from the mutual to
the  stock  form  of  organization.  As part of  this  change,  Capitol  Federal
Financial  is being  formed to own all of the common  stock of  Capitol  Federal
Savings and Loan  Association  , which will  change its name to Capitol  Federal
Savings  Bank.  The shares being offered to the public in this  prospectus  will
represent less than half of the common stock of Capitol Federal Financial.  More
than half of the  outstanding  common  stock  will be given to  Capitol  Federal
Savings Bank MHC, a mutual holding company  controlled by the members of Capitol
Federal Savings Bank.


                              TERMS OF THE OFFERING

     An  independent  appraiser  estimated  the  market  value of the  converted
Capitol Federal Savings Bank. Using this estimate,  Capitol Federal Financial is
offering to sell to the public between 32,136,106 shares and 43,478,261 shares .
Capitol  Federal  Financial  may  increase  the  number of shares  offered up to
50,000,000 shares,  subject to Office of Thrift Supervision  approval.  Based on
this estimate, we are making the following offering of shares of common stock:

<TABLE>
<S>                                          <C>

o Price Per Share                                      $10.00

o Number of Shares
  Minimum/Maximum/Maximum, as adjusted        32,136,106 to 43,478,261to 50,000,000

o Commissions and other Expenses
  Minimum/Maximum/Maximum, as adjusted        $5,445,652 to $6,750,000 to $7,500,000

o Net Proceeds to Capitol Federal Financial
  Minimum/Maximum/Maximum, as adjusted        $315,915,408 to $428,032,610 to $492,500,000

o Net Proceeds Per Share
  Minimum/Maximum/Maximum, as adjusted        $9.83 to $9.84 to $9.85
</TABLE>

      Please refer to "Risk Factors" beginning on page 11 of this document.

     These  securities  are not  deposits  or  accounts  and are not  insured or
guaranteed  by  the  Federal   Deposit   Insurance   Corporation  or  any  other
governmental agency.

     Neither  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  the  Office of Thrift
Supervision,  nor any other  federal  agency or state  securities  regulator has
approved or  disapproved  these  securities or determined if this  prospectus is
accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

     For  information  on how to  subscribe  for  common  stock,  call the Stock
Information Center at (877) 815-1820.

                             CHARLES WEBB & COMPANY,
                   a Division of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

                               ____________, 1999
    


<PAGE>



             [MAP of Registrant's market area to be produced here.]




<PAGE>



                                     SUMMARY

     This summary highlights selected information from this document and may not
contain all the  information  that is important to you. To understand  the stock
offering fully,  you should read this entire document  carefully,  including the
financial statements and the notes to the financial statements.

   
 Important Risks in Owning Capitol Federal Financial's Common Stock

     Before you decide to purchase  stock,  you should  read the "Risk  Factors"
section on pages 11 to 13 of this document.

We Are Changing Our Structure

     Capitol Federal  Savings is converting to a stock company.  Capitol Federal
Financial will own all of the stock of Capitol Federal Savings.  Some of Capitol
Federal  Financial's shares will be offered for sale to the public and more than
half of its shares will be given to Capitol  Federal  Savings Bank MHC, a mutual
holding  company to be controlled by the members of Capitol Federal Savings . We
believe that this change in structure is currently in our best  interests and in
the best  interests of our  depositors and the  communities  that we serve.  The
change will allow us to:

     o    expand our size and operations,

     o    better compete with commercial banks and other financial institutions,
          and
     o    increase  our equity  capital  base and  improve  our ability to raise
          additional money when needed.

The Companies:

                            Capitol Federal Financial
                                700 Kansas Avenue
                              Topeka, Kansas 66603

     Capitol  Federal  Financial will be the holding company for Capitol Federal
Savings  when our  change in  structure  is  complete.  It is not  currently  an
operating company and has not engaged in any business to date.

                  Capitol Federal Savings and Loan Association
                                700 Kansas Avenue
                              Topeka, Kansas 66603

     Capitol  Federal  Savings  is a  federal  mutual  savings  association.  At
September  30,  1998,  we had total assets of $5.31  billion,  deposits of $3.89
billion, and total equity of $662.3 million.
    


                                        3

<PAGE>



   
     We are a  community-oriented  savings  association  serving  primarily  the
entire metropolitan areas of Topeka, Wichita, Lawrence,  Manhattan,  Emporia and
Salina,  Kansas and a portion of the  metropolitan  area of greater  Kansas City
through 24 full service and five limited service banking  offices.  We emphasize
residential mortgage lending,  primarily originating one-to four-family mortgage
loans.
    

                        Capitol Federal Savings Bank MHC
                                700 Kansas Avenue
                              Topeka, Kansas 66603

   
     Upon completion of our change in structure and the stock offering,  Capitol
Federal  Savings Bank MHC will own more than half of the  outstanding  shares of
Capitol Federal Financial.  As long as they remain depositors of Capitol Federal
Savings,  persons who had membership rights in Capitol Federal Savings as of the
date of the change in  structure  will  continue to have these rights in Capitol
Federal Savings Bank MHC after the change in structure.

     Capitol  Federal Savings Bank MHC is not expected to engage in any business
activity  other than  holding  more than half of the  shares of Capitol  Federal
Financial and investing any funds retained by it.

     After completing our change in structure,  the stock offering and a planned
contribution  of shares to the  Capitol  Federal  Foundation,  we will appear as
shown below:
    

                                              Total Public Shares

- --------------------------       ----------------------      -------------------
CAPITOL FEDERAL SAVINGS          MINORITY STOCKHOLDERS         CAPITOL FEDERAL
        BANK MHC                                                 FOUNDATION
- --------------------------       ----------------------      -------------------
               |                      |                           |
               | 57.03% of the        | 41.31% of the             | 1.65% of the
               | Common Stock         | Common Stock              | Common Stock
               |                      |                           |
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                           CAPITOL FEDERAL FINANCIAL
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      |
                                      | 100% of the Common Stock
                                      |
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          CAPITOL FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
 The Stock Offering

     We are offering between 32,136,106 and 43,478,261 shares of Capitol Federal
Financial at $10.00 per share. Because of changes in financial market conditions
before we complete the
    

                                        4

<PAGE>

   


stock  offering,  the  offering may increase to  50,000,000  shares  without any
notice to you.  If so,  you will not have the  chance  to change or cancel  your
stock order.

     Charles Webb & Company,  a division of Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc. will
assist us in selling the stock.  For further  information  about  Charles Webb &
Company's  role in the offering,  see "The  Reorganization  and Stock Issuance -
Marketing Arrangements."

How We Determined the Offering Range and the $10.00 Price Per Share

     The  independent  appraisal by RP Financial,  LC., dated as of November 20,
1998,  established the offering range. This appraisal was based on our financial
condition and operations and the effect of the additional capital raised in this
offering.  The $10.00 price per share was determined by our board  directors and
is the price most  commonly used in stock  offerings  involving  conversions  of
mutual savings  institutions.  RP Financial will update the appraisal before the
completion of the offering.

     After completion of the change in structure and stock offering,  each share
of Capitol Federal Financial common stock, including the shares given to Capitol
Federal  Savings Bank MHC and the Capitol Federal  Foundation,  will have a book
value of $9.82, at the maximum of the offering range.  This means the price paid
for each share sold in this offering will be 101.83% of the book value.

Terms of the Offering

     We are  offering  the  shares of common  stock to those  with  subscription
rights in the following order of priority:

     (1)  Depositors who held at least $50 with us on June 30, 1997.

     (2)  The Capitol Federal Financial Employee Stock Ownership Plan.

     (3)  Depositors who held at least $50 with us on December 31, 1998.

     (4)  Other members of Capitol Federal Savings on ___________, 1999.

     (5)  Capitol Federal Savings' directors, officers and employees.

     Shares of common stock not subscribed for in the subscription offering will
be  offered  to the  general  public  in a direct  community  offering  and,  if
necessary, a public offering. See pages 125 to 127.

Subscription Rights

     Subscription  rights are not allowed to be  transferred  and we will act to
ensure that you do not transfer your subscription rights. We will not accept any
stock orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights.

                                        5
    

<PAGE>


   

Payment for Shares

     You may pay for your subscriptions:

     (1)  by personal check, official bank check or money order; or

     (2)  by  authorizing  us to  withdraw  money from your  deposit  account(s)
          maintained at Capitol Federal Savings.

     (3)  in cash, if delivered in person at any full-service  banking office of
          Capitol Federal Savings,  though we request that you change cash for a
          check with any of the tellers at Capitol Federal Savings;

Termination of the Offering

     The subscription  offering will end on ______________,  1999. If all of the
shares are not  subscribed  for in the  subscription  offering and we do not get
orders for the remaining shares by _____________, 1999, we will either:

     (1)  promptly  return any payment you made to us, with interest,  or cancel
          any withdrawal authorization you gave us; or

     (2)  extend the offering,  if allowed, and give you notice of the extension
          and of your rights to cancel or change  your  order.  If we extend the
          offering  and you do not  respond to the  notice,  then we will cancel
          your order and  return  your  payment,  with  interest,  or cancel any
          withdrawal authorization you gave us.

Stock Information Center

     If  you  have  any  questions  regarding  the  offering  or our  change  in
structure, please call the Stock Information Center at (877) 815-1820.

     Capital  Federal  Savings  has  a  website  (http://www.capfed.com).   Upon
completion  of the  subscription  offering on March __,  1999,  the website will
provide a current update on the status of the offering.

How We Will Use the Proceeds Raised from the Sale of Common Stock

     We intend to use the net  proceeds  received  from the  stock  offering  as
follows.

     o    8.0%, or $34.8 million at the maximum of the offering  range,  will be
          loaned to the employee stock ownership plan to purchase common stock.

     o    $50.0 million will be retained by Capitol Federal Financial and placed
          in  short-term  investments,  which  may  later be used as a  possible
          source of funds for the  payment of  dividends  to  stockholders,  for
          stock repurchases and for other general corporate purposes.

                                        6
    

<PAGE>


   

     o    4%, or $17.4  million at the maximum of the  offering  range,  will be
          contributed in cash to the Capitol Federal Foundation.

     o    The remainder, or $325.8 million at the maximum of the offering range,
          will be  used  to buy all of the  capital  stock  of  Capitol  Federal
          Savings.

     We intend to use the  proceeds  at Capitol  Federal  Savings  primarily  to
increase our investment and mortgage-related securities.

Benefits to Management from the Offering

     We intend  to  establish  the  Capitol  Federal  Financial  Employee  Stock
Ownership  Plan which will  purchase 8% of the shares sold in this  offering.  A
loan from  Capitol  Federal  Financial  to the plan,  funded by a portion of the
proceeds from this offering,  will be used to purchase  these shares.  If shares
are not  available  for purchase by the  employee  stock  ownership  plan in the
subscription  offering,  then the plan  will  purchase  the  shares  in the open
market.  The employee stock ownership plan will provide a retirement  benefit to
all employees eligible to participate in the plan.

     We also intend to adopt a stock option plan and a restricted stock plan for
the benefit of directors,  officers and  employees.  If we adopt the  restricted
stock plan, some of these  individuals will be awarded stock at no cost to them.
As a result,  both the employee stock  ownership  plan and the restricted  stock
plan will increase the voting control of management without a cash outlay.

     The following table presents the total value of the shares of common stock,
at the maximum of the  offering  range,  which would be acquired by the employee
stock  ownership plan and the total value of all shares  available for award and
issuance when we grant awards under the restricted stock plan. The table assumes
that the value of the shares is the same as the sales price of the shares in the
offering.  The table does not include a value for the options because that value
will be equal to the fair market  value of the common  stock on the day that the
options are  granted.  As a result,  financial  gains can be  realized  under an
option only if the market price of common stock increases.

                                                       Percentage of
                                      Estimated          Shares Sold
                                   Value of Shares     in the Offering 

Employee Stock Ownership Plan.....    $34,782,608            8.0%
                                      -----------
Restricted Stock Awards...........     17,391,304            4.0
Stock Options.....................            ---           10.0
     Total........................    $52,173,912           22.0%
                                      ===========           ====

     For a further discussion of benefits to management, see "Management."
    


                                        7

<PAGE>

   

We  Intend to  Contribute  a Total of $34.8  Million  in Cash and Stock to a New
Charitable Foundation

     To continue  our  long-standing  commitment  to our local  communities,  we
intend to establish a charitable foundation, the Capitol Federal Foundation, and
to fund the foundation with shares of our common stock and cash equal to a total
of 8% of the shares sold in this offering. Based on the maximum amount of shares
offered, we will issue an additional 1,739,130 shares to the foundation and make
a cash  contribution  of  $17.4  million  to the  foundation.  We  plan  for the
foundation to support  charitable  causes in Capitol  Federal  Savings'  primary
market  areas.  Charitable  contributions  by Capitol  Federal  Savings  totaled
$210,000 in 1996,  $253,000 in 1997 and $301,000 in 1998. If we do establish the
foundation,  then  the  value of the  common  stock  will be  lower  than if the
offering was completed without the foundation.  For a further  discussion of the
financial  impact of the foundation,  see "Risk Factors - The  establishment  of
Capitol  Federal  Foundation  will  reduce our  earnings,"  "Pro Forma Data" and
"Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With No Foundation."

We Plan to Pay a Quarterly Cash Dividend

     We currently plan to pay a quarterly cash dividend with an annualized  rate
of $.40 per share,  starting one quarter  after the  completion of our change in
structure  and stock  offering.  Future  dividends are not  guaranteed  and will
depend on our  ability  to pay them.  We will not pay or take any steps to pay a
return of capital  distribution  for one year following the stock offering.  See
page 21.

The Common Stock Will be Traded on the Nasdaq National Market

     We expect our common stock to be traded on the Nasdaq National Market under
the symbol "CFFN." However,  persons  purchasing  shares may not be able to sell
their shares when they want to, or at a price equal to or above $10.00.
    


                                        8

<PAGE>



                        SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

   
     The summary information presented below under "Selected Financial Condition
Data" and  "Selected  Operations  Data" for,  and as of the end of,  each of the
years ended September 30 is derived from our audited financial  statements.  The
following  information  is only a summary and you should read it in  conjunction
with our  financial  statements  and notes  beginning  on page F-2.  Fiscal 1996
results  include the effect of a one-time  Savings  Association  Insurance  Fund
recapitalization assessment of approximately $24.2 million.
    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                           September 30,
                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1998        1997          1996          1995        1994
                                                   ----------  -----------   ------------  ----------   ----------
                                                                          (In Thousands)
<S>                                                <C>         <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>

Selected Financial Condition Data:

Total assets....................................   $5,314,901  $4,923,657     $4,453,672   $4,350,293   $4,009,047
Loans receivable, net...........................    3,710,252   3,322,102      2,944,906    2,751,634    2,288,472
Securities purchased under agreement to resell..      235,000         ---            ---          ---          ---
Investment securities, held-to-maturity.........      160,569     585,394        717,348      671,227      691,355
Mortgage-related securities:
   Available-for-sale, at market value..........      747,991     754,179        607,738          ---          ---
   Held-to-maturity.............................      320,379     120,007         17,006      771,163      884,868
Federal Home Loan Bank stock....................       43,584      40,398         37,752       35,415       35,415
Deposits........................................    3,894,180   3,787,123      3,740,718    3,673,630    3,447,628
Borrowings......................................      675,000     450,000         75,000       75,000          ---
Equity..........................................      662,332     604,786        547,422      515,882      485,508
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                    Year Ended September 30,
                                                -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1998         1997       1996          1995        1994
                                                ----------    ---------  ----------    ---------    ---------
                                                                        (In Thousands)
<S>                                              <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>

Selected Operations Data:

Total interest and dividend income...........     $363,644     $330,097    $306,389     $275,467     $241,793
Total interest expense.......................      234,897      207,457     200,401      193,197      151,358
                                                 ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------

   Net interest income.......................      128,747      122,640     105,988       82,270       90,435
Provision (recovery) for loan losses.........        3,362           56         865          ---       (1,986)
                                                 ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------
   Net interest income after provision                                                              
     (recovery) for loan losses..............      125,385      122,584     105,123       82,270       92,421
Fees and service charges.....................        8,398        7,450       6,966        4,898        4,787
Gain on sales of loans, mortgage-related                                                                      
 securities and investment securities........          ---          ---         ---          ---        3,972
Other non-interest income....................        4,455        3,637       4,431        6,329        5,929
                                                 ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------
   
   Total non-interest income.................       12,853       11,087      11,397       11,227       14,688
   Total non-interest expense................       49,466       45,276      71,505       43,266       42,914
                                                 ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------    --------
   Income before income tax expense..........       88,772       88,395      45,015       50,231       64,195
Income tax expense...........................       34,781       35,691      18,393       19,857       24,359
                                                 ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------
   Net income................................    $  53,991    $  52,704   $  26,622    $  30,374    $  39,836
                                                 =========    =========   =========    =========    =========

</TABLE>

    



                                        9

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

   
                                                                Year Ended September 30,
                                                   -----------------------------------------------
                                                    1998   1997         1996      1995       1994
                                                   -----   -----       -----     -----       -----

<S>                                              <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>

Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:
Performance Ratios:
  Return on average assets .....................    1.05%    1.12%      0.60%      0.73%       1.01%
  Return on average equity .....................    8.52     9.15       5.01       6.07        8.56
  Interest rate spread information:
   Average during period........................    1.87     1.95       1.71       1.13        1.54
   End of period................................    1.83     1.97       1.86       1.39        1.46
  Net interest margin...........................    2.55     2.66       2.46       2.01        2.33
  Ratio of operating expense to average                                                        
   total assets.................................    0.97     0.97       1.62       1.04        1.08
  Ratio of average interest-earning assets to                                                  
   average interest-bearing liabilities.........    1.15     1.15       1.14       1.14        1.13
  Efficiency ratio..............................   35.80    34.63      62.51      47.43       41.74
    

Asset Quality Ratios:
 Non-performing assets to total assets at                                                      
  end of period.................................    0.15     0.18       0.17       0.41        0.21
 Non-performing loans to total loans............    0.17     0.18       0.14       0.15        0.26
 Allowance for loan losses to non-performing                                                   
  loans.........................................   79.96    26.83      39.67      32.35       65.40
 Allowance for loan losses to loans                                                           
  receivable, net...............................    0.13     0.05       0.05       0.05        0.17

Capital Ratios:
 Equity to total assets at end of period........   12.46    12.28      12.29      11.86       12.11
 Average equity to average assets...............   12.38    12.13      12.02      11.98       11.75

Other Data:
 Number of full-service offices.................     24       24         23         23          23
 Number of limited service offices..............      5        3          2          1           1

</TABLE>


                                       10

<PAGE>



   
                                  RISK FACTORS

     You  should  consider  these  risk  factors,   in  addition  to  the  other
information in this Prospectus, before deciding whether to make an investment in
this stock.

Increasing interest rates may hurt our profits.

     To be profitable, we have to earn more money in interest than we pay to our
depositors  and lenders in interest.  If interest  rates rise,  our net interest
income  could  be  negatively  affected  if  interest  paid on  interest-bearing
liabilities,  such as deposits  and  borrowings,  increases  more  quickly  than
interest received on interest-earning  assets,  such as loans,  mortgage-related
and  investment  securities.  This would cause  income to go down.  In addition,
rising interest rates may hurt our income because they may reduce the demand for
loans and the value of our  mortgage-related  and investment  securities.  For a
further  discussion  of how  changes  in  interest  rates  could  impact us, see
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations - Asset and Liability Management and Market Risk."

Our use of proceeds from this offering to buy mortgage-related  securities could
increase  our risk that  changes in market  interest  rates will result in lower
income.

     We  intend  to use  the net  proceeds  from  the  stock  sale  to  purchase
adjustable rate  mortgage-related  securities with interest rates that fluctuate
with the general  trends in the U.S.  bond market.  These rates could  decrease,
causing us to earn less on these assets in the future.

     In addition to investing the net stock proceeds,  we intend to continue our
current  growth  strategy by  purchasing  up to an  additional  $3.00 billion of
adjustable  rate  mortgage-related  securities,  from time to time over the next
three years.  We would fund these purchases with long-term fixed rate borrowings
at rates which would increase our net interest income.  If market interest rates
change substantially, our net interest income could be reduced.

Capitol Federal Savings Bank MHC will own more than half of the stock of Capitol
Federal  Financial.  This means that Capitol  Federal Savings Bank MHC will have
enough  votes  to  control  what  happens  on  most  matters  put to a  vote  of
stockholders.

     Capitol  Federal  Savings  Bank MHC is  required  by the  Office  of Thrift
Supervision  to own  more  than  half of the  common  stock of  Capitol  Federal
Financial.  The board of directors of Capitol Federal Savings Bank MHC will have
the power to vote this stock.  Depositors of Capitol Federal Savings,  who elect
the board of Capitol  Federal  Savings Bank MHC,  have  generally  assigned this
right to the board.  Therefore,  the board of Capitol  Federal  Savings Bank MHC
will  control  the  results of most  matters  put to a vote of  stockholders  of
Capitol Federal  Financial.  We cannot assure you that the votes cast by Capitol
Federal  Savings  Bank MHC will be in your  personal  best  interests.  For more
information   regarding  your  lack  of  voting  control  over  Capitol  Federal
Financial,   see  "Capitol  Federal  Savings  Bank  MHC"  and  "Restrictions  on
Acquisition of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank."

    

                                       11

<PAGE>

   

After the change in structure and stock offering, our net income-to-equity ratio
will be low  compared to other  companies  and our  compensation  expenses  will
increase. This could negatively impact the price of our stock.

     The  proceeds  we will  receive  from the  sale of our  common  stock  will
significantly  increase  our capital and it will take us time to fully use it in
our business operations. Our compensation expenses will also increase because of
the costs associated with the employee stock ownership and stock-based incentive
plans.  Therefore,  we expect  our  return on equity to be below our  historical
level and less than our regional and national  peers.  This low return on equity
could  hurt our stock  price.  We cannot  guarantee  when or if we will  achieve
returns on equity that are comparable to industry peers. For further information
regarding pro forma income and expenses, see "Pro Forma Data."

The establishment of the Capitol Federal Foundation will reduce our earnings.

     Capitol  Federal  Financial  intends to contribute  to the Capitol  Federal
Foundation  shares of its common  stock  equal to 4% of the  shares  sold in the
stock offering plus cash equal to the value of 4% of the stock sold in the stock
offering.  This  contribution  will decrease our operating  results for the year
ending September 30, 1999. For a further discussion  regarding the effect of the
contribution to the foundation, see "Pro Forma Data."

The  contribution  to the  Capitol  Federal  Foundation  means  that your  total
ownership will be 1.65% less after we make the contribution.

     If you  purchase  shares,  then your voting  interests  in Capitol  Federal
Financial  will be  reduced  by  1.65%  when we  contribute  our  shares  to the
foundation. For a further discussion regarding the effect of the contribution to
the  foundation,  see "Pro Forma Data,"  "Comparison  of Valuation and Pro Forma
Information  With No Foundation"  and "The  Reorganization  and Stock Issuance -
Establishment of the Foundation."

We  intend  to  grant  stock  options  and  restricted  stock to the  board  and
management  following  the change in structure  and stock  offering  which could
further reduce your voting interest.

     If approved by a vote of the  shareholders,  excluding  the shares owned by
Capitol  Federal  Savings  Bank MHC, we intend to  establish a stock option plan
with a number of shares  equal to 10% of the  shares  issued to the public and a
restricted  stock plan with a number of shares equal to 4% of the shares  issued
to the public for the benefit of  directors,  officers and  employees of Capitol
Federal Financial and Capitol Federal Savings. Stock options are paid for by the
recipient  in an amount  equal to the fair market value of the stock on the date
of the grant. This payment is not made until the option is actually exercised by
the recipient. Restricted stock is a bonus paid in the form of stock rather than
cash, and is not paid for by the recipient. Awards under these plans will reduce
the voting interests of all stockholders. For further discussion regarding these
plans,  see "Pro Forma Data" and  "Management  - Benefits - Other Stock  Benefit
Plans."


                                       12
    

<PAGE>


   

If our computer  systems do not properly  work on January 1, 2000,  our business
operations will be disrupted.

     If our  computer  systems and the  computer  systems  operated by our third
party vendors do not properly work on January 1, 2000, then we could  experience
a disruption in our business  operations.  As a result, our financial  condition
and results of operations could be weakened. In addition, if we do not do a good
job  preparing  for the January 1, 2000 date change,  then  regulators  may take
action  against us. See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations - Year 2000 Issues."

We intend to waive  cash  dividends  which  would  otherwise  be paid by Capitol
Federal  Financial to Capitol  Federal  Savings Bank MHC.  This could reduce the
number of shares you receive if we ever do a full  conversion  and eliminate the
mutual holding company.

     For more information on how this would affect your ownership interest,  see
"The MHC May Consider Converting to Stock Form in the Future."

    

                                       13

<PAGE>



                         SUMMARY OF RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
   

     The selected  financial  and  operating  data  presented  below at December
31,1998 and for the three months ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 are unaudited.
In the  opinion  of  management,  all  adjustment  (consisting  only  of  normal
recurring  accruals)  necessary for a fair presentation have been included.  The
results of  operations  and other data for the three months  ended  December 31,
1998, are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for the fiscal
year ending September 30, 1999.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              December 31,     September 30,
                                                                  1998              1998
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                                     (In Thousands)
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>

Selected Financial Condition Data:

Total Assets..................................................  $5,365,365    $5,314,901
Loans Receivable, net.........................................   3,760,273     3,710,252
Securities Purchased under Agreement to Resell................     144,851       235,000
Investment Securities, held to maturity.......................      10,100       160,569
Mortgage related securities:
    Available-for-sale, at market value.......................   1,099,907       747,991
    Held-to-maturity..........................................     181,460       320,379
Federal Home Loan Bank stock..................................      43,584        43,584
Deposits......................................................   3,956,235     3,894,180
Borrowings....................................................     675,000       675,000
Equity........................................................     670,045       662,332
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                              For the Three Months Ended
                                                                     December 31,
                                                          --------------------------------
                                                                1998              1997
                                                          ---------------   --------------
                                                                    (In Thousands)
<S>                                                       <C>             <C>

Selected Operations Data:

Total interest income...................................    $     91,418      $   90,194
Total interest expense..................................          60,211          57,664

     Net interest income................................          31,207          32,530
Fees and service charges................................           2,153           2,235
Other non-interest income...............................             955           1,096
     Total non-interest income..........................           3,108           3,331
     Total non-interest expense.........................          12,269          11,324
     Income before income tax expense...................          22,046          24,537
Income tax expense......................................           8,554           9,815
     Net income.........................................    $     13,492      $   14,722
                                                            ============      ==========
</TABLE>
                                       14

    

<PAGE>

   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                 For the Three Months Ended
                                                                         December 31,
                                                               ----------------------------
                                                                  1998              1997
                                                               ------------   -------------
<S>                                                             <C>              <C>

Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:
Performance Ratios:
  Return on average assets....................................     1.04%             1.25%
  Return on average equity....................................     8.37%             9.99%
  Interest rate spread information:
    Average during period.....................................     1.90%             1.99%
    End of period.............................................     1.94%             1.89%
  Net interest margin.........................................     1.79%             1.93%
  Ratio of operating expense to average total assets..........     0.95%             0.96%
  Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average
    interest-bearing liabilities..............................     1.14              1.13
  Efficiency ratio............................................    36.50%            32.33%

Asset Quality Ratios:
  Non-performing assets to total assets at end of period......     0.14%             0.14%
  Non-performing loans to total loans.........................     0.15%             0.15%
  Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans...........    88.10%            31.98%
  Allowance for loan losses to loans receivable, net..........     0.13%             0.05%

Capital Ratios:
  Equity to total assets at end of period.....................    12.49%            12.42%
  Average equity to average assets............................    12.45%            12.48%

Other Data:
  Number of full service offices..............................      25                24
  Number of limited service offices...........................       5                 3
</TABLE>

Capital Requirements

     The following  table sets forth the Bank's  historical  compliance with its
capital  requirements at December 31, 1998. See "Regulation - Regulatory Capital
Requirements".


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    At December 31, 1998
                                               -----------------------------
                                                  Amount            Percent
                                               -------------  --------------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>

Tangible Capital
     Actual.................................     $662,691            12.28%
     Required...............................       80,978             1.50%
     Excess.................................      581,713            10.78%

Core Capital
     Actual.................................     $662,691            12.28%
     Required...............................      161,956             3.00%
     Excess.................................      500,735             9.28%

Risk-based Capital
     Actual.................................     $667,674            27.71%
     Required...............................      193,050             8.00%
     Excess.................................      474,624            19.71%
</TABLE>
    
                                       15
<PAGE>

   
            MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RECENT FINANCIAL
                                   INFORMATION

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 1998 and September 30, 1998

     Total  assets at  December  31, 1998 were $5.36  billion  compared to $5.31
billion at September 30, 1998, an increase of $50.5 million.  The primary factor
in this increase was a $213.0 million  increase in  mortgage-related  securities
and a $50.0 million increase in loans.  These increases were partially offset by
a $240.6  million  decrease  in  investment  securities.  Investment  securities
decreased  from  $395.6  million  at  September  30,  1998 to $155.0  million at
December 31, 1998 as a result of maturities and call options that were exercised
on securities.

     Total deposits of the Bank increased by $62.1 million from $3.89 billion at
September  30, 1998 to $3.95  billion at December  31,  1998.  The  increase was
primarily due to interest credited to accounts of $42.9 million.

     Total  equity at December  31, 1998 was $670.0  million  compared to $662.3
million at September 30, 1998.  This is an increase of $7.7 million or 1.2%. Net
earnings of $13.5  million for the three  months  ended  December  31, 1998 were
offset  by a $5.8  million  decrease  in  unrealized  gain  value of  securities
available for sale, net of deferred income taxes.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Three Months Ended December 31, 1998 and
December 31, 1997

     General.  Net income for the three months ended December 31, 1998 was $13.5
million  compared to $14.7 million for the three months ended December 31, 1997.
Net interest  income  decreased  $1.3 million or 4.1% for the three months ended
December  31,  1998  compared to the same  period in 1997.  The  decrease in net
interest income occurred because the rate earned on the loan portfolio decreased
32 basis points while the rate paid on deposits only  decreased 18 basis points,
causing a net reduction in the net interest spread.

     Average  interest-earning  assets for the three months  ended  December 31,
1998  increased  7.14% to $5.25  billion.  The increase  was due  primarily to a
$361.4 million  increase in the average balance of  mortgage-related  securities
and a  $379.6  million  increase  in  the  average  balance  of  loans.  Average
interest-bearing  liabilities  increased 7.37% to $4.60 billion  compared to the
three months ended  December 31, 1997.  The increase is the result of additional
borrowings from the FHLB of $225 million and increased average deposit balances.
The net interest spread  decreased 9 basis point from 1.99% for the three months
ended December 31, 1997 to 1.90% for the three months ended December 31, 1998.

     Interest  Income.  Interest  income for the three months ended December 31,
1998 was $91.4  million  compared to $90.2  million for the three  months  ended
December 31, 1997.  This is an increase of $1.2 million or 1.4%. The increase in
interest  income was primarily the result of growth in average  interest-earning
assets from $4.90 billion for the three months ended  December 31, 1997 to $5.25
billion  for  the  three   months  ended   December  31,  1998.   The  yield  on
interest-earning  assets for the three months ended  December 31, 1998 decreased
to 7.12%
    

                                       16

<PAGE>

   

compared to 7.41% for the same  period in 1997.  The  decrease in average  yield
partially offset the increase in interest income due to volume.

     Interest Expense.  Interest expense for the three months ended December 31,
1998 was $60.2  million as compared to $57.7  million for the three months ended
December 31, 1997.  This is an increase of $2.5 million or 4.4%. The increase in
interest expense was primarily the result of growth in average  interest-bearing
liabilities  from $4.28 billion for the three months ended  December 31, 1997 to
$4.60  billion for the three  months ended  December 31, 1998.  The rate paid on
average  interest-bearing  liabilities  for the three months ended  December 31,
1998  decreased  to 5.18%  compared to 5.35% for the same period in 1997,  which
partially offset the increase in interest expense due to volume.

     Non-interest  Income.  Non-interest  income  for  the  three  months  ended
December 31, 1998 was $3.1 million compared to $3.3 million for the three months
ended  December 31, 1997.  This is a decrease of $223,000 or 6.7%.  The decrease
was due to a $90,000  reduction in service fee income and a total of $169,000 in
reduction in miscellaneous other non-operating income.

     Non-interest Expense.  Non-interest expense was $12.3 million for the three
months ended  December 31, 1998  compared to $11.3  million for the three months
ended December 31, 1997.  This is an increase of $945,000 or 8.3%.  Compensation
and  benefits  expense  increased  to $6.4  million for the three  months  ended
December 31, 1998  compared to $6.0 million for the three months ended  December
31,  1997.  This is a $350,000 or 5.8%  increase.  The  increase  was due to the
addition of forty-eight  full-time  equivalent employees over the year resulting
principally  from the opening of 2 limited service offices and one  full-service
office.  Office occupancy expense increased $192,000 over the same period of the
previous year due to the opening of new  facilities  and normal  maintenance  on
existing  facilities.  Fees paid to outside service providers increased $173,000
in the quarter ended  December 31, 1998  compared to the quarter ended  December
31, 1997.

     Income  Taxes.  Income taxes for the three  months ended  December 31, 1998
were $8.5 million  compared to $9.8 million for the three months ended  December
31,  1997.  This is a decrease of $1.3  million or 12.8%.  The  reduction in tax
expense is due to lower earnings and a reduction of 2.0% in the tax rate for the
State of Kansas.
    

                            CAPITOL FEDERAL FINANCIAL

   
     Capitol   Federal   Financial  (the  "Stock   Holding   Company")  will  be
incorporated  under  Federal  law to hold all of the  stock of  Capitol  Federal
Savings  Bank (the  "Bank").  The Stock  Holding  Company  has  applied  for the
approval  of the Office of Thrift  Supervision  ("OTS") to become a savings  and
loan holding company and will be subject to regulation by that agency.  After we
complete the stock sale, the Stock Holding Company will be a unitary savings and
loan holding  company.  See "Regulation - The Stock Holding  Company." The Stock
Holding  Company  will  have  no  significant  assets  other  than  all  of  the
outstanding  shares of common stock of the Bank, the part of the net proceeds it
keeps and its loan to the Capitol  Federal  Financial  Employee Stock  Ownership
Plan ("ESOP"). The Stock Holding Company will have no
    

                                       17

<PAGE>



   
significant liabilities. See "How We Intend to Use the Proceeds." Initially, the
management of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank will be  substantially  the
same and the Stock Holding  Company will use the offices of the Bank.  The Stock
Holding  Company  intends to utilize the support  staff of the Bank from time to
time  and will pay the Bank for  this  expense.  If the  Stock  Holding  Company
expands or changes its business in the future, we may hire our own employees.

     We believe the proposed mutual holding company  structure will give us more
flexibility to change our business  activities by forming new companies which we
own, or by buying other  companies,  including other financial  institutions and
financial  services  companies.  We do not  have any  current  plans to do these
things.  The Stock Holding  Company  intends to pay for its business  activities
with the  proceeds  it keeps  from the  stock  sale and the  money we earn  from
investing the proceeds, as well as from dividends from the Bank. See "Our Policy
Regarding Dividends."

     The  principal  executive  offices of  Capitol  Federal  Financial  will be
located at 700 Kansas Avenue,  Topeka, Kansas 66603, and its telephone number is
(785) 235-1341.
    


                          CAPITOL FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

   
     The Bank is a federally  chartered and insured  mutual savings bank with 24
full service  offices and five limited service  offices.  At September 30, 1998,
the Bank had total assets of $5.31 billion,  total deposits of $3.89 billion and
equity of $662.3  million.  For more  information  regarding  the  business  and
operations of the Bank, see  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business of the Bank."

     The  Bank is  examined  and  regulated  by the  OTS,  its  primary  federal
regulator.  The  Bank  is  also  regulated  by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation  ("FDIC").  The Bank is required to have certain reserves set by the
Federal  Reserve Board and is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") of
Topeka, which is one of the 12 regional banks in the FHLB System.

     The executive  offices of Capital  Federal  Savings Bank are located at 700
Kansas Avenue, Topeka, Kansas 66603, and its telephone number is (785) 235-1341.
    


                        CAPITOL FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK MHC

   
     As  part  of the  restructuring  of  the  Bank  pursuant  to  the  Plan  of
Reorganization  and Stock  Issuance Plan (the  "Reorganization"),  the Bank will
organize  the  Capitol  Federal  Savings  Bank MHC  ("MHC") as a federal  mutual
holding  company . As long as they remain  depositors of the Bank,  persons with
membership  or   liquidation   rights  in  the  Bank  as  of  the  date  of  the
Reorganization  will  continue  to  have  these  rights  in the  MHC  after  the
Reorganization.  Borrowers whose loans were  outstanding on January 6, 1993 have
membership  rights in the Bank and will have membership  rights in the MHC after
the Reorganization as long as their loans
    

                                       18

<PAGE>



   
remain  outstanding.  Members of the MHC,  consisting  solely of depositors  and
certain  borrowers  of the Bank,  will have the  authority to elect the board of
directors of the MHC .

     The MHC's  principal  assets will be the shares of common stock,  par value
$.01 per share of Capitol Federal  Financial  ("Common  Stock")  received in the
Reorganization   and   $100,000   contributed   by  the  Bank  as  its   initial
capitalization.  Initially,  the MHC does not  intend to  conduct  any  business
except to own a majority of the Common  Stock of the Stock  Holding  Company and
invest any money it has. The MHC will be a mutual  corporation  chartered  under
federal law and regulated by the OTS. The MHC will be subject to the limitations
and  restrictions  imposed on savings  and loan  holding  companies  by the Home
Owners' Loan Act ("HOLA"). See "Regulation - The Mutual Holding Company."

     The executive  offices of Capitol  Federal Savings Bank MHC will be located
at 700 Kansas Avenue,  Topeka,  Kansas 66603,  and its telephone  number will be
(785) 235-1341.


                        HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS

     Although  the  actual  net  proceeds  from the sale of the shares of Common
Stock  cannot be  determined  until the  Reorganization  and Stock  Issuance  is
completed,  it is presently  anticipated  that the net proceeds from the sale of
the shares of Common Stock will be between $315.9 million and $428.0 million and
up to $492.5 million  assuming an increase in the estimated  value of the Common
Stock sold in the Offerings,  ranging from  $321,361,060  to  $434,782,610  (the
"Estimated Offering Range") by 15%. See "Pro Forma Data" and "The Reorganization
and Stock  Issuance - Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued" as to the
assumptions used to arrive at such amounts.

     The  Stock   Holding   Company  will  retain  $50.0   million  of  the  net
Reorganization  proceeds and will  purchase all of the capital stock of the Bank
to be issued in the Reorganization in exchange for the remaining  Reorganization
proceeds, net of Reorganization-related  expenses and the loan to be made to the
ESOP. The Stock Holding  Company intends to use a portion of the net proceeds to
make a loan  directly  to the ESOP to enable the ESOP to  purchase up to 8.0% of
the  shares of Common  Stock sold in the  offering  of  between  32,136,106  and
50,000,000  shares of Capitol Federal Financial common stock at $10.00 per share
through  the  Subscription  Offering,  the  Community  Offering  and the  Public
Offering  (the  "Offerings").  Based upon the issuance of  32,136,106  shares of
Common Stock and 43,478,261 shares of Common Stock at the minimum and maximum of
the Estimated Offering Range, respectively,  the loan to the ESOP would be $25.7
million and $34.8 million,  respectively.  See "Management - Benefits - Employee
Stock Ownership Plan." The remaining net proceeds  retained by the Stock Holding
Company  initially may be used to invest in U.S.  Government  and federal agency
securities of various maturities, mortgage-related or other securities, deposits
in either the Bank or other financial  institutions,  or a combination  thereof.
The net proceeds  retained by the Stock Holding  Company may  ultimately be used
to:

     o    support the Bank's lending activities;
    


                                       19

<PAGE>



   
     o    repay borrowings in the ordinary course; or

     o    support the future expansion of operations  through the  establishment
          of additional banking offices or other customer  facilities or through
          acquisitions  of  other  financial  institutions  or  branch  offices,
          although  no such  acquisition  transactions  are  specifically  being
          considered at this time.

The net  proceeds  from the  Offerings  may also be used for other  business and
investment purposes, including the payment of regular or special cash dividends,
possible  repurchases  of the  Common  Stock or returns  of  capital.  The Stock
Holding Company and the Bank have committed  however,  not to take any action to
further  the  payment of any return of  capital on the Common  Stock  during the
one-year period subsequent to consummation of the Reorganization.  Management of
the Stock  Holding  Company may  consider  expanding  or  diversifying,  as such
opportunities  become  available.  The Stock  Holding  Company and the Bank have
determined to retain only $50.0 million of the net proceeds at the Stock Holding
Company level.

     Following   the   six-month   anniversary   of   the   completion   of  the
Reorganization,  to the extent permitted by the OTS and based upon then existing
facts and  circumstances,  the Stock  Holding  Company's  Board of Directors may
determine  to  repurchase  shares of Common  Stock,  subject  to any  applicable
statutory and regulatory requirements.  Such facts and circumstances may include
but not be limited to:

     o    market and  economic  factors  such as the price at which the stock is
          trading in the market,  the volume of trading,  the  attractiveness of
          other investment  alternatives in terms of the rate of return and risk
          involved in the  investment,  the  ability to increase  the book value
          and/or earnings per share of the remaining  outstanding shares, and an
          improvement in the Stock Holding Company's return on equity;

     o    the  avoidance  of  dilution  to  stockholders  by not having to issue
          additional  shares to cover the  exercise of stock  options or to fund
          employee stock benefit plans; and

     o    any  other  circumstances  in which  repurchases  would be in the best
          interests of the Stock Holding Company and its stockholders.
    

Any stock  repurchases will be subject to the determination of the Stock Holding
Company's  Board of Directors that the Bank will be capitalized in excess of all
applicable regulatory requirements after any such repurchases.

   
     The  portion  of the net  proceeds  used by the Stock  Holding  Company  to
purchase the capital stock of the Bank will be added to the Bank's general funds
to  be  used  for  general  corporate  purposes,   including  increased  lending
activities  and to  support  the  expansion  of the  Bank's  wholesale  leverage
strategy,  which  entails  the  purchase  of  adjustable  rate  mortgage-related
securities  funded by fixed  rate  borrowings.  See  "Risk  Factors - Our use of
proceeds from this offering to buy  mortgage-related  securities  could increase
our risk that  changes in market  interest  rates will result in lower  income."
While the amount of net proceeds  received by the Bank will  further  strengthen
the Bank's capital position, which already
    

                                       20

<PAGE>



   
substantially exceeds all regulatory  requirements,  it should be noted that the
Bank is not reorganizing  primarily to raise capital.  After the  Reorganization
and Stock Issuance,  based upon the maximum of the Estimated Offering Range, the
Bank's tangible capital ratio will be  approximately  16.67%.  As a result,  the
Bank will continue to be a well-capitalized institution.
    

     The net proceeds may vary because total expenses of the  Reorganization and
Stock Issuance may be more or less than those  estimated.  The net proceeds will
also vary if the number of shares to be issued in the  Reorganization  and Stock
Issuance is adjusted to reflect a change in the estimated pro forma market value
of the Bank.  Payments for shares made through withdrawals from existing deposit
accounts at the Bank will not result in the receipt of new funds for  investment
by the Bank but will result in a reduction  of the Bank's  interest  expense and
liabilities as funds are transferred from interest-bearing certificates or other
deposit accounts.


   
                         OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS

     Following consummation of the Reorganization, the Board of Directors of the
Stock  Holding  Company  intends to pay quarterly  cash  dividends on the Common
Stock,   beginning  after  the  first  quarter   following   completion  of  the
Reorganization  and Stock Issuance.  The initial annual dividend rate to be paid
on the  Common  Stock  will be at an  annualized  rate of $.40  per  share.  The
continued  payment of dividends will depend upon a number of factors,  including
capital  requirements,  the Stock  Holding  Company's  and the Bank's  financial
condition  and  results  of  operations,   tax  considerations,   statutory  and
regulatory  limitations,  and general economic conditions.  No assurances can be
given that any dividends  will be paid or that, if paid,  will not be reduced or
eliminated  in future  periods.  If the MHC does not waive  the  receipt  of any
dividends from the Stock Holding Company, the amount of dividends payable by the
Stock  Holding  Company to public  stockholders  may be  reduced.  Special  cash
dividends, stock dividends or returns of capital may, to the extent permitted by
OTS policy and regulations,  be paid in addition to, or in lieu of, regular cash
dividends.  The Stock Holding Company intends to file  consolidated  tax returns
with the Bank.  Accordingly,  it is anticipated that any cash distributions made
by the Stock  Holding  Company  to its  stockholders  would be  treated  as cash
dividends and not as a  non-taxable  return of capital for federal and state tax
purposes.
    

     Dividends from the Stock Holding  Company will depend,  in large part, upon
receipt of dividends from the Bank,  because the Stock Holding Company initially
will have no source of income other than dividends from the Bank,  earnings from
the  investment of proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock  retained by
the Stock  Holding  Company,  and  interest  payments  with respect to the Stock
Holding Company's loan to the ESOP. A regulation of the OTS imposes  limitations
on  "capital   distributions"  by  savings   institutions.   See  "Regulation  -
Limitations on Dividends and Other Capital Distributions."

     Any payment of dividends  by the Bank to the Stock  Holding  Company  which
would be deemed to be drawn out of the Bank's bad debt reserves, would require a
payment  of taxes at the  then-current  tax  rate by the Bank on the  amount  of
earnings deemed to be removed from the reserves for such distribution.  The Bank
does not intend to make any distribution to the Stock Holding Company that would
create such a federal tax liability. See "Taxation."

                                       21

<PAGE>




   
                     THE MHC INTENDS TO WAIVE ANY DIVIDENDS
                         FROM CAPITOL FEDERAL FINANCIAL
    

         The Board of Directors of the MHC will  determine  whether the MHC will
waive the receipt of dividends  declared by the Stock Holding  Company each time
the Stock Holding Company declares a dividend. The Board of Directors of the MHC
presently  intends  to waive the  receipt  of  dividends  declared  by the Stock
Holding  Company.  OTS  regulations  require  the MHC to  notify  the OTS of any
proposed  waiver  of the9  right to  receive  dividends. It is the  OTS'  recent
practice to review  dividend  waiver  notices on a case-by-case  basis,  and, in
general, not to object to any such waiver if:

   
     o    the mutual holding  company's board of directors  determines that such
          waiver is  consistent  with such  directors'  fiduciary  duties to the
          mutual holding company's members;

     o    for as long as the  subsidiary  holding  company is  controlled by the
          mutual holding  company,  the dollar amount of dividends waived by the
          mutual  holding  company  is  considered  to be a  restriction  on the
          stockholders'   equity  of  the  subsidiary  holding  company,   which
          restriction,  if  material,  is  disclosed  in  the  public  financial
          statements  of  the  subsidiary  holding  company  as a  note  to  the
          financial statements;

     o    the amount of any  dividend  waived by the mutual  holding  company is
          available for  declaration as a dividend  solely to the mutual holding
          company,  and, in accordance  with  Statement of Financial  Accounting
          Standards No. 5, where the subsidiary  holding company determines that
          the  payment  of  such  dividend  to the  mutual  holding  company  is
          probable, an appropriate dollar amount is recorded as a liability;

     o    the amount of any waived dividend is considered as having been paid by
          the subsidiary  holding  company in evaluating  any proposed  dividend
          under OTS capital distribution regulations; and

     o    in the event the mutual  holding  company  converts to stock form, the
          appraisal  submitted  to the OTS in  connection  with  the  conversion
          transaction  takes into account the amount of the dividends  waived by
          the mutual holding company.

In  addition,  the OTS has  announced  that the  dividends  waived by the mutual
holding companies will affect the ratio pursuant to which shares of common stock
of a subsidiary  holding  company held by all of the  stockholders  who purchase
shares  of  Common  Stock  other  than the  mutual  holding  company  ("Minority
Stockholders")  would be exchanged  for shares of common stock of the  converted
holding company in a conversion transaction.  The OTS will not permit a pro rata
exchange if the mutual holding  company has waived the receipt of cash dividends
by the subsidiary  holding company.  Accordingly,  the precise  treatment of any
conversion  transaction cannot be assured. Any waiver of dividends by the MHC is
likely to result in an adjustment to the
    

                                       22

<PAGE>



   
ratio  pursuant to which shares of Common Stock are  exchanged for shares of the
converted MHC in a conversion transaction, which adjustment will have the effect
of diluting Minority Stockholders'  interests. The Board of Directors of the MHC
has no  intention  of  converting  to stock  form.  See  "The  MHC May  Consider
Converting to Stock Form in the Future."
    

     The MHC's Board of  Directors  may conclude  that a dividend  waiver by the
MHC, which permits retention of capital by the Stock Holding Company,  is in the
best interest of the MHC's members because, among other reasons:

   
     o    the MHC has no need for the dividend for its business operations;

     o    the cash that would be received could be invested by the Stock Holding
          Company more effectively; and

     o    such waiver  preserves  the  retained  earnings of the MHC through its
          principal asset (the Stock Holding Company),  which would be available
          for  distribution in the unlikely event of a voluntary  liquidation of
          the Stock Holding  Company after  satisfaction of claims of depositors
          and other creditors.
    

The Board of Directors may consider  other factors in  determining  whether such
waiver is consistent  with its fiduciary  duties to members of the MHC. There is
no assurance that the MHC will waive the receipt of the dividends.

   
     Immediately  after   consummation  of  the  Reorganization  and  the  Stock
Issuance,  it is expected that the MHC's  operations  will consist of activities
relating  to its  investment  in, and  control  of, a majority  of the shares of
Common  Stock of the Stock  Holding  Company,  maintenance  of books and records
relating  to  members  of the MHC and  investing  funds  retained  by it. In the
future,  the MHC may accept  dividends  paid by the Stock Holding  Company to be
used for the  payment  of  operating  expenses  and  other  purposes,  including
purchasing  Common  Stock from time to time in the open market or from the Stock
Holding  Company.  There can be no assurance that the MHC will accept  dividends
paid by the Stock Holding Company,  or if such dividends are accepted,  that the
MHC will  purchase  shares of Common Stock in the open market.  Any purchases of
Common Stock other than from the MHC will  increase the  percentage of the Stock
Holding  Company's  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock  held  by the MHC and
increase the number of shares eligible to be sold in any subsequent  offering or
mutual to stock  conversion  of the MHC.  Any waiver of  dividends by the MHC is
likely to result in an  adjustment  to the  ratio  pursuant  to which  shares of
Common Stock are  exchanged  for shares of the  converted  MHC in the event of a
conversion  transaction,  which  adjustment  will have the  effect  of  diluting
Minority  Stockholders'  percentage  ownership  interest in the converted  MHC's
shares. See "The MHC May Consider Converting to Stock Form in the Future."
    



                                       23

<PAGE>



   
                       THE MHC MAY CONSIDER CONVERTING TO
                            STOCK FORM IN THE FUTURE

     As long as the MHC remains a mutual holding company, it must own at least a
majority of the  outstanding  voting  stock of the Stock  Holding  Company.  OTS
regulations  specifically authorize mutual holding companies to convert to stock
form and to exchange  stock issued by the  converted  holding  company for stock
issued by a  subsidiary  holding  company.  OTS  regulations  require  that such
exchange  be  "fair  and  reasonable"  but do not  specify  the  basis  for such
exchange.  Although the MHC could convert to stock form in the future,  the Bank
and the MHC have no current  plans and there can be no assurance as to when,  if
ever, such a conversion will occur. Any conversion  transaction would be subject
to federal  securities  laws and regulations of the OTS in effect at the time of
the conversion transaction.  In addition, the OTS may, in the future,  authorize
alternative  forms of structure or organization for mutual holding  companies or
their  affiliates  or  subsidiaries.  Although the Bank and the MHC may consider
such alternative forms of structure or organization,  there can be no assurances
as to when,  if ever,  the Bank and the MHC will  choose to avail  itself of any
such  alternative  form of structure or  organization.  A decision by the MHC to
convert to stock form would  require the  approval  of its members  prior to the
conversion transaction. It is expected that these members will have subscription
rights to purchase stock of the converted MHC. In a conversion transaction,  the
MHC, the Stock Holding  Company or the Bank will have to  demonstrate to the OTS
that the terms of such  exchange  are fair and  reasonable  and comply  with the
stock purchase  limitations of the OTS  conversion  regulations.  This may, as a
condition  to OTS approval of the  conversion  transaction,  in certain  limited
circumstances,  require certain insiders of the Bank who have accumulated shares
in excess of stock purchase limitations in the conversion  transaction to divest
such shares in connection with such conversion transaction, and also potentially
restrict or prohibit  additional  purchases  of Common  Stock in the  conversion
transaction by other stockholders that would be in excess of such stock purchase
limitations. The fairness of the exchange may be supported by an opinion from an
independent third party.

     The OTS policy with respect to dividends waived by mutual holding companies
requires  that, in the case of mutual to stock  conversions  of recently  formed
mutual  holding  companies,  such  as the  MHC,  the  aggregate  amount  of cash
dividends   waived  by  a  mutual  holding   company  must  be  considered  when
establishing  a fair and  reasonable  basis for  exchanging  subsidiary  holding
company  common stock for converted MHC common stock.  The OTS will not permit a
pro rata exchange if the mutual  holding  company has waived the receipt of cash
dividends by the subsidiary holding company.  Accordingly, the precise treatment
of any conversion  transaction cannot be assured. Any waiver of dividends by the
MHC is likely to result in an adjustment  to the ratio  pursuant to which shares
of Common Stock are  exchanged  for shares of the  converted MHC in a conversion
transaction,  which  adjustment  will  have  the  effect  of  diluting  Minority
Stockholders' ownership interests.  The percentage of the converted MHC's common
stock received by Minority  Stockholders in any conversion  transaction may also
be affected by  purchases of Common  Stock by the MHC,  subsequent  offerings or
other stock  issuances by the Stock Holding  Company,  including share issuances
under the terms of the Capitol  Federal  Financial  Stock Option Plan subject to
approval of the Stock Holding Company's  stockholders  ("Stock Option Plan") and
the Capitol Federal Financial Recognition and Retention Plan subject to approval
of  the  Stock  Holding   Company's   stockholders   ("RRP"),   any  intervening
acquisitions
    

                                       24

<PAGE>



by the MHC, the Stock  Holding  Company's  dividend  policy,  including  special
dividends and the amount of dividends paid by the Stock Holding Company.

   
     As an  alternative  to the  exchange  of  shares  discussed  above,  if the
stockholders of the Stock Holding Company do not receive shares of the converted
MHC or the stock  institution  resulting from the conversion  transaction  based
upon  a  fair  and  reasonable  exchange  ratio,  or  cash  from  the  resulting
institution in an amount equal to the fair market value of their stock given the
circumstances  of the conversion  transaction,  the Stock Holding Company or the
MHC and its  successors may elect to purchase all shares of the Common Stock not
owned by it simultaneously  with the consummation of the conversion  transaction
at the fair market value of the stock on the date of the conversion transaction,
subject  to OTS  approval  and  compliance  with  the  limitations  of  the  OTS
regulations  governing  capital  distributions and other conditions that the OTS
may impose.  Such fair market value of the Stock Holding  Company's Common Stock
shall be  established by an  independent  appraisal,  and may be greater than or
less than $10.00 per share (the "Purchase Price"). Moreover, if the Common Stock
is traded and has an established and liquid trading market, of which there is no
assurance,  the fair market value of the Common  Stock,  as  established  by the
independent  appraisal,  may be greater  than or less than the trading  price of
such stock.
    

     Moreover,  in the event that the MHC converts to stock form in a conversion
transaction,  any options or other  convertible  securities  held by an officer,
director or employee of the Stock Holding  Company,  convertible  into shares of
Common Stock shall become options to purchase or convertible  into shares of the
converted MHC;  provided,  however,  that if such options or convertible  shares
cannot be so  reconstituted,  the holders of such  options or other  convertible
securities  shall be  entitled  to receive  cash  payment  for such shares in an
amount equal to the offering  price of the number of shares of the converted MHC
into which such securities would otherwise be converted, less the exercise price
of such options of other convertible securities. Any such exchange or redemption
of these  securities  will be subject to the written  approval  of the OTS,  and
there can be no assurance that such approval would be obtained. In addition, the
OTS may place  restrictions on the Stock Holding  Company's or the MHC's ability
to purchase  Common  Stock that are more  restrictive  than the OTS  regulations
governing  capital  distributions.  The fair market value of the common stock of
the converted MHC shall be established by the independent  appraisal utilized in
the  conversion   transaction   pursuant  to  the  OTS   regulations   governing
conversions.  However, there is no plan, agreement or understanding with respect
to such a conversion,  and there can be no assurance that such a conversion will
occur.

   
     Further,  if the MHC were to  undertake a  conversion  transaction,  and in
connection  therewith  additional  shares  of  stock of the  converted  MHC were
proposed to be contributed to the Capitol Federal Foundation (the "Foundation"),
any conversion transaction and contribution of additional shares of Common Stock
to the  Foundation  will be voted on as separate  matters and both  matters will
require the approval of a majority of the total  outstanding vote of the members
of the MHC  eligible  to be cast and a  majority  vote of the total  outstanding
shares  of  Common  Stock  held  by  stockholders  other  than  the  MHC and the
Foundation.
    



                                       25

<PAGE>



                           MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK
   

     The Stock  Holding  Company and the Bank have never issued  capital  stock,
and,  consequently,  there is no established market for the Common Stock at this
time.  The Stock Holding  Company has applied to have its Common Stock quoted on
the Nasdaq  National  Market under the symbol "CFFN."  Making a market  involves
maintaining  bid and ask  quotations  and being able,  as  principal,  to effect
transactions in reasonable quantities at these quoted prices, subject to various
securities laws and other regulatory requirements. Additionally, the development
of a liquid  public  market  depends  on the  existence  of  willing  buyers and
sellers,  the  presence of which is not within the control of the Stock  Holding
Company, the Bank or any market maker. Accordingly,  the number of active buyers
and sellers of the Common Stock at any particular time may be limited. The Stock
Holding  Company  intends  to meet the  requirements  for  listing on the Nasdaq
National  Market.  There can be no assurance,  however,  that purchasers will be
able to sell their shares when desired, or at or above the Purchase Price.


              THE BANK EXCEEDS ALL REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

     At September  30, 1998,  the Bank  exceeded all of the  regulatory  capital
requirements  applicable to it. The table on the  following  page sets forth the
historical  regulatory  capital of the Bank at  September  30,  1998 and the pro
forma regulatory  capital of the Bank after giving effect to the  Reorganization
and Stock  Issuance,  based upon the sale of the  number of shares  shown in the
table. The pro forma regulatory  capital amounts reflect the receipt by the Bank
of the net Stock Issuance proceeds,  minus expenses, the amounts to be loaned to
the ESOP and  contributed  to the RRP and $50.0  million to be  retained  by the
Stock Holding  Company.  The pro forma  risk-based  capital  amounts  assume the
investment  of the net  proceeds  received  by the Bank in assets  which  have a
risk-weight  of 20% under  applicable  regulations,  as if such net proceeds had
been received and so applied at September 30, 1998.
    


                                       26

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                  Pro Forma at September 30, 1998
                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      32,136,106 Shares   37,807,183 Shares  43,487,261 Shares   50,000,000 Shares
                                   Historical at      Sold at $10.00      Sold at $10.00      Sold at $10.00      Sold at $10.00
                                September 30, 1998      per Share             per Share          per Share          per Share     
                                 ------------------- ------------------- ------------------ ----------------- --------------------
                                          Percent of          Percent of         Percent of        Percent of           Percent of
                                 Amount   Assets(1)  Amount    Assets    Amount   Assets     Amount  Assets    Amount     Assets
                                 ------------------- ------------------- ------------------ ----------------- --------------------
                                                                        (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                           <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>     <C>        <C>     <C>        <C>     <C>          <C>   

Tangible capital:
   
    Actual..................     $649,199   12.20%  $863,596     15.31% $910,581    16.00%  $957,566  16.67%  $1,011,599   17.43%
    Requirement.............       79,724    1.50     84,609      1.50    85,381     1.50     86,154   1.50       87,043    1.50
                               ----------   -----   --------     -----  --------    -----   --------  -----   ----------   -----

    Excess..................     $569,475   10.70%  $778,987     13.81% $825,200    14.50%  $871,412  15.17%     924,556   15.93%
                                 ========   =====   ========     =====  ========    =====   ========  =====   ==========   =====
    

Core capital:
   
    Actual..................     $649,199   12.20%  $863,596     15.31% $910,581    16.00%  $957,566  16.67   $1,011,599   17.43%
    Requirement.............      159,447    3.00    169,218      3.00   170,762     3.00    172,308   3.00      174,086    3.00
                                ---------  ------   --------     -----  --------    -----   --------  -----   ----------   -----

    Excess..................     $489,752   9.20%   $694,378     12.31% $739,819    13.00%  $785,258  13.67%     837,513   14.43%
                                 ========  ======   ========     =====  ========    =====   ========  =====    =========    ====
    

Risk-based capital
    Actual..................     $650,584   27.32%  $868,246     35.43% $915,231    37.19%  $962,216  38.93   $1,016,249   40.92%
    Requirement.............      191,168    8.00    196,071      8.00   196,895     8.00    197,720   8.00      198,668    8.00
                                ---------  ------   --------     -----  --------    -----   --------  -----   ----------   -----

   
    Excess..................     $459,416   19.32%  $672,175     27.43% $718,336    29.19%  $764,496  30.93%     817,581   32.92%
                                 ========  ======   ========     =====  ========    =====   ========  =====    =========   =====
    
<FN>

- ----------------

(1)  Adjusted total or adjusted risk-weighted assets, as appropriate.
</FN>
</TABLE>



                                       27

<PAGE>



                                 CAPITALIZATION
   
     The following table presents the historical  capitalization  of the Bank at
September 30, 1998, and the pro forma  consolidated  capitalization of the Stock
Holding Company after giving effect to the  Reorganization,  based upon the sale
of the number of shares  shown below and the other  assumptions  set forth under
"Pro Forma Data."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                            The Stock Holding Company - Pro Forma
                                                                             Based Upon Sale at $10.00 Per Share
                                                    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                       50,000,000 
                                                                         32,136,106     37,807,183     43,478,261       Shares(1) 
                                                       The Bank -          Shares          Shares        Shares        (Maximum of
                                                       Historical       (Minimum  of    (Midpoint of  (Maximum of      Range, as
                                                     Capitalization        Range)          Range)        Range)         Adjusted) 
                                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                       (In Thousands)

<S>                                                  <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>

Deposits(2)........................................  $3,894,180       $3,894,180      $3,894,180       $3,894,180       $3,894,180
Borrowings:
    FHLB advances..................................     500,000          500,000         500,000          500,000          500,000
    Securities sold under agreement to                                                                                             
     repurchase....................................     175,000          175,000         175,000          175,000          175,000
                                                     ----------       ----------      ----------       ----------       ----------
Total deposits and borrowings......................  $4,569,180       $4,569,180      $4,569,180       $4,569,180       $4,569,180
                                                     ==========       ==========      ==========       ==========       ==========

Stockholders' equity
    Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, 50,000,000                                                                                 
     shares authorized; none to be issued..........      $  ---        $     ---      $    ---        $     ---         $    ---
    Common Stock, $.01 par value, 450,000,000                                                                                      
     shares authorized; shares to be issued as                                                                                     
     reflected(3)..................................         ---              778           915            1,052            1,210
    Additional paid-in capital.....................         ---          315,138       371,058          426,981          491,290
    Retained earnings..............................     649,199          649,099       649,099          649,099          649,099
    Shares issued to Foundation(4).................         ---           12,854        15,123           17,391           20,000
    Net unrealized gains on mortgage-related                                                                                       
     securities available for sale.................      13,133           13,133        13,133           13,133           13,133

Less:
    Expense of contribution to Foundation,                                                                         
     net(5)........................................         ---         (15,940)       (18,752)         (21,565)         (24,800)
    Common Stock to be acquired by the                                                                             
     ESOP(6).......................................         ---         (25,709)       (30,246)         (34,783)         (40,000)
    Common Stock to be acquired by the                                                                             
      RRP(7)........................................        ---         (12,854)       (15,123)         (17,391)         (20,000)
                                                     ----------    ------------   ------------       ----------       ----------
Total stockholders' equity.........................  $  662,332    $    936,499   $    985,207       $1,033,917       $1,089,932
                                                     ==========    ============   ============       ==========       ==========
    
</TABLE>

- ----------------

(1)  As adjusted  to give  effect to an  increase in the number of shares  which
     could occur due to an increase in the Estimated Offering Range of up to 15%
     to  reflect  changes  in market  and  financial  conditions  following  the
     commencement of the Offerings.

(2)  Does not reflect  withdrawals  from  deposit  accounts  for the purchase of
     Common  Stock in the  Offerings.  Such  withdrawals  would reduce pro forma
     deposits by the amount of such withdrawals.

                                       28

<PAGE>




(3)  Reflects  the  issuance  of the  shares of  Common  Stock to be sold in the
     Offerings  including the issuance of  additional  shares of Common Stock to
     the  Foundation.  No effect has been given to the  issuance  of  additional
     shares of Common Stock pursuant to the proposed Stock Option Plan. See "Pro
     Forma Data" and "Management - Benefits - Other Stock Benefit Plans."

(4)  Reflects  shares to be contributed to the Foundation at an assumed value of
     $10.00 per share.

(5)  Net of the tax effect of the  contribution  of Common Stock and cash to the
     Foundation  based upon an assumed 38.0% tax rate.  The  realization  of the
     deferred  tax  benefit  is  limited  annually  to 10% of the Stock  Holding
     Company's  annual  taxable  income,  subject  to the  ability  of the Stock
     Holding  Company to carry  forward any unused  portion of the deduction for
     five years following the year in which the contribution is made. Historical
     equity has been  reduced in the pro forma  presentation  by $100,000 due to
     the retention of such amount by the MHC as its initial  capitalization upon
     consummation of the MHC.

(6)  Assumes  that  8.0%  of the  Common  Stock  sold in the  Offerings  will be
     purchased by the ESOP, which is reflected as a reduction from stockholders'
     equity.  The ESOP shares will be purchased with funds loaned to the ESOP by
     the Stock Holding Company.  See "Pro Forma Data" and "Management - Benefits
     - Employee Stock Ownership Plan."

(7)  The Stock Holding  Company intends to adopt the RRP and to submit such plan
     to stockholders  at an annual or special  meeting of  stockholders  held at
     least six months following the consummation of the  Reorganization.  If the
     plan is approved by  stockholders,  the Stock  Holding  Company  intends to
     contribute  sufficient  funds to the RRP to enable  the plan to  purchase a
     number of shares of Common  Stock equal to 4.0% of the Common Stock sold in
     the Offerings. Assumes that stockholder approval has been obtained and that
     the shares have been  purchased in the open market at the  Purchase  Price.
     However,  in the event the Stock  Holding  Company  issues  authorized  but
     unissued  shares  of Common  Stock to the RRP in the  amount of 4.0% of the
     Common  Stock sold in the  Offerings,  the  voting  interests  of  existing
     stockholders would be diluted  approximately 3.8%. The shares are reflected
     as  a  reduction  of  stockholders'   equity.  See  "Pro  Forma  Data"  and
     "Management - Benefits - Other Stock Benefit Plans."


                                 PRO FORMA DATA


   
     The  actual  net  proceeds  from the sale of the  Common  Stock  cannot  be
determined  until the  Reorganization  is completed.  However,  net proceeds are
currently  estimated to be between $303.1 million and $410.6 million,  or $472.5
million in the event the  Estimated  Offering  Range is increased by 15%,  based
upon the following assumptions:

     o    all  shares  of  Common   Stock  will  be  sold  in  the  offering  of
          non-transferable rights to subscribe for the Common Stock, in order of
          priority, to Eligible Account Holders, the ESOP, Supplemental Eligible
          Account Holders,  Other Members and Directors,  Officers and Employees
          ("Subscription Offering");

     o    no fees will be paid to Charles  Webb & Company,  a division of Keefe,
          Bruyette & Woods,  Inc.  ("Webb") on shares  purchased by (1) the ESOP
          and any other  employee  benefit plan of the Stock Holding  Company or
          the Bank,  (2)  officers,  directors,  employees  and members of their
          immediate families or (3) the Foundation;

     o    Webb will receive a fee equal to 1.25% of the aggregate Purchase Price
          for sales in the Subscription  Offering  (excluding the sale of shares
          to the ESOP,  employee  benefit plans,  officers,  directors and their
          immediate families and the Foundation);
    


                                       29

<PAGE>



   
     o    the Stock Holding  Company will contribute to the Foundation an amount
          of cash  equal to the value of 4.0% of the  Common  Stock  sold in the
          Offerings  and an amount of Common  Stock  equal to 4.0% of the Common
          Stock sold in the Offerings from authorized but unissued shares; and

     o    total  expenses,  including  the  marketing  fees paid to Webb will be
          between  $5.4 million and $6.8  million,  or $7.5 million in the event
          the Estimated  Offering Range is increased by 15%. Actual expenses may
          vary from those estimated.

     Pro forma  consolidated  net income and  stockholders'  equity of the Stock
Holding  Company have been  calculated  for the fiscal year ended  September 30,
1998,  as if the Common Stock to be issued in the Offerings had been sold at the
beginning of the period and the net proceeds had been  invested at 4.39%,  which
represents  the yield on one-year  U.S.  Government  securities at September 30,
1998.  In light of changes in interest  rates in recent  periods,  this yield is
deemed by the Stock Holding Company and the Bank to more accurately  reflect pro
forma  reinvestment  rates than the  arithmetic  average  method.  The effect of
withdrawals  from deposit accounts for the purchase of Common Stock has not been
reflected. A tax rate of 38.0% has been assumed for the period,  resulting in an
after-tax yield of 2.72% for the year ended  September 30, 1998.  Historical and
pro forma per share amounts have been calculated by dividing  historical and pro
forma amounts by the indicated  number of shares of Common Stock, as adjusted to
give effect to the shares  purchased  by the ESOP and the effect of the issuance
of shares to the Foundation.  See Note 3 to the tables below. No effect has been
given  in the pro  forma  stockholders'  equity  calculations  for  the  assumed
earnings  on the net  proceeds.  As  discussed  under  "How We Intend to Use the
Proceeds," the Stock Holding Company intends to make a loan to fund the purchase
of 8.0% of the Common Stock by the ESOP and intends to retain $50 million of the
net proceeds from the Offerings.

     No effect has been given in the tables to the issuance of additional shares
of Common Stock pursuant to the proposed  Stock Option Plan.  See  "Management -
Benefits - Other Stock Benefit  Plans." The table below gives effect to the RRP,
which is  expected  to be adopted by the Stock  Holding  Company  following  the
Reorganization  and presented  along with the Stock Option Plan to  stockholders
for approval at an annual or special meeting of stockholders to be held at least
six months  following  the  consummation  of the  Reorganization.  If the RRP is
approved by  stockholders,  the RRP intends to acquire an amount of Common Stock
equal to 4.0% of the  shares  of  Common  Stock  sold in the  Offerings,  either
through open market  purchases or from  authorized but unissued shares of Common
Stock, if  permissible.  The table below assumes that  stockholder  approval has
been  obtained,  as to which  there  can be no  assurance,  and that the  shares
acquired by the RRP are purchased in the open market at the Purchase  Price.  No
effect has been given to the Stock Holding Company's results of operations after
the   Reorganization,   the  market   price  of  the  Common   Stock  after  the
Reorganization or a less than 4.0% purchase by the RRP.
    

     The  following  pro  forma  information  may not be  representative  of the
financial  effects  of the  foregoing  transactions  at the dates on which  such
transactions  actually  occur and  should not be taken as  indicative  of future
results of operations. Pro forma stockholders' equity represents

                                       30

<PAGE>



   
the difference  between the stated amount of assets and liabilities of the Stock
Holding  Company  computed in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles ("GAAP").
    

     The following table gives effect to the issuance of authorized but unissued
shares of the Common Stock to the Foundation concurrently with the completion of
the  Reorganization.  The pro  forma  stockholders'  equity is not  intended  to
represent  the fair market value of the Common  Stock and may be different  than
amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders in the event of
liquidation.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                              43,478,261         50,000,000
                                                         32,136,106         37,807,183      Shares  Sold at    Shares  Sold at
                                                       Shares Sold at     Shares Sold at   $10.00 Per Share   $10.00 Per Share
                                                      $10.00 Per Share   $10.00 Per Share     (Maximum of       (Maximum of
                                                         (Minimum of       (Midpoint of         Range)            Range, as
                                                            Range)            Range)                            Adjusted)(8)
                                                       --------------     ------------       -----------        ------------
                                                                                (Dollars in Thousands)

<S>                                                    <C>                <C>             <C>             <C>

Gross Proceeds.....................................       $321,361           $378,072           $434,783           $500,000
Plus: Shares acquired by Foundation
(equal to 4.0% of the shares sold in 
 the Offerings)....................................         12,854             15,123             17,391             20,000
                                                        ----------         ----------         ----------         ----------

Pro forma market capitalization....................       $334,215           $393,195           $452,174           $520,000
                                                          ========           ========           ========           ========

Gross proceeds.....................................       $321,361           $378,072           $434,783           $500,000
Less cash contribution to Foundation...............        (12,854)           (15,123)           (17,391)           (20,000)
Less offering expenses and commissions.............         (5,446)            (6,098)            (6,750)            (7,500)
                                                       -----------        -----------       ------------       ------------

    Estimated net proceeds.........................        303,061            356,851            410,642            472,500
Less:   Shares purchased by the ESOP...............        (25,709)           (30,246)           (34,783)           (40,000)
        Shares purchased by the RRP................        (12,854)           (15,123)           (17,391)           (20,000)
                                                        ----------         ----------         ----------         ----------

Total estimated net proceeds, as adjusted(1).......       $264,498           $311,482           $358,468           $412,500
                                                          ========           ========           ========           ========

Net income(2):
    Historical.....................................      $  53,991          $  53,991          $  53,991          $  53,991
    Pro forma income on net proceeds, as adjusted..          7,196              8,475              9,754             11,225
    Pro forma ESOP adjustment(3)...................         (1,063)            (1,250)            (1,438)            (1,653)
    Pro forma RRP adjustment(4)....................         (1,594)            (1,875)            (2,157)            (2,480)
                                                       -----------        -----------        -----------        -----------

    Pro forma net income...........................      $  58,530          $  59,341          $  60,150          $  61,083
                                                         =========          =========          =========          =========
Net income per share(2)(5):
    Historical.....................................    $      0.72        $      0.61        $      0.53        $      0.46
    Pro forma income on net proceeds, as adjusted..           0.10               0.10               0.10               0.10
    Pro forma ESOP adjustment(3)...................          (0.01)             (0.01)             (0.01)             (0.01)
    Pro forma RRP adjustment(4)....................          (0.02)             (0.02)             (0.02)             (0.02)
                                                        ----------        -----------        -----------        -----------

    Pro forma net income per share(4)(6)...........    $      0.79        $      0.68        $      0.60        $      0.53
                                                       ===========        ===========        ===========        ===========

Number of shares outstanding for pro forma net                                                                              
 income per share calculations(5)..................     75,385,948         88,689,351        101,992,753        117,291,667
                                                        ==========         ==========        ===========        ===========

Offering price to pro forma net income per share(5)        12.66x             14.71x             16.67x             18.87x
                                                           =====              =====              =====              =====


</TABLE>

                                       31

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                                                                 50,000,000
                                                         32,136,106         37,807,183        43,478,261       Shares  Sold at
                                                       Shares Sold at     Shares Sold at    Shares  Sold at   $10.00 Per Share
                                                      $10.00 Per Share   $10.00 Per Share  $10.00 Per Share     (Maximum of
                                                         (Minimum of       (Midpoint of       (Maximum of         Range, as
                                                            Range)            Range)            Range)          Adjusted)(8)
                                                     ----------------- ------------------ ------------------ -----------------
                                                                                (Dollars in Thousands)

<S>                                                    <C>              <C>               <C>                 <C>

Stockholders' equity:
   
    Historical.......................................    $662,232           $662,232        $   662,232        $   662,232
    Estimated net proceeds...........................     303,061            356,851            410,642            472,500
                                                                                                 -------
    Plus:  Shares issued to Foundation...............      12,854             15,123             17,391             20,000
    Less:  Contribution to Foundation................     (12,854)           (15,123)           (17,391)           (20,000)
    Plus:  Tax benefit of the contribution to               9,769             11,493             13,217             15,200
            Foundation...............................
    Less:  Common Stock acquired by the ESOP(3)......     (25,709)           (30,246)           (34,783)           (40,000)
           Common Stock to be acquired by                                                                                   
            the RRP(4)...............................     (12,854)           (15,123)           (17,391)           (20,000)
                                                         --------           --------           --------           --------

    Pro forma stockholders' equity(4)(6)(7)..........    $936,499           $985,207        $1,033,917         $1,089,932
                                                         ========           ========        ==========         ==========
    

Stockholders' equity per share(5):
    Historical.......................................     $  8.51             $ 7.24             $ 6.29             $ 5.47
    Estimated net proceeds...........................        3.90               3.90               3.90               3.90
    Plus:  Shares issued to Foundation...............        0.17               0.17               0.17               0.17
    Less:  Contribution to Foundation................       (0.17)             (0.17)             (0.17)             (0.17)
    Plus:  Tax benefit of the contribution to                0.13               0.13               0.13               0.13
            Foundation...............................
    Less:  Common Stock acquired by the ESOP(3)......       (0.33)             (0.33)             (0.33)             (0.33)
           Common Stock to be acquired by                                                                                   
            the RRP(4)...............................       (0.17)             (0.17)             (0.17)             (0.17)
                                                           ------             ------             ------             ------

    Pro forma stockholders' equity per share(4)(6)(7)      $12.04             $10.77             $ 9.82             $ 9.00
                                                           ======             ======             ======             ======

Offering price as a percentage of pro forma                                                                                 
 stockholders' equity per share(5)...................       83.06%             92.85%            101.83%            111.11%
                                                            =====              =====             ======             ======

Number of shares outstanding for pro forma             77,785,444         91,512,288        105,239,130        121,025,000 
 stockholders' equity per share calculations(5)......  ==========         ==========        ===========        =========== 
                                                       
</TABLE>

- -----------------

(1)  Estimated net proceeds, as adjusted,  consist of the estimated net proceeds
     from the Offerings  minus (i) the proceeds  attributable to the purchase by
     the ESOP and (ii) the  value  of the  shares  to be  purchased  by the RRP,
     subject to stockholder  approval,  after the  Reorganization  at an assumed
     purchase price of $10.00 per share.

   
(2)  Does not give effect to the  non-recurring  expense that will be recognized
     in fiscal 1999 as a result of the contribution to the Foundation. The Stock
     Holding  Company will recognize an after-tax  expense for the amount of the
     cash and shares  contributed to the  Foundation  which is expected to total
     $15.9  million,  $18.8  million,  $21.6  million  and $24.8  million at the
     minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and  maximum,  as adjusted,  of the  Estimated
     Offering Range,  respectively.  Assuming the contribution to the Foundation
     was expensed during the year ended September 30, 1998, pro forma net income
     per share would be $0.56, $0.46, $0.38 and $0.31 at the minimum,  midpoint,
     maximum and maximum, as adjusted,  respectively.  Per share net income data
     is based on 75,385,948 shares of Common Stock outstanding at the minimum of
     the Estimated Offering Range, 88,689,351 shares of Common Stock outstanding
     at  the  midpoint  of  such  range,  101,992,753  shares  of  Common  Stock
     outstanding at the maximum of such range and  117,291,667  shares of Common
     Stock  outstanding  at 15% above the maximum of such  range,  respectively,
     which
    

                                       32

<PAGE>



        represents  shares  issued  to the MHC,  shares  sold in the  Offerings,
        shares  contributed  to the  Foundation  and shares to be  allocated  or
        distributed under the ESOP and RRP for the period presented.

(3)     It is  assumed  that  8.0% of the  shares of  Common  Stock  sold in the
        Offerings  will be  purchased by the ESOP with funds loaned by the Stock
        Holding  Company.  The Stock Holding Company and the Bank intend to make
        annual  contributions  to the ESOP in an  amount  at least  equal to the
        principal  and  interest  requirement  of the  debt.  The pro  forma net
        earnings assumes (i) that the loan to the ESOP is payable over 15 years,
        with the ESOP shares having an average fair value of $10.00 per share in
        accordance with SOP 93-6, entitled  "Employers'  Accounting for Employee
        Stock  Ownership  Plans," of the AICPA,  and (ii) the effective tax rate
        was 38.0% for the period.  See  "Management - Benefits -- Employee Stock
        Ownership Plan."

   
(4)  It is assumed that the RRP will purchase, following stockholder approval of
     such plan,  a number of shares of Common  Stock equal to 4.0% of the shares
     of Common Stock sold in the Offerings  for issuance to directors,  officers
     and employees.  Funds used by the RRP to purchase the shares initially will
     be  contributed  to the RRP by the Stock  Holding  Company.  It is  further
     assumed  that the shares were  acquired by the RRP at the  beginning of the
     period  presented in open market  purchases at the Purchase  Price and that
     20% of the  amount  contributed,  net of taxes,  was an  amortized  expense
     during the year ended  September 30, 1998.  The issuance of authorized  but
     unissued  shares of Common Stock  pursuant to the RRP in the amount of 4.0%
     of the Common Stock sold in the Offerings would dilute the voting interests
     of existing  Minority  Stockholders by  approximately  1.65% and under such
     circumstances pro forma net earnings per share for the year ended September
     30, 1998 would be $0.77, $0.67, $0.59 and $0.52, at the minimum,  midpoint,
     maximum  and  15%  above  the  maximum  of the  Estimated  Offering  Range,
     respectively, and pro forma stockholders' equity per share at September 30,
     1998 would be $12.01,  $10.75,  $9.82 and $9.01 at the  minimum,  midpoint,
     maximum and 15% above the maximum of such range, respectively. There can be
     no  assurance  that the actual  purchase  price of shares  purchased  by or
     issued to the RRP will be equal to the Purchase  Price.  See  "Management -
     Benefits -- Other Stock Benefit Plans."

(5)  The per share  calculations  are  determined by adding the number of shares
     assumed  to be  issued  to the MHC and  sold  in the  Offerings  as well as
     contributed to the Foundation and for purposes of calculating  earnings per
     share, in accordance with SOP 93-6, subtracting 2,454,727 shares, 2,822,936
     shares, 3,246,377 shares, and 3,733,333 shares, respectively,  representing
     the ESOP shares which have not been  committed for release  during the year
     ended  September  30, 1998.  Thus, it is assumed at September 30, 1998 that
     77,121,175shares  of Common  Stock are  outstanding  at the  minimum of the
     Estimated Offering Range,  88,689,351shares of Common Stock are outstanding
     at the  midpoint  of such  range,  101,992,753  shares of Common  Stock are
     outstanding at the maximum of such range and  117,291,667  shares of Common
     Stock  are  outstanding  at  15%  above  the  maximum  of the  such  range,
     respectively. Assuming the uncommitted ESOP shares were not subtracted from
     the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at September 30, 1998, the
     offering  price as a multiple of pro forma net  earnings per share would be
     13.57x, 15.42x, 17.50x and 19.81x at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and 15%
     above the  maximum  of the  Estimated  Offering  Range,  respectively.  For
     purposes of calculating  pro forma  stockholders'  equity per share,  it is
     assumed that shares  outstanding  total 77,785,444 shares at the minimum of
     the estimated pro forma market value of the Bank on a fully converted basis
     (the "Estimated  Valuation  Range"),  91,512,288  shares at the midpoint of
     such range, 105,239,130 shares at the maximum of such range and 121,025,000
     shares at 15% above the maximum of the such range, respectively.

(6)  No effect has been given to the  issuance  of  additional  shares of Common
     Stock pursuant to the Stock Option Plan, which will be adopted by the Stock
     Holding Company following the  Reorganization and presented for approval by
     stockholders  at an annual or special  meeting of stockholders of the Stock
     Holding Company held at least six months  following the consummation of the
     Reorganization.  If the Stock Option Plan is approved by  stockholders,  an
     amount equal to 10% of the Common Stock sold in the Offerings, or 3,213,611
     shares at the minimum of the Estimated Offering Range,  3,780,718 shares at
     the midpoint of such range,  4,347,826  shares at the maximum of such range
     and  5,000,000  shares  at  15%  above  the  maximum  of  the  such  range,
     respectively,  will be reserved  for future  issuance  upon the exercise of
     options to be granted  under the Stock Option Plan.  The issuance of Common
     Stock  pursuant to the exercise of options under the Stock Option Plan will
     result in the dilution of existing Minority  Stockholders' voting interests
     by approximately  3.97%.  Assuming stockholder approval of the Stock Option
     Plan,  that all these options were exercised at the beginning of the period
     at an  exercise  price of $10.00  per share and that the shares to fund the
     RRP are acquired  through open market  purchases at the Purchase Price, pro
     forma net earnings per share for the year ended September 30, 1998 would be
     $0.76,  $0.65, $0.58, and $0.51 at the minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and 15%
     above the maximum of the Estimated  Offering Range,  respectively,  and pro
     forma stockholders' equity per share at September 30, 1998 would be $11.94,
     $10.72, $7.81 and $9.02 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and 15% above the
     maximum of such range,  respectively.  See  "Management - Benefits -- Other
     Stock Benefit Plan." -
    


                                       33

<PAGE>



(7)  The retained earnings of the Bank will be substantially  restricted because
     certain  distributions  from the Bank's retained earnings may be treated as
     being from its accumulated  bad debt reserve for tax purposes,  which would
     cause the Bank to have additional  taxable income.  See "Taxation - Federal
     Taxation."  Pro forma  stockholders'  equity  and pro  forma  stockholders'
     equity per share do not give effect to the bad debt reserves established by
     the Bank for federal  income tax purposes in the event of a liquidation  of
     the Bank.  Pro forma  retained  earnings  have been  reduced by $100,000 to
     reflect the proposed capitalization of the MHC.

(8)  As adjusted  to give  effect to an  increase in the number of shares  which
     could occur due to an increase in the Estimated Offering Range of up to 15%
     to  reflect  changes  in market  and  financial  conditions  following  the
     commencement of the Offerings.


                COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION
                               WITH NO FOUNDATION

   
     In the event that the Foundation  was not being  established as part of the
Reorganization,  RP Financial,  LC., independent  appraiser ("RP Financial") has
estimated  that the pro  forma  aggregate  market  capitalization  of the  Stock
Holding Company would be approximately $420.1 million at the midpoint,  which is
approximately  $26.9  million  greater  than  the  pro  forma  aggregate  market
capitalization  of the Stock Holding Company if the Foundation is included,  and
would result in an approximately  $42.0 million increase in the amount of Common
Stock offered for sale in the Stock  Issuance.  At the mid-point,  the pro forma
price to book ratio and pro forma price to earnings ratio without the Foundation
would be  97.66%  and  15.87x,  respectively,  compared  to 92.85%  and  14.71x,
respectively,  with  the  Foundation.  Further,  assuming  the  midpoint  of the
Estimated Offering Range, pro forma stockholders' equity per share and pro forma
earnings  per  share  without  the   Foundation   would  be  $10.24  and  $0.63,
respectively, and $10.93 and $0.68, respectively,  with the Foundation. There is
no assurance  that in the event the Foundation was not formed that the appraisal
prepared at the time would have concluded that the pro forma market value of the
Stock Holding Company would be the same as that estimated herein. Any appraisals
prepared at that time would be based on the facts and circumstances  existing at
that time, including, among other things, market and economic conditions.
    

     For  comparative  purposes only, set forth below are certain pricing ratios
and financial data and ratios, at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and maximum, as
adjusted, of the Estimated Offering Range, assuming the Reorganization and Stock
Issuance was  completed at September 30, 1998 without the  establishment  of the
Foundation.


                                       34

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                              At the Maximum,
                                            At the Minimum        At the Midpoint        At the Maximum         As Adjusted
                                      ----------------------  ---------------------- ---------------------  -----------------------
                                          With       No         With         No        With        No         With         No
                                       Foundation Foundation  Foundation  Foundation Foundation Foundation  Foundation  Foundation
                                      ----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------- -----------
                                                                    (Dollars in Thousands, except per share amounts)

<S>                                   <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>

   
Estimated offering amount............ $  321,361  $  357,068  $  378,072  $  420,080  $  434,783  $  483,092  $  500,000  $ 555,556
Pro forma market capitalization......    334,215     357,068     393,195     420,080     452,174     483,092     520,000    555,556
Total assets.........................  5,589,068   5,623,165   5,637,777   5,677,890   5,686,486   5,732,616   5,742,501  5,795,551
Total liabilities....................  4,652,569   4,652,569   4,652,569   4,652,569   4,652,569   4,652,569   4,652,569  4,652,569
Pro forma stockholders' equity.......    936,499     970,596     985,207   1,025,321   1,033,917   1,080,047   1,089,932  1,142,982
Pro forma consolidated net earnings..     58,530      59,429      59,341      60,398      60,150      61,367      61,083     62,480
Pro forma stockholders' equity
  per share..........................      12.04       11.41       10.77       10.24        9.82        9.39        9.00       8.64
Pro forma consolidated net earnings         0.79        0.73        0.68        0.63        0.60        0.55        0.53       0.49
    
 per share...........................
Pro forma pricing ratios:
  Offering price as a percentage
   of pro forma stockholders'
   equity per share..................      83.06%      87.64%      92.85%      97.66%     101.83%     106.50%     111.11%    115.74%
  Offering price to pro forma net          12.66x      13.70x      14.71x      15.87x      16.67x      18.18x      18.87x     20.41x
   earnings per share(1).............
  Pro forma market capitalization
    to assets........................       5.98%       6.35%       6.97%       7.40%       7.95%       8.43%       9.06%      9.59%
Pro forma financial ratios:
  Return on assets(2)................       1.05%       1.06%       1.05%       1.06%       1.06%       1.07%       1.06%      1.08%
  Return on stockholders' equity(3)..       6.25%       6.12%       6.02%       5.89%       5.82%       5.68%       5.60%      5.47%
  Stockholders' equity to assets.....      16.76%      17.26%      17.48%      18.06%      18.18%      18.84%      18.98%     19.72%
Minority shares...................... 32,136,106  35,706,784  37,807,183  42,007,982  43,478,261  48,309,179  50,000,000 55,555,556
  Share dilution.....................      10.00%  3,570,678       10.00%  4,200,798       10.00%  4,830,918       10.00% 5,555,556
  Voting share.......................      41.31%      42.01%      41.31%      42.01%      41.31%      42.01%      41.31%     42.01%
      Dilution.......................       0.69%                   0.69%                   0.69%                   0.69%
Foundation shares....................  1,285,444               1,512,287               1,739,130               2,000,000
  Share dilution.....................        N/A                     N/A                     N/A                     N/A
  Voting share.......................       1.65%                   1.65%                   1.65%                   1.65%
      Dilution.......................        N/A                     N/A                     N/A                     N/A
Mutual Holding Company shares........ 44,363,894  49,293,216  52,192,817  57,992,018  60,021,739  66,690,821  69,025,000 76,694,444
  Share dilution.....................      10.00%  4,929,322       10.00%  5,799,201       10.00%  6,669,082       10.00% 7,669,444
  Voting share.......................      57.03%      57.99%      57.03%      57.99%      57.03%      57.99%      57.03%     57.99%
      Dilution.......................       0.96%                   0.96%                   0.96%                   0.96%
<FN>

- ----------------
(1)  If the  contribution  to the Foundation  had been expensed  during the year
     ended  September 30, 1998, the offering price to pro forma net earnings per
     share would have been  17.70x,  21.85x,  26.43x and 32.43x at the  minimum,
     midpoint, maximum and maximum, as adjusted, respectively.
(2)  If the  contribution  to the Foundation  had been expensed  during the year
     ended  September 30, 1998,  return on assets would have been 0.76%,  0.72%,
     0.68% and 0.63% at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and maximum, as adjusted,
     respectively.
(3)  If the  contribution  to the Foundation  had been expensed  during the year
     ended September 30, 1998,  return on  stockholders'  equity would have been
     4.55%,  4.12%,  3.73%  and  3.33% at the  minimum,  midpoint,  maximum  and
     maximum, as adjusted, respectively.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       35

<PAGE>


CAPITOL FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998, 1997 AND 1996 (in thousands)
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                    1998       1997       1996
                                                    ----       ----       ----
INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME:
  Loans receivable ............................   $268,446   $240,009   $211,458
  Mortgage-related securities .................     57,967     41,473     48,642
  Investment securities .......................     23,025     43,641     41,004
  Securities purchased under agreement
   to resell ..................................      6,955
  Cash and cash equivalents ...................      4,065      2,507      2,948
  Capital stock of Federal Home Loan Bank .....      3,186      2,647      2,337
                                                  --------   --------   --------

          Total interest and dividend income ..    363,644    330,097    306,389

INTEREST EXPENSE:
  Deposits ....................................    203,426    202,429    195,765
  Borrowings ..................................     31,471      5,028      4,636
                                                  --------   --------   --------

          Total interest expense ..............    234,897    207,457    200,401
                                                  --------   --------   --------

NET INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME ..............    128,747    122,640    105,988

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES .....................      3,362         56        865
                                                  --------   --------   --------

NET INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME AFTER
 PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES ....................    125,385    122,584    105,123

OTHER INCOME:
  Automated teller and debit card
   transaction fees ...........................      3,267      2,528      1,291
  Checking account transaction fees ...........      2,791      2,359      2,845
  Loan fees ...................................      2,340      2,563      2,830
  Insurance commissions .......................      1,424      1,479      1,388
  Other, net ..................................      3,031      2,158      3,043
                                                  --------   --------   --------

          Total other income ..................     12,853     11,087     11,397
                                                  --------   --------   --------

OTHER EXPENSES:
  Salaries and employee benefits ..............     26,157     23,710     21,572
  Occupancy of premises .......................      7,756      6,477      5,894
  Office supplies and related expenses ........      3,325      3,275      2,842
  Deposit and loan transaction fees ...........      2,915      2,856      2,407
  Advertising .................................      2,564      2,709      2,726
  Federal insurance premium ...................      2,409      3,391      8,729
  BIF/SAIF special assessment .................                           24,158
  Other, net ..................................      4,340      2,858      3,177
                                                  --------   --------   --------

          Total other expenses ................     49,466     45,276     71,505
                                                  --------   --------   --------

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE ..............     88,772     88,395     45,015

INCOME TAX EXPENSE ............................     34,781     35,691     18,393
                                                  --------   --------   --------

NET INCOME ....................................   $ 53,991   $ 52,704   $ 26,622
                                                  ========   ========   ========

See notes to consolidated financial statements.



                                       36

<PAGE>




                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

General

   
     The  following  discussion  is  intended  to  assist in  understanding  the
financial  condition and results of operations of Capital Federal  Savings.  The
discussion  and  analysis  does not  include  any  comments  relating to Capital
Federal Financial since Capitol Federal Financial has no significant operations.
The information contained in this section should be read in conjunction with the
Consolidated  Financial  Statements and the  accompanying  Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements and the other sections contained in the Prospectus.

     The Bank's  results of  operations  depend  primarily  on its net  interest
income,  which is the difference  between  interest  income on  interest-earning
assets,  which principally consist of loans and  mortgage-related and investment
securities,   and  interest  expense  on   interest-bearing   liabilities  which
principally consist of deposits and borrowings. The Bank's results of operations
also are  affected  by the level of its  noninterest  income and  expenses,  and
income tax expense.

Forward-Looking Statements

     This  Prospectus  contains  forward-looking  statements  which are based on
assumptions and describe future plans,  strategies and expectations of the Stock
Holding Company.  These  forward-looking  statements are generally identified by
use  of the  words  "believe,"  "expect,"  "intend,"  "anticipate,"  "estimate,"
"project," or similar words. Our ability to predict results or the actual effect
of future plans or strategies is uncertain.  Factors which could have a material
adverse  effect on our  operations  include,  but are not limited to, changes in
interest rates,  general economic  conditions,  legislative/regulatory  changes,
monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S.  Government,  including policies of the
U.S.  Treasury and the Federal Reserve Board,  the quality or composition of the
loan  or  investment  portfolios,  demand  for  loan  products,  deposit  flows,
competition,  demand for financial  services in our market areas and  accounting
principles and guidelines. These risks and uncertainties should be considered in
evaluating  forward-looking statements and you should not rely too much on these
statements.  We do not undertake - and specifically disclaim any obligation - to
publicly  release  the  result  of  any  revisions  which  may  be  made  to any
forward-looking  statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of
these  statements or to reflect the occurrence of  anticipated or  unanticipated
events.

Management Strategy

     Our strategy is to operate as an  independent,  retail  oriented  financial
institution dedicated to serving the needs of customers in our market areas. Our
commitment is to provide the broadest  possible access to home ownership through
our residential lending programs.  We also offer a variety of personal financial
products  and  services  through our branch  office  network  and have  recently
emphasized the wholesale component of our operations.


                                       37
    

<PAGE>

   

     Financial highlights of our strategy include:

     o    Single Family Portfolio Lending. We are the largest originator of one-
          to  four-family  residential  mortgage  loans in the State of  Kansas.
          Generally, we originate these loans for our own portfolio, rather than
          for sale,  and we service the loans we  originate.  During fiscal year
          1998, we originated  $1.08 billion of one- to  four-family  loans.  At
          September 30, 1998, we had $3.50 billion of these loans,  representing
          93.5% of our total loan portfolio.

     o    Commitment to Cost Control.  We are very effective at controlling  our
          costs  of  operations.  Lending  and  deposit  support  functions  are
          centralized  for efficient  processing,  using  technology to increase
          productivity.   Our  average  deposits  per  full  service  branch  at
          September  30,  1998  were  over  $150  million.  As a result of these
          efforts,  our ratio of operating  expenses to average total assets was
          .97% for the year ended September 30, 1998 and our efficiency ratio, a
          commonly used  industry  ratio  measuring  the cost of producing  each
          dollar of  revenue,  was 35.8%.  These  ratios are both  significantly
          better than peer group and national averages.

     o    Strong  Capital  Position.  Our policy has always  been to protect the
          safety and soundness of the Bank through conservative risk management,
          balance sheet strength,  consistent earnings and sound operations.  At
          September 30, 1998,  our ratio of equity to total assets was 12.5% and
          our return on average assets for the fiscal year was 1.05%.

     o    Excellent  Asset  Quality.  Through our  commitment  to single  family
          lending, we have minimal delinquencies and, in management's view, very
          little credit risk. At September 30, 1998, our ratio of non-performing
          assets to total assets was 0.15%.

     o    Wholesale Borrowings and Investments.  In order to reduce our interest
          rate risk we have  borrowed  money and  invested  in  adjustable  rate
          mortgage-related  securities.  At September  30,  1998,  we had $675.0
          million  in  borrowings.  See pages 38 to 42 for a  discussion  of how
          these  borrowings  have reduced our interest  rate risk.  We intend to
          extend this borrowing strategy to leverage the capital we raise in the
          Reorganization. See page 11.
    

Asset and Liability Management and Market Risk

     Qualitative  Aspects of Market Risk. As stated above,  we derive our income
primarily from the excess of interest collected over interest paid. The rates of
interest  we earn on assets and pay on  liabilities  generally  are  established
contractually  for a period of time.  Market  interest  rates  change over time.
Accordingly,   our  results  of  operations,   like  those  of  other  financial
institutions,  are impacted by changes in interest  rates and the interest  rate
sensitivity of our assets and  liabilities.  The risk associated with changes in
interest  rates and our  ability to adapt to these  changes is known as interest
rate risk and is the Bank's most significant market risk.


                                       38

<PAGE>



     Quantitative  Aspects of Market Risk.  In an attempt to manage our exposure
to changes in interest rates and comply with applicable regulations,  we monitor
the Bank's  interest rate risk. In monitoring  interest rate risk we continually
analyze and manage assets and  liabilities  based on their  payment  streams and
interest rates, the timing of their maturities,  and their sensitivity to actual
or potential changes in market interest rates.

     The ability to maximize net interest  income is largely  dependent upon the
achievement of a positive  interest rate spread that can be sustained during the
fluctuations  in  prevailing  interest  rates.  Interest rate  sensitivity  is a
measure  of the  difference  between  amounts  of  interest-earning  assets  and
interest-bearing  liabilities  which  either  reprice  or mature  within a given
period of time. The difference,  or the interest rate repricing  "gap," provides
an indication of the extent to which an institution's  interest rate spread will
be affected by changes in interest rates. A gap is considered  positive when the
amount of  interest-rate  sensitive  assets exceeds the amount of  interest-rate
sensitive  liabilities  repricing  during  the same  period,  and is  considered
negative  when the amount of  interest-rate  sensitive  liabilities  exceeds the
amount of interest-rate sensitive assets.  Generally,  during a period of rising
interest rates, a negative gap within shorter  repricing periods would adversely
affect net  interest  income,  while a positive  gap  within  shorter  repricing
periods would result in an increase in net interest  income.  During a period of
falling  interest  rates,  the opposite would be true. As of September 30, 1998,
the ratio of the Bank's one-year gap to total assets was a positive 3.8% and its
ratio of  interest-earning  assets to interest-bearing  liabilities  maturing or
repricing within one year was 1.1%.

     In order to minimize  the  potential  for adverse  effects of material  and
prolonged  increases in interest rates on the Bank's results of operations,  the
Bank has adopted  asset and  liability  management  policies to better match the
maturities  and  repricing  terms of the  Bank's  interest  -earning  assets and
interest-bearing  liabilities.  The Board of Directors  sets and  recommends the
asset and liability  policies of the Bank which are implemented by the Asset and
Liability  Management  Committee  ("ALCO").  The ALCO is  chaired  by the  Chief
Financial  Officer and is comprised of members of the Bank's senior  management.
The   purpose  of  the  ALCO  is  to   communicate,   coordinate   and   control
asset/liability  management  consistent  with the Bank's business plan and Board
approved  policies.  The ALCO  establishes  and  monitors  the volume and mix of
assets and funding  sources  taking into  account  relative  costs and  spreads,
interest rate  sensitivity  and liquidity  needs.  The  objectives are to manage
assets  and  funding  sources  to  produce  results  that  are  consistent  with
liquidity,  capital adequacy,  growth,  risk and  profitability  goals. The ALCO
generally  meets on a monthly  basis to review,  among  other  things,  economic
conditions and interest rate outlook,  current and projected liquidity needs and
capital  positions,  anticipated  changes  in the  volume  and mix of assets and
liabilities  and interest rate risk exposure  limits versus current  projections
pursuant to gap  analysis  and income  simulations.  At each  meeting,  the ALCO
recommends  appropriate  strategy  changes  based  on  such  review.  The  Chief
Financial  Officer or his designee is responsible for reviewing and reporting on
the  effects  of the  policy  implementations  and  strategies  to the  Board of
Directors, at least quarterly.

   
     In order to manage its assets  and  liabilities  and  achieve  the  desired
liquidity,  credit  quality,  interest  rate  risk,  profitability  and  capital
targets, the Bank has focused its strategies on:
    

     o    originating adjustable rate loans,

                                       39

<PAGE>



   
     o    maintaining  a  significant   level  of  investment   securities   and
          mortgage-related securities with maturities of less than five years or
          with interest rates that reprice in less than three years,

     o    managing its deposits to establish stable deposit relationships, and

     o    acquiring longer-term borrowings at fixed interest rates to offset the
          negative  impact of  longer-term  fixed rate loans in the Bank's  loan
          portfolio.
    

     At  times,   depending  on  the  level  of  general   interest  rates,  the
relationship  between long- and short-term interest rates, market conditions and
competitive factors, the ALCO may determine to increase the Bank's interest rate
risk  position  somewhat in order to maintain its net interest  margins.  In the
future,  the Bank  intends  to  increase  its  emphasis  on the  origination  of
relatively short-term and/or adjustable rate consumer loans.

     The ALCO regularly  reviews interest rate risk by forecasting the impact of
alternative  interest rate  environments on net interest income and market value
of portfolio  equity  ("MVPE"),  which is defined as the net present value of an
institution's  existing assets,  liabilities and off-balance sheet  instruments,
and  evaluating  such  impacts  against  the  maximum  potential  changes in net
interest  income and MVPE that are  authorized  by the Board of Directors of the
Bank.

     The  following  table  sets  forth at  September  30,  1998  the  estimated
percentage  change in the Bank's net interest income over a four-quarter  period
and MVPE based on the indicated changes in interest rates.


                                                               
                                              Estimated Change in
                                   -----------------------------------
      Change (in Basis Points)      Net Interest Income                     
         in Interest Rates(1)       (next four quarters)       MVPE
     ---------------------------   ----------------------   ----------
                              
              -400 bp                    -29.83%               -3.55%
              -300 bp                    -18.50%               -3.20%
              -200 bp                     -9.47%               -5.07%
              -100 bp                     -2.18%               -0.60%
                0 bp                       0                    0
               100 bp                     -3.15%               -7.85%
               200 bp                     -6.10%              -19.48%
               300 bp                     -8.90%              -34.71%
               400 bp                    -12.04%              -51.99%
- -----------
(1)  Assumes  an   instantaneous   uniform  change  in  interest  rates  at  all
     maturities.

         The assumptions used by management to evaluate the vulnerability of the
Bank's  operations to changes in interest  rates in the table above are utilized
in, and set forth under,  the gap table below.  Although  management finds these
assumptions  reasonable,  the interest rate sensitivity of the Bank's assets and
liabilities and the estimated effects of changes in interest rates on the Bank's
net  interest   income  and  MVPE  indicated  in  the  above  table  could  vary
substantially if different  assumptions were used or actual  experience  differs
from such assumptions.

                                       40

<PAGE>



     The following table  summarizes the anticipated  maturities or repricing of
the  Bank's  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities  as of
September 30, 1998,  based on the  information  and assumptions set forth in the
notes below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                         More Than One     More Than                              
                                         Within Three   Three to Twelve  Year to Three  Three Years to      Over                  
                                             Months          Months          Years         Five Years    Five Years         Total
                                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>             <C>

Interest-earning assets(1):
   Loans receivable(2):
   Mortgage loans:
      Fixed.........................     $    67,439     $   176,669      $   545,504       $374,477       $955,923      $2,120,012
      Adjustable....................         264,346         665,708          500,384         70,443            ---       1,500,881
   Other loans......................         101,304          29,804           10,875          1,328             48         143,359
Securities:
   Non-mortgage(3)..................         150,470             ---           10,100            ---            ---         160,570
   Mortgage-related fixed(4)........          17,084          46,504          118,661         59,887         37,561         279,697
   Mortgage-related adjustable(4)...         399,416         276,233           93,219            ---            ---         768,868
Other interest-earning assets.......         254,570             ---              ---            ---            ---         254,570
                                         -----------     -----------      -----------      ---------      ---------     -----------
      Total interest-earning assets.       1,254,629       1,194,918        1,278,743        506,135        993,532       5,227,957
                                         -----------     -----------      -----------      ---------      ---------     -----------

Interest-bearing liabilities:
Deposits:
   NOW accounts(5)..................          52,088         145,846           52,192          9,188          1,126         260,440
   Savings accounts(5)..............          32,295          77,508           16,470          2,907            ---         129,180
   Money market deposit                                                                                                             
     accounts(5)....................          82,986         187,292          117,895         26,189         24,175         438,537
   Certificates of deposit..........         731,934         935,355        1,309,967         86,830          1,937       3,066,023
Other borrowings(6).................             ---             ---              ---            ---        675,000         675,000
                                         -----------     -----------      -----------      ---------      ---------     -----------
      Total interest-bearing                                                                                                        
        liabilities.................         899,303       1,346,001        1,496,524        125,114        702,238       4,569,180
                                         -----------     -----------      -----------      ---------      ---------     -----------

   
Excess (deficiency) of interest-                                                                                            
 earning assets over interest-                                                                                                      
 bearing liabilities................     $   355,326     $  (151,083)     $  (217,781)      $381,021       $291,294     $   658,777
                                         ===========     ===========      ===========       ========       ========     ===========
                                                                                            
Cumulative excess (deficiency)                                                                                              
 of interest-earning assets over                                                                                                    
 interest-bearing liabilities.......     $   355,326     $   204,243      $   (13,538)      $367,483       $658,777     $   658,777
                                         ===========     ===========      ===========       ========       ========     ===========
                                                                                            

Cumulative excess (deficiency)                                                                                                      
 of interest-earning assets over                                                                                                    
 interest-bearing liabilities as a                                                                                                  
 percent of total assets............           6.69%           3.84%        (0.25)%          6.91%         12.39%                 

Cumulative one-year gap at                                                                                                          
 September 30, 1997.................                           9.31%                                                                

Cumulative one-year gap at                                     0.35%
 September 30, 1996.................
- -----------------
</TABLE>


(1)  Adjustable-rate  loans are included in the period in which  interest  rates
     are next  scheduled  to adjust  rather than in the period in which they are
     due,  and  fixed-rate  loans are  included in the periods in which they are
     scheduled  to be repaid,  based on scheduled  amortization,  as adjusted to
     take into account  estimated  prepayments  in assessing  the interest  rate
     sensitivity of saving associations in the Bank's region.

(2)  Balances have not been reduced for non-performing  loans, which amounted to
     $6.2 million at September 30, 1998.


                                       41

<PAGE>



(3)  Based on contractual maturities.

(4)  Reflects estimated prepayments in the current interest rate environment.

(5)  Although  the Bank's NOW  accounts,  passcard  savings  accounts  and money
     market  deposit  accounts are subject to immediate  withdrawal,  management
     considers a substantial  amount of such accounts to be core deposits having
     significantly  longer effective  maturities.  The decay rates used on these
     accounts are based on the latest  available OTS  assumptions and should not
     be regarded as indicative of the actual withdrawals that may be experienced
     by the Bank. If all of the Bank's NOW accounts,  passcard  savings accounts
     and money  market  deposit  accounts  had been  assumed  to be  subject  to
     repricing  within  one  year,   interest-bearing   liabilities  which  were
     estimated  to  mature  or  reprice  within  one year  would  have  exceeded
     interest-earning  assets with comparable  characteristics by $45.9 million,
     for a cumulative one-year gap of (0.86)% of total assets.

(6)  Assumes call  features  will not be exercised in the current  interest rate
     environment.


     Certain  assumptions  are  contained  in the above table  which  affect the
presentation.   Although   certain  assets  and  liabilities  may  have  similar
maturities  or  periods to  repricing,  they may react in  different  degrees to
changes in market interest rates.  The interest rates on certain types of assets
and  liabilities  may fluctuate in advance of changes in market  interest rates,
while interest rates on other types of assets and liabilities lag behind changes
in market  interest  rates.  Certain assets,  such as  adjustable-rate  mortgage
loans,  have features which  restrict  changes in interest rates on a short-term
basis  and over the life of the  asset.  In the  event of a change  in  interest
rates, prepayment and early withdrawal levels would likely deviate significantly
from those assumed in calculating the table.

Changes in Financial Condition

     General.  The Bank's  total assets  increased by $391.2  million or 7.9% to
$5.31  billion at September  30, 1998 compared to $4.92 billion at September 30,
1997.  The increase was primarily due to a $388.2  million or 11.7%  increase in
loans,  which  totaled  $3.71  billion at September  30, 1998  compared to $3.32
billion at September 30, 1997. This increase was also due to the Bank's decision
to leverage its capital  through an increase in  mortgage-related  securities of
$194.2  million,  acquired  through the  utilization of proceeds from additional
borrowings.  These  increases  were  partially  offset by a  decrease  of $189.8
million  or  32.4% in  investment  securities  and  securities  purchased  under
agreement to resell.

   
     Loans.  The  Bank's net loan  portfolio  increased  from  $3.32  billion at
September 30, 1997 to $3.71  billion at September 30, 1998.  The increase in the
loan  portfolio  over this time period was due to increased  loan demand  caused
both by low interest rates and significant increases in home-building activities
in Kansas.  The loan  portfolio  increased in all  categories,  with the largest
increase  occurring in the one- to four-family  category,  from $3.15 billion at
September 30, 1997 to $3.50 billion at September 30, 1998. Loan  origination and
purchase  volume for 1998 exceeded 1997 by $638.1  million.  The lower  interest
rates on mortgage loans increased  refinancing  activity from $144.5 million for
fiscal year 1997 to $438.4 million for fiscal year 1998.

     Securities.  Investment securities and securities purchased under agreement
to resell  amounted to $585.4  million at September 30, 1997, and $395.6 million
at September 30, 1998, respectively. The decrease of $189.8 million or 32.4% was
primarily due to the use of funds from  maturities  and  prepayments to fund the
Bank's loan and mortgage-related securities growth.


                                       42
    

<PAGE>

   

     In order to reduce interest-rate risk exposure, the Bank decided to shorten
the  maturities of new  investments by purchasing  mortgage-related  securities,
under  agreement to resell,  with  maturities of less than 90 days. At September
30, 1998 these securities  totaled $235.0 million.  The Bank's  mortgage-related
securities  are  generally  comprised of  mortgage-backed  securities  issued by
Fannie Mae ("FNMA") or Freddie Mac ("FHLMC"),  which minimizes  credit risk, and
these are delivered, in the Bank's name to our account at the Federal Reserve in
exchange for the funds we wish to invest.
    

     Liabilities. The Bank's total liabilities increased $333.7 million or 7.71%
to $4.65  billion at September  30, 1998  compared to $4.32 billion at September
30, 1997.  Such increase was due  primarily to an increase in borrowed  funds of
$225.0  million to fund  mortgage-related  securities  growth  and,  to a lesser
extent, an increase in deposits of $107.1 million.

     Equity.  Total equity  amounted to $662.3 million at September 30, 1998 and
$604.8  million at September  30, 1997,  or 12.5%,  and 12.3% of total assets at
such  dates.  The  increase  in  equity  over the  period  was due to  continued
profitable  operations  and an increase in the  unrealized  gains on  securities
available  for sale,  net,  from $9.6  million at  September  30,  1997 to $13.1
million at September 30, 1998.



                                       43

<PAGE>



Average Balances, Net Interest Income, Yields Earned and Rates Paid

         The following table presents for the periods indicated the total dollar
amount of interest income from average interest-earning assets and the resultant
yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities,
expressed both in dollars and rates.  No tax equivalent  adjustments  were made.
All average  balances are monthly  average  balances (we do not believe that the
use of monthly averages rather than daily averages has a significant effect upon
our  results).  Non-accruing  loans  have  been  included  in the table as loans
carrying a zero yield.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 September 30,
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1998                          1997                           1996
                                        ----------------------------- ------------------------------ -----------------------------
                                           Average   Interest            Average   Interest             Average   Interest
                                         Outstanding  Earned/  Yield/  Outstanding  Earned/   Yield/  Outstanding  Earned/  Yield/
                                           Balance     Paid     Rate     Balance     Paid      Rate     Balance     Paid     Rate
                                        ----------- -------- -------- ------------ -------- -------- ------------ --------- ------
                                                                                       (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                     <C>        <C>        <C>    <C>         <C>         <C>     <C>        <C>         <C>

Interest-Earning Assets:
 Loans receivable(1)................... $3,470,898  $264,752    7.63%  $3,065,946  $236,105    7.70%  $2,757,878  $207,056   7.51%
 Other loans...........................     46,082     3,694    8.02       48,689     3,904    8.02       53,667     4,402   8.20
 Mortgage-related securities...........    911,659    57,967    6.36      592,719    41,473    7.00      693,797    48,642   7.01
 Investment securities.................    556,646    34,045    6.12      717,114    45,968    6.41      734,516    43,952   5.98
 FHLB stock............................     41,598     3,186    7.66       38,698     2,647    6.84       36,272     2,337   6.44
                                        ----------- --------           ----------  --------           ----------  --------
   
  Total Interest-Earning Assets(1)..... $5,026,883   363,644    7.23   $4,463,166   330,097    7.40   $4,276,130   306,389   7.17
                                        ==========  --------           ==========  --------           ==========  --------
    

Interest-Bearing Liabilities:
 Savings deposits...................... $  131,343     2,918    2.22   $  131,912     2,931    2.22      134,337     2,985   2.22
 Demand and NOW deposits...............    661,871    19,861    3.00      570,865    15,141    2.65      578,325    15,879   2.75
 Certificate accounts..................  3,071,829   180,647    5.88    3,082,984   184,357    5.98    2,963,367   176,901   5.97
 Borrowings............................    548,275    31,471    5.74       87,140     5,028    5.77       77,917     4,636   5.95
                                        ----------  --------           ----------  --------            ---------  --------
   
  Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities... $4,413,318   234,897    5.32   $3,872,901   207,457    5.36   $3,753,946   200,401   5.34
                                        ==========  --------           ==========  --------           ==========  --------
Net interest income....................             $128,747                       $122,640                       $105,988
                                                    ========                       ========                       ========
Net interest rate spread...............                         1.91%                          2.04%                         1.83%
                                                                ====                           ====                          ====
Net earning assets..................... $  613,565                     $  590,265                     $  522,184
                                        ==========                     ==========                     ==========
Net interest margin....................                         2.56%                          2.75%                         2.48%
                                                                ====                           ====                          ====
Average Interest-Earning Assets to
 Average Interest-Bearing Liabilities..              113.90%                        115.24%                        113.91%
                                                     ======                         ======                         ======
    
<FN>

- -----------------

(1) Calculated net of deferred loan fees, loan  discounts,  loans in process and
loss reserves.
</FN>
</TABLE>


                                       44

<PAGE>



Rate/Volume Analysis

     The  following  table  presents  the dollar  amount of changes in  interest
income and interest expense for major components of interest-earning  assets and
interest-bearing  liabilities.  For each category of interest-earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to
(i) changes in volume (i.e.,  changes in volume multiplied by old rate) and (ii)
changes in rate (i.e., changes in rate multiplied by old volume).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        Year Ended September 30,
                                                       1997 vs. 1998                               1996 vs. 1997
                                        --------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
                                                      Increase                                  Increase            
                                                     (Decrease)                               (Decrease)           
                                                       Due to                                    Due to             
                                        ---------------------------------     Total    ---------------------------      Total 
                                                                   Rate/    Increase                        Rate/     Increase  
                                          Volume        Rate       Volume  (Decrease)  Rate      Volume     Volume   (Decrease) 
                                        ---------------------------------  ----------  ---------------------------  -----------
                                                                          (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                     <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>

Interest-earning assets:
 Loans receivable......................    $31,265   $ (2,383)   $  (445)   $28,437   $23,050   $  5,030   $    471     $28,551
 Mortgage-related securities...........     21,995     (5,524)        23     16,494    (5,318)    (1,755)       (96)     (7,169)
 Investment securities.................     (7,884)    (2,886)    (1,153)   (11,923)      (35)     2,100        (49)      2,016
 Other.................................        198        317         24        539       155        145         10         310
                                        ----------  ---------   --------   --------  --------   --------   --------    --------

   Total interest-earning assets.......    $45,574   $(10,476)   $(1,551)   $33,547   $17,852    $ 5,520   $    336     $23,708
                                           =======   ========    =======    -------   =======    =======   ========     =======
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 Savings deposits...................... $      (13) $     ---   $    ---    $   (13) $    (54)  $    ---   $    ---    $    (54)
 Demand and NOW deposits...............      2,412      1,998        319      4,729      (205)      (578)         7        (776)
 Borrowings............................     26,498         (9)       (46)    26,443       549       (140)       (17)        392
 Certificate accounts..................       (647)    (3,083)        11     (3,719)    7,186        296         12       7,494
                                        ----------  ---------   --------   --------  --------   --------   --------    --------

   Total interest-bearing liabilities..    $28,250   $ (1,094)   $   284    $27,440   $ 7,476    $  (422)  $      2     $ 7,056
                                           =======   ========    =======    -------   =======   ========   ========    ========

Net interest income....................                                    $  6,107                                     $16,652
                                                                           ========                                     =======
</TABLE>



                                       45

<PAGE>



     The following  table presents the weighted  average yields earned on loans,
investments and other  interest-earning  assets,  and the weighted average rates
paid on savings deposits and borrowings and the resultant  interest rate spreads
at the dates indicated. Weighted average balances are based on monthly balances.


                                                              At September 30,
                                                           1998   1997    1996
                                                           ----- ------ ------
Weighted average yield on:
 Loans receivable......................................... 7.38%  7.63%   7.51%
 Mortgage-related securities.............................. 6.66%  6.75%   6.86%
 Investment securities.................................... 5.93%  6.52%   6.45%
 Other interest-earning assets............................ 5.26%  5.67%   5.83%
   Combined weighted average yield on interest-earning
     assets............................................... 7.07%  7.32%   7.22%

Weighted average rate paid on:
 Savings deposits......................................... 3.64%  3.02%   2.88%
 Demand and NOW deposits.................................. 1.50%  1.88%   2.14%
 Certificate accounts..................................... 5.75%  5.92%   5.98%
 Borrowings............................................... 5.73%  5.75%   5.78%
   Combined weighted average rate paid on interest-
     bearing liabilities.................................. 5.24%  5.35%   5.37%

Spread.................................................... 1.83%  1.97%   1.86%


Comparison of Results of Operations  for the Years Ended  September 30, 1998 and
1997

     General.  The Bank  reported net income of $54.0 million for the year ended
September  30, 1998  compared to net income of $52.7  million for the year ended
September  30, 1997,  an increase of $1.3 million or 2.5%.  The increase in 1998
was  primarily  due to an increase in net interest  income,  which was partially
offset by increases in total other expenses and the provision for loan losses.

     Net Interest Income.  Net interest income increased $6.1 million or 5.0% to
$128.7  million for 1998  compared to 1997,  reflecting a $33.5 million or 10.2%
increase in interest  income which was  partially  offset by a $27.4  million or
13.2%  increase in interest  expense.  The Bank's  interest  rate spread and net
interest margin decreased to 1.91% and 2.56%, respectively, for 1998 compared to
2.04% and  2.75%,  respectively,  for 1997.  In  addition,  the ratio of average
interest-earning  assets to average  interest-bearing  liabilities  decreased to
113.9% for 1998 compared to 115.2% for 1997.

     Interest  Income.  The  increase in interest  income  during the year ended
September 30, 1998 was  primarily  due to an increase in the average  balance of
the Bank's  interest-earning  assets.  The average balance of the loan portfolio
increased $402.3 million or 12.9% to $3.52 billion for 1998 compared to 1997 due
to increased  loan demand.  The average  balance of the Bank's  mortgage-related
securities  and investment  securities  portfolios  increased  $158.5 million or
12.1% to $1.47  billion for 1998  compared to 1997  primarily as a result of the
use of additional

                                       46

<PAGE>



borrowings to purchase  mortgage-related assets. The average yield earned on the
Bank's loan  portfolio  decreased  from 7.71% in 1997 to 7.63% in 1998,  and the
average yield earned on the Bank's  mortgage-related  and investment  securities
portfolios  decreased  from 6.68% for 1997 to 6.27% for 1998.  The  decrease  in
average yield earned on the Bank's  mortgage-related  and investment  securities
portfolios was primarily due to the purchase of lower-yielding  mortgage-related
securities  that had adjustable  rates of interest,  consistent  with the Bank's
asset and liability management policies.

     Interest  Expense.  The increase in interest  expense during the year ended
September 30, 1998 was primarily due to the increase of $461.1 million or 529.2%
in the average  balance of borrowings and to an increase in the average  balance
of deposits.  The average balance of deposits increased $79.3 million or 2.1% to
$3.87  billion  for 1998,  $90.4  million of which  consisted  of an increase in
demand deposits,  including  noninterest-bearing  checking, NOW and money market
accounts  and $11.2  million of which  consisted  of a decrease  in the  average
balance of certificates of deposit.  The average rate paid on deposits decreased
slightly  from  5.35%  in 1997 to  5.26%  in  1998.  The  average  rate  paid on
borrowings decreased from 5.77% in 1997 to 5.74% in 1998.

   
     Provision  for Loan Losses.  For the year ended  September  30,  1998,  the
expense  provision  for loan  losses  amounted  to $3.4  million  compared  to a
provision for loan losses in 1997 of $56,000.  At September 30, 1998, the Bank's
allowance for loan losses was $4,981,000 or .13% of the total loan portfolio and
approximately 80% of total nonaccrual loans. This compares with an allowance for
loan losses of $1,639,000 or .05% of the total loan portfolio and  approximately
27% of the total  nonaccrual  loans as of September 30, 1997. At fiscal year end
1998,  the  unallocated  portion of the  allowance  for loan losses was $960,000
related to unused commitments to provide financing. The allocated portion of the
allowance  of  $4,021,000  is  composed  of credit  losses  related  to the loan
portfolio.  See  "Business  of the Bank - Asset  Quality  -  Allowance  for Loan
Losses."

     During 1998,  changes in assumptions  regarding the effects of economic and
business  conditions on borrowers and other factors,  which are described below,
affected the assessment of the allocated  allowance.  In addition,  as described
below,  the  Bank  allocated  a  portion  of the  allowance  resulting  from the
unallocated allowance to unused commitments to provide financing.

     During 1998, the Bank's single family residential loan portfolio  increased
by $359.6  million over 1997  primarily due to an increased  number of borrowers
being  overextended.   In  addition,  the  non-performing   single-family  loans
increased 21% in 1998 over 1997 amounts. The provision for loan losses in fiscal
1998 of $2.0  million,  representing  2.2% of pretax  earnings,  was recorded in
allocated  allowance to reflect the increase in the nonperforming  single family
residential  mortgage  loans as a result of the  increase  in the  overall  risk
evaluation of the  portfolio,  which  contributed  to an increase in the formula
allowance.  The provision represents .56% of the 1998 increase in the portfolio.
The increase in the formula  allowance  was  primarily  driven by slower  market
growth in the portfolio segment as a result of increased  prepayments  caused by
refinancings  and the exposure  presented by the level of  nonperforming  loans.
Based upon the foregoing  analysis of the Bank's  reserving  methodology,  it is
management's belief that

                                       47
    

<PAGE>

   

the  increase  in the  formula  allowance  provided  for the  additional  losses
inherent  in the  portfolio.  Historical  net  charge-offs  are not  necessarily
indicative  of the amount of net  charge-offs  that the Bank will realize in the
future related to the increase in the single family residential loan portfolio.

         During  1998,  a provision  for loan losses was  recorded  for $400,000
relating to letters of credit supporting bond issues used to construct apartment
buildings in Kansas.  During 1998, one of the bond issues  appeared to be in the
position of  defaulting.  In case of  default,  the Bank would have to honor the
letter of credit,  repossess  the  property  and incur a loss on the sale of the
apartment complex.

     During 1998, the Bank's unallocated allowance increased to $960,000 in 1998
from $239,000 in 1997. The  unallocated  allowance  represents the credit losses
inherent in the unused commitments to provide financing. During 1998, the Bank's
consumer loan lines of credit increased $33.8 million to $122.8 million from $89
million in 1997.  Additionally,  at September 30, 1998,  there were  off-balance
sheet  commitments  of $171.2  million  consisting  of $21.7 million of unfunded
portions on  construction  loans,  $140.7  million of  commitments  to originate
single-family  mortgage loans and $8.8 million of non-mortgage  loans. The level
of  commitments  impacted  the Bank's risk  evaluation  resulting in an exposure
requiring the Bank to provide $500,000 in loan loss provision in accordance with
the Bank's reserving methodology.  The provision represents .25% of the increase
in the level of commitments in 1998.  The  evaluations of these inherent  losses
are subject to higher  degrees of  uncertainty  because they are not  identified
with specific problem credits.
    

     Other Income.  Other income amounted to $12.9 million and $11.1 million for
the  years  ended  September  30,  1998 and  1997,  respectively.  The  increase
consisted  primarily of a $1.2 million or 24.0% increase in automated teller and
debit card  transaction fees and checking account  transaction  fees,  resulting
from  increased  debit  card  usage and from an  increased  number  of  checking
accounts.

     Other  Expenses.  Other  expenses  increased  $4.2 million or 9.3% to $49.5
million  for the year  ended  September  30,  1998  compared  to the year  ended
September  30, 1997.  This increase was primarily due to a $2.4 million or 10.3%
increase in personnel expenses and a $1.3 million or 19.8% increase in occupancy
costs resulting from the addition of two limited service branch offices in 1998.

     Provision  for Income Taxes.  The  provision  for income taxes  amounted to
$34.8  million and $35.7 million for 1998 and 1997,  respectively,  resulting in
effective tax rates of 39.2% and 40.4%, respectively.

Comparison of Results of Operations  for the Years Ended  September 30, 1997 and
1996

   
     General. The Bank's net income amounted to $52.7 million for the year ended
September 30, 1997  compared to $26.6  million for the year ended  September 30,
1996, an increase of $26.1 million or 98.1%.  However,  the $26.6 million of net
income  for 1996  reflects a $14.5  million  after-tax  charge  for the  Savings
Association Insurance Fund of the FDIC

                                       48
    

<PAGE>


   

("SAIF") special assessment.  Without such assessment, net income for 1996 would
have been $41.1  million.  During 1997  compared to 1996,  net  interest  income
increased  $16.7 million or 15.7% and total other income  decreased  $300,000 or
2.7%.  Total other  expenses  excluding the special  assessment,  decreased $2.1
million or 4.4%.
    

     Net Interest  Income.  The increase in net interest income in 1997 compared
to 1996 reflects an increase of $23.7 million or 7.7% in interest income,  which
was partially offset by an increase of $7.1 million or 3.5% in interest expense.
The interest rate spread increased to 2.04% for 1997 compared to 1.83% for 1996,
and the Bank's net interest margin increased to 2.75% for 1997 compared to 2.48%
for 1996. In addition, the ratio of average  interest-earning  assets to average
interest-bearing liabilities increased to 115.2% for 1997 compared to 113.9% for
1996.

     Interest  Income.  The increase in interest income of $23.7 million or 7.7%
to $330.1  million in 1997  compared to 1996 was primarily due to an increase in
the average  volume of loans  outstanding  and an increase in the average  yield
earned  on the  Bank's  loan  and  mortgage-related  and  investment  securities
portfolios,  partially  offset  by a  decrease  in  the  average  volume  of the
securities portfolios (primarily the mortgage-related securities portfolio). The
average balance of the Bank's loan portfolio  increased  $303.1 million or 10.8%
to $3.11 billion for the year ended September 30, 1997 compared to $2.81 billion
for the year ended  September  30, 1996 due to an increase  in loan  demand.  In
addition,  the  average  yield  on the  Bank's  loan  and  mortgage-related  and
investment securities  portfolios increased from 7.52% and 6.48%,  respectively,
in 1996 to 7.71% and 6.68%, respectively,  for 1997. The increase in the average
yield earned on the Bank's loan portfolio was due primarily to the adjustment of
certain of the  Bank's  adjustable-rate  loans to the fully  indexed  rate.  The
increase  in the  average  yield  earned  on  the  Bank's  mortgage-related  and
investment  securities  portfolios  was due to the  maturity  of lower  yielding
securities and the  reinvestment of these funds in higher  yielding  securities.
The average balance of the mortgage-related and investment securities portfolios
decreased $118.5 million or 8.3% to $1.31 billion for 1997 compared to 1996.

   
     Interest Expense.  The increase in interest expense of $7.1 million or 3.5%
to $207.5  million  during 1997 compared to $200.4  million  during 1996 was due
primarily  to an  increase in the average  balance of deposits  and  borrowings,
primarily  with respect to  certificates  of deposit.  During 1998, the Bank had
several  advertising  campaigns to attract  longer-term  certificate  of deposit
accounts at competitive rates. The Bank also restructured  offering rates on new
accounts,  to help in reducing its interest-rate risk in the future. The average
balance of deposits  increased $109.7 million or 3.0% to $3.79 billion for 1997.
The average rate paid on deposits  increased to 5.35% for 1997 compared to 5.33%
for 1996,  due  primarily  to the  Bank's  increasing  balance  of  higher  rate
certificate of deposit accounts.
    

     Other Expenses. The decrease in other expenses of $26.2 million or 36.6% to
$45.3  million  in 1997 from  $71.5  million  in 1996 was  primarily  due to the
one-time  $24.2  million  special  assessment  in 1996  and a  decrease  in SAIF
insurance premiums of $5.3 million,  partially offset by a $2.1 million increase
in personnel  expenses as a result of the addition of two limited service branch
offices,  a customer  service call center and the introduction of the debit card
operations center.


                                       49

<PAGE>



     Provision  for Income Taxes.  The  provision  for income taxes  amounted to
$35.7 million and $18.4 million for the years ended September 30, 1997 and 1996,
respectively, resulting in effective tax rates of 40.4% and 40.9%, respectively.

Liquidity and Commitments

   
     The  Bank's  liquidity,  represented  by cash  and cash  equivalents,  is a
product of its operating, investing and financing activities. The Bank's primary
sources of funds are  deposits,  amortization,  prepayments  and  maturities  of
outstanding  loans and  mortgage-backed  securities,  maturities  of  investment
securities and other short-term  investments and funds provided from operations.
While scheduled  payments from the  amortization  of loans and  mortgage-related
securities and maturing  investment  securities and short-term  investments  are
relatively  predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and loan prepayments are
greatly   influenced  by  general  interest  rates,   economic   conditions  and
competition.   In  addition,   the  Bank  invests  excess  funds  in  short-term
interest-earning  assets, which provide liquidity to meet lending  requirements.
Historically,  the Bank has been able to generate  sufficient  cash  through its
deposits and has only utilized borrowings to a limited degree. The Bank utilizes
repurchase agreements and FHLB advances to leverage its capital base and provide
funds for its lending and  investment  activities,  and to enhance its  interest
rate risk management.  The Bank intends to increase its use of borrowed funds to
leverage  its capital  after the  Reorganization.  See "How We Intend to Use the
Proceeds."
    

     Liquidity  management  is both a daily and  long-term  function of business
management.  Excess  liquidity is generally  invested in short-term  investments
such as overnight  deposits or U.S. Agency  securities.  On a longer term basis,
the Bank  maintains  a strategy  of  investing  in various  lending  products as
described in greater detail under  "Business of the Bank - Lending  Activities."
The Bank uses its sources of funds primarily to meet its ongoing commitments, to
pay  maturing  certificates  of deposit  and savings  withdrawals,  to fund loan
commitments   and   to   maintain   its   portfolio   of   mortgage-backed   and
mortgage-related  securities and investment  securities.  At September 30, 1998,
the total approved loan origination  commitments  outstanding amounted to $140.7
million.  At the same date, the  unadvanced  portion of  construction  loans was
$21.3  million.  Unused  home equity  lines of credit were $123.0  million as of
September  30, 1998 and  outstanding  letters of credit  totaled  $4.0  million.
Certificates of deposit scheduled to mature in one year or less at September 30,
1998,  totaled  $1.55  billion.   Investment  and  mortgage-related   securities
scheduled  to mature in one year or less at September  30, 1998  totaled  $391.5
million. Based on historical experience,  management believes that a significant
portion of maturing  deposits  will remain with the Bank.  The Bank  anticipates
that it will continue to have sufficient funds, through deposits and borrowings,
to meet its current commitments.

Capital

     Consistent  with its  goals to  operate a sound  and  profitable  financial
organization,   the  Bank  actively  seeks  to  maintain  a  "well  capitalized"
institution in accordance  with  regulatory  standards.  Total equity was $662.3
million at  September  30, 1998,  or 12.5% of total  assets on that date.  As of
September 30, 1998, the Bank exceeded all capital  requirements  of the OTS. The
Bank's regulatory  capital ratios at September 30, 1998 were as follows:  Tier I
(leverage)

                                       50

<PAGE>



capital,  12.2%; Tier I risk-based capital, 27.2%; and Total risk-based capital,
27.3%. The regulatory capital requirements to be considered well capitalized are
5.0%, 6.0%, and 10.0%, respectively.

Year 2000 Issues

     General.  The  Year  2000  ("Y2K")  issue  confronting  the  Bank  and  its
suppliers,  customers,  customers'  suppliers  and  competitors,  centers on the
inability of computer systems to recognize the year 2000. Many existing computer
programs  and  systems  originally  were  programmed  with six digit  dates that
provided only two digits to identify the calendar  year in the date field.  With
the impending new  millennium,  these programs and computers will recognize "00"
as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000.

     Financial  institution  regulators recently have increased their focus upon
Y2K compliance issues and have issued guidance  concerning the  responsibilities
of  senior  management  and  directors.   The  Federal   Financial   Institution
Examination Council ("FFIEC") has issued several  interagency  statements on Y2K
Project Management  Awareness.  These statements require financial  institutions
to,  among other  things,  examine  the Y2K  implications  of their  reliance on
vendors with respect to data exchange and the potential  impact of the Y2K issue
on their customers,  suppliers and borrowers. These statements also require each
federally  regulated financial  institution to survey its exposure,  measure its
risk and  prepare a plan to address  the Y2K issue.  In  addition,  the  federal
banking regulators have issued safety and soundness guidelines to be followed by
insured  depository  institutions to assure resolution of any Y2K problems.  The
federal banking  agencies have assured that Y2K testing and  certification  is a
key safety and soundness issue in conjunction  with  regulatory  exams and thus,
that an  institution's  failure to  address  appropriately  the Y2K issue  could
result in  supervisory  action,  including  the  reduction of the  institution's
supervisory  ratings,  the denial of  applications  for  approval  of mergers or
acquisitions or the imposition of civil money penalties.

     Risk. Like most financial  service  providers,  the Bank and its operations
may be  significantly  affected  by the  Y2K  issue  due  to its  dependence  on
technology  and  date-sensitive  data.  Computer  software,  hardware  and other
equipment,  both within and outside the Bank's direct  control and third parties
with whom the Bank  electronically or operationally  interfaces are likely to be
affected.  If computer  systems are not modified in order to be able to identify
the year  2000,  many  computer  applications  could  fail or  create  erroneous
results.  As a result,  many calculations  which rely on date field information,
such as  interest,  payment or due dates and other  operating  functions,  could
generate results which are significantly misstated,  consequently the Bank could
experience an inability to process transactions, prepare statements or engage in
similar normal  business  activities.  Likewise,  under certain  circumstances a
failure to adequately address the Y2K issue could adversely affect the viability
of the Bank's suppliers and creditors and the creditworthiness of its borrowers.
Thus, if not adequately  addressed,  the Y2K issue could result in a significant
adverse impact on the Bank's  operations  and, in turn, its financial  condition
and results of operations.

     State of  Readiness.  During April 1997,  the Bank  formulated  its plan to
address the Y2K issue. Since that time, the Bank has taken the following steps:

                                       51

<PAGE>



     o    Established senior management advisory and review responsibilities;

     o    Completed a company-wide inventory of application and system software;

     o    Built  an  internal  tracking  database  for  application  and  vendor
          software;

     o    Developed compliance plans and schedules for all lines of business;

     o    Began computer code testing;

     o    Initiated vendor compliance verification;

     o    Began  awareness  and  education   activities  for  employees  through
          existing internal communication channels; and

     o    Developed a process to respond to customer  inquiries  as well as help
          educate customers on the Y2K issue.

The following paragraphs summarize the phases of the Bank's Y2K plan:

          Awareness Phase. The Bank's senior management  formally  established a
     Y2K plan,  and a  project  team was  assembled  for  management  of the Y2K
     project.   The  project  team  created  a  plan  of  action  that  includes
     milestones,  budget estimates,  strategies,  and methodologies to track and
     report the status of the project. Members of the project team also attended
     conferences and information  sharing sessions to gain more insight into the
     Y2K issue  and  potential  strategies  for  addressing  it.  This  stage is
     substantially complete.
   
          Assessment  Phase. The Bank's  strategies were further  developed with
     respect to how the objectives of the Y2K plan would be achieved,  and a Y2K
     business risk  assessment was made to quantify the extent of the Bank's Y2K
     exposure.  A  corporate  inventory  (which is  periodically  updated as new
     technology is acquired and as systems progress through  subsequent  phases)
     was developed to identify and monitor Y2K readiness for information systems
     (hardware,  software,  utilities,  and  vendors)  as well as  environmental
     systems  (security  systems,  facilities,  etc.).  Systems were prioritized
     based  on  business  impact  and  available  alternatives.  As part of this
     process,  118  vendors  and  2,458  programs  were  identified  as  mission
     critical.  Mission  critical systems supplied by vendors were researched to
     determine  Y2K  readiness.  As of September  30, 1998,  8.5% of the mission
     critical vendors and 91.0% of the mission critical programs were identified
     as or determined to be Y2K-ready. If Y2K-ready versions were not available,
     the Bank began identifying functional replacements which were upgradable or
     are currently Y2K-ready, and a formal plan was developed to repair, upgrade
     or replace  all  mission  critical  systems.  This  phase is  substantially
     complete.

          By June 1998,  the Bank's  larger  borrowers  were  evaluated  for Y2K
     exposure using a questionnaire developed by the Bank's Y2K Business Systems
     Team. As part of the current credit approval  process,  all new and renewed
     loans are evaluated for Y2K risk.

                                       52
    

<PAGE>


   

     The Bank's loan policy clearly states that all loans, especially commercial
     real estate  loans,  require an analysis of the impact of Y2K issues on the
     creditworthiness of the borrower prior to approval.  Commercial real estate
     loans  represent  only  0.24% of total  loans and all are  secured  by real
     estate.  No  commercial  real estate  borrower  was  identified  as mission
     critical  during  the  assessment  process  due to the  size,  nature,  and
     collateral of commercial real estate loans at the Bank. While the Bank will
     continue  to monitor the  progress  being made by its larger  borrowers  in
     addressing  their own Y2K issues,  to date the Bank is generally  satisfied
     with these customers' responses to the Bank's inquiries.
    

          Renovation  Phase.  The Bank's corporate  inventory  revealed that Y2K
     upgrades were available for all vendor supplied mission  critical  systems,
     and these  Y2K-ready  versions  have  been  delivered,  installed  and have
     entered the validation  process.  The Bank has substantially  renovated all
     mission critical proprietary software.

   
          Validation Phase. The validation phase is designed to test the ability
     of hardware and software to accurately  process date  sensitive  data.  The
     Bank  currently  is in the process of  validation  testing of each  mission
     critical system.  The Bank has created a test  environment  comprised of an
     IBM Multiprise  2000 dedicated to Y2K testing which is virtually  insulated
     from production and development environments. The Bank anticipates that the
     validation  phase will follow the  estimated  industry norm in that it will
     absorb at least 50% of the total Y2K  resources  (computer  and  personnel)
     over  the life  cycle of the  project.  The  Bank  has  increased  staff in
     anticipation of that work effort.  The Bank's  validation phase is expected
     to be  completed  by December  31, 1998 for all mission  critical  systems.
     During the validation  testing process to date, no significant Y2K problems
     have been identified  relating to any modified or upgraded mission critical
     systems.
    

          Implementation Phase. The Bank's plan calls for putting Y2K-ready code
     into production  before having actually  completed Y2K validation  testing.
     Y2K-ready modified or upgraded versions have been installed and placed into
     production with respect to all proprietary mission critical systems.

   
     Bank Resources Invested.  The Bank's Y2K project team has been assigned the
task of  ensuring  that  all  mission  critical  systems  across  the  Bank  are
identified,  analyzed for Y2K compliance,  corrected if necessary,  tested,  and
changes  put into  service  by the end of 1998.  The Y2K  project  team  members
represent all functional areas of the Bank, including branches, data processing,
loan  administration,  accounting,  item processing and operations,  compliance,
internal  audit,  human  resources,  and  marketing.  The team is  headed  by an
Executive Vice President who reports directly to the President. The Bank's Board
of Directors  oversees the Y2K plan and provides  guidance and  resources to and
receives monthly updates from the Y2K project team leader.
    

     The Bank is expensing all costs  associated with required system changes as
those costs are incurred, and such costs are being funded through operating cash
flows. The total cost of the Y2K conversion project for the Bank is estimated to
be $2.3 million. Expenses of approximately

                                       53

<PAGE>



$914,000 were incurred and expensed through September 30, 1998. Y2K expenses are
not  expected  to exceed the  budget,  and the Bank does not expect  significant
increases in future data processing costs relating to Y2K compliance.

     Contingency  Plans.  During the assessment phase, the Bank began to develop
back-up or contingency plans for each of its mission critical systems.  A few of
the Bank's  mission  critical  systems are dependent upon third party vendors or
service providers,  therefore,  contingency plans include selecting a new vendor
or service  provider  and  converting  to their  system.  In the event a current
vendor's system fails during the validation phase, and it is determined that the
vendor is unable or unwilling to correct the failure, the Bank will convert to a
new  system  from a  pre-selected  list of  prospective  vendors.  In each case,
realistic  trigger  dates  have  been  established  to  allow  for  orderly  and
successful conversions.  For some systems, contingency plans consist of using or
reverting to manual systems until system problems can be corrected.

   
     The  Bank  has   identified  a  worst  case  scenario  that  envisions  the
possibility of the lack of power or communication  services for a period of time
in excess of 1 day.  Contingency  planning is an integral part of the Bank's Y2K
readiness  plan. Key operating  personnel are actively  analyzing  services that
will be  supported  during  extended  outages and  preparing  written  plans and
procedures  to train Bank  personnel.  The  contingency  plans are  tested  when
practical to validate the effectiveness of contingent procedures.
    

     Virtually  all of the Bank's  mission  critical  systems  are  written  and
maintained by the Bank's Information  Systems  Department.  The Bank has already
hired  additional  programmers  to assist in  completing  the  project  on time.
Contingency plans have been adopted which includes hiring more programmers or to
contract with programmers to speed the renovation process,  if necessary.  As of
November 16, 1998, 98.6% of all mission critical  proprietary  software has been
renovated. Although there can be no assurances, the Bank does not anticipate any
material  adverse  effect on its operations as a result of the impact of the Y2K
issue.

Impact of Accounting Pronouncements

   
     New  Statements of Financial  Accounting  Standards - In February 1997, the
Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board ("FASB")  issued  Statement of Financial
Accounting  Standard  ("SFAS")  No. 128,  "Earnings  per Share".  The  Statement
establishes  standards for computing and presenting  earnings per share ("EPS").
It replaces the  presentation  of primary EPS with a presentation  of basic EPS.
The Statement is effective for the Bank's  financial  statements as of September
30, 1999.  The Bank will compute  earnings per share under the new standard upon
completion  of its  stock  offering.  See Note 20 of the  Notes to  Consolidated
Financial Statements.
    

     In February 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 129,  "Disclosure of Information
about Capital  Structure".  The Statement  establishes  standards for disclosing
information about an entity's capital structure.  The Statement is effective for
the Bank's  financial  statements as of September 30, 1999. The Bank is prepared
to comply with the additional reporting requirements of this Statement, and does
not anticipate  that the  implementation  of this Statement will have a material
impact on the Bank's consolidated financial statements.


                                       54

<PAGE>



     In June 1997, FASB issued SFAS No. 130, "Reporting  Comprehensive  Income".
The Statement  establishes  standards for reporting and display of comprehensive
income and its components (revenues,  expenses,  gains and losses) in a full set
of general-purpose financial statements.  This Statement requires that all items
that are required to be recognized under  accounting  standards as components of
comprehensive income be reported in a financial statement that is displayed with
the same prominence as other financial statements.  This Statement requires that
the Bank (a) classify items of other  comprehensive  income by their nature in a
financial   statement  and  (b)  display  the   accumulated   balance  of  other
comprehensive  income separately from retained  earnings and additional  paid-in
capital  in the  equity  section  of a  statement  of  financial  position.  The
Statement is effective for the Bank's  financial  statements for the fiscal year
ending  September 30, 1999.  The Bank is prepared to comply with the  additional
reporting  requirements  of this  Statement  and  does not  anticipate  that the
implementation  of this  Statement  will have a  material  impact on the  Bank's
consolidated financial statements.

     In June 1997, FASB issued SFAS No. 131,  "Disclosures  about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information". The Statement establishes standards for the
way that public business enterprises report information about operating segments
in annual  financial  statements  and  requires  that those  enterprises  report
selected  information  about  operating  segments in interim  financial  reports
issued to shareholders.  It also establishes  standards for related  disclosures
about  products  and  services,  geographic  areas,  and  major  customers.  The
Statement is effective for the Bank's  financial  statements for the fiscal year
ending  September 30, 1999.  The Bank is prepared to comply with the  additional
reporting  requirements  of this  Statement  and  does not  anticipate  that the
implementation  of this  Statement  will have a  material  impact on the  Bank's
consolidated financial statements.

     In February  1998,  the FASB issued  SFAS No. 132,  "Employers'  Disclosure
about  Pensions  and Other  Post-retirement  Benefits".  The  Statement  revises
employers'  disclosures about pensions and other post-retirement  benefit plans.
The Statement does not change the measurement or recognition of those plans. The
Statement is effective for the Bank's  financial  statements for the fiscal year
ending  September 30, 1999.  The Bank is prepared to comply with the  additional
reporting  requirements  of this  Statement  and  does not  anticipate  that the
implementation  of this  Statement  will have a  material  impact on the  Bank's
consolidated financial statements.

     In June 1998,  the FASB  issued SFAS No. 133,  "Accounting  for  Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities".  The Statement  establishes  accounting and
reporting  standards for derivative  instruments  including  certain  derivative
instruments   embedded  in  other   contracts   (collectively   referred  to  as
derivatives)  and  hedging  activities.  The  Statement  requires  an  entity to
recognize all  derivatives  as either assets or  liabilities in the statement of
financial position and measure those instruments at fair value. The Statement is
effective  for the  Bank's  financial  statements  for the  fiscal  year  ending
September  30, 2000.  The  adoption of this  Statement is not expected to have a
material impact on the Bank's consolidated financial statements.

     In October 1998, FASB issued SFAS No. 134,  "Accounting for Mortgage-Backed
Securities  Retained after the Securitization of Mortgage Loans Held for Sale by
a Mortgage Banking  Enterprise".  The Statement changes the way mortgage banking
firms account for

                                       55

<PAGE>



certain securities and other interests they retain after  securitizing  mortgage
loans  that  were held for sale.  The  Statement  is  effective  for the  Bank's
financial  statements as of January 1, 1999. The Bank does not  anticipate  that
the  implementation  of  this  Statement  will  have a  material  impact  on the
consolidated financial statements.


   
                      BUSINESS OF THE STOCK HOLDING COMPANY
    

     The Bank will be reorganized into a three-tier  mutual holding company with
a  minority  stock  issuance  by Capitol  Federal  Financial,  a  majority-owned
subsidiary  of Capitol  Federal  Savings  Bank MHC.  Capitol  Federal  Financial
initially will not be an operating company and, after the Reorganization, is not
expected to engage in any significant  business  activity other than to hold the
Common Stock of the Bank and the ESOP loan,  and to invest the funds retained by
it.

     Capitol Federal  Financial is not expected to own or lease real or personal
property  initially,  but will instead use the  facilities  of the Bank.  At the
present time,  Capitol  Federal  Financial does not intend to employ any persons
other than certain  officers of the Bank,  but will utilize the support staff of
the Bank from time to time.


                              BUSINESS OF THE BANK

General

     Our  principal  business  consists of attracting  retail  deposits from the
general public and investing those funds primarily in permanent loans secured by
first  mortgages on  owner-occupied,  one- to  four-family  residences.  We also
originate   a  limited   amount  of  loans   secured  by  first   mortgages   on
nonowner-occupied one- to four-family residences,  consumer loans, permanent and
construction  loans secured by commercial real estate,  multi-family real estate
loans and land acquisition and development  loans. While our primary business is
the origination of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans funded through
retail deposits,  we also purchase whole loans and invest in certain  investment
and mortgage-related securities.

     Our revenues are derived  principally  from interest on mortgage  loans and
interest on investment and mortgage-related securities.

     We offer a variety of  deposit  accounts  having a wide  range of  interest
rates  and  terms,  which  generally  include  passbook  and  statement  savings
accounts,  money market deposit accounts,  NOW and non-interest bearing checking
accounts and  certificates  of deposit with varied terms ranging from 91 days to
96 months. We only solicit deposits in our market areas and we have not accepted
brokered deposits.

Market Areas

     We intend to  continue  to be a  community-oriented  financial  institution
offering a variety of financial services to meet the needs of the communities we
serve. We primarily serve the

                                       56

<PAGE>



entire metropolitan areas of Topeka, Wichita, Lawrence,  Manhattan,  Emporia and
Salina, Kansas and a portion of the metropolitan area of greater Kansas City. We
may originate loans outside of these areas on occasion, and we do purchase whole
loans secured by properties  located  outside of these areas from  correspondent
lenders, to the extent such loans meet our underwriting criteria.

Lending Activities

         General.  Our  primary  lending  activity is the  origination  of loans
secured by first  mortgages on one- to four-family  residential  properties.  We
also make a limited number of consumer  loans and loans secured by  multi-family
dwellings, commercial properties and land acquisition and development loans. Our
mortgage loans carry either a fixed or an adjustable rate of interest.  Mortgage
loans are generally long-term and amortize on a monthly basis with principal and
interest due each month.  At September 30, 1998, our net loan portfolio  totaled
$3.71 billion, which constituted 69.8% of our total assets.

     All originated loans are generated by our own employees,  with larger loans
subject to  approval  by the Board of  Directors.  Loans over  $450,000  must be
underwritten  by two  underwriters.  Any  mortgage  loan over  $750,000  must be
approved by the ALCO and loans over $1.5  million  must be approved by the Board
of Directors. For loans requiring Board approval,  management is responsible for
presenting to the Board information about the creditworthiness of a borrower and
the  estimated  value  of  the  subject  property.   Information  pertaining  to
creditworthiness of a borrower generally consists of a summary of the borrower's
credit history,  employment,  employment  stability,  net worth and income.  The
estimated  value of the property must be supported by an  independent  appraisal
report prepared in accordance with our appraisal policy.

     At September 30, 1998, the maximum amount which we could have loaned to any
one  borrower  and the  borrower's  related  entities  was  approximately  $97.6
million.  At that date, we had no loans or groups of loans to related  borrowers
with outstanding balances in excess of this amount.

     Our largest lending relationship to a single borrower or a group of related
borrowers  consisted of six loans  totaling $26.5 million at September 30, 1998.
The  largest of these was a $14.0  million  line of credit to be used solely for
the  acquisition  and development of a 320 acre  residential  housing  community
located in Overland  Park,  Kansas.  The loan balance at September  30, 1998 was
$9.7 million.  This loan was  originated in 1995,  has a term of five years with
one automatic  extension of three years, has an adjustable  interest rate with a
minimum  and maximum  rate and had a 100%  loan-to-value  ratio at  origination.
Principal  repayments are not on a monthly  schedule,  but are required from the
sale of each building lot. Interest payments are funded from loan proceeds.  The
borrowers  have  provided  additional  collateral,  in the form of  $750,000  in
certificates  of deposit  placed in escrow in the Bank,  in addition to personal
guarantees of up to $2.3 million.  The loan terms require additional  contingent
interest  payments to the Bank of 25% of the net profits of the development,  if
any. At September 30, 1998,  five of a planned eight phases have been developed,
with 267 lots  completed  and 165 lots sold to builders,  with an  additional 30
lots sold but not yet closed. An additional 166 lots remained to be developed at
that  date.  The  next  largest  loan to one of the  partners  in this  group of
borrowers is a

                                       57

<PAGE>



   
$6.2 million,  combination two year  construction and 10 year permanent loan for
the  construction  of a 51 unit  apartment  building  located  in  Kansas  City,
Missouri.  The loan was  originated in 1997, has a fixed interest rate with a 25
year  amortization  and a loan-to-value  ratio,  as completed,  of 79%. The loan
requires the payment of interest only during the construction  period, which may
be funded from loan proceeds.  This loan is fully guaranteed by the borrower, is
cross-collateralized  with other loan  collateral held by the Bank, and the Bank
has an  assignment of leases.  The  remaining  three loans to this borrower each
have a balance  of $3.0  million  or less.  Each of the  loans to this  group of
borrowers was current and  performing in accordance  with its terms at September
30, 1998.
    

     The second largest lending relationship at September 30, 1998, consisted of
loans  totaling  $13.5 million for numerous  multi-family  and  commercial  real
estate projects  throughout  Kansas.  No single loan in this group exceeded $3.0
million  at that  date.  All of these  loans  were  current  and  performing  in
accordance with their terms at September 30, 1998.


                                       58

<PAGE>



     Loan  Portfolio  Composition.  The  following  table  presents  information
concerning the composition of the Bank's loan portfolio in dollar amounts and in
percentages (before deductions for loans in process, deferred fees and discounts
and allowances for losses) as of the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                             September 30,
                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          1998                 1997              1996               1995              1994
                                   ------------------ ------------------- ------------------ ------------------ ------------------
                                      Amount  Percent   Amount   Percent   Amount    Percent  Amount    Percent   Amount   Percent
                                   --------- -------- ---------- -------- --------- -------- ---------- ------- ---------- -------
                                                                          (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                <C>        <C>     <C>         <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>         <C>     <C>        <C>

Real Estate Loans:
 One- to four-family.............  $3,504,799  93.47% $3,145,799   93.69% $2,794,342  93.80% $2,611,554  94.29% $2,155,272  93.23%
 Multi-family....................      40,361   1.08      26,688    0.79      29,341   0.98      32,795   1.18      44,082   1.91
 Commercial......................       9,069   0.24       5,924    0.18       4,999   0.17       4,721   0.17       5,301   0.23
 Construction and development....      52,086   1.39      51,157    1.52      38,488   1.29      14,088   0.51      11,069   0.48
                                   ---------- ------  ----------  ------  ---------- ------  ---------- ------  ---------- ------
      Total real estate loans....   3,606,315  96.18   3,229,568   96.18   2,867,170  96.24   2,663,158  96.15   2,215,724  95.85
                                   ---------- ------  ----------  ------  ---------- ------  ---------- ------  ---------- ------

Other Loans:
 Consumer Loans:
    Savings......................      16,446   0.44      16,314    0.49      16,703   0.56      16,016   0.58      14,690   0.64
    Student......................      20,120   0.54      23,365    0.70      27,703   0.93      32,765   1.18      27,881   1.21
    Home improvement.............       2,776   0.07       3,341    0.10       2,183   0.07       2,221   0.08       1,900   0.08
    Automobile...................       5,758   0.15       4,120    0.12       2,372   0.08       2,183   0.08       1,953   0.08
    Home equity..................      97,829   2.61      80,640    2.40      62,895   2.11      53,107   1.92      49,226   2.13
    Other........................         420   0.01         294    0.01         309   0.01         234   0.01         279   0.01
                                   ---------- ------  ----------  ------  ---------- ------  ---------- ------  ---------- ------
      Total consumer loans.......     143,349   3.82     128,074    3.82     112,165   3.76     106,526   3.85      95,929   4.15
 Commercial business loans.......          10    ---         ---     ---         ---    ---         ---    ---         ---    ---
                                   ---------- ------  ----------  ------  ---------- ------  ---------- ------  ---------- ------
      Total other loans..........     143,359   3.82     128,074    3.82     112,165   3.76     106,526   3.85      95,929   4.15
                                   ---------- ------  ----------  ------  ---------- ------  ---------- ------  ---------- ------
      Total loans receivable        3,749,674 100.00%  3,357,642  100.00%  2,979,335 100.00%  2,769,684 100.00%  2,311,653 100.00%
                                              ======              ======             ======             ======             ======

Less:
 Loans in process................      21,690             21,872              21,047              5,773              8,024
 Deferred fees and discounts.....      12,751             12,029              11,799             10,918             11,279
 Allowance for losses............       4,981              1,639               1,583              1,359              3,878
                                   ----------         ----------          ----------         ----------         ----------
 Total loans receivable, net.....  $3,710,252         $3,322,102          $2,944,906         $2,751,634         $2,288,472
                                   ==========         ==========          ==========         ==========         ==========

</TABLE>


                                       59

<PAGE>



     The following  table shows the  composition of the Bank's loan portfolio by
fixed- and adjustable-rate at the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                             September 30,
                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          1998                1997               1996              1995               1994
                                   ------------------ ------------------ ------------------ ------------------ -------------------
                                     Amount   Percent   Amount  Percent   Amount    Percent   Amount   Percent   Amount    Percent
                                   ---------- ------- ---------- ------- ---------- ------- --------- -------- ---------- --------
                                                                       (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                <C>       <C>     <C>         <C>    <C>         <C>    <C>         <C>    <C>        <C>

Fixed-Rate Loans:
 Real estate:
  One- to four-family...........   $2,010,809  53.64% $1,403,790  41.81% $1,085,992  36.45% $  817,233  29.51% $  640,240   27.70%
  Multi-family..................       34,266   0.91      19,069   0.57      16,113   0.54      18,469   0.67      18,671    0.81
  Commercial....................        8,208   0.22       4,667   0.14       3,463   0.12       2,734   0.10       2,968    0.13
  Construction and development..       19,829   0.53       9,404   0.28       6,315   0.21       5,292   0.19       2,629    0.11
                                   ---------- ------  ---------- ------  ---------- ------  ---------- ------  ----------  ------
  Total real estate loans......     2,073,112  55.29   1,436,930  42.80   1,111,883  37.32     843,728  30.47     664,508   28.75

 Consumer.......................       29,970   0.80      27,335   0.81      22,585   0.76      21,586   0.78      28,016    1.21
 Commercial business............           10    ---         ---    ---         ---    ---         ---    ---         ---     ---
                                   ---------- ------  ---------- ------  ---------- ------  ---------- ------  ----------  ------
  Total fixed-rate loans........    2,103,092  56.09   1,464,265  43.61   1,134,468  38.08     865,314  31.25     692,524   29.96

Adjustable-Rate Loans:
 Real estate:
  One- to four-family...........    1,493,990  39.85   1,742,009  51.88   1,708,350  57.34   1,794,322  64.77   1,515,032   65.53
  Multi-family..................        6,095   0.16       7,619   0.23      13,228   0.44      14,326   0.52      25,411    1.10
  Commercial....................          861   0.02       1,257   0.04       1,536   0.05       1,987   0.07       2,333    0.10
  Construction and development..       32,257   0.86      41,753   1.24      32,173   1.08       8,796   0.32       8,440    0.37
                                   ---------- ------  ---------- ------  ---------- ------  ---------- ------  ----------  ------
  Total real estate loans.......    1,533,203  40.89   1,792,638  53.39   1,755,287  58.91   1,819,431  65.68   1,551,216   67.10

 Consumer.......................      113,379   3.02     100,739   3.00      89,580   3.01      84,939   3.07      67,913    2.94
                                   ---------- ------  ---------- ------  ---------- ------  ---------- ------  ----------  ------
  Total adjustable-rate loans...    1,646,582  43.91   1,893,377  56.39   1,844,867  61.92   1,904,370  68.75   1,619,129   70.04
                                   ---------- ------  ---------- ------  ---------- ------  ---------- ------  ----------  ------
  Total loans...................    3,749,674 100.00%  3,357,642 100.00%  2,979,335 100.00%  2,769,684 100.00%  2,311,653  100.00%
                                              ======             ======             ======             ======              ======

Less:
 Loans in process...............       21,690             21,872             21,047              5,773              8,024
 Deferred fees and discounts....       12,751             12,029             11,799             10,918             11,279
 Allowance for loan losses......        4,981              1,639              1,583              1,359              3,878
                                   ----------         ----------         ----------         ----------         ----------
 Total loans receivable, ne.....   $3,710,252         $3,322,102         $2,944,906         $2,751,634         $2,288,472
                                   ==========         ==========         ==========         ==========         ==========
</TABLE>



                                       60

<PAGE>



     The following schedule  illustrates the contractual  maturity of the Bank's
loan  portfolio  at September  30,  1998.  Mortgages  which have  adjustable  or
renegotiable interest rates are shown as maturing in the period during which the
contract  is due.  The  schedule  does  not  reflect  the  effects  of  possible
prepayments or enforcement of due-on-sale clauses.
<TABLE>


                                                Real Estate
                       ------------------------------------------------------
                                           Multi-family and   Construction                          Commercial
                       One- to Four-Family     Commercial     and Development      Consumer          Business            Total
                       ------------------- ---------------- -----------------  ---------------  ---------------  ------------------
                                Weighted          Weighted         Weighted           Weighted         Weighted            Weighted
                                Average           Average          Average            Average          Average             Average
                        Amount   Rate       Amount   Rate    Amount  Rate     Amount    Rate    Amount   Rate     Amount     Rate
                        ------   ----       ------   ----    ------  ----     ------    ----    ------   ----     ------     ----
                                                                      (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                    <C>         <C>     <C>       <C>    <C>        <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>

    Due During
   Years Ending
   September 30,
- -----------------------
1998(1)................ $    2,881  7.05%   $   ---    ---%  $   384    9.50%     ---     ---%  $  ---    ---%   $    3,265  7.33%
1999...................     32,094  6.33      1,037   7.50     5,800    9.50   10,158    7.59      ---    ---        49,089  6.99
2000...................     11,639  6.90        ---    ---     9,000    9.00    6,573    8.33       10  10.50        27,222  7.94
2001 and 2002..........     18,781  7.62        ---    ---    25,559    8.50    7,062    8.82      ---    ---        51,402  8.22
2003 to 2004...........     22,744  6.87        716   7.67    11,343    6.97    3,625    9.10      ---    ---        38,428  7.12
2005 to 2019...........    971,850  6.71     43,326   8.16       ---     ---   86,781    8.75      ---    ---     1,101,957  6.93
2020 and beyond........  2,444,810  6.66      4,351   7.70       ---     ---   29,150    9.02      ---    ---     2,478,311  6.69

<FN>
(1)  Includes demand loans, loans having no stated maturity and overdraft loans.
</FN>
</TABLE>


     The  total  amount  of loans  due  after  September  30,  1999  which  have
predetermined  interest rates is $2.10 billion,  while the total amount of loans
due after such date which have  floating or adjustable  interest  rates is $1.60
billion.


                                       61

<PAGE>



     One- to  Four-Family  Residential  Real Estate  Lending.  Residential  loan
originations  are generated by referrals  from real estate brokers and builders,
our marketing efforts and existing and walk-in  customers.  We focus our lending
efforts  primarily on the  origination  of loans  secured by first  mortgages on
owner-occupied  one- to four-family  residences in our market areas. In order to
generate  additional  lending  volume,  we purchase  whole loans  throughout the
midwest.  These  purchases  allow us to attain  geographic  diversification  and
manage credit concentration risks in the loan portfolio.  At September 30, 1998,
one- to four-family  residential  mortgage loans totaled $3.50 billion, or 93.5%
of our gross loan portfolio.

   
     We  generally  underwrite  our  one-  to  four-family  loans  based  on the
applicant's  employment,  credit  history,  and  appraised  value of the subject
property.  Presently,  we lend up to 97% of the lesser of the appraised value or
purchase  price for one- to  four-family  residential  loans.  For loans  with a
loan-to-value  ratio in excess of 80%, we require private mortgage  insurance in
order  to  reduce  our  exposure  below  80%.  Properties  securing  our one- to
four-family  loans are appraised by either staff  appraisers or independent  fee
appraisers  approved  by the Board of  Directors.  We require our  borrowers  to
obtain title and hazard  insurance,  and flood  insurance,  if necessary,  in an
amount not less than the value of the property improvements.

     We currently originate one- to four-family mortgage loans on either a fixed
or adjustable  basis,  as consumer  demand  dictates.  Our pricing  strategy for
mortgage loans includes  setting  interest rates that are competitive  with FNMA
and  FHLMC,  other  local  financial  institutions,   and  our  internal  needs.
Adjustable  rate  mortgage  ("ARM")  loans are  offered  with either a one-year,
three-year or five-year term to the initial  repricing  date.  After the initial
period,  the interest rate for each ARM loan generally  adjusts annually for the
remainder  of the term of the loan.  We use a number  of  different  indexes  to
reprice our ARM loans.  During the 1998 and 1997  fiscal  years,  we  originated
$198.9 million and $315.3 million of one- to four-family  ARM loans,  and $878.6
million and $413.0 million of one- to  four-family  fixed-rate  mortgage  loans,
respectively.  See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations -Asset and Liability Management and Market Risk."
    

     Fixed-rate loans secured by one- to four-family residences have contractual
maturities  of up to 30  years,  and are fully  amortizing,  with  payments  due
monthly.  These loans normally remain outstanding,  however, for a substantially
shorter  period  of  time  because  of  refinancing  and  other  prepayments.  A
significant  change in the  current  level of  interest  rates  could  alter the
average life of a residential  loan in our portfolio  considerably.  Our one- to
four-family  loans  are  generally  not  assumable,  do not  contain  prepayment
penalties and do not permit negative amortization of principal.  Our real estate
loans generally contain a "due on sale" clause allowing us to declare the unpaid
principal balance due and payable upon the sale of the security property.

     Our one- to four-family  residential ARM loans are fully  amortizing  loans
with contractual  maturities of up to 30 years,  with payments due monthly.  Our
ARM loans generally  provide for specified  minimum and maximum  interest rates,
with a lifetime cap and floor,  and an annual  adjustment  on the interest  rate
over the rate in effect on the date of  origination.  As a consequence  of using
caps,  the interest  rates on these loans may not be as rate sensitive as is our
cost of funds. Our ARM loans are not convertible into fixed-rate loans.

                                       62

<PAGE>



     In order to remain competitive in our market areas, we currently  originate
ARM loans at initial rates below the fully indexed rate,  and qualify  borrowers
based on this initial discounted rate for our three and five year ARMs and at 2%
over the initial rate for one-year ARMs.

   
     ARM loans  generally pose  different  credit risks than  fixed-rate  loans,
primarily  because  as  interest  rates  rise,  the  borrower's  payment  rises,
increasing the potential for default.  We have not  experienced  difficulty with
the  payment  history  for these  loans.  See "- Asset  Quality  --Nonperforming
Assets" and "-Asset  Quality -- Classified  Assets." At September 30, 1998,  our
one- to four-family  ARM loan portfolio  totaled $1.49 billion,  or 39.9% of our
gross loan portfolio.  At that date the fixed-rate one- to four-family  mortgage
loan portfolio totaled $2.01 billion, or 53.6% of our gross loan portfolio.
    

     Multi-family  and  Commercial  Real Estate  Lending.  We offer a variety of
multi-family and commercial real estate loans. These loans are secured primarily
by  multi-family  dwellings,   small  retail  establishments  and  small  office
buildings  located in our market areas. At September 30, 1998,  multi-family and
commercial  real estate loans  totaled  $49.4  million or 1.3% of our gross loan
portfolio.

     Our loans secured by multi-family and commercial real estate are originated
with  either  a  fixed  or  adjustable  interest  rate.  The  interest  rate  on
adjustable-rate  loans is based on a variety of  indexes,  generally  determined
through negotiation with the borrower.  Loan-to-value ratios on our multi-family
and  commercial  real estate loans  typically do not exceed 80% of the appraised
value of the property  securing the loan. These loans typically  require monthly
payments and have maximum  maturities of 25 years.  While maximum maturities may
extend to 30 years,  loans  frequently  have shorter  maturities  and may not be
fully  amortizing,  requiring  balloon  payments  of  unamortized  principal  at
maturity.

     Loans secured by multi-family  and commercial real estate are granted based
on the income producing  potential of the property and the financial strength of
the borrower. The net operating income (the income derived from the operation of
the  property  less all  operating  expenses)  must be  sufficient  to cover the
payments  related  to  the  outstanding  debt.  We  generally  require  personal
guarantees  of the  borrowers  covering a portion of the debt in addition to the
security  property  as  collateral  for such  loans.  We  generally  require  an
assignment of rents or leases in order to be assured that the cash flow from the
project  will be used to repay  the  debt.  Appraisals  on  properties  securing
multi-family and commercial real estate loans are performed by independent state
certified  fee  appraisers  approved  by the  Board of  Directors.  See "-- Loan
Originations, Purchases, Sales and Repayments."

     The Bank does not generally  maintain a tax or insurance escrow account for
its loans  secured by  multi-family  and  commercial  real  estate.  In order to
monitor  the  adequacy  of cash  flows on  income-producing  properties  of $1.0
million  or more,  the  borrower  is  notified  annually  to  provide  financial
information  including rental rates and income,  maintenance costs and an update
of real estate property tax payments, as well as personal financial information.

     Loans secured by  multi-family  and commercial  real estate  properties are
generally  larger  and  involve  a greater  degree  of credit  risk than one- to
four-family residential mortgage loans.

                                       63

<PAGE>



   
     Such loans typically  involve large balances to single  borrowers or groups
of related  borrowers.  Because  payments on loans secured by  multi-family  and
commercial  real  estate  properties  are  often  dependent  on  the  successful
operation  or  management  of the  properties,  repayment  of such  loans may be
subject to adverse  conditions in the real estate market or the economy.  If the
cash flow from the project is reduced, or if leases are not obtained or renewed,
the borrower's  ability to repay the loan may be impaired.  See "- Asset Quality
- -- Non-performing Loans."
    

     Construction  and  Development  Lending.  We originate  construction  loans
primarily secured by existing  commercial real estate or building lots. The Bank
also  makes a  limited  number  of  construction  loans to  individuals  for the
construction of their residences.  Presently,  all of these loans are secured by
property  located  within our market areas.  At September 30, 1998, we had $35.5
million in construction loans  outstanding,  representing 1.0% of our gross loan
portfolio.

   
     Construction loans are obtained principally through continued business with
builders who have  previously  borrowed from the Bank. The  application  process
includes  submission of accurate plans,  specifications and costs of the project
to be  constructed.  These items are used as a basis to determine  the appraised
value of the  subject  property.  Loans  are  based  on the  lesser  of  current
appraised  value  and/or the cost of  construction,  including  the land and the
building.  We also conduct regular inspections of the construction project being
financed.
    

     We occasionally  originate acquisition and development loans,  primarily to
borrowers having significant experience and longstanding  relationships with the
Bank. At September 30, 1998, the Bank had four acquisition and development loans
totaling $16.6 million, representing 0.4% of our gross loan portfolio.

     Loans  secured  by  building  lots or raw  land  held for  development  are
generally  granted with terms of up to five years and are available  with either
fixed or adjustable interest rates and on individually  negotiated terms. During
the development or construction  phase,  the borrower pays interest only,  which
payments may be funded from the loan proceeds.  These loans may require  monthly
payments or may be established  as line of credit loans with no fixed  repayment
schedule.  On line of credit  loans,  repayment is required as building lots are
sold.  In addition  to the agreed  upon  interest  rate on these  loans,  we may
negotiate  a  contingent  interest  payment  based on the  profitability  of the
project.

     Loan-to-value ratios on our construction and development loans typically do
not exceed 80% of the appraised  value of the project on an as completed  basis,
although the Bank's largest acquisition and development loan was originated with
a 100%  loan-to-value  ratio and a 25% contingent  interest payment based on net
profits of the project, if any. See "- Lending Activities -- General."

     Loans  secured by  building  lots or raw land for  development  are granted
based  on both the  financial  strength  of the  borrower  and the  value of the
underlying  property.  We  generally  obtain  phase 1  environmental  reports on
construction  loans and  acquisition  and  development  loans of $1.0 million or
more, and require personal guarantees from the borrowers for all or a portion of
the debt. We also require updated financial  statements from the borrowers on an
ongoing basis.

                                       64

<PAGE>



     Because  of the  uncertainties  inherent  in  estimating  construction  and
development  costs  and  the  market  for the  project  upon  completion,  it is
relatively  difficult to evaluate  accurately  the total loan funds  required to
complete a project,  the  related  loan-to-value  ratios and the  likelihood  of
ultimate success of the project. These loans also involve many of the same risks
discussed above regarding multi-family and commercial real estate loans and tend
to be more  sensitive to general  economic  conditions  than many other types of
loans. In addition, payment of interest from loan proceeds can make it difficult
to monitor the progress of a project.

   
     Consumer Lending.  Consumer loans generally have shorter terms to maturity,
which reduces our exposure to changes in interest rates,  and carry higher rates
of interest than do one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. In addition,
management  believes  that offering  consumer loan products  helps to expand and
create  stronger ties to our existing  customer base by increasing the number of
customer relationships and providing cross-marketing opportunities. At September
30, 1998, our consumer loan portfolio  totaled  $143.3  million,  or 3.8% of our
gross loan portfolio.
    

     The Bank offers a variety of secured consumer loans,  including home equity
loans and lines of credit, home improvement loans, auto loans, student loans and
loans  secured  by savings  deposits.  We also  offer a very  limited  amount of
unsecured loans. We currently  originate all of our consumer loans in our market
areas.  The Bank's  home  equity  loans,  including  lines of  credit,  and home
improvement  loans  comprised  approximately  70.2% of our total  consumer  loan
portfolio  at  September  30, 1998.  These loans may be  originated  in amounts,
together with the amount of the existing  first  mortgage,  of up to 100% of the
value of the property securing the loan. In order to minimize risk of loss, home
equity loans in excess of 80% of the value of the property are partially insured
against loss. The term to maturity on our home equity and home improvement loans
may be up to 15  years.  Home  equity  lines of credit  have no  stated  term to
maturity  and  require  the payment of 2% of the  outstanding  loan  balance per
month,  which amount may be  reborrowed at any time.  Other  consumer loan terms
vary   according   to  the  type  of   collateral,   length  of   contract   and
creditworthiness  of the  borrower.  The  majority of the Bank's  consumer  loan
portfolio is comprised of home equity lines of credit, which have interest rates
that adjust based upon changes in the prime rate.

   
     We do not originate any consumer loans on an indirect basis. Indirect loans
are contracts  purchased from retailers of goods or services which have extended
credit to their customers.
    

     The underwriting  standards employed by the Bank for consumer loans include
a  determination  of the  applicant's  payment  history  on other  debts  and an
assessment  of the  ability to meet  existing  obligations  and  payments on the
proposed  loan.  Although   creditworthiness  of  the  applicant  is  a  primary
consideration,  the underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value
of the security in relation to the proposed loan amount.

     Consumer  loans  may  entail  greater  risk  than do  one-  to  four-family
residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans which are
secured by rapidly depreciable assets, such as automobiles.


                                       65

<PAGE>



Loan Originations, Purchases, Sales and Repayments

     We originate loans through referrals from real estate brokers and builders,
our  marketing  efforts,  and our  existing  and  walk-in  customers.  While  we
originate both  adjustable-rate  and fixed-rate  loans, our ability to originate
loans is dependent upon customer demand for loans in our market areas. Demand is
affected by local competition and the interest rate environment. During the last
several years,  our dollar volume of fixed-rate,  one- to four-family  loans has
exceeded the dollar volume of the same type of adjustable-rate  loans. While our
primary  business is the  origination  of one- to  four-family  mortgage  loans,
competition from other lenders in our market areas limits,  to a certain extent,
the volume of loans we have been able to originate  and place in our  portfolio.
As a result we have purchased mortgage loans and investment and mortgage-related
securities to supplement our portfolios. Such whole loan purchases also serve to
reduce our risk of geographic  concentration.  We sell a limited amount of loans
and  some  of our  loans  are  not  originated  according  to  secondary  market
guidelines.  Furthermore,  during  the past  few  years,  we,  like  many  other
financial  institutions,  have experienced  significant prepayments on loans and
mortgage-related  securities due to the low interest rate environment prevailing
in the United States.

     Purchased  whole  loans are  originated  by one or two  lenders  who have a
regional or national  presence.  By contractual  agreement,  the loan product is
originated for us to our  specifications.  Each loan is  underwritten by a third
party  contract  underwriter  who is under contract with the Bank. We set prices
for the loan product once each week.  Mortgage  servicing  for  purchased  whole
loans is retained by the originating lender.

     In periods of economic uncertainty,  the ability of financial institutions,
including the Bank, to originate or purchase large dollar volumes of real estate
loans may be substantially  reduced or restricted,  with a resultant decrease in
interest income.


                                       66

<PAGE>



     The  following  table  shows  the  loan  origination,  purchase,  sale  and
repayment activities of the Bank for the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             Year Ended September 30,
                                                  -------------------------------------------
                                                        1998           1997            1996
                                                  --------------  --------------  -----------
                                                                  (In Thousands)
<S>                                               <C>              <C>             <C>

Originations by type:
 Adjustable rate:
  Real estate - one- to four-family...........     $   198,857       $315,314        $253,596
                - multi-family................             ---          6,240          18,000
                - commercial..................             ---            ---             ---
  Non-real estate - consumer..................          86,848         71,536          58,808
                     - commercial business....              10            ---             ---
                                                   -----------      ---------       ---------
         Total adjustable-rate................         285,715        393,090         330,404
                                                   -----------      ---------       ---------
 Fixed rate:
  Real estate - one- to four-family...........         878,567        412,960         384,842
                - multi-family................             ---            250           2,600
                - commercial..................             350            ---             264
  Non-real estate - consumer..................          26,312         26,514          20,554
                                                   -----------      ---------       ---------
         Total fixed-rate.....................         905,229        439,724         408,260
                                                   -----------      ---------       ---------
         Total loans originated...............       1,190,944        832,814         738,664
                                                   -----------      ---------       ---------

Purchases:
  Real estate - one- to four-family...........         124,725        106,403          38,086
                - multi-family................             ---            ---             ---
                - commercial..................             ---            ---             ---
  Non-real estate - consumer..................              30            ---             ---
                                                   -----------      ---------       ---------
         Total loans purchased................         124,755        106,403          38,086
  Mortgage-related securities (excluding
  REMICs and CMOs)............................         256,076        245,102             ---
  REMICs and CMOs.............................         363,068        112,442             ---
                                                   -----------      ---------       ---------
         Total purchased......................         743,899        463,947          38,086
                                                   -----------      ---------       ---------

Sales and Repayments:
  Real estate - one- to four-family...........          23,160          4,563          15,588
  Non-real estate - consumer (student loans)..          13,620         15,059          20,168
                                                   -----------      ---------       ---------
         Total loans sold.....................          36,780         19,622          35,756
  Mortgage-backed securities..................             ---            ---             ---
                                                   -----------      ---------       ---------
         Total sales..........................          36,780         19,622          35,756
  Principal repayments........................       1,113,628        558,990         588,565
                                                   -----------      ---------       ---------
         Total reductions.....................       1,150,408        578,612         624,321
                                                   -----------      ---------       ---------
Increase in other items, net..................         202,101         91,511         105,576
                                                   -----------      ---------       ---------
         Net increase.........................      $  582,334       $626,638        $ 46,853
                                                   ===========      =========        ========
</TABLE>


Asset Quality

     When a borrower  fails to make a payment on a loan on or before the default
date, a late charge  notice is mailed 15 days after the due date.  When the loan
is 30 days past due, we mail a delinquent notice to the borrower. All delinquent
accounts  are  reviewed  by a  collection  officer,  who  attempts  to cause the
delinquency to be cured by contacting the borrower.  If the loan becomes 60 days
delinquent,  the collection officer will generally send a personal letter to the
borrower   requesting   payment  of  the  delinquent  amount  in  full,  or  the
establishment of an

                                       67

<PAGE>



acceptable  repayment plan to bring the loan current within the next 90 days. If
the account becomes 90 days delinquent, and an acceptable repayment plan has not
been agreed upon,  the collection  officer will  generally  refer the account to
legal counsel, with instructions to prepare a notice of intent to foreclose. The
notice of intent to  foreclose  allows the  borrower  up to 30 days to bring the
account current.  During this 30 day period, the collection officer may accept a
written  repayment plan from the borrower which would bring the account  current
within  the next 90 days.  Once the loan  becomes  120 days  delinquent,  and an
acceptable  repayment  plan has not been agreed upon,  the  collection  officer,
after  receiving  approval  from the  appropriate  officer as  designated by the
Bank's Board of Directors,  will turn over the account to our legal counsel with
instructions to initiate foreclosure.

     Delinquent  Loans. The following table sets forth our loans delinquent 30 -
89 days by type, number, amount and percentage of type at September 30, 1998.


                                              Loans Delinquent for
                                                   30-89 Days
                                   -----------------------------------------
                                                              Percent of
                                                           Total Delinquent
                                   Number       Amount         Loans
                                   ---------  ---------   ------------------
                                               (Dollars in Thousands)
Real Estate:
  One- to four-family..........      312      $18,669           98%
  Multi-family.................      ---          ---          ---
  Commercial...................      ---          ---          ---
  Construction or development..      ---          ---          ---

Consumer.......................       34          316            2
Commercial business............      ---          ---          ---
                                    ----      -------         ----
     Total.....................      346      $18,985          100%
                                     ===      =======          ===



                                       68

<PAGE>



   
     Non-performing   Assets.  The  table  below  sets  forth  the  amounts  and
categories of non-performing  assets in our loan portfolio.  Loans are placed on
non-accrual  status when the  collection of principal  and/or  interest  becomes
doubtful.  At all dates presented,  we had no troubled debt restructurings which
involve  forgiving  a portion of interest  or  principal  on any loans or making
loans at a rate  materially  less than that of market  rates.  Real estate owned
include assets acquired in settlement of loans.
    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                            September 30,
                                                 --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1998          1997          1996          1995         1994
                                                    ----          ----          ----          ----         ----
                                                                        (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                             <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>

Non-accruing loans:
  One- to four-family........................     $6,048        $4,989        $3,889        $3,950       $5,150
  Multi-family...............................        ---           ---           ---           ---          477
  Commercial real estate.....................        ---         1,042           ---           ---          ---
  Construction or development................        ---           ---           100           228          288
  Consumer...................................        181            78             1            23           15
  Commercial business........................        ---           ---           ---           ---          ---
                                                  ------         -----         -----        ------       ------
     Total...................................      6,229         6,109         3,990         4,201        5,930
                                                  ------         -----         -----        ------       ------

Accruing loans delinquent more than 90 days:
  One- to four-family........................        ---           ---           ---           ---          ---
  Multi-family...............................        ---           ---           ---           ---          ---
  Commercial real estate.....................        ---           ---           ---           ---          ---
  Construction or development................        ---           ---           ---           ---          ---
  Consumer...................................        ---           ---           ---           ---          ---
  Commercial business........................        ---           ---           ---           ---          ---
                                                  ------         -----         -----        ------       ------
     Total...................................        ---           ---           ---           ---          ---
                                                  ------         -----         -----        ------       ------

Real estate owned:
  One- to four-family........................      1,964         2,435         3,552         1,864        2,054
  Multi-family...............................        ---           ---           ---        11,852          ---
  Commercial real estate.....................        ---           ---           ---           ---          ---
  Construction or development................        ---           ---           ---           ---          ---
  Consumer...................................        ---           ---           ---           ---          ---
  Commercial business........................        ---           ---           ---           ---          ---
                                                  ------         -----         -----        ------       ------
     Total...................................      1,964         2,435         3,552        13,716        2,054
                                                  ------         -----         -----        ------       ------

Total non-performing assets..................     $8,193        $8,544        $7,542       $17,917       $7,984
                                                  ======        ======        ======       =======       ======
Total as a percentage of total assets........      0.15%         0.17%         0.17%         0.41%        0.20%
                                                  =====         =====         =====        ======        =====

</TABLE>


     For the year ended  September 30, 1998,  gross interest  income which would
have been recorded had the  non-accruing  loans been current in accordance  with
their  original  terms  amounted to  $227,000.  The amount that was  included in
interest income on such loans was $64,700 for the year ended September 30, 1998.

     Non-performing  Loans.  At  September  30,  1998,  we had $6.2  million  in
non-performing  loans,  which  constituted 0.2% of our gross loan portfolio.  At
that date,  there were no  non-performing  loans to any one borrower or group of
related  borrowers that exceeded  either  individually  or in the aggregate $1.0
million.


                                       69

<PAGE>



     Other Loans of Concern. In addition to the non-performing  assets set forth
in the table  above,  as of September  30, 1998,  there was also an aggregate of
$373,000  in net book value of loans with  respect  to which  known  information
about the possible  credit  problems of the borrowers have caused  management to
have  doubts as to the ability of the  borrowers  to comply  with  present  loan
repayment  terms and which may result in the future  inclusion  of such items in
the  non-performing  asset  categories.  These  loans  have been  considered  in
management's determination of the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses.

     Classified Assets.  Federal  regulations  provide for the classification of
loans and other assets, such as debt and equity securities considered by the OTS
to be of lesser  quality,  as  "substandard,"  "doubtful" or "loss." An asset is
considered  "substandard"  if it is  inadequately  protected  by the current net
worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral  pledged,  if any.
"Substandard"  assets include those characterized by the "distinct  possibility"
that the insured  institution  will sustain "some loss" if the  deficiencies are
not  corrected.  Assets  classified  as  "doubtful"  have all of the  weaknesses
inherent in those classified  "substandard," with the added  characteristic that
the weaknesses present make "collection or liquidation in full," on the basis of
currently  existing facts,  conditions,  and values,  "highly  questionable  and
improbable."  Assets  classified as "loss" are those considered  "uncollectible"
and  of  such  little  value  that  their  continuance  as  assets  without  the
establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted.

     When an insured institution classifies problem assets as either substandard
or doubtful,  it may establish  general  allowances for loan losses in an amount
deemed  prudent by management  and approved by the Board of  Directors.  General
allowances  represent loss allowances  which have been  established to recognize
the inherent risk associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific
allowances,  have not been  allocated  to  particular  problem  assets.  When an
insured  institution  classifies problem assets as "loss," it is required either
to  establish a specific  allowance  for losses equal to 100% of that portion of
the  asset  so  classified  or to  charge  off  such  amount.  An  institution's
determination  as to the  classification  of its  assets  and the  amount of its
valuation  allowances  is subject  to review by the OTS and the FDIC,  which may
order the establishment of additional general or specific loss allowances.

     In connection  with the filing of our periodic  reports with the OTS and in
accordance with our  classification  of assets policy,  we regularly  review the
problem  assets  in our  portfolio  to  determine  whether  any  assets  require
classification  in  accordance  with  applicable  regulations.  On the  basis of
management's review of our assets, at September 30, 1998, we had classified $8.6
million of our assets as  substandard,  none as doubtful  and none as loss.  The
amount classified substandard represented 1.3% of our retained earnings and 0.2%
of our assets at September 30, 1998.


   
     Provision for Loan Losses. The Bank recorded a provision for loan losses in
fiscal 1998 of  $3,362,000,  compared to $56,000 in fiscal 1997 and  $865,000 in
fiscal  1996.  The  provision  for loan losses is charged to income to bring the
Bank's  allowance  for loan losses to a level deemed  appropriate  by management
based on the factors  discussed  below under  "Allowance  for Loan  Losses." The
provision  for loan  losses in fiscal 1997 was based on  management's  review of
such factors which  indicated that the allowance for loan losses was adequate to
cover losses


                                       70
    

<PAGE>

   

inherent  in the  loan  portfolio  and firm  commitments  at each  quarter  end,
including September 30, 1997.


     Allowance for Loan Losses.  The Bank maintains an allowance for loan losses
to absorb  losses  inherent in the loan  portfolio.  The  allowance  is based on
ongoing,  quarterly  assessments  of the estimated  losses  inherent in the loan
portfolio,  and to a lesser extent, unused commitments to provide financing. The
Bank's  methodology for assessing the  appropriateness of the allowance consists
of  several  key  elements,  which  include  the  formula  allowance,   specific
allowances  for  identified   problem  loans  and  portfolio  segments  and  the
unallocated  allowance.  In addition,  the allowance incorporates the results of
measuring  impaired  loans as  provided in  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards  ("SFAS") No. 114,  "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan"
and SFAS No. 118,  "Accounting  by  Creditors  for  Impairment  of a Loan Income
Recognition  and  Disclosures."   These  accounting   standards   prescribe  the
measurement  methods,  income  recognition and  disclosures  related to impaired
loans.


     The formula allowance is calculated by applying loss factors to outstanding
loans and certain  unused  commitments,  in each case based on the internal risk
evaluation  of such  loans,  pools  of  loans or  commitments.  Changes  in risk
evaluations of both performing and nonperforming  loans affect the amount of the
formula  allowance.  Loss factors are based both on the Bank's  historical  loss
experience as well as for significant  factors that, in  management's  judgment,
affect the  collectibility  of the  portfolio as of the  evaluation  date.  Loss
factors for loans on  residential  properties  with  greater than four units and
loans on construction  and  development  and commercial  properties are computed
based on an evaluation  of impairment on a loan by loan basis.  Pooled loan loss
factors are based on expected  net  charge-offs  for one year and are applied to
loans that are  homogeneous in nature,  such as one-to-four  family  residential
loans, consumer loans and commitments.

     The  appropriateness  of the allowance is reviewed by management based upon
its evaluation of then-existing  economic and business conditions  affecting the
key  lending  areas of the Bank and other  conditions,  such as  credit  quality
trends (including trends in nonperforming loans expected to result from existing
conditions),  collateral  values,  loan  volumes  and  concentrations,  specific
industry  conditions  within  portfolio  segments and recent loss  experience in
particular  segments of the portfolio  that existed as of the balance sheet date
and  the  impact  that  such  conditions  were  believed  to  have  had  on  the
collectibility of the loan. Senior management reviews these conditions quarterly
in discussions with the Bank's senior credit officers. To the extent that any of
these conditions is evidenced by a specifically  identifiable  problem credit or
portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management's estimate of the effect
of such  condition may be reflected as a specific  allowance  applicable to such
credit or portfolio segment. Where any of these conditions is not evidenced by a
specifically  identifiable  problem  credit  or  portfolio  segment  as  of  the
evaluation date,  management's  evaluation of the loss related to this condition
is reflected in the unallocated  allowance.  The evaluation of the inherent loss
with respect to these  conditions is subject to a higher  degree of  uncertainty
because  they are not  identified  with  specific  problem  credits or portfolio
segments.

     The allowance  for loan losses is based on estimates of losses  inherent in
the loan portfolio. The amounts actually observed in respect of these losses can
vary significantly from
    

                                       71

<PAGE>

   

the estimated amounts.  The Bank's methodology as described permits  adjustments
to any loss factor used in the computation of the formula allowance in the event
that,  in   management's   judgment,   significant   factors  which  affect  the
collectibility  of the portfolio as of the evaluation  date are not reflected in
the loss  factors.  By  assessing  the  estimated  losses  inherent  in the loan
portfolio on a quarterly basis, the Bank is able to adjust specific and inherent
loss estimates based upon any more recent information that has become available.

     At September 30, 1998, the Bank's  allowance for loan losses was $4,981,000
or .13% of the total loan portfolio and  approximately  80% of total  nonaccrual
loans.  This compares with an allowance for loan losses of $1,639,000 or .05% of
the total loan portfolio and  approximately 27% of the total nonaccrual loans as
of September 30, 1997. At fiscal year end 1998, the  unallocated  portion of the
allowance for loan losses was $960,000 related to unused  commitments to provide
financing.  The allocated  portion of the allowance of $4,021,000 is composed of
credit losses related to the loan portfolio.

     During 1998,  changes in assumptions  regarding the effects of economic and
business  conditions on borrowers and other factors,  which are described below,
affected the assessment of the allocated  allowance.  In addition,  as described
below,  the  Bank  allocated  a  portion  of the  allowance  resulting  from the
unallocated allowance to unused commitments to provide financing.

     During 1998, the Bank's single family residential loan portfolio  increased
by $359.6 million over 1997. In addition, the non-performing single-family loans
increased 21% in 1998 over 1997 amounts  primarily due to an increased number of
borrowers  being  overextended.  The provision for loan losses in fiscal 1998 of
$2.0 million,  representing  2.2% of pretax earnings,  was recorded in allocated
allowance to reflect the increase in the nonperforming single family residential
mortgage loans as a result of the increase in the overall risk evaluation of the
portfolio,  which  contributed  to an  increase in the  formula  allowance.  The
provision represents .56% of the 1998 increase in the portfolio. The increase in
the  formula  allowance  was  primarily  driven by slower  market  growth in the
portfolio  segment as a result of increased  prepayments  caused by refinancings
and the exposure  presented by the level of nonperforming  loans. Based upon the
foregoing  analysis  of the Bank's  reserving  methodology,  it is  management's
belief that the increase in the formula  allowance  provided for the  additional
losses inherent in the portfolio. Historical net charge-offs are not necessarily
indicative  of the amount of net  charge-offs  that the Bank will realize in the
future related to the increase in the single family residential loan portfolio.

     During 1998, a provision for loan losses was recorded for $400,000 relating
to  letters  of  credit  supporting  bond  issues  used to  construct  apartment
buildings in Kansas.  During 1998, one of the bond issues  appeared to be in the
position of  defaulting.  In case of  default,  the Bank would have to honor the
letter of credit,  repossess  the  property  and incur a loss on the sale of the
apartment complex.

     During 1998, the Bank's unallocated allowance increased to $960,000 in 1998
from $239,000 in 1997. The  unallocated  allowance  represents the credit losses
inherent in the unused commitments to provide financing. During 1998, the Bank's
consumer loan lines of credit increased $33.8 million to $122.8 million from $89
million in 1997. Additionally, at September

                                       72
    

<PAGE>

   

30, 1998 there were off-balance sheet  commitments of $171.2 million  consisting
of $21.7 million of unfunded portions on construction  loans,  $140.7 million of
commitments  to  originate  single-family  mortgage  loans and $8.8  million  of
non-mortgage loans. The level of commitments impacted the Bank's risk evaluation
resulting  in an exposure  requiring  the Bank to provide  $500,000 in loan loss
provision in accordance  with the Bank's  reserving  methodology.  The provision
represents  .25% of the  increase  in the  level of  commitments  in  1998.  The
evaluations  of  these  inherent   losses  are  subject  to  higher  degrees  of
uncertainty because they are not identified with specific problem credits.

     Assessing  the  adequacy of the  allowance  for loan  losses is  inherently
subjective as it requires  making material  estimates,  including the amount and
timing of future cash flows expected to be received on impaired loans,  that may
be  susceptible  to  significant  change.  In the  opinion  of  management,  the
allowance when taken as a whole, is adequate to absorb reasonable estimated loan
losses inherent in the Bank's loan portfolios.
    

     The  following  table  sets forth an  analysis  of our  allowance  for loan
losses.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                          Year Ended September 30,
                                                          ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               1998         1997         1996        1995        1994
                                                          ------------  -----------   -----------  ----------  -------
                                                                           (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>

Balance at beginning of period........................       $1,639       $1,583       $1,359      $3,878       $6,935

Charge offs:
  One- to four-family.................................           20          ---          ---         ---          ---
  Multi-family........................................          ---          ---          641       2,519        1,071
  Commercial real estate..............................          ---          ---          ---         ---          ---
  Construction or development.........................          ---          ---          ---         ---          ---
  Consumer............................................          ---          ---          ---         ---          ---
  Commercial business.................................          ---          ---          ---         ---          ---
                                                             ------       ------       ------      ------       ------
    Total charge-offs.................................           20          ---          641       2,519        1,071
                                                             ------       ------       ------      ------       ------

Recoveries............................................          ---          ---          ---         ---          ---

Net charge-offs.......................................           20          ---          641       2,519        1,071
Provisions (recoveries) charged to operations.........        3,362           56          865         ---       (1,986)
                                                             ------       ------       ------      ------       ------
  Balance at end of period............................       $4,981       $1,639       $1,583      $1,359       $3,878
                                                             ======       ======       ======      ======       ======

Ratio of net charge-offs during the period to                                                                          
 average loans outstanding during the period..........         ---%         ---%        0.02%       0.10%        0.04%
                                                             ======       ======       ======      ======       ======

Ratio of net charge-offs during the period to                                                                          
 average non-performing assets........................        0.06%         ---%        1.26%       4.86%        2.58%
                                                             ======       ======       ======      ======       ======

Allowance as a percentage of non-performing                                                                            
 loans................................................       79.96%       26.83%       39.67%      32.35%       65.40%
                                                             ======       ======       ======      ======       ======

Allowance as a percentage of total loans                     
 (end of period)......................................        0.13%        0.05%        0.05%       0.05%        0.17%
                                                             ======       ======       ======      ======       ======
                                                   
</TABLE>

                                       73

<PAGE>



     The distribution of our allowance for loan losses at the dates indicated is
summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           September 30,
                                             1998                             1997                             1996                 
                             ---------------------------------- -------------------------------- ---------------------------------  
                                                        Percent                         Percent                           Percent   
                                                       of Loans                         of Loans                          of Loans  
                                                        in Each                         in Each                           in Each   
                             Amount of      Loan       Category Amount of      Loan     Category  Amount of      Loan     Category  
                             Loan Loss     Amounts     to Total Loan Loss    Amounts    to Total  Loan Loss    Amounts    to Total  
                             Allowance   by Category     Loans  Allowance  by Category   Loans    Allowance  by Category   Loans    
                             ---------  -------------   ------- --------- ------------- -------   --------- ------------- -------   
                                                                       (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                          <C>       <C>             <C>      <C>       <C>            <C>     <C>        <C>            <C>

   
One- to four-family........  $3,222     $3,496,699      94.12%   $1,208    $3,137,101     94.38%   $1,011     $2,784,247     94.49% 
Multi-family...............     200         40,091       1.08        66        26,416      0.79       427         29,341      1.00  
Commercial real estate.....      77          9,006       0.24        18         5,864      0.18         9          4,999      0.17  
Construction or                                                                                                                     
  development..............     348         31,610       0.85        67        30,900      0.93        85         17,547      0.60  
Consumer...................     174        137,817       3.71        41       123,460      3.71        42        110,355      3.75  
Commercial business........     ---             10        ---       ---           ---       ---       ---            ---       ---  
Unallocated................     960            ---        ---       239           ---       ---         9            ---       ---  
                             ------     ----------     ------    ------    ----------    ------    ------     ----------    ------  
     Total.................  $4,981     $3,715,233     100.00%   $1,639    $3,323,741    100.00%   $1,583     $2,946,489    100.00% 
                             ======     ==========     ======    ======    ==========    ======    ======     ==========    ======  
    
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                           September 30,
                                           1995                                1994                        
                                ---------------------------------- -----------------------------------  
                                                         Percent                             Percent    
                                                         of Loans                            of Loans   
                                                         in Each                             in Each    
                                Amount of      Loan      Category  Amount of     Loan        Category   
                                Loan Loss    Amounts     to Total  Loan Loss    Amounts      to Total   
                                Allowance  by Category    Loans    Allowance  by Category     Loans     
                                --------- -------------  -------   --------- -------------   ------     
                                                         (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                             <C>         <C>          <C>      <C>       <C>             <C>
                                                                                                      
One- to four-family........      $   994     $2,602,296    94.53%  $   947   $2,144,988      93.57%     
Multi-family...............           63         32,795     1.19        79       44,082       1.92      
Commercial real estate.....           17          4,646     0.17        19        5,223       0.23      
Construction or                                                                                         
  development..............           29          8,333     0.30        21        3,130       0.14      
Consumer...................           21        104,923     3.81        15       94,927       4.14      
Commercial business........          ---            ---      ---       ---          ---        ---      
Unallocated................          234            ---      ---     2,797          ---        ---      
                                  ------     ----------   ------    ------   ----------     ------      
     Total.................       $1,358     $2,752,993   100.00%   $3,878   $2,292,350     100.00%     
                                  ======     ==========   ======    ======   ==========     ======      

</TABLE>
                                       74

<PAGE>



Investment Activities

   
     We are required to maintain  minimum levels of investments  that qualify as
liquid  assets  under  OTS  regulations.  Liquidity  may  increase  or  decrease
depending upon the  availability of funds and comparative  yields on investments
in  relation to the return on loans.  Historically,  we have  maintained  liquid
assets at levels above the minimum  requirements  imposed by the OTS regulations
and above  levels  believed to be adequate  to meet the  requirements  of normal
operations,  including  potential  deposit  outflows.  Cash flow projections are
regularly  reviewed and updated to assure that adequate liquidity is maintained.
At September  30, 1998,  our  regulatory  liquidity  ratio,  which is our liquid
assets as a percentage of net  withdrawable  savings deposits with a maturity of
one year or less and current borrowings, was 45.3%.

     Federally  chartered  savings  institutions have the authority to invest in
various types of liquid assets,  including  United States Treasury  obligations,
securities of various federal agencies,  including  callable agency  securities,
certain  certificates  of  deposit of insured  banks and  savings  institutions,
certain bankers'  acceptances,  repurchase agreements and federal funds. Subject
to various  restrictions,  federally  chartered  savings  institutions  may also
invest their assets in investment  grade  commercial  paper and  corporate  debt
securities  and mutual  funds whose  assets  conform to the  investments  that a
federally  chartered  savings  institution  is  otherwise   authorized  to  make
directly.  See "Regulation - The Bank and - Qualified  Thrift Lender Test" for a
discussion of additional restrictions on our investment activities.
    

     The Chief Financial Officer has the basic responsibility for the management
of the Bank's investment portfolio, subject to the direction and guidance of the
ALCO.  The  Chief  Financial  Officer  considers  various  factors  when  making
decisions,  including the  marketability,  maturity and tax  consequences of the
proposed  investment.  The maturity structure of investments will be affected by
various market  conditions,  including the current and anticipated  slope of the
yield curve, the level of interest rates, the trend of new deposit inflows,  and
the anticipated  demand for funds via deposit  withdrawals and loan originations
and purchases.

   
     The  general  objectives  of  our  investment  portfolio  are  to:  provide
liquidity  when loan demand is high and to assist in  maintaining  earnings when
loan demand is low, and to maximize earnings while satisfactorily managing risk,
including credit risk, reinvestment risk, liquidity risk and interest rate risk.
See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations - Asset and Liability Management and Market Risk."

     Our investment  securities  currently consist of U.S. Government and Agency
securities and securities  purchased under  agreements to resell which are fully
collateralized  short-term investments.  See Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial  Statements.  Our  mortgage-related   securities  portfolio  currently
consists of securities  issued under  government-sponsored  agency  programs.  A
portion  of this  portfolio  consists  of  collateralized  mortgage  obligations
("CMOs").  CMOs are special types of  pass-through  debt securities in which the
stream of  principal  and  interest  payments  on the  underlying  mortgages  or
mortgage-backed  securities is used to create classes with different  maturities
and, in some cases, amortization schedules, as well as a residual interest, with
each such class possessing different risk  characteristics.  The Bank intends to
increase its current portfolio of these securities by


                                       75
    

<PAGE>


   

utilizing  its portion of the net proceeds  from the Stock  Issuance to increase
its existing  wholesale  leveraging  activities.  See "Risk Factors - Our use of
proceeds from this offering to buy  mortgage-related  securities  could increase
our risk that changes in market interest rates will result in lower income."
    

     Our policy is to purchase  only CMOs that are Agency  backed.  The expected
life of our CMOs is typically under five years at the time of purchase. Premiums
associated  with CMOs  purchased  are not  significant;  therefore,  the risk of
significant  yield  adjustments  because of accelerated  prepayments is limited.
Yield  adjustments are  encountered as interest rates rise or decline,  which in
turn slows or increases  prepayment  rates and affects the average  lives of the
CMOs. At September 30, 1998, we held CMOs totaling $320.4 million,  all of which
were secured by underlying  collateral issued under government  agency-sponsored
programs.  All of our CMOs are  currently  classified  as held to  maturity.  At
September 30, 1998, our CMOs did not qualify as high risk mortgage securities as
defined under OTS regulations. The Bank does not invest in residual interests of
CMOs.

   
     While  mortgage-backed and  mortgage-related  securities,  such as CMOs and
REMICs,  carry a reduced credit risk as compared to whole loans, such securities
remain subject to the risk that a fluctuating  interest rate environment,  along
with  other  factors  such  as the  geographic  distribution  of the  underlying
mortgage  loans,  may alter the  prepayment  rate of such mortgage  loans and so
affect both the prepayment speed, and value, of such securities.
    

     The  following  table  sets forth the  composition  of our  investment  and
mortgage-backed  and related  securities  portfolio at the dates indicated.  Our
investment  securities  portfolio  at  September  30,  1998,  contained  neither
tax-exempt  securities nor securities of any issuer with an aggregate book value
in excess of 10% of our retained earnings,  excluding those issued by the United
States Government or its agencies.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                             September 30,
                                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           1998                    1997                     1996
                                                  --------------------   -----------------------   ---------------------
                                                    Book       % of         Book       % of          Book         % of
                                                    Value     Total         Value     Total          Value       Total
                                                  --------   ---------   ---------    ----------   ---------    --------
                                                                          (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                              <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>

Securities available for sale, at fair value:
  Mortgage-backed securities...................   $747,991    100.00%     $754,179     100.00%      $607,738     100.00%
  U.S. government and agency securities........        ---       ---           ---        ---            ---        ---
                                                  --------    ------      --------     ------       --------     ------
     Total securities available for sale.......   $747,991    100.00%     $754,179     100.00%      $607,738     100.00%
                                                  ========    ======      ========     ======       ========     ======
Investment securities, at amortized cost:
  U.S. Government and Agency securities........   $160,469     33.37      $585,294      82.97       $717,248      97.67
  Collateralized mortgage obligations                                                                                  
    and REMICs.................................    320,379     66.61       120,007      17.01         17,006       2.32
  Other investment securities..................        100      0.02           100       0.02            100       0.01
                                                  --------    ------      --------     ------       --------     ------
     Total investment securities...............   $480,948    100.00%     $705,401     100.00%      $734,354     100.00%
                                                  ========    ======      ========     ======       ========     ======

Investment securities, at fair value...........   $479,840     99.77%     $704,935      99.93%      $718,393      97.83%
                                                  ========    ======      ========     ======       ========     ======
</TABLE>

                                       76

<PAGE>



     The  composition  and  maturities of the investment  securities  portfolio,
excluding FHLB stock, are indicated in the following table.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                         Less than 1 year 1 to 5 years 5 to 10 years   Over 10 years         Total Securities
                                        ----------------- ------------ -------------  ---------------  ----------------------------
                                                                                                                             Fair
                                          Balance  Rate   Balance Rate  Balance Rate   Balance  Rate   Balance    Rate       Value
                                        ---------- ------ ------- ---- -------- ----  --------- -----  --------- -------- ---------
                                                                                (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                        <C>      <C>   <C>     <C>   <C>     <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>        <C>     <C>

Securities available for sale:
 U.S. Government and                                          
   Agency securities...................... $ 20,825 5.50% $30,981 6.65% $3,729   8.08% $670,569  6.81%  $726,104   6.77%   $747,991
                                           -------- ----  ------- ----  ------   ----  --------  ----   --------   ----    --------
    Total securities available for sale... $ 20,825 5.50% $30,981 6.65% $3,729   8.08% $670,569  6.81%  $726,104   6.77%   $747,991
                                           ======== ====  ======= ====  ======   ====  ========  ====   ========   ====    ========

Investment securities:
 U.S. Government and Agency securities.... $135,469 5.48% $25,000 5.93% $  ---    ---%  $   ---   ---%  $160,469   5.55%   $160,612
 Securities purchased under agreement     
  to resell...............................  235,000 5.51      ---  ---     ---    ---       ---   ---    235,000   5.51     235,000
 Collateralized mortgage obligations and 
   REMICs.................................      192 4.75      ---  ---     ---    ---   320,187  6.40    320,379   6.40     319,128
 Other investment securities..............      ---  ---      100 1.50     ---    ---       ---   ---        100   1.50         100
                                           -------- ----  ------- ----   -----   ----    ------  ----   --------   ----    --------

     Total investment securities.......... $370,661 5.50% $25,100 5.91% $  ---    ---% $320,187  6.40%  $715,948   5.92%   $714,840
                                           ======== ====  ======= ====  ======   ====  ========  ====   ========   ====    ========

</TABLE>


                                       77

<PAGE>



Sources of Funds

     General.  Our  sources  of  funds  are  deposits,  borrowings,  payment  of
principal  and  interest on loans,  interest  earned on or  maturation  of other
investment securities and funds provided from operations.

     Deposits.  We offer a variety  of deposit  accounts  having a wide range of
interest rates and terms.  Our deposits consist of passbook and passcard savings
accounts,  money market deposit  accounts,  NOW accounts,  non-interest  bearing
checking  accounts and certificates of deposit.  We only solicit deposits in our
market  areas and have not accepted  brokered  deposits.  We  primarily  rely on
competitive  pricing  policies,  marketing  and customer  service to attract and
retain these deposits.

     The flow of  deposits  is  influenced  significantly  by  general  economic
conditions,   changes  in  money  market  and  prevailing   interest  rates  and
competition.

     The variety of deposit  accounts we offer has allowed us to be  competitive
in  obtaining  funds and to respond  with  flexibility  to  changes in  consumer
demand.  We have become more  susceptible to short-term  fluctuations in deposit
flows,  as customers  have become more interest rate  conscious.  We endeavor to
manage  the  pricing  of  our  deposits  in  keeping  with  our  asset/liability
management,  liquidity and profitability objectives. Based on our experience, we
believe that our deposits are relatively  stable sources of funds.  Despite this
stability, our ability to attract and maintain these deposits and the rates paid
on them has been  and will  continue  to be  significantly  affected  by  market
conditions.

     The  following  table sets forth the  deposit  flows at the Bank during the
periods indicated.



                                 Year Ended September 30,
                         ---------------------------------------------
                            1998             1997              1996
                         ----------   --------------   ----------------
                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Opening balance.......     $3,787,123       $3,740,718       $3,673,630
Deposits..............      4,725,985        4,367,361        4,134,148
Withdrawals...........      4,795,516        4,496,198        4,235,171
Interest credited.....        176,588          175,242          168,111
                         ------------      -----------     ------------

Ending balance........     $3,894,180       $3,787,123       $3,740,718
                           ==========       ==========       ==========

Net increase..........    $   107,057      $    46,405     $     67,088
                          ===========      ===========     ============

Percent increase......          2.83%            1.24%            1.83%
                                ====             ====             ====




                                       78

<PAGE>



     The following table sets forth the dollar amount of savings deposits in the
various types of deposit programs we offered for the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                              Year Ended September 30,
                                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          1998                         1997                   1996
                                                 ------------------------    ---------------------  --------------------------
                                                                 Percent                 Percent                    Percent
                                                     Amount      of Total      Amount    of Total     Amount        of Total
                                                 -----------  -----------    ---------- ----------  ------------ -------------
                                                                               (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                             <C>             <C>         <C>           <C>       <C>            <C>

Transactions and Savings Deposits:

Demand deposits..............................    $   260,440        6.68%    $  249,585      6.58%   $  235,542         6.29%
Passbook and Passcard........................        129,180        3.31        131,854      3.48       130,493         3.48
Money market select..........................        213,181        5.47         30,405      0.80           ---          ---
Cash fund....................................        225,356        5.78        293,108      7.73       326,435         8.71
                                                 -----------      ------     ----------    ------    ----------       ------

Total non-certificates.......................    $   828,157       21.24        704,952     18.59       692,470        18.48
                                                 -----------      ------     ----------    ------    ----------       ------

Certificates (by rate):

 3.00 - 3.99%................................          5,900        0.15          7,866      0.21         8,193         0.22
 4.00 - 4.99%................................        429,108       11.01         25,822      0.68        76,961         2.05
 5.00 - 5.99%................................      1,684,996       43.22      2,224,325     58.67     1,568,715        41.89
 6.00 - 6.99%................................        715,234       18.34        598,005     15.77       997,695        26.63
 7.00 - 7.99%................................        227,695        5.84        220,048      5.80       375,960        10.04
 8.00 - 8.99%................................          2,405        0.06          5,398      0.14        14,715         0.39
 9.00 - 9.99%................................            685        0.02            707      0.02         6,009         0.16
                                                 -----------      ------     ----------    ------    ----------       ------

Total certificates...........................      3,066,023       78.64      3,082,171     81.29     3,048,248        81.38
                                                 -----------      ------     ----------    ------    ----------       ------
Accrued interest.............................          4,674        0.12          4,718      0.12         5,413         0.14
                                                 -----------      ------     ----------    ------    ----------       ------
Total deposits...............................    $ 3,898,854      100.00%    $3,791,841    100.00%   $3,746,131       100.00%
                                                 ===========      ======     ==========    ======    ==========       ======
</TABLE>



                                       79

<PAGE>



     The  following   table  shows  rate  and  maturity   information   for  our
certificates of deposit as of September 30, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                        3.00-      4.00-         6.00-          8.00-                 Percent
                                        3.99%      5.99%         7.99%          9.99%       Total     of Total
                                       ------   ----------      --------      --------   -----------  --------
                                                                   (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                    <C>      <C>            <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>

Certificate accounts maturing
  in quarter ending:

December 31, 1998..............        $5,852   $  428,326      $ 18,064      $   363    $  452,605     14.77%
March 31, 1999.................            48      322,704         9,637        1,578       333,967     10.89
June 30, 1999..................           ---      311,289        23,289          359       334,937     10.92
September 30, 1999.............           ---      278,241       151,073          219       429,533     14.01
December 31, 1999..............           ---      108,430       144,097          302       252,829      8.25
March 31, 2000.................           ---      231,790       130,809           43       362,642     11.83
June 30, 2000..................           ---      124,860       154,706           37       279,603      9.12
September 30, 2000.............           ---       63,522       107,064          172       170,758      5.57
December 31, 2000..............           ---       46,583           132           12        46,727      1.52
March 31, 2001.................           ---       68,358            79          ---        68,437      2.23
June 30, 2001..................           ---       37,068           133          ---        37,201      1.21
September 30, 2001.............           ---       29,251        42,800          ---        72,051      2.35
Thereafter.....................           ---       63,682       161,046            5       224,733      7.33
                                       ------   ----------      --------      -------    ----------    ------

   Total.......................        $5,900   $2,114,104      $942,929      $ 3,090    $3,066,023    100.00%
                                       ======   ==========      ========      =======    ==========    ======

   Percent of total............         0.19%       68.96%        30.75%        0.10%  
                                       =====       ======         =====         ====
</TABLE>


     The following table indicates the amount of our certificates of deposit and
other deposits by time remaining until maturity as of September 30, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                      Maturity
                                              -------------------------------------------------------
                                                          Over      Over
                                              3 Months   3 to 6    6 to 12       Over
                                               or Less   Months    Months      12 months     Total
                                              --------  --------  --------   -----------  -----------
<S>                                           <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>          <C>

Certificates of deposit less than $100,000... $411,948  $310,565  $690,590    $1,353,444   $2,766,547

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more..   40,657    23,099    73,880       161,537      299,173

Public Funds.................................      ---       303       ---           ---          303
                                              --------  --------  --------    ----------   ----------

Total certificates of deposit................ $452,605  $333,967  $764,470    $1,514,981   $3,066,023
                                              ========  ========  ========    ==========   ==========
</TABLE>


     Borrowings.  Although  deposits  are our  primary  source of funds,  we may
utilize  borrowings  when they are a less  costly  source  of funds,  and can be
invested at a positive interest rate spread,  when we desire additional capacity
to fund loan demand or when they meet our asset/liability  management goals. Our
borrowings historically have consisted of advances from

                                       80

<PAGE>



the FHLB of Topeka and securities sold under agreement to repurchase.  See Notes
11 and 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

     We may obtain advances from the FHLB of Topeka upon the security of certain
of our mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities. Such advances may be made
pursuant  to  several  different  credit  programs,  each of  which  has its own
interest rate, range of maturities and call features. At September 30, 1998, the
Bank had $500.0 million in FHLB advances outstanding.

     The following  table sets forth the maximum  month-end  balance and average
balance of FHLB advances and securities sold under  agreements to repurchase for
the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            Year Ended September 30,
                                                   ---------------------------------------
                                                      1998          1997          1996
                                                   ---------  ---------------  -----------
                                                              (In Thousands)
<S>                                                <C>           <C>             <C>

Maximum Balance:
  FHLB advances...................................  $500,000      $275,000        $35,000
  Securities sold under agreement to repurchase...   175,000       175,000         75,000

Average Balance:
  FHLB advances...................................  $365,000       $24,167       $  2,917
  Securities sold under agreement to repurchase...   175,000        82,692         75,000
</TABLE>


     The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  as to the  Bank's
borrowings at the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                September 30,
                                                        --------------------------------
                                                         1998        1997         1996
                                                        -------  ----------  -----------
                                                                (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>        <C>

FHLB advances........................................  $500,000    $275,000   $      ---
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase........   175,000     175,000       75,000
                                                       --------    --------     --------

     Total borrowings................................  $675,000    $450,000      $75,000
                                                       ========    ========      =======

Weighted average interest rate of FHLB advances......     5.73%       5.76%        6.09%

Weighted average interest rate of securities sold
 under agreement to repurchase.......................     5.73%       5.73%        5.78%
</TABLE>


Subsidiary and Other Activities

     As a federally  chartered  savings  association,  we are  permitted  by OTS
regulations to invest up to 2% of our assets, or $106.3 million at September 30,
1998, in the stock of, or unsecured loans to, service corporation  subsidiaries.
We may invest an additional 1% of our assets in service  corporations where such
additional funds are used for inner-city or community development purposes.


                                       81

<PAGE>



     At September 30, 1998, we had one subsidiary,  Capitol Funds,  Inc.,  which
has one line of credit loan  outstanding  for $14.0 million for the  acquisition
and  development of land for  construction  of  single-family  homes in Overland
Park, Kansas described under "-- Lending  Activities - General." As of September
30, 1998, our total  investment in this  subsidiary  was $11.4  million.  During
fiscal  1998,  Capitol  Funds,  Inc.  reported  net  income of  $586,000,  which
consisted of interest funded from loan proceeds, net of income taxes.

Competition

     We face strong  competition in originating  real estate and other loans and
in  attracting  deposits.  Competition  in  originating  real estate loans comes
primarily from other savings  institutions,  commercial banks, credit unions and
mortgage bankers.  Other savings  institutions,  commercial banks, credit unions
and finance companies provide vigorous competition in consumer lending.

     We  attract  all  of  our  deposits   through  our  branch  office  system.
Competition for those deposits is principally  from other savings  institutions,
commercial  banks and credit unions  located in the same  community,  as well as
mutual funds and other alternative investments. We compete for these deposits by
offering  superior  service  and a variety of deposit  accounts  at  competitive
rates.

Employees

     At  September  30, 1998,  we had a total of 766  employees,  including  150
part-time  employees.  Our  employees  are  not  represented  by any  collective
bargaining group. Management considers its employee relations to be good.

Properties

   
     The Bank owns the office  building in which its home  office and  executive
offices are  located.  At  September  30,  1998,  the Bank owned 21 of its other
branch  offices  and  the  remaining  seven  branch   offices,   including  four
supermarket  locations,  and a warehouse were leased.  As of September 30, 1998,
the  net  book  value  of the  Bank's  investment  in  premises,  equipment  and
leaseholds, excluding computer equipment, was approximately $21.0 million.
    

     The Bank  believes  that is current  facilities  are  adequate  to meet the
present  and  immediately  foreseeable  needs of the Bank and the Stock  Holding
Company.

     The Bank maintains an on-line data base of depositor and borrower  customer
information.  The net book value of the data  processing and computer  equipment
utilized by the Bank at September 30, 1998 was $1.8 million.


                                       82

<PAGE>



Legal Proceedings

     From time to time we are  involved as  plaintiff  or  defendant  in various
legal  actions  arising  in the  normal  course of  business.  The Bank does not
anticipate incurring any material liability as a result of such litigation.

                                   REGULATION

     Set forth  below is a brief  description  of certain  laws and  regulations
which are  applicable  to the MHC,  Stock  Holding  Company  and the  Bank.  The
description of these laws and  regulations,  as well as descriptions of laws and
regulations  contained  elsewhere herein, does not purport to be complete and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to the applicable laws and regulations.

     Legislation is introduced  from time to time in the United States  Congress
that may affect the  operations  of the MHC, the Stock  Holding  Company and the
Bank. In addition,  the regulations governing the MHC, the Stock Holding Company
and the Bank may be amended from time to time by the OTS.  Any such  legislation
or regulatory  changes in the future could  adversely  affect the MHC, the Stock
Holding  Company or the Bank. No assurance can be given as to whether or in what
form any such changes may occur.

General

   
     The Bank,  as a  federally  chartered  savings  institution,  is subject to
federal  regulation  and  oversight  by the OTS  extending to all aspects of its
operations.  The Bank also is subject to regulation and examination by the FDIC,
which insures the deposits of the Bank to the maximum  extent  permitted by law,
and requirements  established by the Federal Reserve Board.  Federally chartered
savings  institutions are required to file periodic reports with the OTS and are
subject to periodic  examinations  by the OTS and the FDIC.  The  investment and
lending  authority of savings  institutions  are  prescribed by federal laws and
regulations,   and  such  institutions  are  prohibited  from  engaging  in  any
activities  not  permitted by such laws and  regulations.  Such  regulation  and
supervision  primarily is intended for the  protection of depositors and not for
the purpose of protecting shareholders.  This regulatory oversight will continue
to apply to the Bank following the Reorganization.
    

     The  OTS  regularly   examines  the  Bank  and  prepares  reports  for  the
consideration of the Bank's Board of Directors on any  deficiencies  that it may
find in the Bank's  operations.  The FDIC also has the  authority to examine the
Bank in its role as the administrator of the SAIF. The Bank's  relationship with
its depositors and borrowers also is regulated to a great extent by both federal
and state laws,  especially in such matters as the ownership of savings accounts
and the form and content of the Bank's mortgage requirements. Any change in such
regulations, whether by the FDIC, OTS or Congress, could have a material adverse
impact on the MHC, the Stock Holding Company and the Bank and their operations.


                                       83

<PAGE>



The Mutual Holding Company

     Upon  completion of the  Reorganization  and Stock  Issuance,  the MHC will
become a federal mutual  holding  company within the meaning of Section 10(o) of
the HOLA.  As such,  the MHC will be required to register with and be subject to
OTS examination and supervision as well as certain  reporting  requirements.  In
addition,  the OTS has  enforcement  authority over the MHC and its  non-savings
institution subsidiaries, if any. Among other things, this authority permits the
OTS to restrict or prohibit  activities that are determined to be a serious risk
to the financial safety, soundness or stability of a subsidiary savings bank.

     A mutual holding company is permitted to, among other things:

   
               o    invest in the stock of a savings institution;

               o    acquire  a mutual  institution  through  the  merger of such
                    institution  into a savings  institution  subsidiary of such
                    mutual holding company or an interim savings  institution of
                    such mutual holding company;

               o    merge with or acquire another mutual holding company, one of
                    whose subsidiaries is a savings institution;

               o    acquire  non-controlling  amounts  of the  stock of  savings
                    institutions  and  savings  institution  holding  companies,
                    subject to certain restrictions;

               o    invest  in a  corporation  the  capital  stock  of  which is
                    available  for  purchase  by  a  savings  institution  under
                    Federal  law  or  under  the  law  of any  state  where  the
                    subsidiary  savings  institution or institutions  have their
                    home offices;

               o    furnish  or  perform  management   services  for  a  savings
                    institution subsidiary of such company;

               o    hold,  manage or liquidate  assets owned or acquired  from a
                    savings institution subsidiary of such company;

               o    hold or  manage  properties  used or  occupied  by a savings
                    institution subsidiary of such company; and

               o    act as a trustee under deed or trust.
    

     In addition,  a mutual  holding  company may engage in the  activities of a
multiple  savings and loan holding  company which are permissible by statute and
OTS  regulations  and to the  activities  of bank  holding  companies  which the
Federal Reserve Board has deemed permissible by regulation under Section 4(c)(8)
of the Bank Holding  Company Act of 1956,  as amended (the  "BHCA"),  subject to
prior approval by the OTS.


                                       84

<PAGE>



The Stock Holding Company

     Pursuant  to  regulations  of the OTS and the  terms of the  Stock  Holding
Company's  federal  stock  charter,  the purpose and powers of the Stock Holding
Company  is to pursue any or all of the lawful  objectives  of a federal  mutual
holding  company and to exercise any of the powers  accorded to a mutual holding
company.

   
     If the Bank fails the  qualified  thrift  lender  ("QTL")  test,  the Stock
Holding  Company must obtain the approval of the OTS prior to  continuing  after
such failure, directly or through its other subsidiaries,  any business activity
other than those  approved  for multiple  savings and loan holding  companies or
their subsidiaries. In addition, within one year of such failure the MHC and the
Stock  Holding  Company  must  register  as,  and will  become  subject  to, the
restrictions applicable to bank holding companies. The activities authorized for
a bank holding company are more limited than are the activities authorized for a
unitary or multiple  savings and loan holding company.  See "--Qualified  Thrift
Lender Test."
    

     The MHC and the Stock  Holding  Company must obtain  approval  from the OTS
before  acquiring   control  of  any  other   SAIF-insured   institution.   Such
acquisitions  are generally  prohibited if they result in a multiple savings and
loan holding company  controlling  savings  institutions in more than one state.
However,  such  interstate  acquisitions  are permitted  based on specific state
authorization or in a supervisory acquisition of a failing savings institution.

The Bank

     The  OTS  has   extensive   authority   over  the   operations  of  savings
institutions.  As part of this authority,  the Bank is required to file periodic
reports with the OTS and is subject to periodic  examinations by the OTS and the
FDIC.  The last  regular OTS  examination  of the Bank was as of June 30,  1998.
Under agency scheduling  guidelines,  it is likely that another examination will
be  initiated  in the  fourth  quarter  of 1999.  When  these  examinations  are
conducted by the OTS and the FDIC, the examiners may require the Bank to provide
for higher general or specific loan loss reserves.  All savings institutions are
subject to a semi-annual assessment,  based upon the savings institution's total
assets,  to fund the  operations of the OTS. The Bank's OTS  assessment  for the
fiscal year ended September 30, 1998 was $695,000.

     The  OTS  also  has  extensive   enforcement  authority  over  all  savings
institutions and their holding companies,  including the Bank, the Stock Holding
Company and the MHC. This enforcement  authority  includes,  among other things,
the  ability to assess  civil  money  penalties,  to issue  cease-and-desist  or
removal orders and to initiate injunctive actions. In general, these enforcement
actions may be initiated for  violations of laws and  regulations  and unsafe or
unsound  practices.  Other  actions  or  inactions  may  provide  the  basis for
enforcement action, including misleading or untimely reports filed with the OTS.
Except under  certain  circumstances,  public  disclosure  of final  enforcement
actions by the OTS is required.

     In addition, the investment, lending and branching authority of the Bank is
prescribed by federal laws and it is prohibited  from engaging in any activities
not permitted by such laws. For instance,  no savings  institution may invest in
non-investment grade corporate debt securities. In

                                       85

<PAGE>



addition,  the permissible level of investment by federal  institutions in loans
secured by  non-residential  real property may not exceed 400% of total capital,
except with approval of the OTS. Federal savings institutions are also generally
authorized  to  branch  nationwide.  The Bank is in  compliance  with the  noted
restrictions.

     The Bank's general permissible lending limit for  loans-to-one-borrower  is
equal to the  greater of  $500,000  or 15% of  unimpaired  capital  and  surplus
(except for loans fully secured by certain  readily  marketable  collateral,  in
which case this limit is increased to 25% of unimpaired capital and surplus). At
September 30, 1998,  the Bank's lending limit under this  restriction  was $97.6
million. The Bank is in compliance with the loans-to-one-borrower limitation.

     The  OTS,  as well as the  other  federal  banking  agencies,  has  adopted
guidelines  establishing  safety and soundness standards on such matters as loan
underwriting and  documentation,  asset quality,  earnings  standards,  internal
controls and audit  systems,  interest rate risk exposure and  compensation  and
other  employee  benefits.  Any  institution  which  fails to comply  with these
standards must submit a compliance plan.

Insurance of Accounts and Regulation by the FDIC

   
     The Bank is a  member  of the  SAIF,  which is  administered  by the  FDIC.
Deposits are insured up to the applicable  limits by the FDIC and such insurance
is backed by the full  faith and  credit of the  United  States  Government.  As
insurer,  the FDIC  imposes  deposit  insurance  premiums and is  authorized  to
conduct  examinations of and to require reporting by FDIC-insured  institutions.
It also may prohibit any FDIC-insured  institution from engaging in any activity
the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious risk to the SAIF or
the Bank  Insurance  Fund  ("BIF").  The FDIC also has the authority to initiate
enforcement  actions  against  savings  institutions,  after  giving  the OTS an
opportunity to take such action,  and may terminate the deposit  insurance if it
determines that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or is
in an unsafe or unsound condition.
    

     The FDIC's  deposit  insurance  premiums are assessed  through a risk-based
system under which all insured  depository  institutions  are placed into one of
nine  categories  and  assessed  insurance  premiums  based upon their  level of
capital and supervisory evaluation. Under the system, institutions classified as
well  capitalized  (i.e., a core capital ratio of at least 5%, a ratio of Tier 1
or core capital to  risk-weighted  assets  ("Tier 1  risk-based  capital") of at
least 6% and a risk-based  capital ratio of at least 10%) and considered healthy
pay the  lowest  premium  while  institutions  that  are  less  than  adequately
capitalized (i.e., core or Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios of less than 4% or a
risk-based  capital  ratio  of less  than  8%)  and  considered  of  substantial
supervisory concern pay the highest premium.  Risk classification of all insured
institutions is made by the FDIC for each semi-annual assessment period.

     The FDIC is  authorized  to increase  assessment  rates,  on a  semi-annual
basis, if it determines that the reserve ratio of the SAIF will be less than the
designated  reserve  ratio of 1.25% of SAIF insured  deposits.  In setting these
increased  assessments,  the FDIC must seek to restore the reserve ratio to that
designated  reserve  level,  or such higher  reserve ratio as established by the
FDIC. The FDIC may also impose special assessments on SAIF members to

                                       86

<PAGE>



repay amounts  borrowed from the United States  Treasury or for any other reason
deemed  necessary  by the FDIC.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of
Financial  Condition  and  Results of  Operations,"  for an  explanation  on the
special SAIF assessment amount paid by the Bank.

   
     Effective  January 1, 1997,  the premium  schedule for BIF and SAIF insured
institutions   ranged  from  0  to  27  basis  points.   However,   SAIF-insured
institutions are required to pay a Financing Corporation assessment, in order to
fund the interest on bonds issued to resolve thrift failures in the 1980s, equal
to  approximately  6.00 basis points for each $100 in domestic  deposits,  while
BIF-insured  institutions pay an assessment  equal to  approximately  1.00 basis
point for each $100 in  domestic  deposits.  The  assessment  is  expected to be
reduced  to about  2.00 basis  points no later  than  January 1, 2000,  when BIF
insured  institutions  fully participate in the assessment.  These  assessments,
which may be revised based upon the level of BIF and SAIF deposits will continue
until the bonds mature in the year 2017.
    

Regulatory Capital Requirements

   
     Federally insured savings  institutions,  such as the Bank, are required to
maintain a minimum level of regulatory capital.  The OTS has established capital
standards,  including a tangible capital requirement,  a leverage ratio, or core
capital,  requirement and a risk-based  capital  requirement  applicable to such
savings institutions.  These capital requirements must be generally as stringent
as the  comparable  capital  requirements  for national  banks.  The OTS is also
authorized  to impose  capital  requirements  in excess  of these  standards  on
individual institutions on a case-by-case basis.

     The  capital  regulations  require  tangible  capital  of at least  1.5% of
adjusted total assets,  as defined by  regulation.  Tangible  capital  generally
includes  common   stockholders'   equity  and  retained  income,   and  certain
noncumulative  perpetual  preferred stock and related income.  In addition,  all
intangible  assets,  other than a limited amount of purchased mortgage servicing
rights,  must be deducted from tangible capital for calculating  compliance with
the requirement.
    
At September 30, 1998, the Bank did not have any intangible assets.

     At September 30, 1998, the Bank had tangible capital of $649.2 million,  or
12.1% of adjusted total assets,  which is approximately $569.5 million above the
minimum requirement of 1.5% of adjusted total assets in effect on that date.

     The capital  standards  also require  core capital  equal to at least 3% of
adjusted total assets.  Core capital generally consists of tangible capital plus
certain intangible  assets,  including a limited amount of purchased credit card
relationships.  As a result of the prompt corrective action provisions discussed
below,  however, a savings  institution must maintain a core capital ratio of at
least  4%  to  be  considered  adequately  capitalized  unless  its  supervisory
condition is such to allow it to maintain a 3% ratio. At September 30, 1998, the
Bank had no intangibles which were subject to these tests.


                                       87

<PAGE>



     At September 30, 1998,  the Bank had core capital equal to $649.2  million,
or 12.1% of adjusted  total  assets,  which is $489.7  million above the minimum
leverage ratio requirement of 3% as in effect on that date.

     The OTS risk-based  requirement requires savings institutions to have total
capital of at least 8.0% of risk-weighted assets. Total capital consists of core
capital,  as defined above, and  supplementary  capital.  Supplementary  capital
consists of certain  permanent  and  maturing  capital  instruments  that do not
qualify as core capital and general  valuation loan and lease loss allowances up
to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets. Supplementary capital may be used
to satisfy the risk-based  requirement  only to the extent of core capital.  The
OTS is  also  authorized  to  require  a  savings  institution  to  maintain  an
additional  amount of total capital to account for  concentration of credit risk
and the risk of non-traditional  activities. At September 30, 1998, the Bank had
$5.0  million  of  general  loan loss  reserves,  which  was less than  1.25% of
risk-weighted assets.

     In determining the amount of risk-weighted  assets,  all assets,  including
certain  off-balance sheet items,  will be multiplied by a risk weight,  ranging
from 0% to 100%,  based on the risk inherent in the type of asset.  For example,
the OTS has assigned a risk weight of 50% for prudently  underwritten  permanent
one- to four-family  first lien mortgage loans not more than 90 days  delinquent
and  having a loan to value  ratio of not more  than 80% at  origination  unless
insured to such ratio by an insurer approved by the FNMA or FHLMC.

     On September  30,  1998,  the Bank had total  risk-based  capital of $650.6
million (including $649.2 million in core capital and $1.4 million in qualifying
supplementary  capital)  and  risk-weighted  assets of $2.38  billion;  or total
capital of 27.3% of risk-weighted  assets.  This amount was $459.4 million above
the 8.0% requirement in effect on that date.

   
     The OTS and the  FDIC  are  authorized  and,  under  certain  circumstances
required, to take certain actions against savings institutions that fail to meet
their  capital  requirements.  The OTS is  generally  required to take action to
restrict  the  activities  of an  "undercapitalized  institution,"  which  is an
institution  with  less  than  either  a 4%  core  capital  ratio,  a 4%  Tier 1
risked-based  capital  ratio  or an 8.0%  risk-based  capital  ratio.  Any  such
institution  must  submit a  capital  restoration  plan and  until  such plan is
approved by the OTS may not increase its assets,  acquire  another  institution,
establish a branch or engage in any new  activities,  and generally may not make
capital   distributions.   The  OTS  is  authorized  to  impose  the  additional
restrictions that are applicable to significantly undercapitalized institutions.
    

     As a condition to the approval of the capital restoration plan, any company
controlling an undercapitalized institution must agree that it will enter into a
limited  capital  maintenance   guarantee  with  respect  to  the  institution's
achievement of its capital requirements.

   
     Any savings  institution  that fails to comply with its capital plan or has
Tier 1 risk-based or core capital ratios of less than 3% or a risk-based capital
ratio of less than 6% and is considered "significantly undercapitalized" must be
made  subject  to one or more of  additional  specified  actions  and  operating
restrictions  which may cover all aspects of its operations and include a forced
merger  or  acquisition  of  the   institution.   An  institution  that  becomes
"critically
    

                                       88

<PAGE>



   
undercapitalized"  because  it has a  tangible  capital  ratio  of 2% or less is
subject to further mandatory restrictions on its activities in addition to those
applicable to significantly  undercapitalized institutions. In addition, the OTS
must appoint a receiver,  or conservator with the concurrence of the FDIC, for a
savings  institution,  with certain limited exceptions,  within 90 days after it
becomes critically  undercapitalized.  Any undercapitalized  institution is also
subject to the general enforcement  authority of the OTS and the FDIC, including
the appointment of a conservator or a receiver.
    

     The OTS is also generally  authorized to reclassify an  institution  into a
lower capital category and impose the  restrictions  applicable to such category
if the institution is engaged in unsafe or unsound  practices or is in an unsafe
or unsound condition.

     The  imposition by the OTS or the FDIC of any of these measures on the Bank
may have a substantial adverse effect on its operations and profitability.

Limitations on Dividends and Other Capital Distributions

   
     OTS regulations  impose various  restrictions on savings  institutions with
respect  to their  ability  to make  distributions  of  capital,  which  include
dividends,  stock  redemptions  or  repurchases,   cash-out  mergers  and  other
transactions charged to the capital account.
    

     Generally,  savings  institutions,  such as the Bank, that before and after
the proposed  distribution  meet their  capital  requirements,  may make capital
distributions  during  any  calendar  year  equal to the  greater of 100% of net
income  for the  year-to-date  plus 50% of the amount by which the lesser of the
institution's   tangible,   core  or  risk-based  capital  exceeds  its  capital
requirement  for such  capital  component,  as measured at the  beginning of the
calendar  year,  or 75% of their net income  for the most  recent  four  quarter
period.  However,  an  institution  deemed  to be in need of  more  than  normal
supervision  by the OTS may have its dividend  authority  restricted by the OTS.
The Bank may pay dividends in accordance with this general authority.

     Savings  institutions  proposing to make any capital distribution need only
submit  written  notice to the OTS 30 days prior to such  distribution.  Savings
institutions  that do not,  or would  not meet  their  current  minimum  capital
requirements following a proposed capital distribution, however, must obtain OTS
approval  prior  to  making  such  distribution.  The  OTS  may  object  to  the
distribution  during that 30-day period based on safety and soundness  concerns.
See "--Regulatory Capital Requirements."

   
     The OTS has  proposed  regulations  that would  revise the current  capital
distribution  restrictions.  Under the proposal a savings institution may make a
capital  distribution  without notice to the OTS, unless it is a subsidiary of a
holding  company,  provided  that  it has a  regulatory  rating  in the  two top
categories,   is  not  of  supervisory  concern,  and  would  remain  adequately
capitalized,  as  defined  in the  OTS  prompt  corrective  action  regulations,
following  the proposed  distribution.  Savings  institutions  that would remain
adequately  capitalized  following the proposed distribution but do not meet the
other  noted  requirements  must  notify  the OTS 30 days prior to  declaring  a
capital  distribution.  The OTS stated it will  generally  regard as permissible
that amount of capital distributions that do not exceed 50% of the institution's
excess
    

                                       89

<PAGE>



regulatory  capital plus net income to date during the calendar  year. A savings
institution  may not make a capital  distribution  without prior approval of the
OTS and the FDIC if it is  undercapitalized  before,  or as a result of,  such a
distribution.  As under  the  current  rule,  the OTS may  object  to a  capital
distribution if it would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.  No assurance
may be given as to whether or in what form the regulations may be adopted.

Liquidity

   
     All savings  institutions,  including the Bank, are required to maintain an
average  daily  balance of liquid  assets equal to a certain  percentage  of the
average  daily  balance of its  liquidity  base  during the  preceding  calendar
quarter or a percentage  of the amount of its  liquidity  base at the end of the
preceding quarter.  For a discussion of what the Bank includes in liquid assets,
see "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations  -Liquidity and Commitments." This liquid asset ratio requirement may
vary from time to time between 4% and 10% depending upon economic conditions and
savings  flows of all savings  institutions.  At the present  time,  the minimum
liquid asset ratio is 4%.
    

     Penalties  may be imposed upon  institutions  for  violations of the liquid
asset ratio requirement.  At September 30, 1998, the Bank was in compliance with
the requirement, with an overall liquid asset ratio of 45.3%.

Qualified Thrift Lender Test

   
     All savings  institutions,  including the Bank,  are required to meet a QTL
test to avoid certain  restrictions  on their  operations.  This test requires a
savings  institution to have at least 65% of its portfolio assets, as defined by
regulation, in qualified thrift investments on a monthly average for nine out of
every 12 months on a rolling basis. As an alternative,  the savings  institution
may maintain 60% of its assets in those assets specified in Section  7701(a)(19)
of the Internal Revenue Code.  Under either test, such assets primarily  consist
of residential housing related loans and investments. At September 30, 1998, the
Bank met the test and has always met the test since its effectiveness.
    

     Any savings  institution  that fails to meet the QTL test must convert to a
national bank charter,  unless it requalifies as a QTL and thereafter  remains a
QTL. If an  institution  does not  requalify  and  converts  to a national  bank
charter,  it must remain  SAIF-insured  until the FDIC permits it to transfer to
the BIF.  If such an  institution  has not yet  requalified  or  converted  to a
national  bank,  its  new  investments  and  activities  are  limited  to  those
permissible  for both a  savings  institution  and a  national  bank,  and it is
limited to national bank branching  rights in its home state.  In addition,  the
institution is immediately  ineligible to receive any new FHLB borrowings and is
subject to national bank limits for payment of dividends. If such an institution
has not requalified or converted to a national bank within three years after the
failure,  it must  divest  of all  investments  and  cease  all  activities  not
permissible  for a  national  bank.  In  addition,  it must repay  promptly  any
outstanding FHLB borrowings,  which may result in prepayment  penalties.  If any
institution  that fails the QTL test is  controlled by a holding  company,  then
within one year after the failure,  the holding  company must register as a bank
holding company

                                       90

<PAGE>



and become subject to all  restrictions  on bank holding  companies.  See "--The
Stock Holding Company."

Community Reinvestment Act

   
     Under  the  Community   Reinvestment   Act  ("CRA"),   every  FDIC  insured
institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with safe and
sound banking  practices to help meet the credit needs of its entire  community,
including  low and moderate  income  neighborhoods.  The CRA does not  establish
specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it
limit an institution's  discretion to develop the types of products and services
that it believes are best suited to its particular  community,  consistent  with
the CRA. The CRA requires the OTS, in  connection  with the  examination  of the
Bank,  to assess the  institution's  record of meeting  the credit  needs of its
community  and to take such record  into  account in its  evaluation  of certain
applications, such as a merger or the establishment of a branch, by the Bank. An
unsatisfactory  rating may be used as the basis for the denial of an application
by the OTS. Due to the heightened  attention  being given to the CRA in the past
few years,  the Bank may be required to devote  additional  funds for investment
and lending in its local community.  The Bank was examined for CRA compliance in
October 28, 1996, and received a rating of satisfactory.
    

Transactions with Affiliates

     Generally,  transactions  between a savings institution or its subsidiaries
and its affiliates  are required to be on terms as favorable to the  institution
as transactions with non-affiliates. In addition, certain of these transactions,
such  as  loans  to  an  affiliate,  are  restricted  to  a  percentage  of  the
institution's capital.  Affiliates of the Bank include the Stock Holding Company
and any company  which is under  common  control with the Bank.  In addition,  a
savings  institution  may not lend to any affiliate  engaged in  activities  not
permissible  for a bank  holding  company  or  acquire  the  securities  of most
affiliates.  The  OTS  has the  discretion  to  treat  subsidiaries  of  savings
institutions as affiliates on a case by case basis.

     Certain  transactions with directors,  officers or controlling  persons are
also  subject to  conflict of interest  regulations  enforced by the OTS.  These
conflict of interest  regulations and other statutes also impose restrictions on
loans to such persons and their  related  interests.  Among other  things,  such
loans must  generally  be made on terms  substantially  the same as for loans to
unaffiliated individuals.

Federal Securities Law

   
     The stock of Capital  Federal  Financial  will be registered  with the U.S.
Securities and Exchange  Commission ("SEC") under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934,  as amended  (the  "Exchange  Act").  The  Company  will be subject to the
information,   proxy  solicitation,   insider  trading  restrictions  and  other
requirements of the SEC under the Exchange Act.

     The Stock Holding  Company stock held by persons who are  affiliates of the
Stock Holding  Company may not be resold without  registration or unless sold in
accordance with


                                       91
    

<PAGE>

   

certain resale restrictions. Affiliates are generally considered to be officers,
directors  and  principal  stockholders.  If the  Stock  Holding  Company  meets
specified current public information  requirements,  each affiliate of the Stock
Holding Company is able to sell in the public market,  without  registration,  a
limited number of shares in any three-month period.
    

Federal Reserve System

   
     The Federal Reserve Board requires all depository  institutions to maintain
non-interest  bearing  reserves at specified  levels  against their  transaction
accounts,  primarily checking, NOW and Super NOW checking accounts. At September
30,  1998,  the Bank was in  compliance  with these  reserve  requirements.  The
balances  maintained  to meet the  reserve  requirements  imposed by the Federal
Reserve Board may be used to satisfy liquidity  requirements that may be imposed
by the OTS. See "--Liquidity."
    

     Savings institutions are authorized to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank
"discount window," but Federal Reserve Board regulations require institutions to
exhaust  other  reasonable   alternative   sources  of  funds,   including  FHLB
borrowings, before borrowing from the Federal Reserve Bank.

Federal Home Loan Bank System

   
     The Bank is a member  of the FHLB of  Topeka,  which is one of 12  regional
FHLBs,   that   administers  the  home  financing  credit  function  of  savings
institutions.  Each FHLB  serves as a reserve  or central  bank for its  members
within its assigned  region.  It is funded  primarily from proceeds derived from
the sale of  consolidated  obligations  of the FHLB  System.  It makes  loans or
advances to members in accordance with policies and  procedures,  established by
the board of  directors of the FHLB,  which are subject to the  oversight of the
Federal  Housing  Finance  Board.  All advances from the FHLB are required to be
fully secured by  sufficient  collateral as determined by the FHLB. In addition,
all  long-term  advances  are  required to provide  funds for  residential  home
financing.
    

     As a member,  the Bank is required to purchase  and  maintain  stock in the
FHLB of Topeka.  For the year ended  September 30, 1998, the Bank had an average
outstanding balance of $41.6 million in FHLB stock, which was in compliance with
this requirement.  In past years, the Bank has received substantial dividends on
its FHLB stock.  Over the past five fiscal years such  dividends  have  averaged
6.71% and were 7.66% for fiscal year 1998.

     Under  federal  law  the  FHLBs  are  required  to  provide  funds  for the
resolution  of  troubled  savings  institutions  and to  contribute  to low- and
moderately priced housing programs through direct loans or interest subsidies on
advances targeted for community investment and low- and moderate-income  housing
projects.  These  contributions  have  affected  adversely  the  level  of  FHLB
dividends  paid and could continue to do so in the future.  These  contributions
could also have an adverse  effect on the value of FHLB stock in the  future.  A
reduction  in value of the  Bank's  FHLB  stock may  result  in a  corresponding
reduction in the Bank's capital.


                                       92

<PAGE>



     For the year ended September 30, 1998, dividends paid by the FHLB of Topeka
to the Bank  totaled  $3.2  million,  which was an  increase  over the amount of
dividends received in fiscal year 1997.


                                    TAXATION

Federal Taxation

   
     General.  The Stock Holding Company and the Bank will be subject to federal
income  taxation  in the same  general  manner as other  corporations  with some
exceptions  discussed  below.  The following  discussion of federal  taxation is
intended only to summarize  certain  pertinent federal income tax matters and is
not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to the Stock Holding
Company or the Bank.  The Bank's  federal  income tax  returns  have been closed
without audit by the Internal  Revenue  Service  ("IRS") through its fiscal year
ended September 30, 1995.
    

     Following the Reorganization, the Stock Holding Company anticipates that it
will file a consolidated federal income tax return with the Bank commencing with
the first taxable year after consummation of the Reorganization. Accordingly, it
is anticipated that any cash  distributions made by the Stock Holding Company to
its  stockholders  would be  considered  to be  taxable  dividends  and not as a
non-taxable  return  of  capital  to  stockholders  for  federal  and  state tax
purposes.

     Method of Accounting.  For federal income tax purposes,  the Bank currently
reports its income and expenses on the accrual  method of accounting  and uses a
fiscal year ending on September 30, for filing its federal income tax return.

   
     Bad Debt  Reserves.  Prior to the Small  Business Job  Protection  Act (the
"1996 Act"),  the Bank was permitted to establish a reserve for bad debts and to
make annual additions to the reserve.  These additions  could,  within specified
formula limits,  be deducted in arriving at taxable  income.  As a result of the
1996 Act,  savings  associations  must now use the specific  chargeoff method in
computing bad debt deductions  beginning with their 1996 Federal tax return.  In
addition,  federal legislation  requires the Bank to recapture,  over a six year
period,  the excess of tax bad debt  reserves at  September  30, 1997 over those
established  as of the base year reserve  balance as of September 30, 1989.  The
amount of such reserve  subject to  recapture  as of September  30, 1998 for the
Bank is approximately  $97.1 million.  The Bank continues to utilize the reserve
method in determining its privilege tax obligations to the State of Kansas.
    

     Taxable  Distributions  and  Recapture.  Prior  to the 1996  Act,  bad debt
reserves  created prior to the year ended  September  30, 1997,  were subject to
recapture  into taxable income should the Bank fail to meet certain thrift asset
and definitional tests. New federal legislation  eliminated these thrift related
recapture rules. However, under current law, pre-1988 reserves remain subject to
recapture  should the Bank make certain  non-dividend  distributions or cease to
maintain a thrift charter.


                                       93

<PAGE>



   
     Minimum  Tax. The  Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the "Code")
imposes an alternative minimum tax ("AMT") at a rate of 20% on a base of regular
taxable  income  plus  certain tax  preferences  ("alternative  minimum  taxable
income" or  "AMTI").  The AMT is payable to the extent such AMTI is in excess of
an exemption  amount.  Net operating losses can offset no more than 90% of AMTI.
Certain  payments  of  alternative  minimum  tax may be used as credits  against
regular tax  liabilities  in future years.  The Bank has not been subject to the
alternative  minimum tax nor does the Bank have any such  amounts  available  as
credits for carryover.
    

     Net Operating Loss  Carryovers.  A financial  institution may carryback net
operating  losses  to  the  preceding  two  taxable  years  and  forward  to the
succeeding  20 taxable  years.  This  provision  applies to losses  incurred  in
taxable years beginning after August 6, 1997. For losses incurred in the taxable
years  prior to August 6, 1997,  the  carryback  period was three  years and the
carryforward  period was 15 years.  At September  30, 1998,  the Bank had no net
operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes.

     Corporate  Dividends-Received  Deduction.  The Stock  Holding  Company  may
eliminate  from its income  dividends  received from the Bank as a  wholly-owned
subsidiary  of the Stock  Holding  Company  if it elects to file a  consolidated
return with the Bank. The corporate  dividends-received deduction is 100% or 80%
in the case of  dividends  received  from  corporations  with which a  corporate
recipient  does not file a  consolidated  tax return,  dependent on the level of
stock ownership of the payor of the dividend.  Corporations  which own less than
20% of the stock of a  corporation  distributing  a  dividend  may deduct 70% of
dividends received or accrued on their behalf.

State Taxation

     The Bank files Kansas  privilege  tax  returns.  For Kansas  privilege  tax
purposes,  for taxable years  beginning after 1997, the minimum tax rate is 4.5%
of earnings,  which is calculated  based on federal taxable  income,  subject to
certain  adjustments.  The earnings of the Stock Holding Company may be combined
with the Bank for purposes of the Kansas  Privilege Tax. If it is not, the Stock
Holding Company will file Kansas income tax returns with  non-thrift  members of
the affiliated group.


                                   MANAGEMENT

   
Management of  Capital Federal Financial
    

     The Board of  Directors  of the Stock  Holding  Company will consist of the
same  individuals  who serve as directors of the Bank. The Board of Directors of
the Stock Holding Company is divided into three classes,  each of which contains
approximately  one-third  of the Board.  The  directors  shall be elected by the
stockholders  of the Stock Holding  Company for staggered  three year terms,  or
until their successors are elected.  One class of directors,  consisting of B.B.
Andersen  and John C. Dicus,  has a term of office  expiring at the first annual
meeting  of  stockholders,  a second  class,  consisting  of John B.  Dicus  and
Frederick  P.  Reynolds,  has a term of office  expiring  at the  second  annual
meeting of stockholders and a third class, consisting of

                                       94

<PAGE>



Robert B. Maupin, Carl W. Quarnstrom,  and Marilyn S. Ward, has a term of office
expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders.

     The  following  individuals  are  executive  officers of the Stock  Holding
Company and hold the offices set forth below opposite their names.


Executive           Position Held with Stock Holding Company
- ----------------    -----------------------------------------
John C. Dicus       Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
John B. Dicus       President and Chief Operating Officer
Neil F.M. McKay     Executive Vice President, 
                      Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Kent G. Townsend    First Vice President and Controller


     The executive  officers of the Stock Holding  Company are elected  annually
and hold office  until their  respective  successors  have been elected or until
death, resignation or removal by the Board of Directors.

   
     Information   concerning   the  principal   occupations,   employment   and
compensation  of the directors and officers of the Stock Holding  Company is set
forth under "-  Management  of Capitol  Federal  Savings  Bank" and "- Executive
Officers  Who  Are  Not  Directors."  Directors  of the  Stock  Holding  Company
initially will not be  compensated  by the Stock Holding  Company but will serve
and be compensated by the Bank. It is not anticipated that separate compensation
will be paid to directors of the Stock Holding  Company until such time as these
persons devote significant time to the separate  management of the Stock Holding
Company's  affairs,  which is not  expected  to occur  until the  Stock  Holding
Company becomes actively engaged in additional businesses other than holding the
stock  of  the  Bank.  The  Stock  Holding   Company  may  determine  that  such
compensation is appropriate in the future.

Management of  Capital Federal Savings Bank
    

     Because the Bank is a mutual savings association,  its members have elected
its  Board  of  Directors.  Upon  completion  of the  Reorganization  and  Stock
Issuance, the directors of the Bank immediately prior to the Stock Issuance will
continue to serve as directors of the Bank in stock form. The Board of Directors
of the Bank in stock form will  consist of seven  directors  divided  into three
classes,  with  approximately  one-third of the directors elected at each annual
meeting of  stockholders.  Because the Stock  Holding  Company  will own all the
issued and  outstanding  capital stock of the Bank following the  Reorganization
and Stock  Issuance,  the Board of Directors of the Stock  Holding  Company will
elect the directors of the Bank. The persons who are serving as directors of the
Bank will also serve as directors of the MHC and the Stock Holding  Company upon
consummation of the Reorganization and Stock Issuance.


                                       95

<PAGE>



     The following table sets forth certain  information  regarding the Board of
Directors of the Bank.
<TABLE>
<S>                         <C>      <C>                                   <C>               <C>

                                                                                              Term of
                                                                                              Office
  Name                       Age(1)   Positions Held With the Bank          Director Since    Expires
- ------------------------     ------   ----------------------------------    --------------    -------

B.B. Andersen                 62      Director                                   1981          1999
John B. Dicus                 37      President, Chief Operating Officer         1989          2000
                                      and Director
John C. Dicus                 65      Chairman, Chief Executive Officer          1963          1999
                                      and Director
Robert B. Maupin              73      Director                                   1973          2001
Carl W. Quarnstrom            69      Director                                   1985          2001
Frederick P. Reynolds         74      Director                                   1979          2000
Marilyn S. Ward               59      Director                                   1977          2001
- -------------------------
<FN>

(1) As of September 30, 1998.
</FN>
</TABLE>

     The business  experience  of each director for at least the past five years
is set forth below.

     B.B.  Andersen.  Mr.  Andersen had a life long career in  construction  and
development  activities.  He  is  currently  involved  in  various  real  estate
development projects in Colorado.

     John B. Dicus.  Mr. Dicus is President and Chief  Operating  Officer of the
Bank, positions he has held since1996. Prior to that, he served as the Executive
Vice  President of Corporate  Services for the Bank for four years.  He has been
with the Bank in various other  positions  since 1985.  Mr. John B. Dicus is the
son of Mr. John C. Dicus.

     John C. Dicus.  Mr. Dicus is Chairman of the Board of  Directors  and Chief
Executive  Officer of the Bank,  positions he has held since 1989. He has served
the Bank in various  capacities  since 1959.  He also served as President of the
Bank from 1969 until 1996.

     Robert B. Maupin.  Mr. Maupin is currently retired.  Previously,  he worked
for the Bank for over forty  years.  He  retired  in 1991 as the  Bank's  Senior
Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer.

     Carl W.  Quarnstrom.  Mr.  Quarnstrom is a partner in the law firm of Shaw,
Hergenreter,  Quarnstrom & Kocher,  L.L.P.,  located in Topeka, Kansas. The firm
serves as general counsel for the Bank.

   
     Frederick P. Reynolds.  Mr. Reynolds is currently the Chairman of the Board
of Sound  Products,  Inc.,  a music and sound system  company  located in Kansas
City. Over the last forty years,  Mr.  Reynolds has been an owner,  operator and
investor in radio stations,  on both a local Topeka and national  level,  and in
cable television in eastern Missouri.
    

     Marilyn S. Ward.  Since  1985,  Ms.  Ward has been  Executive  Director  of
ERC/Resource & Referral, a family resource center located in Topeka, Kansas.

                                       96

<PAGE>



Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

     Each of the executive officers of the Bank will retain his office following
the  Reorganization.  Officers are elected annually by the Board of Directors of
the Bank.  The business  experience  of each director for at least the past five
years for the four executive  officers of the Bank who do not serve as directors
is set forth below.

     Stanley F.  Mick.  Age 59 years.  Mr.  Mick has  served as  Executive  Vice
President and Chief Lending  Officer of the Bank since 1991.  Since 1994, he has
also served as President of Capitol Funds Inc., a subsidiary of the Bank.

     Neil  F.M.  McKay.  Age 57  years.  Mr.  McKay  serves  as  Executive  Vice
President,  Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Bank,  positions he has
held since 1994.  Prior to that,  he served as the Chief  Operating  Officer and
Chief Financial Officer of another savings institution for five years.

     Larry K. Brubaker.  Age 51 years.  Mr.  Brubaker has been employed with the
Bank since 1971 and currently  serves as Executive  Vice President for Corporate
Services of the Bank, a position he has held since 1997.  Prior to that,  he was
employed by the Bank as the Eastern Region Manager for seven years.

     R. Joe Aleshire. Age 51 years. Mr. Aleshire has been employed with the Bank
since  1973  and  currently  serves  as  Executive  Vice  President  for  Retail
Operations of the Bank, a position he has held since 1997. Prior to that, he was
employed by the Bank as the Wichita Area Manager for 17 years.

Meeting and Committees of the Board of Directors

     Our Board of  Directors  meets on a monthly  basis.  During  the year ended
September  30,  1998,  the Board of  Directors  held 12  meetings.  No  director
attended  fewer than 75% of the total  meetings  of the Board of  Directors  and
committees on which such Board member served during this period.

     We currently have standing Executive and Audit Committees. We do not have a
standing  Compensation  or  Nominating  Committee;  rather,  the entire Board of
Directors performs these functions.

     The  Executive  Committee  is  comprised  of John C. Dicus  (Chairman)  and
Directors John B. Dicus,  Andersen and Maupin. The Executive  Committee meets on
an as needed basis and  exercises  the power of the Board of  Directors  between
Board  meetings,  to the extent  permitted  by  applicable  law.  The  Executive
Committee did not meet during fiscal 1998.

     The Audit  Committee is comprised of Director Ward (Chairman) and Directors
Andersen,  Maupin,  Quarnstrom and Reynolds.  The Audit  Committee  oversees the
audit  program for the Bank and meets  periodically  with the Bank's  accounting
firm in order to review the annual  audit.  This  committee  met three  times in
fiscal 1998.

                                       97

<PAGE>



     The entire Board of Directors of the Bank is  responsible  for  determining
salaries  to  be  paid  to  officers  and  employees  of  the  Bank,   based  on
recommendations  of John C. Dicus and John B. Dicus, who excuse  themselves from
Board  discussions  concerning  their  salaries as Chairman and Chief  Executive
Officer, and President and Chief Operating Officer,  respectively.  The Board of
Directors met twice during fiscal 1998 to discuss compensation matters.

Directors' Compensation

     Since January 1, 1998,  each director  receives a $1,000 monthly  retainer,
plus $1,000 for each meeting  attended.  From July 1, 1997 through  December 31,
1997,  each  director  received an $800 monthly  retainer,  plus $1,000 for each
board meeting  attended.  In addition,  since January 1, 1998, each non-employee
director receives $500 per committee meeting attended. From July 1, 1997 through
December  31, 1997,  each  non-employee  director  received  $400 per  committee
meeting. See "-- Benefits - Other Stock Benefit Plans."

     Mr.  Quarnstrom,  a director  of the Bank,  is a partner in the law firm of
Shaw, Hergenreter,  Quarnstrom & Kocher, L.L.P. The firm receives a retainer fee
to serve as general  counsel for the Bank  regarding  real estate and litigation
issues.  The  legal  fees  received  by the law firm for  professional  services
rendered to the  Association  during the year ending  September 30, 1998 did not
exceed 5% of the firm's gross revenues.

Executive Compensation

   
     The following table sets forth a summary of certain information  concerning
the compensation paid by the Bank,  including amounts deferred to future periods
by the officers,  for services rendered in all capacities during the fiscal year
ended September 30, 1998 to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank
and the four other highest compensated executive officers of the Bank.
    



                                       98

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
                                                                                                             Long Term
                                                                  Annual Compensation(1)                 Compensation Awards
                                                         -------------------------------------   -----------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>            <C>      <C>

                                                                                      Other       Restricted
                                                                                     Annual         Stock                 All Other
                                             Fiscal                               Compensation       Award      Options    Compen-
       Name and Principal Position            Year        Salary          Bonus      ($)(1)         ($)(2)      (#)(2)     sation
       ---------------------------            ----        ------          -----      ------         ------      ------    ----------

John C. Dicus, Chairman and Chief             1998       $622,800(3)   $ 95,355     109,620(4)       ---         ---     $219,630(5)
Executive Officer

John B. Dicus, President and Chief            1998        312,800(3)     40,096      19,292(4)       ---         ---       76,650(5)
Operating Officer

Stanley F. Mick, Executive Vice President     1998        256,000        45,149       8,148(4)       ---         ---       41,850(5)
and Chief Lending Officer

Neil F. M. McKay, Executive Vice              1998        203,500        31,410       5,086(4)       ---         ---       29,250(5)
President, Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer

Larry K. Brubaker, Executive Vice             1998        186,500        38,938         ---          ---         ---        8,250(6)
President for Corporate Services
<FN>

- -------------
(1)  Does not include perquisites, which did not exceed the lesser of $50,000 or
     10% of the named individuals' salary and bonus.
(2)  As a mutual  institution,  the Bank  does not  have any  stock  options  or
     restricted stock plans. The Bank does, however,  intend to adopt such plans
     following  the  Reorganization.  See "--  Benefits  - Other  Stock  Benefit
     Plans."
(3)  Includes director fees of $22,800 for service on the Board of Directors.
(4)  Represents  the  amount  reimbursed  for all or  part of the tax  liability
     resulting from the payment of premiums on life insurance  policies pursuant
     to Executive Bonus Agreements.
(5)  Amounts  represent  allocations  under the Bank's  Profit  Sharing Plan and
     premiums on universal life insurance  policies  pursuant to Executive Bonus
     Agreements.  These amounts,  respectively,  include $8,250 and $211,380 for
     Mr.  John C. Dicus;  $8,250 and  $68,400 for Mr. John B. Dicus;  $8,250 and
     $33,600 for Mr. Mick; $8,250 and $21,000 for Mr. McKay.
(6)  Amount  represents the allocation  under the Bank's Profit Sharing Plan for
     Mr. Brubaker.
</FN>
</TABLE>


Benefits

     General.  The Bank currently  provides  health and welfare  benefits to its
employees, including hospitalization,  major medical, dental, life and long-term
disability   insurance,   subject  to  certain  deductibles  and  copayments  by
employees.

   
     Employees'  Pension Plan. The Bank sponsors a defined  benefit pension plan
for  its  employees  (the  "Pension  Plan").  Such  employees  are  eligible  to
participate  in the Pension Plan on the next June 1st or December 1st  following
the completion of at least 1,000 hours of service
    

                                       99

<PAGE>



   
during a continuous 12-month period and attainment of age 21. A participant must
be credited with 5 years of service before attaining a vested interest in his or
her  retirement  benefits,  after which such  participant  is 100%  vested.  The
Pension Plan is funded solely through contributions made by the Bank.

     The benefit  provided to a participant at normal  retirement  age, which is
generally the later of age 65 or the fifth  anniversary of the year in which the
participant commenced participation in the Pension Plan, is based on the average
of the participant's annual compensation during the five plan years (June 1st to
the  following  May 31st) of a  participant's  service  which yields the highest
average  compensation  ("average  annual  compensation").  Compensation for this
purpose  equals the  participant's  base  salary,  including  any  contributions
through a salary reduction  arrangement to a plan described under Section 125 or
401(k) of the Code,  but exclusive of overtime,  discretionary  bonuses,  excess
commissions,   severance  pay,  or  any  special   payments  or  other  deferred
compensation arrangements.

     The following table sets forth, as of May 31, 1998, the fiscal year end for
this plan,  estimated  annual pension benefits for individuals at age 65 payable
in the form of a life annuity under the most  advantageous  plan  provisions for
various levels of compensation  and years of service.  The figures in this table
are based upon the  assumption  that the Pension  Plan  continues in its present
form. At May 31, 1998, the estimated years of credited  service of Messrs.  John
C. Dicus, John B. Dicus,  Stanley F. Mick, Neil F.M. McKay and Larry K. Brubaker
were 39, 13, 37, 4 and 27 years, respectively.
    


                               Years of Credited Service
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Remuneration        15           20            25           30            35
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   $50,000        $9,290       $12,387       $15,483      $18,580       $21,677
   $75,000       $14,694       $19,592       $24,490      $29,388       $34,285
  $100,000       $20,098       $26,797       $33,496      $40,195       $46,894
  $125,000       $25,501       $34,002       $42,502      $51,003       $59,503
  $150,000       $30,905       $41,207       $51,508      $61,810       $72,112
  $175,000       $33,067       $44,089       $55,111      $66,133       $77,155
  $200,000       $33,067       $44,089       $55,111      $66,133       $77,155


     The Bank intends to terminate the Pension Plan, effective May 31, 1999, and
to cease the accrual of any further benefits and the contribution of any further
amounts  under the Pension Plan.  Following  the approval of the Pension  Plan's
termination by the IRS and the Pension Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation,  the Bank
intends to distribute the plan's assets to participants in accordance with their
accrued benefits and the requirements of applicable law.

     Retirement Program.  The Bank has purchased a key man life insurance policy
to fund a  retirement  program for John C. Dicus.  The policy is designed to pay
monthly  installments  to the Bank for a period of twenty  years  following  the
retirement  of Mr. Dicus.  A portion of the amount  received by the Bank will be
paid to Mr. Dicus. Upon retirement,  Mr. Dicus will receive $2,083 monthly under
this program.


                                       100

<PAGE>



     Employees' Profit Sharing Plan. The Bank has a qualified, tax-exempt profit
sharing  thrift  plan  (the  "Profit  Sharing  Plan").  All  employees  who have
completed  two years of service  during  which they are  credited  with at least
1,000 hours of service are  eligible to  participate  on the next October 1st or
April 1st.

     The Bank  makes  two types of  discretionary  contributions  to the  Profit
Sharing  Plan-  profit   sharing   contributions   of  between  .5%  and  5%  of
participants'  compensation,  and thrift contributions of between .5% and 10% of
participants'  compensation.  Thrift  contributions  may  not  be  more  than  5
percentage  points over the percentage of  participants'  compensation  that the
Bank makes in profit sharing contributions for the plan year (October 1st to the
following September 30th).

     Participants  are  required to make a thrift  contribution  on an after-tax
basis equal to 50% of the Bank's thrift  contribution  for the plan year, not to
exceed 5% of their  annual  compensation.  Participants  are  permitted  to make
voluntary after-tax  contributions which, when added to the participant's thrift
contribution  shall  not  exceed  the sum of the  participant's  profit  sharing
contribution  and the Bank's thrift  contribution  allocated for the participant
for the Plan Year,  and,  in no event,  shall  exceed  10% of the  participant's
compensation for the Plan Year.

     The Bank directs the  trustees of the Profit  Sharing  Plan  regarding  the
investment  of  participants'  accounts  under the  Profit  Sharing  Plan.  Each
participant receives an annual statement which provides  information  regarding,
among  other  things,  the  market  value  of  the  participant's  accounts  and
contributions  made to the Profit  Sharing Plan either by the  participant or on
behalf of the participant. Plan distributions are made in the form of an annuity
contract,  installments or a lump sum.  Participants are not permitted to borrow
against  their account  balance or to receive  in-service  withdrawals  from the
Profit  Sharing  Plan.  In  the  year  ended  September  30,  1998,  the  Bank's
contributions  to the Profit  Sharing  Plan on behalf of Messrs.  John C. Dicus,
John B.  Dicus,  Stanley F. Mick,  Neil F.M.  McKay and Larry K.  Brubaker  were
$8,250 each.

   
     Employee Stock  Ownership  Plan. The Stock Holding Company intends to adopt
an ESOP for  employees  of the  Stock  Holding  Company  and the Bank to  become
effective upon the  Reorganization  and Stock  Issuance.  Employees of the Stock
Holding Company and the Bank who have been credited with at least 1,000 hours of
service during a twelve month period are eligible to participate in the ESOP.
    

     As part of the  Reorganization  and Stock Issuance,  it is anticipated that
the ESOP  will  borrow  funds  from the  Stock  Holding  Company.  The ESOP will
purchase  up to 8.0% of the  Common  Stock  sold in the  stock  offering.  It is
anticipated  that such loan will equal 100% of the aggregate  purchase  price of
the  Common  Stock  acquired  by the  ESOP.  The loan to the ESOP will be repaid
principally from the Bank's contributions to the ESOP over a period of 15 years,
and the collateral for the loan will be the Common Stock  purchased by the ESOP.
The  interest  rate  for  the  ESOP  loan is  expected  to be the  minimum  rate
prescribed by the Code.  The Stock Holding  Company may, in any plan year,  make
additional  discretionary  contributions for the benefit of plan participants in
either  cash or shares of  Common  Stock,  which  may be  acquired  through  the
purchase of outstanding  shares in the market or from  individual  stockholders,
upon

                                       101

<PAGE>



the original  issuance of additional shares by the Stock Holding Company or upon
the sale of treasury shares by the Stock Holding  Company.  Such  purchases,  if
made,  would be funded through  additional  borrowings by the ESOP or additional
contributions from the Stock Holding Company.  The timing,  amount and manner of
future contributions to the ESOP will be affected by various factors,  including
prevailing  regulatory  policies,   the  requirements  of  applicable  laws  and
regulations and market conditions.

     Shares  purchased by the ESOP with the proceeds of the loan will be held in
a suspense  account and  released  to  participants'  accounts  as debt  service
payments  are made.  Shares  released  from the ESOP will be  allocated  to each
eligible   participant's   ESOP  account   based  on  the  ratio  of  each  such
participant's  compensation  to the  total  compensation  of all  eligible  ESOP
participants.  Forfeitures  will be reallocated  among  remaining  participating
employees  and may reduce any amount the Stock Holding  Company might  otherwise
have  contributed to the ESOP. The account  balances of participants  within the
ESOP will become 20% vested after three years of service, with an additional 20%
per year until full vesting after seven years of service. Credit for eligibility
and vesting is given for years of service with the Bank prior to adoption of the
ESOP.  In the case of a "change  in  control,"  as  defined,  which  triggers  a
termination of the ESOP,  participants  will become  immediately fully vested in
their account balances. Benefits are payable upon retirement or other separation
from service.  The Stock  Holding  Company's  contributions  to the ESOP are not
fixed, so benefits payable under the ESOP cannot be estimated.

     Intrust Bank,  N.A. will serve as trustee of the ESOP.  Under the ESOP, the
trustee must vote all allocated  shares held in the ESOP in accordance  with the
instructions of the  participating  employees,  and  unallocated  shares will be
voted in the same  ratio on any  matter  as those  allocated  shares  for  which
instructions are given.

     GAAP requires that any third party  borrowing by the ESOP be reflected as a
liability on the Stock Holding Company's statement of financial condition. Since
the ESOP is borrowing  from the Stock Holding  Company,  such  obligation is not
treated as a liability,  but will be excluded from stockholders'  equity. If the
ESOP  purchases  newly  issued  shares  from the Stock  Holding  Company,  total
stockholders'  equity  would  neither  increase  nor  decrease,  but  per  share
stockholders'  equity and per share net  earnings  would  decrease  as the newly
issued shares are allocated to the ESOP participants.

   
     The ESOP will be subject to the  requirements of the Employment  Retirement
Income  Security Act of 1974, as amended  ("ERISA"),  and the regulations of the
IRS and the Department of Labor thereunder.
    

     Other  Stock   Benefit   Plans.   In  the  future,   we  may  consider  the
implementation  of a stock  option  plan  and a  restricted  stock  plan for the
benefit of selected  directors,  officers and employees.  We anticipate that the
Stock  Option  Plan and  restricted  stock  plan will have  reserved a number of
shares equal to 10% and 4%,  respectively,  of the Stock Holding  Company Common
Stock  sold in the  Stock  Issuance.  Grants  of Common  Stock  pursuant  to the
restricted  stock  plan  will be  issued  without  cost to the  recipient.  If a
determination is made to implement a Stock Option Plan or restricted stock plan,
it is  anticipated  that any such plans will be  submitted to  stockholders  for
their consideration at which time stockholders would be provided with detailed

                                       102

<PAGE>



information regarding such plan. If such plans are approved, and effected,  they
will have a dilutive effect on the Stock Holding Company's  stockholders as well
as affect the Stock  Holding  Company's  net income  and  stockholders'  equity,
although  the  actual  results  cannot  be  determined   until  such  plans  are
implemented.  Any such Stock  Option Plan or  restricted  stock plan will not be
implemented  less  than six  months  after the date of the  consummation  of the
Reorganization, subject to continuing OTS jurisdiction.

   
 Loans and Other Transactions with Officers and Directors
    

     The Bank has followed a policy of granting loans to officers and directors.
Loans to directors  and  executive  officers are made in the ordinary  course of
business  and  on  the  same  terms  and   conditions  as  those  of  comparable
transactions  with the general public prevailing at the time, in accordance with
our  underwriting  guidelines,  and do not involve  more than the normal risk of
collectibility or present other unfavorable features.

     All loans we make to our directors  and  executive  officers are subject to
OTS regulations  restricting loan and other transactions with affiliated persons
of the Bank. Loans to all directors and executive  officers and their associates
totaled  approximately $1.4 million at September 30, 1998, which was 0.2% of our
equity  at that  date.  All  loans to  directors  and  executive  officers  were
performing in accordance with their terms at September 30, 1998.


   
                        PROPOSED PURCHASES BY MANAGEMENT
    

     The following  table sets forth,  for each of the Bank's  directors and for
all of the directors and senior officers as a group,  the proposed  purchases of
Common  Stock,  assuming  sufficient  shares  are  available  to  satisfy  their
subscriptions.  The  amounts  include  shares  that  may  be  purchased  through
individual retirement accounts and by associates.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                          At the Minimum of the Estimated Offering     At the Maximum of
                                                            Range                   Estimated Offering Range
                                       -------------------------------------------  ------------------------
<S>                                   <C>             <C>         <C>              <C>         <C>

                                                                   As a Percent                As a Percent
                                                        Number of   of Shares        Number of  of Shares
                Name                      Amount          Shares     Offered          Shares     Offered
- ----------------------------------     -------------   ----------  ------------     ---------- -------------
B.B. Andersen                          $   500,000        50,000        *             50,000        *
John B. Dicus                              500,000        50,000        *             50,000        *
John C. Dicus                              500,000        50,000        *             50,000        *
Robert B. Maupin                           500,000        50,000        *             50,000        *
Carl W. Quarnstrom                         100,000        10,000        *             10,000        *
Frederick P. Reynolds                      500,000        50,000        *             50,000        *
Marilyn S. Ward                            100,000        10,000        *             10,000        *
All directors and senior officers        3,505,000       350,500       1.1%          350,500        *
as a group (15 persons)
- ------------------
*   Less than 1.0%
</TABLE>


                                       103

<PAGE>



                      THE REORGANIZATION AND STOCK ISSUANCE

General

   
     The Board of Directors of the Bank adopted the Plan,  pursuant to which the
Bank will  reorganize  into the federal  mutual holding  company  structure as a
wholly owned  subsidiary of the Stock Holding  Company,  which in turn will be a
majority-owned  subsidiary  of  the  MHC.  Following  receipt  of  all  required
regulatory  approvals,  the approval of the members of the Bank entitled to vote
on the Plan,  and the  satisfaction  of all other  conditions  precedent  to the
Reorganization,   the  Bank  will  consummate  the   Reorganization.   Following
completion  of the  Reorganization,  the Bank in its stock form will continue to
conduct  its  business  and  operations  from  the  same  offices  with the same
personnel as the Bank conducted prior to the Reorganization.  The Reorganization
will not affect the balances,  interest rates or other terms of the Bank's loans
or deposit accounts, and the deposit accounts will continue to be insured by the
FDIC to the  same  extent  as they  were  prior to the  Reorganization.  The MHC
initially  will  be  capitalized  with  $100,000.   Upon   consummation  of  the
Reorganization, such capital will be used for general corporate purposes.
    

     Pursuant to the Plan, the Reorganization  will be effected as follows or in
any other manner that is consistent with applicable  federal law and regulations
and the intent of the Plan:

     (1)  the Bank will organize an interim stock savings bank as a wholly-owned
          subsidiary ("Interim One");

     (2)  Interim  One  will  organize  an  interim  stock  savings  bank  as  a
          wholly-owned subsidiary ("Interim Two");

     (3)  Interim One will organize the Stock Holding  Company as a wholly-owned
          subsidiary;

     (4)  the Bank will  exchange its charter for a federal  stock  savings bank
          charter to become the Bank and Interim One will  exchange  its charter
          for a federal mutual holding company charter to become the MHC;

     (5)  simultaneously with step (4), Interim Two will merge with and into the
          Bank with the Bank as the resulting institution;

     (6)  all of the initially  issued stock of the Bank will be  transferred to
          the MHC in exchange for membership interests in the MHC;

     (7)  the MHC will  contribute  the  capital  stock of the Bank to the Stock
          Holding Company, and the Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of
          the Stock Holding Company; and


                                       104

<PAGE>



     (8)  contemporaneously  with the Reorganization,  the Stock Holding Company
          will offer for sale in the Stock Offering shares of Common Stock based
          on the pro forma  market  value of the Stock  Holding  Company and the
          Bank.

   
     The Stock  Holding  Company  expects to receive the  approval of the OTS to
become a savings and loan holding  company and to own all of the common stock of
the Bank. The Stock Holding  Company  intends to retain $50.0 million of the net
proceeds of the Stock Offering.  The  Reorganization  will be effected only upon
completion  of the  sale of all of the  shares  of  Common  Stock  to be  issued
pursuant to the Plan.
    

     The discussion  herein provides a brief summary of material  aspects of the
Reorganization  and Stock Issuance.  The summary is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the  provisions of the Plan of  Reorganization  and Stock  Issuance
Plan. Copies of the Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance Plan are available
for  inspection  at  any  office  of  the  Bank  and at the  OTS.  The  Plan  of
Reorganization  and Stock  Issuance  Plan are also  filed as an  exhibit  to the
Registration  Statement of which this Prospectus is a part,  copies of which may
be obtained from the SEC. See "Additional Information."

     The  Board of  Directors  of the Bank and the OTS have  approved  the Plan,
subject to approval  by the  members of the Bank  entitled to vote on the matter
and the satisfaction of certain other  conditions.  Such OTS approval,  however,
does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the Plan by such agency.

Purposes of the Reorganization

     As a mutual  institution,  the Bank has no  authority  to issue  shares  of
capital  stock  and  consequently  has no access  to  market  sources  of equity
capital. Only by generating and retaining earnings from year to year is the Bank
able to enhance its capital position.

   
     As a stock  corporation upon consummation of the  Reorganization,  the Bank
will be organized in the form used by commercial banks, most major  corporations
and a majority of savings institutions.  The ability to raise new equity capital
through the issuance and sale of the Bank's or Stock Holding  Company's  capital
stock will allow the Bank the flexibility to increase its capital  position more
rapidly than by  accumulating  earnings and at times deemed  advantageous by the
Board of Directors of the Bank. It will also support  future growth and expanded
operations,  including increased lending and investment activities,  as business
and  regulatory  needs  dictate.  The ability to attract  new capital  also will
assist in increasing  the  capabilities  of the Bank to address the needs of the
communities it serves and enhance its ability to effect  acquisitions  or pursue
business   diversification   opportunities.   Thus,   whereas  the   acquisition
alternatives  available to the Bank are quite  limited as a mutual  institution,
because of a requirement in OTS regulations that the surviving  institution in a
merger  involving a mutual  institution  generally must be in mutual form,  upon
consummation  of the  Reorganization,  the Bank will have  increased  ability to
merge with other mutual and stock institutions and the Stock Holding Company may
acquire  control of other mutual or stock  savings  associations  and retain the
acquired  institution  as a separate  subsidiary of the Stock  Holding  Company.
Finally,  the ability to issue  capital  stock will enable the Bank to establish
stock compensation plans for
    

                                       105

<PAGE>



   
directors, officers and employees, thereby granting them equity interests in the
Bank and greater incentive to improve its performance.  For a description of the
stock  compensation  plans which will be adopted by the Bank in connection  with
the  Reorganization,  see  "Management."  Although  the Bank's  ability to raise
capital and general  business  flexibility  will be enhanced by  organizing as a
subsidiary of a stock  subsidiary of a mutual holding  company,  such advantages
will be limited by the  requirement in applicable  laws and  regulations  that a
mutual holding  company  maintain a majority  ownership  interest in its savings
bank holding company subsidiary . They will also be limited by the Stock Holding
Company's  offering  of up to  49.9%  of  its  to-be-outstanding  Common  Stock,
including the proposed  issuance of shares to the Foundation,  which will affect
the Stock Holding  Company's  ability to issue additional shares of Common Stock
in the future absent additional issuances of such stock to the MHC.

     The  advantages  of the  Reorganization  also could be achieved if the Bank
were to  reorganize  into a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of a stock  form  holding
company (a "standard  conversion") rather than as a second-tier  subsidiary of a
mutual holding company. A standard  conversion also would free the Bank from the
restrictions  on its ability to raise capital which result from the  requirement
that its mutual holding company  maintain a majority  ownership  interest in the
Stock  Holding  Company.  Nevertheless,  the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Bank
unanimously  believes that the  Reorganization  is in the best  interests of the
Bank and its account  holders.  Because OTS  regulations  require  that  savings
institutions converting to stock form in a standard conversion sell all of their
to-be-outstanding  capital stock rather than a minority interest in such capital
stock,  however, the amount of equity capital that would be raised in a standard
conversion  would be  substantially  more than that  which  could be raised in a
minority stock offering by a subsidiary of a mutual holding company, which would
make it more  difficult  for the Bank to  maximize  the  return  on its  equity.
Finally,  such a  reorganization  also would eliminate all aspects of the mutual
form of organization.  Consummation of the Reorganization does not foreclose the
possibility  of the MHC  converting  from  mutual to stock  form in the  future;
however,  no such action is contemplated at this time. See "The MHC May Consider
Converting to Stock Form in the Future."
    

     After considering the advantages and  disadvantages of the  Reorganization,
as well as applicable fiduciary duties and alternative transactions, including a
reorganization  into a wholly-owned  subsidiary of a stock form holding  company
rather than as a second-tier  subsidiary of a mutual holding company,  the Board
of Directors of the Bank unanimously approved the Reorganization as being in the
best interests of the Bank and equitable to its account holders.

Effects of the Reorganization

     General.  The  Reorganization  will have no effect  on the  Bank's  present
business  of  accepting  deposits  and  investing  its  funds in loans and other
investments  permitted by law. The Reorganization  will not result in any change
in the existing  services  provided to depositors and borrowers,  or in existing
offices,  management  and  staff.  The  Bank  will  continue  to be  subject  to
regulation, supervision and examination by the OTS and the FDIC.

     Deposits  and Loans.  Each  holder of a deposit  account in the Bank at the
time of the Reorganization  will continue as an account holder in the Bank after
the Reorganization, and the

                                       106

<PAGE>



Reorganization will not affect the deposit balance, interest rate or other terms
of such accounts. Each account will be insured by the FDIC to the same extent as
before the  Reorganization.  Depositors  in the Bank will continue to hold their
existing  certificates,  passbooks  and other  evidence of their  accounts.  The
Reorganization  will not affect  the loans of any  borrower  from the Bank.  The
amount,  interest rate,  maturity,  security for and obligations under each loan
will remain contractually fixed as they existed prior to the Reorganization. See
"-- Voting  Rights" and "--  Liquidation  Rights"  below for a discussion of the
effects  of the  Reorganization  on the  voting  and  liquidation  rights of the
depositors of the Bank.

     Continuity.  During the  Reorganization  and Stock  Issuance  process,  the
normal business of the Bank of accepting deposits and making loans will continue
without  interruption.  Following  consummation of the  Reorganization and Stock
Issuance,  the Bank will  continue to be subject to  regulation  by the OTS, and
FDIC  insurance  of  accounts  will  continue  without  interruption.  After the
Reorganization  and Stock Issuance,  the Bank will continue to provide  services
for  depositors  and  borrowers  under  current  policies  and  by  its  present
management and staff.

     The Board of Directors  presently  serving the Bank will serve as the Board
of  Directors  of the Bank  after the  Reorganization  and Stock  Issuance.  The
initial  members of the Board of Directors of the Stock Holding  Company and the
MHC will consist of the individuals  currently serving on the Board of Directors
of the Bank.  Thereafter,  the voting  stockholders of the Stock Holding Company
will elect  approximately  one-third of the Stock  Holding  Company's  directors
annually,  and  approximately  one-third  of the  directors  of the MHC  will be
elected  annually by the  members of the MHC who will  consist of certain of the
former  Members of the Bank and all  persons who become  Depositors  of the Bank
after the  Reorganization.  All current  officers of the Bank will retain  their
positions with the Bank after the Reorganization and Stock Issuance.

     Voting  Rights.  Upon  the  completion  of  the  Reorganization  and  Stock
Issuance,  depositor and borrower  members as such will have no voting rights in
the Bank or the Stock Holding Company and, therefore,  will not be able to elect
directors of the Bank or the Stock Holding  Company or to control their affairs.
Currently  these rights are accorded to depositors and certain  borrowers of the
Bank. Subsequent to the Reorganization and Stock Issuance, voting rights will be
vested  exclusively in the  stockholders  of the Stock Holding Company which, in
turn,  will own all of the stock of the Bank.  Each holder of Common Stock shall
be entitled to vote on any matter to be  considered by the  stockholders  of the
Stock Holding Company,  subject to the provisions of the Stock Holding Company's
Charter.

   
     As a  federally-chartered  mutual  holding  company,  the MHC will  have no
authorized capital stock and, thus, no stockholders.  The MHC will be controlled
by members of the Bank,  which include  depositors and certain  borrowers.  Such
members have  granted  proxies in favor of the Bank's  management.  According to
regulations  of the OTS,  the  revocable  proxies  that members of the Bank have
granted  to the Board of  Directors  of the Bank,  which  confer on the Board of
Directors of the Bank general  authority to cast a member's  vote on any and all
matters presented to the members, shall be deemed to cover the member's votes as
members  of the MHC,  and such  authority  shall be  conferred  on the  Board of
Directors of the MHC. The Plan also provides for the transfer of proxy rights to
the Board of  Directors of the MHC.  Accordingly,  the Board of Directors of the
Bank will, in effect, be able to govern the operations of the MHC, and
    

                                       107

<PAGE>



hence the Stock Holding Company, notwithstanding objections raised by members of
the MHC or stockholders of the Stock Holding Company,  respectively,  so long as
the  Board  of  Directors  has  been  appointed  proxy  for a  majority  of  the
outstanding  votes of members of the MHC and such proxies have not been revoked.
In  addition,  all  persons  who become  depositors  of the Bank  following  the
Reorganization  will have membership  rights with respect to the MHC.  Borrowers
who were borrowers of the Bank under its existing charter  immediately  prior to
the Reorganization and whose loans continue in existence are members of the Bank
and will have membership  rights in the MHC; all other borrowers are not members
of the Bank and, thus, will not receive membership rights in the MHC.

   
     Liquidation  Rights.  In the event of a voluntary  liquidation  of the Bank
prior to the  Reorganization,  holders of deposit  accounts in the Bank would be
entitled to distribution of any assets of the Bank remaining after the claims of
such  depositors,  to the  extent  of  their  deposit  balances,  and all  other
creditors are satisfied. Following the Reorganization,  the holder of the Bank's
Common Stock,  i.e., the Stock Holding Company,  would be entitled to any assets
remaining upon a liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the Bank and, except
through their  liquidation  interests in the MHC,  discussed  below,  holders of
deposit accounts in the Bank would not have interest in any such assets.
    

     In the event of a voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution  or
winding up of the MHC following  consummation of the Reorganization,  holders of
deposit  accounts in the Bank would be entitled,  pro rata to the value of their
accounts, to distribution of any assets of the MHC remaining after the claims of
all  creditors  of the MHC are  satisfied.  Stockholders  of the  Stock  Holding
Company  will have no  liquidation  or other  rights with  respect to the MHC in
their capacities as such.

     In the  event of a  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up of the Stock
Holding Company,  each holder of shares of the Common Stock would be entitled to
receive,  after  payment  of all debts  and  liabilities  of the  Stock  Holding
Company, a pro rata portion of all assets of the Stock Holding Company available
for distribution to holders of the Common Stock.

     There  currently  are no plans to  liquidate  the Bank,  the Stock  Holding
Company or the MHC in the future.

   
     Tax Effects.  The Bank has  received an opinion  from its special  counsel,
Silver,  Freedman & Taff L.L.P.,  Washington,  D.C., as to the material  federal
income tax  consequences of the  Reorganization  and Stock Issuance to the Bank,
the  Stock  Holding  Company  and the MHC,  and as to the  generally  applicable
material  federal  income  tax  consequences  of the  Reorganization  and  Stock
Issuance to the Bank's account  holders and to persons who purchase Common Stock
in the Offering.  In the following  discussion,  "Stock Bank" refers to the Bank
after the Reorganization and Stock Issuance.
    


                                       108

<PAGE>



   
     The opinion provides that, among other things:
    

          o    the  Bank's  adoption  of a  charter  in stock  form  (the  "Bank
               Conversion")  will  qualify  as a tax-free  reorganization  under
               Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, Section 368(a)(1)(F);

   
          o    no gain or loss will be  recognized by the Bank or the Stock Bank
               in the Bank Conversion;

          o    no gain or loss will be recognized by the  depositors of the Bank
               on the  receipt of equity  interests  with  respect to the MHC in
               exchange for their equity interests surrendered therefor;

          o    the receipt of stock by  depositors  for equity  interests in the
               MHC will  constitute a tax-free  exchange of property  solely for
               voting "stock" pursuant to Code Section 351;

          o    the  transfer by the MHC of the Stock  Bank's  stock to the Stock
               Holding Company will  constitute a tax-free  exchange of property
               solely for voting stock pursuant to Code Section 351;

          o    the MHC will  recognize  no gain or loss upon the transfer of the
               Stock Bank stock to the Stock  Holding  Company in  exchange  for
               Common Stock pursuant to Code Section 351;

          o    the Stock Holding Company will recognize no gain or loss upon its
               receipt of Stock Bank stock from the MHC in  exchange  for Common
               Stock;

          o    the Stock Holding Company will recognize no gain or loss upon the
               receipt of money in exchange for shares of Common Stock;

          o    no gain or loss will be recognized by the Bank's account  holders
               upon the  issuance to them of accounts in the Stock Bank in stock
               form immediately after the Reorganization and Stock Issuance,  in
               the same dollar  amounts and on the same terms and  conditions as
               their   accounts   at  the   Bank   immediately   prior   to  the
               Reorganization and Stock Issuance; and
    

          o    gain or loss  will be  recognized  to  account  holders  upon the
               receipt or exercise of Subscription  Rights in the Reorganization
               and Stock  Issuance,  but only to the  extent  such  Subscription
               Rights are deemed to have value, as discussed below.

     The opinion of Silver,  Freedman & Taff,  L.L.P. is based in part upon, and
subject to the continuing  validity in all material respects through the date of
the Reorganization and Stock Issuance of various representations of the Bank and
upon certain assumptions and  qualifications,  including that the Reorganization
and Stock  Issuance  are  consummated  in the manner and  according to the terms
provided in the Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance Plan. Such

                                       109

<PAGE>



opinion  is also  based  upon the Code,  regulations  now in effect or  proposed
thereunder,  current administrative rulings and practice and judicial authority,
all of which are subject to change and such change may be made with  retroactive
effect.  Unlike private letter rulings  received from the IRS, an opinion is not
binding upon the IRS and there can be no assurance  that the IRS will not take a
position  contrary to the  positions  reflected  in such  opinion,  or that such
opinion will be upheld by the courts if challenged by the IRS.

   
     The Bank has also obtained an opinion from outside tax  advisors,  that the
income tax effects of the  Reorganization  and Stock  Issuance  under Kansas tax
laws will be  substantially  the same as described above with respect to federal
income tax laws.

     The Stock  Holding  Company  and the Bank have  received  a letter  from RP
Financial,  stating  its  belief  that the  subscription  rights do not have any
value, based on the fact that such rights are acquired by the recipients without
cost, are nontransferable  and of short duration,  and afford the recipients the
right only to purchase the Common Stock at a price equal to its  estimated  fair
market  value,  which  will be the same  price  as the  Purchase  Price  for the
unsubscribed  shares of Common  Stock.  If the  subscription  rights  granted to
eligible  subscribers are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of such
rights would be taxable probably only to those eligible subscribers who exercise
the  subscription  rights,  either as a capital gain or ordinary  income,  in an
amount  equal to such value,  and the Stock  Holding  Company and the Bank could
recognize  gain on such  distribution.  Eligible  subscribers  are encouraged to
consult with their own tax advisor as to the tax  consequences in the event that
such  subscription  rights are  deemed to have an  ascertainable  value.  Unlike
private  rulings,  the letter of RP Financial is not binding on the IRS, and the
IRS  could  disagree  with  conclusions  reached  therein.  In the event of such
disagreement,  there can be no  assurance  that the IRS would not  prevail  in a
judicial or administrative proceeding.
    

Establishment of the Foundation

     General.  Continuing  the  Bank's  commitment  to the  communities  that it
serves,  the Plan  provides  that the Bank and the Stock  Holding  Company  will
establish  the  Foundation,  which will be  incorporated  under  Kansas law as a
non-stock  corporation,  and will fund the Foundation with cash and Common Stock
in an amount up to 8.0% of the aggregate value of shares of Common Stock sold in
the  Offerings.  By  increasing  the Bank's  visibility  and  reputation  in the
communities  that it serves,  the Bank believes that the Foundation will enhance
the long-term value of the Bank's community  banking  franchise.  The Foundation
will be dedicated  to the  promotion of  charitable  purposes  within the Bank's
market areas.

     Purpose of the  Foundation.  The  purpose of the  Foundation  is to provide
funding to support charitable purposes including  education,  affordable housing
activities,  the United Way and other charitable purposes within the communities
served by the Bank. Traditionally, the Bank has emphasized community lending and
community  development  activities  within the communities  that it serves.  The
Foundation  is being formed as a  complement  to the Bank's  existing  community
activities.  The Bank believes that the Foundation will enable the Stock Holding
Company and the Bank to assist their local communities in areas beyond community
development and lending.  The Bank believes the  establishment of the Foundation
will enhance

                                       110

<PAGE>



its  activities in the  affordable  housing  area. In this regard,  the Board of
Directors  believes the  establishment of a charitable  foundation is consistent
with the Bank's commitment to community service. The Board further believes that
the funding of the Foundation  with Common Stock of the Stock Holding Company is
a means of enabling  the  communities  served by the Bank to share in the growth
and  success  of  the  Stock  Holding  Company  long  after  completion  of  the
Reorganization.  The  Foundation  will  accomplish  that goal by  providing  for
continued ties between the Foundation  and Bank,  thereby  forming a partnership
with the Bank's  communities.  The  establishment  of the  Foundation  will also
enable the Stock  Holding  Company and the Bank to develop a unified  charitable
donation strategy.  The Bank,  however,  does not expect the contribution to the
Foundation  to take  the  place  of the  Bank's  traditional  community  lending
activities.  In this  respect,  subsequent to the  Reorganization,  the Bank may
continue to make contributions to other charitable  organizations  and/or it may
make additional contributions to the Foundation.

   
     Structure of the  Foundation.  The Foundation  will be  incorporated  under
Kansas law as a non-stock corporation.  Pursuant to the Foundation's Bylaws, the
Foundation's  initial Board of Directors will be comprised of two members of the
Stock Holding Company and the Bank's Boards of Directors (Messrs.  John C. Dicus
and  John B.  Dicus)  and  three  other  individuals  chosen  in  light of their
commitment and service to charitable and community  purposes.  The other persons
expected to serve as directors of the Foundation  are Nancy J. Perry  (President
and C.E.O.  of the United Way of Greater  Topeka),  Rick C. Jackson  (First Vice
President - Community  Development  Director of the Bank) and Ronald W.  Roskens
(President,  Global  Connections,  Inc.,  former  president of the University of
Nebraska and former  Administrator of the Agency for International  Development,
Washington,  D.C.). Mr. Roskens is the father-in-law of Mr. John B. Dicus. There
are no plans to change the size of the  Foundation's  Board of Directors  during
the one-year period subsequent to consummation of the  Reorganization.  The Bank
currently  intends that less than a majority of the Bank's  directors  will also
serve as directors of the Foundation. A Nominating Committee of the Foundation's
Board will nominate individuals eligible for election to the Board of Directors.
The members of the Foundation  will elect the Directors at the annual meeting of
the Foundation from those nominated by the Nominating Committee.  Directors will
be divided into three classes with each class  appointed for  three-year  terms.
For a period of five years,  one  director  will be chosen from the  communities
served  by the  Foundation,  be  independent  and  have  experience  with  local
community  foundations  and making grants;  and one director will be chosen from
the  directors  of the  Bank.  No  determination  has been  made  what,  if any,
compensation   the   Foundation   directors   will  receive.   The  articles  of
incorporation  of the  Foundation  provides  that the  corporation  is organized
exclusively for charitable  purposes,  including community  development,  as set
forth  in  Section   501(c)(3)  of  the  Code.  The  Foundation's   articles  of
incorporation further provide that no part of the net earnings of the Foundation
will inure to the benefit of, or be distributable to its directors,  officers or
members.  No award, grant or distribution shall be made by the Foundation to any
director,  officer or employee of the Stock  Holding  Company or the Bank or any
affiliate  thereof.  In addition,  any of such persons,  to the extent that they
serve as an officer,  director or employee of the Foundation  will be subject to
the conflict of interest regulations of the OTS.
    

     The authority for the affairs of the Foundation will be vested in the Board
of  Directors  of the  Foundation.  The  directors  of the  Foundation  will  be
responsible for establishing the policies

                                       111

<PAGE>



of the  Foundation  with  respect  to grants  or  donations  by the  Foundation,
consistent with the purposes for which the Foundation was established.  Although
no  formal  policy  governing   Foundation  grants  exists  at  this  time,  the
Foundation's  Board of Directors will adopt such a policy upon  establishment of
the  Foundation.  As  directors  of a nonprofit  corporation,  directors  of the
Foundation  will at all times be bound by their  fiduciary  duty to advance  the
Foundation's  charitable  goals,  to protect the assets of the Foundation and to
act in a manner consistent with the charitable purposes for which the Foundation
is  established.  The directors of the Foundation  will also be responsible  for
directing the  activities  of the  Foundation,  including the  management of the
Common Stock of the Stock Holding Company held by the Foundation. However, it is
expected  that as a condition to receiving the approval of the OTS to the Bank's
Reorganization,  the  Foundation  will be required to commit to the OTS that all
shares of Common Stock held by the Foundation will be voted in the same ratio as
all other shares of the Stock  Holding  Company's  Common Stock on all proposals
considered by  stockholders  of the Stock Holding  Company;  provided,  however,
that,  consistent with such expected condition,  the OTS would waive this voting
restriction   under  certain   circumstances   if  compliance  with  the  voting
restriction would:

   
          o    cause a  violation  of the law of the State of Kansas and the OTS
               determines  that federal law would not preempt the application of
               the laws of Kansas to the Foundation;

          o    would cause the  Foundation  to lose its  tax-exempt  status,  or
               cause   the  IRS  to  deny  the   Foundation's   request   for  a
               determination that it is an exempt organization or otherwise have
               a material and adverse tax consequence on the Foundation; or

          o    would cause the  Foundation  to be subject to an excise tax under
               Section 4941 of the Code.
    

In  order  for the OTS to waive  such  voting  restriction,  the  Stock  Holding
Company's  or the  Foundation's  legal  counsel  would be  required to render an
opinion  satisfactory  to the OTS that  compliance  with the voting  requirement
would have the effect described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above. Under those
circumstances,  the OTS would  grant a waiver  of the  voting  restriction  upon
submission  of such  legal  opinions(s)  by the  Stock  Holding  Company  or the
Foundation  that are  satisfactory to the OTS. In the event that the OTS were to
waive the  voting  requirement,  the  Directors  would  direct the voting of the
Common Stock held by the Foundation.

     The  Foundation's  place of business is expected to initially be located at
the Bank's executive offices and initially the Foundation is expected to have no
separate  employees  but will  utilize  the staff of the Bank for which the Bank
will be reimbursed.  The Board of Directors of the Foundation  expects to hire a
full time  executive  director.  The Board of Directors of the  Foundation  will
appoint  such  officers  as may be  necessary  to manage the  operations  of the
Foundation.  In this  regard,  it is expected  that the Bank will be required to
provide the OTS with a commitment that, to the extent applicable,  the Bank will
comply with the affiliate  restrictions set forth in Sections 23A and 23B of the
Federal  Reserve Act with respect to any  transactions  between the Bank and the
Foundation.


                                       112

<PAGE>



     The Stock Holding  Company  intends to capitalize  the  Foundation  with an
amount  equal to 8.0% of the  aggregate  value of shares of Common Stock sold in
the  Offerings,  50% in Common  Stock and 50% in cash,  which would have a total
market value of $25.7 million to $34.8 million ($40.0 million at the maximum, as
adjusted),  based on the Purchase Price of $10.00 per share. Messrs. John C. and
John B. Dicus, who will serve as initial directors of the Foundation,  and their
affiliates intend to purchase, subject to availability,  an aggregate of 100,000
shares of Common Stock. The other directors of the Foundation expect to purchase
shares of Common Stock as follows:  Perry - 1,000 shares; Jackson - 4,000 shares
and  Roskens  -1,000  shares.  The shares of Common  Stock to be acquired by the
Foundation,  when combined with the proposed purchases of shares of Common Stock
by all Foundation  directors and their  affiliates will total 1.8 million shares
or 1.7% of the  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  to be  issued  and
outstanding (assuming the sale of 43.5 million shares of Common Stock).

     The Foundation  will receive working capital from any dividends that may be
paid on the Common Stock in the future,  and subject to  applicable  federal and
state laws, loans collateralized by the Common Stock or from the proceeds of the
sale of any of the Common  Stock in the open  market from time to time as may be
permitted to provide the  Foundation  with  additional  liquidity.  As a private
foundation under Section  501(c)(3) of the Code, the Foundation will be required
to distribute  annually in grants or  donations,  a minimum of 5% of the average
fair market value of its net  investment  assets.  Failure to distribute  such a
minimum  return will require  substantial  federal taxes to be paid.  One of the
conditions  imposed on the gift of Common Stock by the Stock Holding  Company is
that the amount of Common  Stock that may be sold by the  Foundation  in any one
year shall not exceed 5% of the average  market  value of the assets held by the
Foundation,  except where the Board of Directors  of the  Foundation  determines
that the  failure to sell an amount of Common  Stock  greater  than such  amount
would result in a longer term reduction of the value of the Foundation's  assets
and as  such  would  jeopardize  the  Foundation's  capacity  to  carry  out its
charitable  purposes.  Upon  completion  of the  Reorganization  and  the  Stock
Issuance and the  contribution of shares of Common Stock to the Foundation,  the
Stock  Holding  Company  would  have  77,785,444   shares,   91,512,288  shares,
105,239,130  shares and 128,025,000  shares issued and outstanding  based on the
minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and maximum, as adjusted, of the Estimated Offering
Range. Because the Stock Holding Company will have an increased number of shares
outstanding,  the voting and ownership interests of Minority Stockholders in the
Stock Holding Company's Common Stock would be diluted to 41.31% as compared to a
42.01%  interest  in the  Stock  Holding  Company  if  the  Foundation  was  not
established.  For additional  discussion of the dilutive effect,  see "Pro Forma
Data."

   
     Tax  Considerations.  The  Stock  Holding  Company  and the Bank  have been
advised by their outside tax advisors that an organization  created and operated
for the above charitable purposes would generally qualify as a Section 501(c)(3)
exempt organization under the Code, and further that such an organization should
be classified as a private foundation as defined in Section 509 of the Code. The
Foundation will submit a timely request to the IRS to be recognized as an exempt
organization. As long as the Foundation files its application for recognition of
tax-exempt  status  within  15  months  from the date of its  organization,  and
provided  the  IRS  approves  the   application,   the  effective  date  of  the
Foundation's status as a Section 501(c)(3)  organization will be the date of its
organization. The Stock Holding Company's and the
    

                                       113

<PAGE>



   
Bank's  outside  tax  advisor,  however,  has not  rendered  any  advice  on the
regulatory  condition to the contribution  which is expected to require that all
shares of Common Stock of the Stock Holding  Company held by the Foundation must
be voted in the same ratio as all other  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock of
the Stock Holding  Company on all proposals  considered by  stockholders  of the
Stock Holding Company. Consistent with the expected condition, in the event that
the Stock  Holding  Company or the  Foundation  receives an opinion of its legal
counsel that  compliance with this voting  restriction  would have the effect of
causing  the  Foundation  to lose its  tax-exempt  status  or  otherwise  have a
material  and  adverse  tax  consequence  on  the  Foundation,  or  subject  the
Foundation  to an excise tax under Section 4941 of the Code, it is expected that
the  OTS  would  waive  such  voting  restriction  upon  submission  of a  legal
opinion(s) by the Stock Holding  Company or the Foundation  satisfactory  to the
OTS. See "-- Regulatory Conditions Imposed on the Foundation."

     Under the Code, the Stock Holding Company is generally  allowed a deduction
for charitable  contributions  made to qualifying donees within the taxable year
of up to 10% of the  combined  taxable  income  of the  consolidated  groups  of
corporations   (with   certain   modifications)   for  such   year.   Charitable
contributions  made  by the  Stock  Holding  Company  in  excess  of the  annual
deductible  amount will be deductible over each of the five  succeeding  taxable
years,  subject to certain  limitations.  The Stock Holding Company and the Bank
believe that the  Reorganization  presents a unique opportunity to establish and
fund a charitable  foundation given the substantial amount of additional capital
being raised in the  Reorganization.  In making such a determination,  the Stock
Holding Company and the Bank considered the dilutive impact of the  contribution
of Common Stock to the Foundation on the amount of Common Stock  available to be
offered for sale in the Reorganization.  Based on such consideration,  the Stock
Holding  Company and Bank believe that the  contribution  to the  Foundation  in
excess of the 10% annual  deduction  limitation  is  justified  given the Bank's
capital  position and its earnings,  the  substantial  additional  capital being
raised in the Stock Issuance and the potential benefits of the Foundation to the
communities  served by the Bank. In this regard,  assuming the sale of shares at
the maximum of the Estimated  Offering  Range,  the Stock Holding  Company would
have pro  forma  stockholders'  equity of $1.03  billion  or 18.18% of pro forma
consolidated assets and the Bank's pro forma tangible, core and total risk-based
capital ratios would be 16.67%, 16.67% and 38.93%,  respectively.  See "The Bank
Exceeds  All  Regulatory  Capital  Requirements,"  "Capitalization,"  "Pro Forma
Data,"  and  "Comparison  of  Valuation  and  Pro  Forma   Information  with  No
Foundation."  The Stock Holding  Company and the Bank believe that the amount of
the charitable  contribution is reasonable given the Stock Holding Company's and
the Bank's pro forma capital  positions.  As such, the Stock Holding Company and
the Bank  believe  that the  contribution  does not raise  safety and  soundness
concerns.

     The Stock Holding  Company and the Bank have received an opinion from their
outside tax advisors that the Stock Holding  Company's  contribution  of its own
stock and cash to the Foundation  should not constitute an act of  self-dealing.
The Stock Holding  Company  should also be entitled to a deduction in the amount
of the cash and , more likely than not, a deduction for the fair market value of
the stock  contributions  to the Foundation  less any nominal par value that the
Foundation  may be required to pay to the Stock Holding  Company for such stock,
subject to the annual  deduction  limitation  described above. The Stock Holding
Company,  however,  would be able to  carryforward  any  unused  portion  of the
deduction for five
    

                                       114

<PAGE>



   
years  following the  contribution,  subject to certain  limitations.  The Stock
Holding Company's and the Bank's outside tax advisor,  however, has not rendered
advice as to fair market value for purposes of determining the amount of the tax
deduction.  If the  Foundation  would have been  established in fiscal 1998, the
Stock Holding  Company would have received tax benefits of  approximately  $13.2
million based on the Bank's  pre-tax income for fiscal 1998, an assumed tax rate
of 38.0% and a deduction for the  contribution of cash and Common Stock equal to
$34.8  million.  Assuming  the  close of the  Offerings  at the  maximum  of the
Estimated  Price Range,  the Stock  Holding  Company  estimates  that all of the
contribution  should be deductible over the six-year  period.  The Stock Holding
Company  and/or  the Bank  may  make  further  contributions  to the  Foundation
following the initial contribution.  In addition, the Bank and the Stock Holding
Company also may continue to make charitable  contributions  to other qualifying
organizations.  Any such  decisions  would be based on an  assessment  of, among
other factors, the financial condition of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank
at that time, the interests of stockholders  and depositors of the Stock Holding
Company  and the  Bank,  and  the  financial  condition  and  operations  of the
Foundation.

     Although the Stock Holding Company and the Bank have received an opinion of
their outside tax advisors that the Stock Holding  Company will more likely than
not be  entitled  to an  income  tax  deduction  for the  stock  portion  of the
charitable contribution,  there can be no assurances that the IRS will recognize
the Foundation as a Section  501(c)(3)  exempt  organization or that a deduction
for the  charitable  contribution  will be  allowed.  See  "Risk  Factors  - The
establishment of the Capitol Federal Foundation will reduce our earnings" and "-
The  contribution  to the  Capitol  Federal  Foundation  means  that your  total
ownership will be 1.65% less after we make the contribution."
    

     As a private  foundation,  earnings  and  gains,  if any,  from the sale of
Common  Stock or other  assets  are  generally  exempt  from  federal  and state
corporate  income  taxation.  However,  investment  income,  such  as  interest,
dividends and capital gains,  of a private  foundation will generally be subject
to a federal  excise tax of 2.0%.  The  Foundation  will be  required to make an
annual  filing with the IRS within four and  one-half  months after the close of
the  Foundation's  fiscal  year.  The  Foundation  will be required to publish a
notice  that  the  annual  information  return  will  be  available  for  public
inspection  for a period of 180 days after the date of such public  notice.  The
information return for a private foundation must include, among other things, an
itemized list of all grants made or approved,  showing the amount of each grant,
the recipient,  any relationship  between a grant recipient and the Foundation's
managers and a concise  statement of the purpose of each grant.  Numerous  other
requirements  exist in the operation of the  Foundation  including  transactions
with related  entities,  level of investments and  distributions  for charitable
purposes.

     Regulatory  Conditions  Imposed  on the  Foundation.  Establishment  of the
Foundation is expected to be subject to the following conditions being agreed to
by the  Foundation  in writing as a condition to receiving  the OTS' approval of
the Reorganization:

   
          (1)  the Foundation will be subject to examination by the OTS;

          (2)  the Foundation must comply with supervisory directives imposed by
               the OTS;
    

                                       115

<PAGE>



   
          (3)  the Foundation will operate in accordance  with written  policies
               adopted  by its  Board of  Directors,  including  a  conflict  of
               interest policy;

          (4)  any shares of Common Stock held by the  Foundation  must be voted
               in the same ratio as all other  shares of Common  Stock voting on
               all  proposals  considered by  stockholders  of the Stock Holding
               Company; provided,  however, that, consistent with the condition,
               the  OTS  would  waive  this  voting  restriction  under  certain
               circumstances if compliance with the voting restriction would:

               o    cause a violation of the law of the State of Kansas, and the
                    OTS  determines  that  federal  law  would not  preempt  the
                    application of the laws of Kansas to the Foundation;

               o    would cause the Foundation to lose its tax-exempt  status or
                    otherwise have a material and adverse tax consequence on the
                    Foundation; or

               o    would  cause the  Foundation  to be subject to an excise tax
                    under Section 4941 of the Code; and

          (5)  any  shares  of  Common  Stock  subsequently   purchased  by  the
               Foundation will be aggregated with any shares  repurchased by the
               Stock Holding Company or the Bank for purposes of calculating the
               number of shares which may be  repurchased  during the three-year
               period subsequent to Reorganization.
    

In  order  for the OTS to waive  such  voting  restriction,  the  Stock  Holding
Company's  or the  Foundation's  legal  counsel  would be  required to render an
opinion  satisfactory  to the OTS.  While there is no current  intention for the
Stock Holding  Company or the Foundation to seek a waiver from the OTS from such
restrictions,  there can be no assurances that a legal opinion  addressing these
issues  could  be  rendered,  or if  rendered,  that  the  OTS  would  grant  an
unconditional  waiver of the voting  restriction.  If the voting  restriction is
waived or becomes  unenforceable,  the OTS may either  impose a  condition  that
provides a certain portion of the members of the Foundation's Board of Directors
shall be persons  who are not  directors,  officers  or  employees  of the Stock
Holding  Company,  the Bank or any  affiliate  or impose  such other  conditions
relating to control of the Foundation's Common Stock as is determined by the OTS
to be appropriate at the time. In no event would the voting restriction  survive
the sale of shares of the Common Stock held by the Foundation.

   
     Various OTS regulations may be deemed to apply to the Foundation  including
regulations regarding:

          o    transactions with affiliates;

          o    conflicts of interest;

          o    capital distributions; and

                                       116
    

<PAGE>

   
          o    repurchases  of  capital  stock  within  the  three-year   period
               subsequent to the Stock Issuance.
    

Because only two of the directors of the Stock Holding  Company and the Bank are
expected to serve as directors of the Foundation,  the Stock Holding Company and
the Bank do not believe that the Foundation should be deemed an affiliate of the
Bank. The Stock Holding Company and the Bank  anticipate  that the  Foundation's
affairs  will be  conducted  in a manner  consistent  with the OTS'  conflict of
interest regulations. The Bank has provided information to the OTS demonstrating
that the initial  contribution of Common Stock to the Foundation would be within
the amount which the Bank would be  permitted to make as a capital  distribution
assuming such contribution is deemed to have been made by the Bank.

Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued

   
     The Plan requires that the purchase price of the Common Stock must be based
on the appraised  pro forma market value of the Stock Holding  Company and Bank,
as determined on the basis of an independent valuation. The Bank has retained RP
Financial to make such valuation.  For its services in making such appraisal, RP
Financial's fees and  out-of-pocket  expenses are estimated to be $117,500.  The
Bank has agreed to indemnify RP Financial  and any employees of RP Financial who
act for or on behalf of RP Financial in connection  with the  appraisal  against
any and all  loss,  cost,  damage,  claim,  liability  or  expense  of any kind,
including  claims under federal and state  securities  laws,  arising out of any
misstatement  or untrue  statement of a material  fact or an omission to state a
material fact in the information supplied by the Bank to RP Financial, unless RP
Financial is determined to be negligent or otherwise at fault.
    

     An appraisal has been made by RP Financial in reliance upon the information
contained in this Prospectus,  including the Financial Statements.  RP Financial
also considered the following  factors,  among others: the present and projected
operating  results and financial  condition of the Stock Holding Company and the
Bank  and  the  economic  and  demographic  conditions  in the  Bank's  existing
marketing areas; certain historical, financial and other information relating to
the Bank; a comparative  evaluation of the operating and financial statistics of
the Bank with those of other similarly  situated  publicly traded mutual holding
companies; the aggregate size of the offering of the Common Stock; the impact of
the Reorganization on the Bank's net worth and earnings potential;  the proposed
dividend  policy of the Stock  Holding  Company  and the Bank;  and the  trading
market for securities of comparable  institutions and general  conditions in the
market  for such  securities.  In its  review of the  appraisal  provided  by RP
Financial,   the  Board  of  Directors   reviewed  the   methodologies  and  the
appropriateness  of the  assumptions  used by RP  Financial  in  addition to the
factors  enumerated  above,  and the  Board  of  Directors  believes  that  such
assumptions were reasonable.

     On the basis of the  foregoing,  RP Financial has advised the Stock Holding
Company and the Bank that in its opinion, dated November 20, 1998, the estimated
pro forma market value of the Common Stock on a fully converted basis,  assuming
a  contribution  to a  charitable  foundation  in an amount equal to 8.0% of the
shares  sold,  ranged  from a minimum  of $795.6  million  to a maximum of $1.08
billion  with a midpoint of $936.0  million.  The Board of Directors of the Bank
determined  that the  Common  Stock  should be sold at $10.00 per share and that
42.01% of

                                       117

<PAGE>



   
the  to-be-outstanding  shares,  prior to the  contribution  to the  Foundation,
should be offered to Minority  Stockholders.  Based on the  Estimated  Valuation
Range and the  Purchase  Price,  the  number of shares of Common  Stock that the
Stock Holding  Company will issue will range from between  32,136,106  shares to
43,478,261  shares,  with a  midpoint  of  37,807,183  shares.  The  anticipated
issuance of a number of shares  equal to 4.0% of the shares of Common Stock sold
in the Offering to the  Foundation as part of the Stock  Issuance will result in
shareholders  other than the MHC and the Foundation  owning 41.31% of the shares
of the Common Stock  outstanding  at the  conclusion of the  Reorganization  and
Stock Issuance. The remaining shares of the Stock Holding Company's Common Stock
that are not sold in the  Offerings or  contributed  to the  Foundation  will be
issued  to the MHC.  The  Estimated  Valuation  Range  may be  amended  with the
approval of the OTS, if required, or if necessitated by subsequent  developments
in the financial  condition of the Stock Holding  Company and the Bank or market
conditions  generally,  or to fill  the  order of the  ESOP.  In the  event  the
Estimated  Valuation  Range is updated  to amend the value of the  Common  Stock
below  $795.6  million  or above  $1.08  billion,  which is the  maximum  of the
Estimated  Valuation  Range, as adjusted by 15%, the new appraisal will be filed
with the SEC by post-effective amendment.
    

     Based upon current market and financial conditions and recent practices and
policies of the OTS, in the event the Stock Holding Company  receives orders for
Common Stock in excess of $434.8 million (the maximum of the Estimated  Offering
Range) and up to $500.0 million (the maximum of the Estimated Offering Range, as
adjusted by 15%), the Stock Holding Company may be required by the OTS to accept
all such orders.  No  assurances,  however,  can be made that the Stock  Holding
Company  will  receive  orders for Common  Stock in excess of the maximum of the
Estimated  Offering  Range or that, if such orders are  received,  that all such
orders will be accepted because the Stock Holding  Company's final valuation and
number of shares to be issued are subject to the receipt of an updated appraisal
from RP  Financial  which  reflects  such an increase in the  valuation  and the
approval of such increase by the OTS. In addition,  an increase in the number of
shares above  43,478,261  shares will first be used, if  necessary,  to fill the
order  of the  ESOP.  There is no  obligation  or  understanding  on the part of
management  to  take  and/or  pay  for any  shares  in  order  to  complete  the
Reorganization.

     RP Financial's valuation is not intended,  and must not be construed,  as a
recommendation  of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing such shares. RP
Financial did not independently verify the consolidated financial statements and
other information provided by the Bank, nor did RP Financial value independently
the assets or  liabilities  of the Bank.  The valuation  considers the Bank as a
going concern and should not be  considered as an indication of the  liquidation
value of the Bank.  Moreover,  because such valuation is necessarily  based upon
estimates and  projections  of a number of matters,  all of which are subject to
change from time to time,  no  assurance  can be given that  persons  purchasing
Common Stock in the  Offerings  will  thereafter  be able to sell such shares at
prices at or above the Purchase Price or in the range of the foregoing valuation
of the pro forma market value thereof.

     Prior to  completion  of the  Reorganization,  the maximum of the Estimated
Offering  Range may be  increased  up to 15% and the  number of shares of Common
Stock may be increased  to  50,000,000  shares to reflect  changes in market and
financial   conditions   or  to  fill  the  order  of  the  ESOP,   without  the
resolicitation of subscribers. See "-- Limitations on Stock Holding Company

                                       118

<PAGE>



Common Stock  Purchases"  as to the method of  distribution  and  allocation  of
additional  shares  that  may be  issued  in the  event  of an  increase  in the
Estimated Offering Range to fill unfilled orders in the Subscription Offering.

     No sale of shares of Common Stock in the  Reorganization may be consummated
unless  prior to such  consummation  RP  Financial  confirms  that  nothing of a
material  nature has occurred which,  taking into account all relevant  factors,
would cause it to conclude  that the  aggregate  value of the Common Stock to be
issued  is   materially   incompatible   with  the  estimate  of  the  aggregate
consolidated  pro forma market value of the Stock  Holding  Company and Bank. If
such  confirmation  is not received,  the Stock  Holding  Company may cancel the
Offerings,  extend the Offerings and establish a new estimated  valuation  range
and/or estimated price range, extend, reopen or hold a new Offering or take such
other action as the OTS may permit.

   
     Depending upon market or financial conditions following the commencement of
the  Subscription  Offering,  the total  number of shares of Common Stock may be
increased or decreased  without a resolicitation  of subscribers,  provided that
the product of the total number of shares times the Purchase  Price is not below
the minimum or more than 15% above the maximum of the Estimated  Offering Range.
In the event market or financial  conditions change so as to cause the aggregate
Purchase  Price of the shares to be below the minimum of the Estimated  Offering
Range or more than 15% above  the  maximum  of such  range,  purchasers  will be
resolicited  and be permitted to continue their orders,  in which case they will
need to affirmatively  reconfirm their  subscriptions prior to the expiration of
the  resolicitation  offering  or  their  subscription  funds  will be  promptly
refunded with interest at the Bank's passbook rate of interest,  or be permitted
to modify or rescind their  subscriptions.  Any change in the Estimated Offering
Range  must be  approved  by the OTS.  If the  number of shares of Common  Stock
issued in the Reorganization is increased due to an increase of up to 15% in the
Estimated Offering Range to reflect changes in market or financial conditions or
to fill the order of the ESOP,  persons who subscribed for the maximum number of
shares will be given the  opportunity  to  subscribe  for the  adjusted  maximum
number of shares.  See "--  Limitations  on Stock Holding  Company  Common Stock
Purchases."

     An  increase  in the  number of  shares  of Common  Stock as a result of an
increase  in  the  estimated  pro  forma  market  value  would  decrease  both a
subscriber's  ownership  interest and the Stock Holding  Company's pro forma net
income and stockholders'  equity on a per share basis while increasing pro forma
net income and  stockholders'  equity on an aggregate  basis.  A decrease in the
number of shares of Common Stock would  increase both a  subscriber's  ownership
interest and the Stock Holding  Company's pro forma net income and stockholders'
equity  on a  per  share  basis  while  decreasing  pro  forma  net  income  and
stockholders'  equity on an aggregate  basis.  See "Risk  Factors - We intend to
grant stock options and restricted  stock to the board and management  following
the change in  structure  and stock  offering  which could  further  reduce your
voting interest" and "Pro Forma Data."
    

     Copies of the appraisal  report of RP Financial,  including any  amendments
thereto,  and the detailed report of the appraiser  setting forth the method and
assumptions  for such  appraisal are available for inspection at the main office
of the Bank and the other locations specified under "Additional Information."

                                       119

<PAGE>



Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights

     In accordance  with the Plan of  Reorganization  and Stock  Issuance  Plan,
rights to subscribe for the purchase of Common Stock have been granted under the
Plan to the following persons in the following order of descending priority:

   
          o    depositors  of the Bank with account  balances of at least $50.00
               as of the close of business on June 30, 1997  ("Eligible  Account
               Holders"),
    

          o    Tax-Qualified Employee Plans,

   
          o    depositors  of the Bank with account  balances of at least $50.00
               as of the close of business on December  31, 1998  ("Supplemental
               Eligible Account Holders"),

          o    depositors  and certain  borrowers of the Bank as of the close of
               business on __________, 1999, other than Eligible Account Holders
               or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders ("Other Members") and
    

          o    Directors, Officers and Employees of the Bank.

All  subscriptions  received will be subject to the availability of Common Stock
after  satisfaction of all  subscriptions  of all persons having prior rights in
the Subscription  Offering and to the maximum and minimum  purchase  limitations
set  forth in the Plan and as  described  below  under "-  Limitations  on Stock
Holding Company Common Stock Purchases."

     Preference Category No.1:  Eligible Account Holders.  Each Eligible Account
Holder shall receive, without payment therefor, first priority,  nontransferable
subscription  rights to subscribe  for shares of Common Stock in an amount equal
to the greater of (i) $500,000 or 50,000 shares of Common Stock,  (ii) one-tenth
of one percent  (0.10%) of the total offering of shares of Common Stock or (iii)
15 times  the  product  (rounded  down to the next  whole  number)  obtained  by
multiplying  the  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock to be issued by a
fraction,  of which the numerator is the amount of the qualifying deposit of the
Eligible  Account  Holder and the  denominator is the total amount of qualifying
deposits of all Eligible  Account Holders in the converting Bank in each case as
of the close of  business  on June 30,  1997 (the  "Eligibility  Record  Date"),
subject  to the  overall  purchase  limitations.  See "--  Limitations  on Stock
Holding Company Common Stock Purchases."

     If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all  subscriptions,
shares first will be allocated among subscribing  Eligible Account Holders so as
to permit each such Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase
a number of shares  sufficient to make his total  allocation equal to the lesser
of the number of shares  subscribed  for or 100 shares.  Thereafter,  any shares
remaining after each subscribing  Eligible Account Holder has been allocated the
lesser of the number of shares  subscribed  for or 100 shares will be  allocated
among the  subscribing  Eligible  Account  Holders pro rata whose  subscriptions
remain  unfilled  in  the  proportion  that  the  amounts  of  their  respective
qualifying  deposits  bear to the total  amount of  qualifying  deposits  of all
subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain

                                       120

<PAGE>



unfilled.  Subscription  Rights of Eligible Account Holders will be subordinated
to the priority rights of Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans to purchase
shares in excess of the maximum of the Estimated Offering Range.

     To ensure proper  allocation of stock,  each Eligible  Account  Holder must
list on his  subscription  order form all  accounts in which he has an ownership
interest.  Failure  to list an  account  could  result  in  fewer  shares  being
allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.  The  subscription  rights of
Eligible Account Holders who are also directors or officers of the Bank or their
associates  will be subordinated  to the  subscription  rights of other Eligible
Account  Holders to the extent  attributable  to increased  deposits in the year
preceding June 30, 1997.

     Preference Category No. 2: Tax-Qualified Employee Plans. Each Tax-Qualified
Employee Plan, including the ESOP shall be entitled to receive,  without payment
therefor, second priority, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to
10% of Common Stock,  provided that  individually or in the aggregate such plans
(other  than  that  portion  of such  plans  which is  self-directed)  shall not
purchase more than 10% of the shares of Common Stock,  including any increase in
the  number of shares of Common  Stock  after the date  hereof as a result of an
increase of up to 15% in the maximum of the Estimated  Offering Range.  The ESOP
intends to purchase 8.0% of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering,  or
2,570,888  shares and  3,478,261  shares based on the minimum and maximum of the
Estimated   Offering   Range,   respectively.   Subscriptions   by  any  of  the
Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans will not be aggregated with shares of Common Stock
purchased  directly  by  or  which  are  otherwise  attributable  to  any  other
participants  in the  Subscription  and Direct  Community  Offerings,  including
subscriptions of any of the Bank's directors,  officers, employees or associates
thereof.  Subscription  rights  received  pursuant  to this  Category  shall  be
subordinated  to all rights  received  by Eligible  Account  Holders to purchase
shares pursuant to Category No.1;  provided,  however,  that notwithstanding any
other provision of the Plan to the contrary,  the  Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans
shall have a first  priority  subscription  right to the  extent  that the total
number of shares of Common Stock sold in the Stock Offering  exceeds the maximum
of the estimated  valuation range as set forth in this Prospectus.  In the event
that the total  number of shares  offered in the  Offerings  is  increased to an
amount  greater  than the  number  of shares  representing  the  maximum  of the
Estimated Offering Range ("Maximum  Shares"),  each Tax-Qualified  Employee Plan
will have a priority  right to purchase  any such shares  exceeding  the Maximum
Shares up to an aggregate of 10% of the Common Stock sold in the Offerings.  See
"Management - Benefits --Employee Stock Ownership Plan."

     Preference  Category No. 3: Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders.  To the
extent  that  there  are  sufficient  shares  remaining  after  satisfaction  of
subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and the Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans,
each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive,  without
payment  therefor,  third  priority,   nontransferable  subscription  rights  to
subscribe  for shares of Common  Stock in an amount  equal to the greater of (i)
$500,000 or 50,000 shares of Common Stock, (ii) one-tenth of one percent (0.10%)
of the total  offering of shares of Common Stock,  or (iii) 15 times the product
(rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number
of shares of Common Stock to be issued by a fraction,  of which the numerator is
the amount of the qualifying deposit of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder
and the denominator of which is the total amount of qualifying deposits of all

                                       121

<PAGE>



Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in the converting Bank in each case on the
close of business on December  31, 1998 (the  "Supplemental  Eligibility  Record
Date"),  subject to the overall  purchase  limitations.  See "--  Limitations on
Stock Holding Company Common Stock Purchases."

     If there are not sufficient  shares available to satisfy all  subscriptions
of all Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders,  available shares first will be
allocated  among  subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders so as to
permit each such  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible,
to  purchase  a  number  of  shares  sufficient  to make  his  total  allocation
(including the number of shares,  if any,  allocated in accordance with Category
No.1) equal to the lesser of the number of shares  subscribed for or 100 shares.
Thereafter,   any  shares  remaining  available  will  be  allocated  among  the
Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders  pro rata  whose  subscriptions  remain
unfilled  in the  proportion  that the  amounts of their  respective  qualifying
deposits  bear to the total  amount of  qualifying  deposits of all  subscribing
Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled.

     Preference  Category  No. 4: Other  Members.  To the extent  that there are
sufficient  shares  remaining after  satisfaction of  subscriptions  by Eligible
Account Holders,  the  Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans and  Supplemental  Eligible
Account  Holders,  each Other Member shall receive,  without  payment  therefor,
fourth priority,  nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for shares of
Stock Holding Company Common Stock, up to the greater of: (i) $500,000 or 50,000
shares of Common  Stock or (ii)  one-tenth  of one percent  (0.10%) of the total
offering of shares of Common Stock in the Stock Offering, subject to the overall
purchase limitations.  See "-- Limitations on Stock Holding Company Common Stock
Purchases."

   
     In the event the Other Members subscribe for a number of shares which, when
added  to  the  shares   subscribed  for  by  Eligible  Account   Holders,   the
Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans and Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders,  is in
excess of the total  number of  shares  of  Common  Stock  offered  in the Stock
Offering, available shares will be allocated among the subscribing Other Members
pro  rata in the  same  proportion  that his  number  of  votes on the  close of
business on ___________,  1999, the date for determining voting members entitled
to vote at the special meeting  ("Voting Record Date") bears to the total number
of votes on the Voting  Record  Date of all  subscribing  Other  Members on such
date.  Such  number of votes  shall be  determined  based on the  Bank's  mutual
Charter and bylaws in effect on the date of approval by members of the Plan.
    

     Preference  Category  No. 5 :  Directors,  Officers and  Employees.  To the
extent that there are sufficient  shares  remaining  after  satisfaction  of all
subscriptions  by Eligible Account Holders,  the  Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans,
Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders  and  Other  Members,  then  Directors,
Officers  and  Employees of the Bank as of the date of the  commencement  of the
Subscription  Offering shall be entitled to receive,  without payment  therefor,
fifth priority,  nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares, in this
Category,  an  aggregate  of up to 15% of Common  Stock.  The maximum  amount of
shares which may be purchased  under this  Category by any Person is $500,000 of
Common  Stock.  The ability of  Directors,  Officers  and  Employees to purchase
Common Stock under this  category is in addition to rights  which are  otherwise
available  to them  under  the  Plan as they  may fall  within  higher  priority
categories, and

                                       122

<PAGE>



   
the Plan generally allows such persons to purchase in the aggregate up to 25% of
Common Stock sold in the Offering.  See "-- Limitations on Stock Holding Company
Common Stock Purchases."
    

     In the event of an oversubscription in this Category,  the shares available
shall be allocated pro rata among all of the subscribing Directors, Officers and
Employees in this Category.

     Expiration Date for the Subscription  Offering.  The Subscription  Offering
will expire at noon, Topeka, Kansas Time, on __________, 1999 (the "Subscription
Expiration  Date"),  unless  extended  for up to 45 days or for such  additional
periods by the Stock Holding Company and the Bank as may be approved by the OTS.
The  Subscription   Offering  may  not  be  extended  beyond  _________,   2001.
Subscription  rights  which have not been  exercised  prior to the  Subscription
Expiration Date (unless extended) will become void.

     The Stock  Holding  Company and the Bank will not execute  orders  until at
least the minimum number of shares of Common Stock (32,136,106 shares) have been
subscribed for or otherwise  sold. If all shares have not been subscribed for or
sold within 45 days after the Subscription  Expiration Date,  unless such period
is  extended  with the  consent  of the OTS,  all  funds  delivered  to the Bank
pursuant  to  the  Subscription  Offering  will  be  returned  promptly  to  the
subscribers with interest and all withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. If
an extension beyond the 45-day period following the Subscription Expiration Date
is granted,  the Stock Holding  Company and the Bank will notify  subscribers of
the  extension  of time and of any  rights of  subscribers  to modify or rescind
their subscriptions.

Direct Community Offering

   
     To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after  satisfaction
of all  subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders,  the  Tax-Qualified  Employee
Plans,  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders,  Other Members and  Directors,
Officers  and  Employees  of the Bank,  the Stock  Holding  Company and the Bank
anticipate  that they will offer shares  pursuant to the Plan to certain members
of the general public,  with preference given to natural persons residing in the
State of  Kansas,  in the  counties  in which  the  Bank has  offices  or in any
contiguous   counties   (such   natural   persons   referred  to  as  "Preferred
Subscribers").  Such  persons,  together  with an  Associate or group of Persons
acting in concert with such persons, may not subscribe for or purchase more than
$500,000 of Common Stock in the Direct Community  Offering,  if any. Further the
Stock  Holding  Company  and the Bank may limit total  subscriptions  under this
Section  so as to assure  that the  number of shares  available  for the  public
offering may be up to a specified  percentage  of the number of shares of Common
Stock.  Finally,  the Stock  Holding  Company  and the Bank may  reserve  shares
offered in the Direct Community  Offering for sales to institutional  investors.
The opportunity to subscribe for shares of Common Stock in any Direct  Community
Offering will be subject to the right of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank,
in their sole  discretion,  to accept or reject  any such  orders in whole or in
part from any  Person  either at the time of  receipt  of an order or as soon as
practicable  following the Expiration  Date. The Direct Community  Offering,  if
any, shall be for a period of not less than 20 days nor more than 45 days unless
extended  by the  Stock  Holding  Company  and  the  Bank,  and  shall  commence
concurrently with, during or promptly after the Subscription Offering.
    

                                       123

<PAGE>



   
     In the event of an  oversubscription  for  shares in the  Direct  Community
Offering, shares may be allocated, to the extent shares remain available,  first
to each  Preferred  Subscriber  whose  order is  accepted  by the Stock  Holding
Company.  Thereafter,  shares may be  allocated to cover the orders of any other
person subscribing for shares in the Direct Community Offering so that each such
person  subscribing  for shares may receive  1,000  shares,  if  available,  and
thereafter  on a pro rata  basis to such  person  based on the  amount  of their
respective subscriptions.
    

Public Offering

   
     As a final step in the Offerings,  the Plan provides that, if feasible, all
shares of Common Stock not purchased in the  Subscription  and Direct  Community
Offerings may be offered for sale to selected members of the general public in a
public offering through the underwriter (the "Public Offering").  It is expected
that the Public Offering will commence as soon as practicable  after termination
of the  Subscription  Offering and the Direct  Community  Offering,  if any. The
Stock Holding Company and the Bank, in their sole discretion,  have the right to
reject orders in whole or in part received in the Public Offering.  Neither Webb
nor any registered  broker-dealer  shall have any obligation to take or purchase
any shares of Common Stock in the Public Offering;  however,  Webb has agreed to
use its best efforts in the sale of shares in the Public Offering.
    

     The price at which Common Stock is sold in the Public  Offering will be the
same price at which shares are offered and sold in the  Subscription  and Direct
Community  Offerings.  No person, by himself or herself, or with an Associate or
group of Persons  acting in concert,  may purchase  more than $500,000 of Common
Stock in the Public Offering,  subject to the maximum purchase limitations.  See
"-- Limitations on Stock Holding Company Common Stock Purchases."

   
     Charles  Webb &  Company  may enter  into  agreements  with  broker-dealers
("Selected Dealers") to assist in the sale of the shares in the Public Offering,
although no such agreements exist as of the date of this  Prospectus.  No orders
may be placed or filled by or for a  Selected  Dealer  during  the  Subscription
Offering.  After  the close of the  Subscription  Offering,  Webb will  instruct
Selected  Dealers as to the number of shares to be  allocated  to each  Selected
Dealer. Only after the close of the Subscription Offering and upon allocation of
shares  to  Selected  Dealers  may  Selected  Dealers  take  orders  from  their
customers.  During the  Subscription and Direct  Community  Offerings,  Selected
Dealers may only solicit  indications of interest from their  customers to place
orders with the Stock  Holding  Company as of a certain date ("Order  Date") for
the purchase of shares of the Stock Holding Company Common Stock.  When, and if,
Webb and the Bank  believe that enough  indications  of interest and orders have
not  been  received  in the  Subscription  and  Direct  Community  Offerings  to
consummate the Reorganization, Webb will request, as of the Order Date, Selected
Dealers to submit  orders to  purchase  shares  for which  they have  previously
received  indications of interest from their  customers.  Selected  Dealers will
send  confirmations  of the orders to such  customers  on the next  business day
after the  Order  Date.  Selected  Dealers  will  debit  the  accounts  of their
customers on the  "Settlement  Date" which date will be three business days from
the  Order  Date.  Customers  who  authorize  Selected  Dealers  to debit  their
brokerage  accounts are required to have the funds for payment in their  account
on but not before the Settlement Date. On the Settlement Date,  Selected Dealers
will  remit  funds to the  account  established  by the  Bank for each  Selected
Dealer. Each customer's funds so forwarded to
    

                                       124

<PAGE>



the Bank, along with all other accounts held in the same title,  will be insured
by the FDIC up to $100,000 in accordance with applicable FDIC regulations. After
payment has been  received by the Bank from  Selected  Dealers,  funds will earn
interest at the Bank's  passbook rate until the  consummation  or termination of
the Reorganization. Funds will be promptly returned, with interest, in the event
the Reorganization is not consummated as described above.

     The Public Offering will be completed  within 90 days after the termination
of the Subscription  Offering,  unless extended by the Bank with the approval of
the OTS.  See "-- Stock  Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued"  above for a
discussion  of rights of  subscribers,  if any,  in the  event an  extension  is
granted.

Persons in Non-qualified States or Foreign Countries

     The Bank will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of
all states in the United States in which persons entitled to subscribe for stock
pursuant to the Plan reside. However, the Bank is not required to offer stock in
the  Subscription  Offering  to any person who  resides in a foreign  country or
resides in a state of the United States with respect to which:

   
          o    the number of persons otherwise  eligible to subscribe for shares
               under the Plan who reside in such jurisdiction is small;

          o    the  granting  of  subscription  rights  or the  offer or sale of
               shares of Common Stock to such persons  would  require any of the
               Stock Holding Company and the Bank or their  officers,  directors
               or employees, under the laws of such jurisdiction, to register as
               a broker,  dealer,  salesman  or selling  agent or to register or
               otherwise qualify its securities for sale in such jurisdiction or
               to qualify as a foreign  corporation or file a consent to service
               of process in such jurisdiction; and

          o    such registration, qualification or filing in the judgment of the
               Bank would be impracticable  or unduly  burdensome for reasons of
               cost or otherwise.
    

Where the number of persons  eligible  to  subscribe  for shares in one state is
small,  the Bank will base its decision as to whether or not to offer the Common
Stock in such state on a number of  factors,  including  but not  limited to the
size of accounts held by account  holders in the state,  the cost of registering
or  qualifying  the  shares  or the need to  register  the Bank,  its  officers,
directors or employees as brokers, dealers or salesmen.

Limitations on Stock Holding Company Common Stock Purchases

     The Plan includes the following  limitations on the number of shares of the
Stock Holding Company Common Stock which may be purchased in the Stock Offering:

          (1)  No fewer than 25 shares of Common Stock may be purchased,  to the
               extent such shares are available;


                                       125

<PAGE>



          (2)  Each  Eligible  Account  Holder may subscribe for and purchase in
               the  Subscription  Offering up to the greater of (i)  $500,000 or
               50,000  shares of Common  Stock,  (ii)  one-tenth  of one percent
               (0.10%) of the total  offering of shares of Common Stock or (iii)
               15 times the  product  (rounded  down to the next  whole  number)
               obtained  by  multiplying  the  total  number of shares of Common
               Stock to be issued by a fraction,  of which the  numerator is the
               amount of the qualifying  deposit of the Eligible  Account Holder
               and the denominator is the total amount of qualifying deposits of
               all Eligible  Account Holders in the converting Bank in each case
               as of the  close of  business  on the  Eligibility  Record  Date,
               subject to the overall limitation in clause (7) below;

          (3)  The Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, including an ESOP, may purchase
               in the  aggregate up to 10% of the shares of Common Stock sold in
               the Stock Issuance, including any additional shares issued in the
               event of an increase in the Estimated Offering Range; although at
               this time the ESOP intends to purchase only 8.0% of such shares;

          (4)  Each  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder may subscribe for and
               purchase  in the  Subscription  Offering up to the greater of (i)
               $500,000 or 50,000 shares of Common Stock,  (ii) one-tenth of one
               percent  (0.10%) of the total  offering of shares of Common Stock
               or (iii) 15 times the  product  (rounded  down to the next  whole
               number)  obtained by  multiplying  the total  number of shares of
               Common Stock to be issued by a fraction,  of which the  numerator
               is the  amount  of the  qualifying  deposit  of the  Supplemental
               Eligible  Account Holder and the  denominator is the total amount
               of  qualifying  deposits  of all  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
               Holders in the Bank in each case as of the close of  business  on
               the Supplemental  Eligibility Record Date, subject to the overall
               limitation in clause (7) below;

          (5)  Each  Other  Member  may   subscribe  for  and  purchase  in  the
               Subscription  Offering or Direct Community Offering,  as the case
               may be, up to the  greater of (i)  $500,000  or 50,000  shares of
               Common  Stock or (ii)  one-tenth  of one  percent  (0.10%) of the
               total offering of shares of Common Stock,  subject to the overall
               limitation in clause (7) below;

          (6)  Persons purchasing shares of Common Stock in the Direct Community
               Offering or Public Offering may purchase in the Direct  Community
               Offering or Public  Offering  up to $500,000 or 50,000  shares of
               Common  Stock,  subject to the overall  limitation  in clause (7)
               below;

          (7)  Except for the Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans and certain Eligible
               Account Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders whose
               subscription  rights are based upon the amount of their deposits,
               the  maximum  number of shares of Stock  Holding  Company  Common
               Stock  subscribed for or purchased in all categories of the Stock
               Offering by any person, together with associates of and groups of

                                       126

<PAGE>



               persons  acting in concert  with such  persons,  shall not exceed
               $5,000,000 or 500,000 shares of Common Stock offered in the Stock
               Offering; and

          (8)  No more than 15% of the total  number of shares  offered for sale
               in the  Subscription  Offering may be purchased by directors  and
               officers  of the  Bank  in the  fifth  priority  category  in the
               Subscription  Offering.  No more than 25% of the total  number of
               shares offered for sale in the Stock Offering may be purchased by
               directors  and officers of the Bank and their  associates  in the
               aggregate,  excluding  purchases  by the  Tax-Qualified  Employee
               Plans.

     Subject  to any  required  regulatory  approval  and  the  requirements  of
applicable laws and regulations,  but without further approval of the members of
the Bank, the Boards of Directors of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank may,
in their  sole  discretion,  increase  the  individual  amount  permitted  to be
subscribed  for to a maximum of 9.99% of the number of shares  sold in the Stock
Offerings  provided  that  orders for shares  exceeding  5% of the shares  being
offered in the Stock  Offerings shall not exceed,  in the aggregate,  10% of the
shares being  offered in the Stock  Offerings.  Requests to purchase  additional
shares of Common  Stock will be  allocated  by the Boards of  Directors on a pro
rata basis giving  priority in accordance  with the  preference  categories  set
forth in this Prospectus.

     The term "associate"  when used to indicate a relationship  with any Person
means:

   
     o    any  corporation or organization  (other than the Bank,  Stock Holding
          Company,  MHC or a majority-owned  subsidiary of any of them) of which
          such  Person is a  director,  officer  or partner  or is  directly  or
          indirectly the beneficial  owner of 10% or more of any class of equity
          securities;

     o    any  trust or other  estate in which  such  Person  has a  substantial
          beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in
          a similar fiduciary capacity;

     o    any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse,
          who has the same home as such  Person or who is a Director  or Officer
          of  the  Association,  the  MHC,  the  Stock  Holding  Company  or any
          subsidiary  of the MHC or the Stock  Holding  Company or any affiliate
          thereof; and

     o    any  person  acting in  concert  with any of the  person  or  entities
          specified in clauses (i) through (iii) above;
    

provided,  however, that Tax-Qualified or Non-Tax Qualified Employee Plans shall
not be deemed to be an  associate  of any  Director or Officer of the Bank,  the
Stock Holding  Company or the MHC, to the extent provided in the Plan. When used
to refer to a Person other than an Officer or Director of the  Association,  the
Association in its sole discretion may determine the Persons that are Associates
of other Persons.

   
     The term "acting in concert" is defined to mean knowing  participation in a
joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal
whether or not pursuant to an
    

                                       127

<PAGE>



   
express  agreement,  or a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in
the  securities  of an issuer for a common  purpose  pursuant  to any  contract,
understanding,  relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or
otherwise.  A person or company  which acts in concert  with  another  person or
company  ("other  party")  shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any
person or company who is also acting in concert  with that other  party,  except
that the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans will not be deemed to be acting in concert
with its  trustee or a person who  serves in a similar  capacity  solely for the
purpose of determining  whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by each
plan  will be  aggregated.  The  determination  of  whether a group is acting in
concert  shall be made solely by the Board of  Directors of the Bank or officers
delegated by such Board of Directors and may be based on any evidence upon which
such board or delegatee chooses to rely.
    

Marketing Arrangements

   
     Capital  Federal  Financial and the Bank have retained Webb to consult with
and to advise  the Bank,  and to assist  the Stock  Holding  Company,  on a best
efforts  basis,  in the  distribution  of the  shares  of  Common  Stock  in the
Subscription and Direct Community Offerings. The services that Webb will provide
include, but are not limited to:

     o    training  the   employees  of  the  Bank  who  will  perform   certain
          ministerial  functions in the  Subscription  and  Community  Offerings
          regarding  the  mechanics  and  regulatory  requirements  of the stock
          offering process;

     o    managing the Stock  Information  Center by assisting  interested stock
          subscribers and by keeping records of all stock orders;

     o    preparing marketing materials; and

     o    assisting in the  solicitation  of proxies from the Bank's members for
          use at the special meeting.

For its services,  Webb will receive a management  fee of $100,000 and a success
fee of 1.25% of the  aggregate  Purchase  Price of the  shares of Stock  Holding
Company  Common Stock sold in the  Subscription  Offering  and Direct  Community
Offering  excluding  shares purchased by the  Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans, and
Officers,  Directors  and  Employees of the Bank and members of their  immediate
families  as well as shares  issued to the  Foundation.  The success fee paid to
Webb will be  reduced  by the amount of the  management  fee.  In the event that
selected  dealers are used to assist in the sale of shares of the Stock  Holding
Company Common Stock in the Direct Community Offering, such dealers will be paid
a fee of up to 5.5% of the aggregate  Purchase  Price of the shares sold by such
dealers.  The Bank has  agreed  to  indemnify  Webb  against  certain  claims or
liabilities,  including certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended ("Securities Act"), and will contribute to payments Webb may be required
to make in connection with any such claims or liabilities.

     Sales of shares  of Stock  Holding  Company  Common  Stock  will be made by
registered representatives affiliated with Webb or by the broker-dealers managed
by Webb. Webb has

                                       128
    

<PAGE>

   

undertaken that the shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock will be sold in
a manner which will ensure that the  distribution  standards of the Nasdaq Stock
Market will be met. A Stock  Information  Center will be established at the main
office of the Bank,  in Wichita and in the Kansas City  metropolitan  area.  The
Stock  Holding  Company will rely on Rule 3a4-1 of the Exchange Act and sales of
Stock Holding Company Common Stock will be conducted  within the requirements of
such Rule, so as to permit  officers,  directors and employees to participate in
the sale of the Stock Holding Company Common Stock in those states where the law
so permits. No officer, director or employee of the Stock Holding Company or the
Bank will be compensated directly or indirectly by the payment of commissions or
other  remuneration in connection with his or her  participation  in the sale of
Common Stock.
    

Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription Offering

     To ensure  that each  purchaser  receives  a  prospectus  at least 48 hours
before the  Subscription  Expiration  Date (unless  extended) in accordance with
Rule 15c2-8 of the  Exchange  Act, no  prospectus  will be mailed any later than
five days prior to such date or hand  delivered any later than two days prior to
such date.  Execution  of the Order Form will  confirm  receipt or  delivery  in
accordance  with  Rule  15c2-8.  Order  forms  will only be  distributed  with a
Prospectus.

     To purchase  shares in the  Subscription  Offering,  an executed Order Form
with the required  payment for each share  subscribed  for, or with  appropriate
authorization  for withdrawal  from a deposit  account at the Bank (which may be
given by completing the appropriate  blanks in the order form), must be received
by the Bank by __:__ _____,  Kansas Time, on the  Subscription  Expiration  Date
(unless  extended).  In addition,  the Stock  Holding  Company and the Bank will
require a prospective  purchaser to execute a certification in the form required
by applicable OTS regulations in connection with any sale of Common Stock. Order
Forms which are not  received by such time or are  executed  defectively  or are
received without full payment (or appropriate  withdrawal  instructions) are not
required to be accepted. In addition,  the Bank will not accept orders submitted
on photocopied  or facsimiled  order forms nor order forms  unaccompanied  by an
executed  certification  form.  The Bank has the  right to waive or  permit  the
correction of incomplete or improperly  executed  forms,  but does not represent
that it will do so. Once  received,  an executed Order Form may not be modified,
amended or rescinded without the consent of the Bank, unless the  Reorganization
has not  been  completed  within  45  days  after  the  end of the  Subscription
Offering, unless such period has been extended.

     In order to ensure that Eligible  Account Holders,  Tax-Qualified  Employee
Plans,  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders,  Other Members and  Directors,
Officers  and  Employees  are  properly  identified  as to their stock  purchase
priority,  depositors as of the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date
(June 30, 1997) or the Supplemental  Eligibility Record Date (December 31, 1998)
and depositors as of the close of business on the Voting Record Date (_________,
1999) must list all  accounts  on the stock  order form giving all names in each
account and the account numbers.

   
     Payment for subscriptions may be made:

     o    by check or money order ;
    

                                       129

<PAGE>



   
     o    by authorization  of withdrawal from deposit accounts  maintained with
          the Bank (including a certificate of deposit); or

     o    in cash, if delivered in person at any full-service  banking office of
          Capitol Federal Savings,  though we request that you change cash for a
          check with any of the tellers at Capitol Federal Savings;
    

No wire  transfers  will be accepted.  Interest will be paid on payments made by
cash,  check or money order at the  then-current  Bank passbook rate of interest
from the date payment is received until  consummation of the Stock Offering.  If
payment is made by authorization of withdrawal from deposit accounts,  the funds
authorized  to be  withdrawn  from a deposit  account  will  continue  to accrue
interest at the  contractual  rate, but may not be used by the subscriber  until
all of the  Stock  Holding  Company  Common  Stock  has been sold or the Plan is
terminated, whichever is earlier.

     If a subscriber  authorizes the Bank to withdraw the amount of the purchase
price from his deposit account,  the Bank will do so as of the effective date of
the  Reorganization.  The Bank will  waive any  applicable  penalties  for early
withdrawal from certificate  accounts. If the remaining balance in a certificate
account is reduced below the applicable minimum balance  requirement at the time
that the funds actually are transferred under the authorization, the certificate
will  be  canceled  at the  time of the  withdrawal,  without  penalty,  and the
remaining balance will earn interest at the passbook rate.

     In the event of an unfilled amount of any subscription order, the Bank will
make an  appropriate  refund or cancel an  appropriate  portion  of the  related
withdrawal  authorization,  after consummation of the Stock Offering. If for any
reason the Stock Offering is not  consummated,  purchasers will have refunded to
them all payments made and all withdrawal authorizations will be canceled in the
case of subscription payments authorized from accounts at the Bank.

     If any  Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans or  Non-Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans
subscribe for shares during the  Subscription  Offering,  such plans will not be
required to pay for the shares  subscribed for at the time they  subscribe,  but
rather,  may pay for such  shares of Common  Stock  subscribed  for by it at the
Purchase  Price upon  consummation  of the  Subscription  and  Direct  Community
Offerings,  if all shares are sold, or upon  consummation of the Public Offering
if shares  remain to be sold in such  offering.  In the  event  that,  after the
completion of the  Subscription  Offering,  the amount of shares to be issued is
increased  above the maximum of the estimated  valuation  range included in this
Prospectus,  the  Tax-Qualified  and  Non-Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans will be
entitled to increase their subscriptions by a percentage equal to the percentage
increase in the amount of shares to be issued above the maximum of the estimated
valuation range provided that such  subscription  will continue to be subject to
applicable purchase limits and stock allocation procedures.

     Owners of  self-directed  IRAs may use the assets of such IRAs to  purchase
shares of Stock  Holding  Company  Common Stock in the  Subscription  and Direct
Community Offerings. ERISA provisions and IRS regulations require that officers,
directors and 10% stockholders who use

                                       130

<PAGE>



   
self-directed IRA funds to purchase shares of Common Stock in the Offerings make
such  purchases for the exclusive  benefit of the IRAs.  IRAs  maintained at the
Bank are not  self-directed  IRAs and any interested  parties wishing to use IRA
funds for stock purchases are advised to contact the Stock Information Center at
(877) 815-1820 for additional information.
    

     The  records  of the Bank will be deemed to  control  with  respect  to all
matters related to the existence of subscription  rights and/or one's ability to
purchase shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering.

Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares

     Pursuant  to  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  OTS,  no  person  with
subscription rights may transfer or enter into any agreement or understanding to
transfer the legal or  beneficial  ownership of the  subscription  rights issued
under the Plan or the shares of Common  Stock to be issued upon their  exercise.
Such  rights may be  exercised  only by the person to whom they are  granted and
only for such person's account.  Each person exercising such subscription rights
will be required to certify that the person is purchasing  shares solely for the
person's  own  account and that such person has no  agreement  or  understanding
regarding the sale or transfer of such shares. Federal regulations also prohibit
any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make
an offer to purchase such subscription rights or shares of Common Stock prior to
the completion of the Reorganization.

     The Bank will refer to the OTS any situations  that it believes may involve
a transfer of  subscription  rights and will not honor orders  believed by it to
involve the transfer of such rights.

Delivery of Certificates

     Certificates representing Common Stock issued in the Stock Issuance will be
mailed by the Stock Holding  Company's  transfer  agent to the persons  entitled
thereto at the  addresses of such  persons  appearing on the stock order form as
soon  as  practicable   following   consummation  of  the  Reorganization.   Any
certificates returned as undeliverable will be held by the Stock Holding Company
until claimed by persons legally  entitled  thereto or otherwise  disposed of in
accordance  with  applicable  law.  Until  certificates  for  Common  Stock  are
available and delivered to subscribers, such subscribers may not be able to sell
the shares of Common Stock for which they have  subscribed,  even though trading
of the Common Stock may have commenced.

Required Approvals

     Various  approvals  of the OTS are  required  in  order to  consummate  the
Reorganization. The OTS has approved the Plan, subject to approval by the Bank's
members and other  standard  conditions.  The Stock  Holding  Company's  holding
company application is currently pending.

     The Stock  Holding  Company is required to make certain  filings with state
securities  regulatory  authorities  in  connection  with the  issuance of Stock
Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering.


                                       131

<PAGE>



Judicial Review

     Any person  aggrieved by a final action of the OTS which approves,  with or
without conditions, or disapproves a plan of reorganization may obtain review of
such  action by filing in the court of  appeals  of the  United  States  for the
circuit in which the principal office or residence of such person is located, or
in the United  States Court of Appeals for the  District of Columbia,  a written
petition praying that the final action of the OTS be modified, terminated or set
aside.  Such  petition  must be filed  within 30 days after the  publication  of
notice  of such  final  action in the  Federal  Register,  or 30 days  after the
mailing by the  applicant  of the notice to members as provided for in 12 C.F.R.
ss.563b.6(c),  whichever  is  later.  The  further  procedure  for  review is as
follows: A copy of the petition is forthwith transmitted to the OTS by the clerk
of the  court  and  thereupon  the OTS  files in the  court  the  record  in the
proceeding,  as provided in Section 2112 of Title 28 of the United  States Code.
Upon the  filing of the  petition,  the court has  jurisdiction,  which upon the
filing of the record is exclusive, to affirm, modify, terminate, or set aside in
whole or in part, the final action of the OTS. Review of such  proceedings is as
provided in Chapter 7 of Title 5 of the United  States  Code.  The  judgment and
decree of the  court is final,  except  that they are  subject  to review by the
Supreme  Court upon  certiorari  as provided in Section  1254 of Title 28 of the
United States Code.

   
 Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Shares After the Reorganization
    

     All shares of Common Stock purchased in connection with the  Reorganization
by a director or an executive  officer of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank
will be subject to a restriction that the shares not be sold for a period of one
year  following  the  Reorganization  except  in the  event of the death of such
director or officer or pursuant to a merger or similar  transaction  approved by
the OTS. Each certificate for restricted shares will bear a legend giving notice
of this restriction on transfer,  and instructions  will be issued to the effect
that any transfer within such time period of any certificate or record ownership
of such shares other than as provided  above is a violation of the  restriction.
Any shares of Common Stock issued at a later date within this one year period as
a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise with respect to such restricted stock
will be subject to the same restrictions.

     Purchases  of  Common  Stock of the Stock  Holding  Company  by  directors,
executive  officers and their associates  during the three-year period following
completion  of the  Reorganization  may be made only  through a broker or dealer
registered with the SEC, except with the prior written approval of the OTS. This
restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated  transactions  involving more
than 1% of the Stock Holding  Company's  outstanding  Common Stock or to certain
purchases of stock pursuant to an employee stock benefit plan.

     Pursuant to OTS  regulations,  the Stock Holding  Company will generally be
prohibited  from  repurchasing  any shares of the  Common  Stock for a period of
three years following the Reorganization  other than pursuant to (i) an offer to
all  stockholders  on a pro rata basis which is  approved by the OTS  (provided,
however,  that the MHC may be excluded with the approval of the OTS) or (ii) the
repurchase of qualifying  shares of a director,  if any;  although the OTS under
its current policies may approve a request to repurchase  shares of Common Stock
following the six-month  anniversary  of the  Reorganization.  Furthermore,  the
Stock Holding Company may not

                                       132

<PAGE>



   
repurchase  any of its stock (i) if the result would be to reduce the regulatory
capital of the Bank  below the amount  required  for  liquidation  account to be
established  pursuant OTS  regulations  and (ii) except in  compliance  with the
policies of the OTS regarding capital distributions.

     The above  limitations are subject to OTS policies which generally  provide
that the Stock Holding Company may repurchase its capital stock provided:

     o    no  repurchases  occur  within  the first  six  months  following  the
          Reorganization;

     o    repurchases  during the second six months following the Reorganization
          do not exceed 5% of its outstanding  capital stock (subject to certain
          exceptions)  and  repurchases  prior to the third  anniversary  of the
          Reorganization do not exceed 25% of its outstanding capital stock;

     o    repurchases prior to the third anniversary of the  Reorganization  are
          part of an open-market stock repurchase program;
    

     o    if the  repurchases do not cause the Bank to become  undercapitalized;
          and

   
     o    the Bank provides to the Regional Director of the OTS no later than 10
          days prior to the commencement of a repurchase  program written notice
          containing a full description of the program to be undertaken and such
          program is not disapproved by the Regional Director.
    

The OTS may permit  stock  repurchases  in excess of such  amounts  prior to the
third anniversary of the  Reorganization if exceptional  circumstances are shown
to exist.


   
                           RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION
                    OF THE STOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND THE BANK
    

     The principal federal  regulatory  restrictions which affect the ability of
any person,  firm or entity to acquire the Stock  Holding  Company,  the Bank or
their respective  capital stock are described below.  Also discussed are certain
provisions in the Stock Holding Company's Charter and Bylaws which may be deemed
to affect the ability of a person,  firm or entity to acquire the Stock  Holding
Company.

Federal Law

     The Change in the Bank Control Act provides that no person, acting directly
or  indirectly  or  through or in concert  with one or more other  persons,  may
acquire control of a savings  institutuion unless the OTS has been given 60 days
prior written notice. The HOLA provides that no company may acquire "control" of
a savings  institution  without the prior  approval of the OTS. Any company that
acquires  such  control  becomes a savings and loan holding  company  subject to
registration,  examination  and  regulation  by the  OTS.  Pursuant  to  federal
regulations,  control of a savings  institution is  conclusively  deemed to have
been acquired by, among other

                                       133

<PAGE>



   
things,  the  acquisition  of more than 25% of any class of voting  stock of the
institution  or the  ability  to  control  the  election  of a  majority  of the
directors  of an  institution.  Moreover,  control  is  presumed  to  have  been
acquired,  subject to  rebuttal,  upon the  acquisition  of more than 10% of any
class of  voting  stock,  or of more than 25% of any class of stock of a savings
institution,  where certain enumerated "control factors" are also present in the
acquisition. The OTS may prohibit an acquisition of control if:

     o    it would result in a monopoly or substantially lessen competition;

     o    the financial  condition of the acquiring  person might jeopardize the
          financial stability of the institution; or

     o    the  competence,  experience  or  integrity  of the  acquiring  person
          indicates that it would not be in the interest of the depositors or of
          the public to permit the acquisition of control by such person.
    

The  foregoing  restrictions  do not  apply  to  the  acquisition  of a  savings
institution's capital stock by one or more tax-qualified  employee stock benefit
plans,  provided that the plan or plans do not have beneficial  ownership in the
aggregate  of more  than 25% of any  class of  equity  security  of the  savings
institution.

     For a period of three years  following  consummation of the Stock Issuance,
OTS  regulations  generally  prohibit,  among  other  things,  any  person  from
acquiring  or making an offer to  acquire,  directly or  indirectly,  beneficial
ownership of more than 10% of the stock of the Stock Holding Company or the Bank
without OTS approval.

Mutual Holding Company Structure and the Stock Holding Company's Ownership of a
Majority of the Common Stock

   
     For information relating to the mutual holding company form of organization
and the MHC's ownership of a majority of the Common Stock that could  discourage
certain  transactions which involve an actual or threatened change in control of
the Stock Holding Company or the Bank and perpetuate  existing  management,  see
"Risk Factors - Capitol  Federal Savings Bank MHC will own more than half of the
stock of Capitol Federal Financial. This means that Capitol Federal Savings Bank
MHC will have enough votes to control what happens on most matters put to a vote
of stockholders" and "The Reorganization and Stock Issuance."

Charter and Bylaws of  Capital Federal Financial
    

     The following  discussion is a summary of certain provisions of the Charter
and Bylaws of the Stock Holding Company that relate to corporate governance. The
description is necessarily general and qualified by reference to the Charter and
Bylaws.

     Classified Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors of the Stock Holding
Company is required by the Charter and Bylaws to be divided  into three  classes
which are as equal in size as is  possible,  and one of such classes is required
to be elected annually by stockholders of the

                                       134

<PAGE>



Stock Holding  Company for  three-year  terms.  A classified  Board of Directors
promotes continuity and stability of management of the Stock Holding Company but
makes it more difficult for  stockholders  to change a majority of the directors
because it generally  takes at least two annual  elections of directors for this
to occur.

   
     Authorized but Unissued  Shares of Capital Stock.  Following the Offerings,
the Stock Holding  Company will have authorized but unissued shares of Preferred
Stock and Common Stock.  See  "Description  of Capital Stock of Capitol  Federal
Financial."  Although such shares could be used by the Board of Directors of the
Stock  Holding  Company to render more  difficult or to discourage an attempt to
obtain control of the Stock Holding Company by means of a merger,  tender offer,
proxy contest or otherwise,  it is  anticipated  that such uses will be unlikely
given the MHC's ownership of a majority of the Common Stock.
    

     Special  Meetings of  Stockholders.  The Stock  Holding  Company's  Charter
provides  that  for a  period  of  five  years  following  consummation  of  the
Reorganization,  special  meetings  of  stockholders  may be  called  only  upon
direction  of the  Stock  Holding  Company's  Board of  Directors,  for  matters
relating to changes in control of the Stock Holding Company or amendments to its
charter.

   
     Absence of Cumulative  Voting. The Stock Holding Company's Charter provides
that there shall not be cumulative  voting by  stockholders  for the election of
the Stock Holding Company's  directors.  The absence of cumulative voting rights
effectively  means that the MHC, as the holder of a majority of the shares voted
at a meeting of stockholders,  may, if it so chooses, elect all directors of the
Stock Holding Company to be elected at that meeting,  thus  precluding  minority
stockholder representation on the Stock Holding Company's Board of Directors.
    

     Restrictions  on Acquisitions  of Securities.  The Stock Holding  Company's
Charter  provides that for a period of five years from the effective date of the
Stock Issuance, no person other than the MHC may directly or indirectly offer to
acquire or acquire  the  beneficial  ownership  of more than 10% of any class of
equity security of the Stock Holding  Company.  This provision does not apply to
any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan of the Stock Holding Company or to
an  underwriter  or member of an  underwriting  or selling  group  involving the
public sale or resale of securities of the Stock Holding Company or a subsidiary
thereof;  provided,  that  upon  completion  of the  sale  or  resale,  no  such
underwriter  or member of the selling  group is a beneficial  owner of more than
10% of any class of equity securities of the Stock Holding Company. In addition,
during such five-year period, no shares  beneficially  owned in violation of the
foregoing percentage limitation shall be entitled to vote in connection with any
matter submitted to stockholders for a vote.

     Procedures for Stockholder Nominations.  The Stock Holding Company's Bylaws
provide that any  stockholder  desiring to make a nomination for the election of
directors  or a proposal  for new  business  at a meeting of  stockholders  must
submit  written  notice to the Secretary of the Stock  Holding  Company at least
five days before the date of the annual meeting. The Bylaws further provide that
if a  stockholder  seeking to make a  nomination  or a proposal for new business
fails to follow the prescribed procedures,  such proposal shall be laid over for
action

                                       135

<PAGE>



at an adjourned,  special, or annual meeting of the shareholders taking place 30
days or more thereafter. Management believes that it is in the best interests of
the Stock Holding  Company and its  stockholders  to provide  sufficient time to
enable  management  to disclose to  stockholders  information  about a dissident
slate of nominations  for directors.  This advance notice  requirement  may also
give  management  time to  solicit  its own  proxies in an attempt to defeat any
dissident slate of nominations  should management  determine that doing so is in
the best interest of stockholders generally.  Similarly, adequate advance notice
of stockholder  proposals will give  management time to study such proposals and
to determine  whether to recommend to the  stockholders  that such  proposals be
adopted.

Benefit Plans

     In addition to the  provisions of the Stock Holding  Company's  Charter and
Bylaws described  above,  certain benefit plans of the Stock Holding Company and
the Bank  adopted  in  connection  with the  Reorganization  and Stock  Issuance
contain provisions which also may discourage hostile takeover attempts which the
Boards of Directors of the Bank might  conclude are not in the best interests of
the Stock Holding  Company,  the Stock Holding Company and the Bank or the Stock
Holding Company's  stockholders.  For a description of the benefit plans and the
provisions  of such plans  relating  to changes in control of the Stock  Holding
Company or the Bank, see "Management - Benefits."


                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF
   
                            CAPITAL FEDERAL FINANCIAL
    

General

     The Stock  Holding  Company is  authorized  to issue 450 million  shares of
Common  Stock  having a par value of $0.01 per  share and 50  million  shares of
preferred stock having a par value of $0.01 per share (the  "Preferred  Stock").
The  Stock  Holding  Company  currently  expects  to  issue up to a  maximum  of
105,239,131  shares  (121,025,011  shares in the event  that the  maximum of the
Estimated  Offering  Range is increased by 15%) of Common Stock and no shares of
Preferred Stock in the Stock Issuance. Each share of the Stock Holding Company's
Common Stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all
respects  with,  each other share of Common Stock.  Upon payment of the Purchase
Price for the Common Stock in accordance  with the Plan,  all such stock will be
duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable.  Presented below is a description
of all aspects of the Stock  Holding  Company's  capital  stock which are deemed
material to an investment decision with respect to the Stock Issuance.

     The   Common   Stock  of  the  Stock   Holding   Company   will   represent
nonwithdrawable  capital,  will not be an account of an insurable type, and will
not be insured by the FDIC.

Common Stock

     Distributions.  The Stock Holding Company can pay dividends if, as and when
declared by its Board of Directors, subject to compliance with limitations which
are imposed by law. See

                                       136

<PAGE>



   
"Our Policy  Regarding  Dividends"  and "The MHC Intends to Waive Any  Dividends
From  Capitol  Federal  Financial."  The  holders  of Common  Stock of the Stock
Holding  Company will be entitled to receive and share equally in such dividends
as may be declared by the Board of Directors of the Stock Holding Company out of
funds legally available therefor.  If the Stock Holding Company issues Preferred
Stock,  the holders  thereof may have a priority  over the holders of the Common
Stock with respect to dividends.

     Voting Rights. Upon the effective date of the  Reorganization,  the holders
of Common  Stock of the Stock  Holding  Company will  possess  exclusive  voting
rights in the Stock  Holding  Company.  Each  holder  of  Common  Stock  will be
entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate  votes in
the election of directors. Under certain circumstances,  shares in excess of 10%
of the issued and outstanding  shares of Common Stock may be considered  "Excess
Shares"  and,  accordingly,  not be  entitled  to  vote.  See  "Restrictions  on
Acquisition  of the Stock  Holding  Company and the Bank." If the Stock  Holding
Company issues Preferred Stock,  holders of the Preferred Stock may also possess
voting rights.

     Liquidation. In the event of any liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of
the Bank,  the Stock Holding  Company,  as holder of the Bank's  capital  stock,
would be entitled  to receive,  after  payment or  provision  for payment of all
debts and  liabilities of the Bank,  including all deposit  accounts and accrued
interest  thereon,  and  after  distribution  of  the  balance  in  the  special
liquidation  account to  Eligible  Account  Holders  and  Supplemental  Eligible
Account  Holders (see "The  Reorganization  and Stock  Issuance - Effects of the
Reorganization  --  Liquidation  Rights"),  all assets of the Bank available for
distribution.  In the event of  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding up of the
Stock  Holding  Company,  the  holders of its Common  Stock would be entitled to
receive,   after  payment  or  provision  for  payment  of  all  its  debts  and
liabilities,  all of the  assets  of the Stock  Holding  Company  available  for
distribution.  If  Preferred  Stock is issued,  the  holders  thereof may have a
priority  over the holders of the Common  Stock in the event of  liquidation  or
dissolution.
    

     Preemptive Rights. Holders of the Common Stock of the Stock Holding Company
will not be entitled to  preemptive  rights with respect to any shares which may
be issued. The Common Stock is not subject to redemption.

Preferred Stock

     None of the  shares of the Stock  Holding  Company's  authorized  Preferred
Stock will be issued in the Stock  Issuance.  Such stock may be issued with such
preferences  and  designations  as the Board of Directors  may from time to time
determine.  The Board of Directors  can,  without  stockholder  approval,  issue
Preferred Stock with voting,  dividend,  liquidation and conversion rights which
could  dilute the voting  strength  of the  holders of the Common  Stock and may
assist  management  in impeding an  unfriendly  takeover or attempted  change in
control.  The Stock  Holding  Company  has no present  plans to issue  Preferred
Stock.



                                       137

<PAGE>



                          TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

   
     The transfer agent and registrar for Capital Federal Financial Common Stock
is
    
- --------.


                                     EXPERTS

     The financial  statements of the Bank as of September 30, 1998 and 1997 and
for each of the three years in the period ended  September  30, 1998 included in
this  Prospectus  have  been  audited  by  Deloitte  & Touche  LLP,  independent
auditors,  as stated in their  report  appearing  herein  and  elsewhere  in the
registration statement, and have been so included in reliance upon the report of
such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

     RP Financial has consented to the publication  herein of the summary of its
report to the Bank  setting  forth its  opinion  as to the  estimated  pro forma
market value of the Common Stock upon Reorganization and its letter with respect
to subscription rights.


                             LEGAL AND TAX OPINIONS

   
     The legality of the Common Stock and the federal income tax consequences of
the Reorganization will be passed upon for the Bank by Silver,  Freedman & Taff,
L.L.P.,  Washington,  D.C.,  special  counsel to the Bank and the Stock  Holding
Company. The Kansas income tax consequences of the Reorganization will be passed
upon for the Bank by Deloitte & Touche LLP. The federal income tax  consequences
of the  deductibility of a contribution of Stock Holding Company Common Stock to
the  private   foundation,   and  applicability  of  the  self-dealing  to  such
contribution  will be passed upon for the Bank by Deloitte & Touche LLP. Certain
legal  matters  will be passed upon for Charles  Webb & Company by Elias,  Matz,
Tiernan & Herrick L.L.P., Washington, D.C.
    


                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   
     The Stock Holding  Company has filed with the SEC a Registration  Statement
under the  Securities  Act with respect to the Common Stock offered  hereby.  As
permitted by the rules and  regulations  of the SEC,  this  Prospectus  does not
contain  all the  information  set  forth in the  Registration  Statement.  Such
information,  including  the  Appraisal  Report  which  is  an  exhibit  to  the
Registration  Statement,  can be examined without charge at the public reference
facilities of the SEC located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549,
and copies of such material can be obtained from the SEC at prescribed rates. In
addition,  the SEC  maintains  a web  site  (http://www.sec.gov)  that  contains
reports,  proxy  and  information  statements  and other  information  regarding
registrants that file  electronically  with the SEC, including the Stock Holding
Company.  The statements  contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any
contract or other  document  filed as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement
are, of necessity,  brief descriptions thereof and are not necessarily complete;
each such statement is qualified by

                                       138
    

<PAGE>

   

reference to such contract or document. Capitol Federal Savings also maintains a
website  (http://www.capfed.com)  which contains various  information  about the
Bank.
    

     The Bank has  filed  Applications  on Form  MHC-1  and  Form  MHC-2  and an
Application  H-(e)1 with the OTS with  respect to the  Reorganization  and Stock
Issuance.   This  Prospectus  omits  certain  information   contained  in  those
applications.  The  Applications  may be examined at the principal office of the
OTS, 1700 G Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20552, and at the Midwest Regional
Office of the OTS located at 122 West John Carpenter Freeway, Suite 600, Irving,
Texas, 75261-9027.

     In  connection  with the  Reorganization,  the Stock  Holding  Company will
register  its Common Stock with the SEC under  Section 12 of the  Exchange  Act,
and, upon such  registration,  the Stock Holding  Company and the holders of its
stock  will  become  subject  to  the  proxy   solicitation   rules,   reporting
requirements  and  restrictions  on stock  purchases  and  sales  by  directors,
officers and greater than 10%  stockholders,  the annual and periodic  reporting
and certain other  requirements  of the Exchange Act.  Under the Plan, the Stock
Holding Company has undertaken that it will not terminate such  registration for
a period of at least three years following the Reorganization.

   
     A copy of the  Plan of  Reorganization  and  Stock  Issuance  Plan  and the
Charter  and  Bylaws  of the  Stock  Holding  Company,  the Bank and the MHC are
available without charge from the Bank.  Requests for such information should be
directed to: Stockholder Relations,  Capitol Federal Savings, 700 Kansas Avenue,
Topeka, Kansas 66603.
    




                                       139

<PAGE>



           CAPITOL FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


                                                                          Page

Independent Auditors' Report.........................................      F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 1998 and 1997........    F-3-F-4

   
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended
 September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996...................................       36
    

Consolidated Statements of Equity for the Years Ended
 September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996...................................       F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
 September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996...................................    F-6-F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended
 September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996...................................   F-8-F-30


         All  schedules  are omitted  because the  required  information  is not
applicable or is included in the Consolidated  Financial  Statements and related
Notes.

         The financial statements of the Stock Holding Company have been omitted
because the Stock Holding Company has not yet issued any stock, has no assets or
liabilities,  and  has  not  conducted  any  business  other  than  that  of  an
organizational nature.



                                       F-1

<PAGE>


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


Board of Directors
Capitol Federal Savings and Loan Association and Subsidiary
Topeka, Kansas

We have audited the accompanying  consolidated balance sheets of Capitol Federal
Savings and Loan  Association  and  Subsidiary  (the "Bank") as of September 30,
1998 and 1997,  and the related  consolidated  statements of income,  equity and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended  September  30, 1998.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Bank's management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  such consolidated  financial  statements present fairly, in all
material  respects,  the financial position of the Bank as of September 30, 1998
and 1997,  and the results of their  operations and their cash flows for each of
the three  years in the period  ended  September  30,  1998 in  conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.



/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
- -------------------------

November 17, 1998
Kansas City, Missouri

                                      F-2

<PAGE>


CAPITOL FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
  AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997 (in thousands)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ASSETS                                                    1998          1997
- ------                                                    ----          ----
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
  Cash and amounts due from depository institutions   $   12,454   $   15,188
  Interest bearing deposits in other banks ........       12,000       16,000
                                                      ----------   ----------
           Total cash and cash equivalents ........       24,454       31,188

SECURITIES PURCHASED UNDER AGREEMENT TO RESELL ....      235,000

INVESTMENT SECURITIES, Held-to-maturity
  (Market value of $160,712 and $585,979)..........      160,569      585,394

CAPITAL STOCK OF FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK, At cost ..       43,584       40,398

MORTGAGE-RELATED SECURITIES:
  Available-for-sale, At market value
   (Amortized cost of $726,104 and $738,216) ......      747,991      754,179
  Held-to-maturity (Market value of $319,128
   and $118,956) ..................................      320,379      120,007

LOANS HELD FOR SALE, Net (Market value of
 $14,901 and $9,590) ..............................       14,578        9,590

LOANS RECEIVABLE, Net (Less allowance for
 loan losses of $4,981 and $1,639) ................    3,710,252    3,322,102

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, Net .......................       22,785       20,113

REAL ESTATE OWNED, Net (Less allowance for
 losses of $139 and $166) .........................        1,964        2,435

ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE:
  Loans receivable ................................       18,399       17,192
  Mortgage-related securities .....................        6,823       11,199
  Investment securities ...........................        2,776        3,523

OTHER ASSETS ......................................        5,347        6,337
                                                      ----------   ----------
   
TOTAL ASSETS ......................................   $5,314,901   $4,923,657
                                                      ==========   ==========
    

                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-3
<PAGE>


CAPITOL FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
  AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997 (in thousands)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                                     1998           1997
- ----------------------                                     ----           ----
LIABILITIES:
  Deposits .........................................    $3,894,180    $3,787,123
  Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank .............       500,000       275,000
  Securities sold under agreement to repurchase ....       175,000       175,000
  Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and
   insurance .......................................        37,426        37,884
  Income taxes payable .............................           227         3,378
  Deferred income taxes ............................        28,995        26,658
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses ............        16,741        13,828
                                                        ----------    ----------
   
           Total liabilities .......................     4,652,569     4,318,871
    

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 16)

EQUITY:
  Retained earnings ................................       649,199       595,208
  Unrealized gains on mortgage-related
   securities available-for-sale (net
   of deferred income taxes of $8,755
   and $6,385) .....................................        13,133         9,578
                                                        ----------    ----------
   
           Total equity ............................       662,332       604,786
                                                        ----------    ----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY .......................    $5,314,901    $4,923,657
                                                        ==========    ==========
    

See notes to consolidated financial statements.                      (Concluded)

                                      F-4
<PAGE>


CAPITOL FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY
YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998, 1997 AND 1996 (in thousands)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                              Unrealized
                                                              Gains on
                                                              Available-
                                                  Retained     for-Sale    Total
                                                  Earnings    Securities  Equity
                                                  --------    ----------  ------
BALANCE, October 1, 1995 ......................   $515,882              $515,882

  Net income ..................................     26,622                26,622

  Change in accounting resulting from
   implementation of Financial Accounting
   Standards Board Special Report on SFAS
   No. 115, net of deferred income taxes
   of $2,333 ..................................              $  3,650      3,650

  Change in unrealized gains on mortgage-
   related securities available-for-sale,
   net of deferred income taxes of $945 .......                 1,268      1,268
                                                  --------   --------   --------

BALANCE, September 30, 1996 ...................    542,504      4,918    547,422

  Net income ..................................     52,704                52,704

  Change in unrealized gains on
   mortgage-related securities
   available-for-sale, net of
   deferred income taxes of $3,107 ............                 4,660      4,660
                                                  --------   --------   --------

BALANCE, September 30, 1997 ...................    595,208      9,578    604,786

  Net income ..................................     53,991                53,991

  Change in unrealized gains on
   mortgage-related securities
   available-for-sale, net of
   deferred income taxes of $2,370 ............                 3,555      3,555
                                                  --------   --------   --------

BALANCE, September 30, 1998 ...................   $649,199   $ 13,133   $662,332
                                                  ========   ========   ========


See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>

CAPITOL FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998, 1997 AND 1996 (in thousands)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 1998            1997            1996
                                                                                 ----            ----            ----
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
<S>                                                                       <C>             <C>             <C>         
  Net income ..........................................................   $     53,991    $     52,704    $     26,622
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
    provided by operating activities:
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends ............................         (3,186)         (2,646)         (2,337)
    Amortization of net deferred loan origination fees ................         (8,115)         (7,048)         (6,239)
    Provision for loan losses .........................................          3,362              56             865
    Provision for losses on real estate owned .........................            216             424             415
    Net loan origination fees capitalized .............................          8,849           7,266           7,120
    Gain on sales of real estate owned, net ...........................           (382)           (438)           (766)
    Gain on sale of loans .............................................           (172)           (253)           (292)
    Originations of loans held for sale ...............................        (23,760)         (3,560)         (3,062)
    Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale ........................         18,782           4,251          15,588
    Amortization and accretion of premiums and discounts on
      mortgage-related securities and investment securities ...........          1,039          (1,770)         (2,100)
    Depreciation and amortization on premises and equipment ...........          2,960           2,816           2,769
    Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes .....................            (33)         10,637          (5,131)
    Changes in:
      Accrued interest receivable .....................................          3,916             334          (4,742)
      Other assets ....................................................            990            (297)          1,003
      Income taxes payable ............................................         (3,151)          1,972          (1,377)
      Accounts payable and accrued expenses ...........................          2,913         (24,682)         22,673
                                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------

            Net cash provided by operating activities .................         58,219          39,766          51,009
                                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from maturities of investment securities ...................        850,060         196,992         267,860
  Purchases of investment securities ..................................       (425,000)        (64,992)       (313,672)
  Purchases of securities under agreement to resell ...................       (235,000)
  Principal collected on mortgage-related securities available-for-sale        255,352         112,900         171,916
  Purchases of mortgage-related securities available-for-sale .........       (244,027)       (249,850)        (26,519)
  Principal collected on mortgage-related securities held-to-maturity .        138,934          10,115          11,259
  Purchases of mortgage-related securities held-to-maturity ...........       (339,792)       (113,117)
  Loan originations net of principal collected on loans receivable ....       (273,624)       (266,024)       (164,083)
  Purchases of loans receivable .......................................       (124,724)       (117,425)        (38,085)
  Purchases of premises and equipment, net ............................         (5,632)         (4,504)         (1,926)
  Proceeds from sales of real estate owned ............................          6,901           7,364           5,138
                                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------

            Net cash used in investing activities .....................       (396,552)       (488,541)        (88,112)
                                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------

                                                                                                           (Continued)
</TABLE>


                                      F-6
<PAGE>

CAPITOL FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998, 1997 AND 1996 (in thousands)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   1998          1997           1996
                                                   ----          ----           ----
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
<S>                                            <C>           <C>            <C>        
  Deposits, net of payments ................   $   107,057   $    46,405    $    67,088
  Proceeds from advances from Federal
   Home Loan Bank ..........................       255,000       337,000        116,000
  Repayments on advances from Federal
   Home Loan Bank ..........................       (30,000)      (62,000)      (116,000)
  Proceeds from securities sold under
   agreement to repurchase .................                     175,000
  Repayments of securities sold under
   agreement to repurchase .................                     (75,000)
  Advance payments by borrowers for
   taxes and insurance .....................          (458)          182        (14,692)
                                               -----------   -----------    -----------

           Net cash provided by
            financing activities ...........       331,599       421,587         52,396
                                               -----------   -----------    -----------

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND
 CASH EQUIVALENTS ..........................        (6,734)      (27,188)        15,293

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
  Beginning of year ........................        31,188        58,376         43,083
                                               -----------   -----------    -----------

  End of year ..............................   $    24,454   $    31,188    $    58,376
                                               ===========   ===========    ===========

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF
  CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

  Income tax payments, net of refunds of
   $24 and $6 in 1997 and 1996,
    respectively ...........................   $    37,910   $    39,987    $    24,901
                                               ===========   ===========    ===========

  Interest payments, net of interest
   credited to deposits of $176,588,
    $175,242 and $168,111 ..................   $    58,280   $    31,510    $    31,334
                                               ===========   ===========    ===========

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH INVESTING
  AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

  Loans transferred to real estate owned ...   $     5,664   $     6,425    $     7,442
                                               ===========   ===========    ===========

  Loans made upon the sale of
   real estate owned .......................   $       600   $       193    $       419
                                               ===========   ===========    ===========

  Mortgage-related securities transferred
   from held to maturity to available-
   for-sale ................................   $             $              $   720,804
                                               ===========   ===========    ===========

                                                                            (Concluded)

</TABLE>


See notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-7
<PAGE>

CAPITOL FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998, 1997 AND 1996 (Amounts in thousands)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


1.    ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

      Nature of Operations - Capitol Federal Savings and Loan  Association  (the
      "Bank") is a federally chartered  mutually-held  thrift. The Bank has over
      twenty  branches  throughout  the State of  Kansas.  The Bank  principally
      engages in the  origination  of single  family  mortgages  and  attracting
      consumer deposits in the State of Kansas.

      Principles  of  Consolidation  -  The  consolidated  financial  statements
      include the accounts of the Bank, and its wholly owned subsidiary, Capitol
      Funds,  Inc.  Capitol  Funds,  Inc.  has  one  loan  outstanding  for  the
      acquisition and development of land for the  construction of single-family
      residential homes. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have
      been eliminated.

      Cash and Cash  Equivalents  - Cash and cash  equivalents  include  cash on
      hand,  amounts  due from  banks  and  interest  bearing  deposits  with an
      original  maturity  of three  months  or less.  The Bank has  acknowledged
      informal  agreements with banks where they maintain deposits.  Under these
      agreements,  service fees charged to the Bank are waived provided  certain
      average compensating balances are maintained throughout each month.

      The Bank is required by regulation  to maintain  liquid assets in the form
      of cash and  securities  approved by federal  regulations,  at a quarterly
      average  of  not  less  than  4%  of  customer   deposits  and  short-term
      borrowings.

      Investment Securities,  Securities Purchased Under Agreement to Resell and
      Mortgage-Related  Securities,  Held-to-Maturity  - Investment  securities,
      securities  purchased  under  agreement  to  resell  and  mortgage-related
      securities  are  held-to-maturity  and are  stated at cost,  adjusted  for
      amortization  of premium and discounts which are recognized as adjustments
      to interest  income over the life of the securities  using the level-yield
      method.

      To the extent management determines a decline in value in an investment or
      mortgage-related security held-to-maturity to be other than temporary, the
      Bank will  adjust  the  carrying  value and  include  such  expense in the
      consolidated statements of income.

      Capital  Stock of Federal  Home Loan Bank - Capital  Stock of Federal Home
      Loan  Bank is  carried  at cost.  Dividends  received  on such  stock  are
      reflected as interest and dividend income in the  consolidated  statements
      of income.

      Mortgage-Related   Securities,   Available-for-Sale   -   Mortgage-related
      securities  available-for-sale  are recorded at their  current fair value.
      Unrealized    gains   or    losses    on    mortgage-related    securities
      available-for-sale  are included as a separate component of equity, net of
      deferred   income   taxes.   Gains  or  losses  on  the   disposition   of
      mortgage-related securities  available-for-sale,  are recognized using the
      specific identification method.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>


      During 1995, the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board ("FASB") issued a
      report entitled  "A Guide to  Implementation  of  Statement  No.  115,  on
      Accounting for Certain  Investments  in Debt and Equity  Securities"  (the
      "Guide").  The  Guide  allows a  Company  a one time  reclassification  of
      securities from  held-to-maturity  to  available-for-sale  without adverse
      accounting  consequences  for the remainder of the portfolio.  On November
      30,  1995,  the Bank  elected to  reclassify  mortgage-related  securities
      held-to-maturity  with a carrying  value of  approximately  $720,804 and a
      market value of approximately $726,787 to available-for-sale.  As a result
      of the transfer,  equity increased by approximately  $3,650 to reflect the
      net unrealized gain on the securities.

      Loans Held for Sale - The Bank's  management  designates  certain loans as
      held  for  sale as  management  does  not  intend  to hold  such  loans to
      maturity.  Accordingly,  such loans are carried at the lower of  amortized
      cost  (outstanding  principal  adjusted for deferred  loan fees) or market
      value.  Market  values  for  such  loans  are  determined  based  on sales
      commitments  or  dealer  quotations.  Gains or  losses  on such  sales are
      recognized  utilizing  the  specific   identification  method.   Interest,
      including amortization and accretion of deferred loan fees, is included in
      interest income on loans receivable.

      Loans Receivable, net - Loans are stated at the amount of unpaid principal
      less an  allowance  for loan losses,  undisbursed  loan funds and unearned
      discounts and loan fees,  net of certain  direct loan  origination  costs.
      Interest  on loans is  credited  to income as earned and  accrued  only if
      deemed  collectible.  Loans are placed on  nonaccrual  status when, in the
      opinion of management, the full timely collection of principal or interest
      is in doubt.  As a general rule,  the accrual of interest is  discontinued
      when principal or interest payments become doubtful. When a loan is placed
      on nonaccrual  status,  previously accrued but unpaid interest is reversed
      against current income.  Subsequent  collections of cash may be applied as
      reductions  to the principal  balance,  interest in arrears or recorded as
      income,   depending   on   management's   assessment   of   the   ultimate
      collectibility  of the loan.  Nonaccrual  loans may be restored to accrual
      status when  principal  and  interest  become  current and full payment of
      principal and interest is expected.

      Net  loan  origination  and  commitment  fees  are  amortized  as a  yield
      adjustment  to  interest  income  using the  level-yield  method  over the
      contractual lives of the related loans.

   
      Provision for Loan Losses - The Bank  considers a loan to be impaired when
      management  believes it is probable  that it will be unable to collect all
      principal and interest due according to the contractual terms of the loan.
      If a loan is  impaired,  the Bank  records a loss  valuation  equal to the
      excess  of the  loan's  carrying  value  over  the  present  value  of the
      estimated  future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective rate based
      on the loan's observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral
      if the loan is collateral dependent.  One-to-four family residential loans
      and consumer loans are  collectively  evaluated for  impairment.  Loans on
      residential   properties  with  greater  than  four  units  and  loans  on
      construction  and development and commercial  properties are evaluated for
      impairment  on a loan by loan  basis.  The  allowance  for loan  losses is
      increased  by charges  to income  and  decreased  by  charge-offs  (net of
      recoveries).  Management's  periodic  evaluation  of the  adequacy  of the
      allowance  is based on the  Bank's  past loan loss  experience,  known and
      inherent risks in the portfolio,  adverse  situations  that may affect the
      borrower's  ability  to  repay,  the  estimated  value  of any  underlying
      collateral, and current economic conditions.
    

      Assessing  the  adequacy of the  allowance  for loan losses is  inherently
      subjective as it requires making material estimates,  including the amount
      and timing of future cash flows expected to be received on impaired loans,
      that  may  be  susceptible  to  significant  change.  In  the  opinion  of
      management,  the  allowance  when taken as a whole,  is adequate to absorb
      reasonable estimated loan losses inherent in the Bank's loan portfolios.

                                       F-9
<PAGE>


      Premises  and  Equipment  -  Land  is  carried  at  cost.   Buildings  and
      improvements,  furniture,  fixtures and  equipment are stated at cost less
      accumulated  depreciation.  Depreciation is computed on  straight-line  or
      accelerated methods over the estimated useful lives of the related assets.
      The estimated useful lives of the assets are as follows:

               Buildings and improvements                     20-40 years

               Furniture, fixtures and equipment               5-10 years


      Real Estate Owned - Real estate owned  represents  foreclosed  assets held
      for sale and is recorded at fair value as of the date of foreclosure  less
      estimated  disposal costs (the new basis) and is  subsequently  carried at
      the lower of the new basis or fair value less selling costs on the current
      measurement  date.   Adjustments  for  estimated  losses  are  charged  to
      operations  when any  significant  decline  reduces the fair value to less
      than carrying  value.  Costs and expenses  related to major  additions and
      improvements  are capitalized  while  maintenance and repairs which do not
      improve  or  extend  the  lives  of the  respective  assets  are  expensed
      currently.  Gains on the sale of real  estate  owned are  recognized  upon
      disposition  of the  property  to the  extent  allowable  considering  the
      adequacy of the down payment and other requirements.

      Income Taxes - The Bank files a  consolidated  income tax return using the
      accrual basis of accounting.

      The Bank  provides  for income taxes using the  asset/liability  method of
      accounting for income taxes.  Deferred income taxes are recognized for the
      tax consequences of temporary  differences between the financial statement
      carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities.

      In years prior to September 30, 1997,  thrift  institutions were permitted
      under the Internal  Revenue Code to deduct an annual addition to a reserve
      for  bad  debts  in  determining   taxable  income,   subject  to  certain
      limitations.  This addition  differs from the bad debt experience used for
      financial accounting purposes. Bad debt deductions for income tax purposes
      are included in taxable income of later years only if the bad debt reserve
      is used  subsequently for purposes other than to absorb bad debt losses. A
      deferred  tax  liability  is provided  only to the extent the tax bad debt
      reserve  exceeds the base year  reserve.  The base year reserve is the tax
      bad debt  reserve  as of  September  30,  1988.  Retained  earnings  as of
      September 30, 1998 includes  approximately  $97,108  representing such bad
      debt  reserve as of the base year for which no deferred  income taxes have
      been provided.

      The Small  Business Job  Protection  Act of 1996 (the "Act")  repealed the
      special bad debt reserve method for thrift institutions.  The Act requires
      thrifts to  recapture  any  reserves  accumulated  after 1987 but forgives
      taxes owed on reserves accumulated prior to 1988. Thrift institutions will
      be given six years to account for the recaptured excess reserves. The Bank
      must recapture excess reserves beginning with the year ended September 30,
      1997.  Thrift  institutions  will be permitted to delay the timing of this
      recapture  for up to two years  depending  upon  whether they meet certain
      residential  loan tests. A deferred tax liability has been provided on the
      amount of bad debt reserve that exceeds the base year reserve.

      Revenue  Recognition  -  Interest  income,  loan  fees,  checking  account
      transaction fees, insurance  commissions,  automated teller and debit card
      transaction  fees,  and  other  ancillary  income  related  to the  Bank's
      deposits and lending activities are accrued as earned.



                                      F-10
<PAGE>


      Estimates - The  preparation of these  financial  statements in conformity
      with generally accepted accounting  principles requires management to make
      estimates and assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and
      liabilities  and  disclosure of contingent  assets and  liabilities at the
      date of the financial  statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
      expenses during the reporting periods.  Significant  estimates include the
      loan loss reserve and fair values of financial instruments. Actual results
      could differ from those estimates.

      New Statements of Financial  Accounting  Standards - In February 1997, the
      FASB issued Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 128,
      "Earnings per Share".  The Statement  establishes  standards for computing
      and presenting earnings per share ("EPS"). It replaces the presentation of
      primary EPS with a  presentation  of basic EPS. The Statement is effective
      for the Bank's  financial  statements as of September  30, 1999.  The Bank
      will compute  earnings per share under the new standard upon completion of
      its proposed stock offering (Note 20).

      In February 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 129, "Disclosure of Information
      about  Capital  Structure".   The  Statement   establishes  standards  for
      disclosing information about an entity's capital structure.  The Statement
      is effective for the Bank's financial statements as of September 30, 1999.
      The Bank is prepared to comply with the additional reporting  requirements
      of this Statement and does not anticipate that the  implementation of this
      Statement  will  have a  material  impact  on the  consolidated  financial
      statements.

      In June 1997, FASB issued SFAS No. 130, "Reporting  Comprehensive Income".
      The  Statement   establishes   standards  for  reporting  and  display  of
      comprehensive  income and its components  (revenues,  expenses,  gains and
      losses)  in a  full  set of  general-purpose  financial  statements.  This
      Statement requires that all items that are required to be recognized under
      accounting  standards as components of comprehensive income be reported in
      a financial  statement that is displayed with the same prominence as other
      financial  statements.  This Statement requires that the Bank (a) classify
      items  of  other  comprehensive  income  by their  nature  in a  financial
      statement and (b) display the accumulated  balance of other  comprehensive
      income separately from retained earnings and additional paid-in capital in
      the equity section of a statement of financial position.  The Statement is
      effective for the Bank's  financial  statements for the fiscal year ending
      September  30,  1999.  The Bank is prepared to comply with the  additional
      reporting  requirements of this Statement and does not anticipate that the
      implementation  of this  Statement  will  have a  material  impact  on the
      consolidated financial statements.

      In June 1997, FASB issued SFAS No. 131,  "Disclosures about Segments of an
      Enterprise and Related  Information".  The Statement establishes standards
      for the way that public  business  enterprises  report  information  about
      operating segments in annual financial  statements and requires that those
      enterprises  report  selected  information  about  operating  segments  in
      interim  financial  reports issued to  shareholders.  It also  establishes
      standards for related disclosures about products and services,  geographic
      areas,  and major  customers.  The  Statement is effective  for the Bank's
      financial  statements  for the fiscal year ending  September 30, 1999. The
      Bank is prepared to comply with the additional  reporting  requirements of
      this Statement and does not  anticipate  that the  implementation  of this
      Statement  will  have a  material  impact  on the  consolidated  financial
      statements.



                                      F-11

<PAGE>


      In February  1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 132,  "Employers"  Disclosures
      about Pensions and Other Postretirement  Benefits'.  The Statement revises
      employers'  disclosures about pensions and other  post-retirement  benefit
      plans.  The Statement  does not change the  measurement  or recognition of
      those  plans.   The  Statement  is  effective  for  the  Bank's  financial
      statements  for the fiscal year ending  September  30,  1999.  The Bank is
      prepared  to comply with the  additional  reporting  requirements  of this
      Statement  and  does  not  anticipate  that  the  implementation  of  this
      Statement  will  have a  material  impact  on the  consolidated  financial
      statements.

      In June 1998,  the FASB issued SFAS No. 133,  "Accounting  for  Derivative
      Instruments and Hedging Activities".  The Statement establishes accounting
      and  reporting  standards for  derivative  instruments  including  certain
      derivative instruments embedded in other contracts  (collectively referred
      to as  derivatives)  and hedging  activities.  The  Statement  requires an
      entity to recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the
      statement of  financial  position and measure  those  instruments  at fair
      value. The Statement is effective for the Bank's financial  statements for
      the fiscal year ending  September 30, 2000. The adoption of this Statement
      is not  expected  to have a  material  impact on the  Bank's  consolidated
      financial statements.

      In  October  1998,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  134,   "Accounting   for
      Mortgage-Backed  Securities  Retained after the Securitization of Mortgage
      Loans  Held for Sale by a  Mortgage  Banking  Enterprise".  The  Statement
      changes the way mortgage banking firms account for certain  securities and
      other  interests they retain after  securitizing  mortgage loans that were
      held for  sale.  The  Statement  is  effective  for the  Bank's  financial
      statements as of January 1, 1999.  The Bank does not  anticipate  that the
      implementation  of this  Statement  will  have a  material  impact  on the
      consolidated financial statements.

      Reclassifications - Certain  reclassifications  have been made to the 1996
      and 1997  consolidated  financial  statements in order to conform with the
      1998 presentation.

2.    INVESTMENT SECURITIES HELD-TO-MATURITY

                                                September 30, 1998
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                                   Gross     Gross     Estimated
                                    Amortized   Unrealized  Unrealized   Market
                                      Cost         Gains     Losses      Value
                                      ----         -----     ------      -----
Federal Home Loan Bank notes ..... $ 55,000     $     45     $          $ 55,045
U.S. Government agencies:
Federal Home Loan Mortgage
 Corporation notes ...............    9,999            9                  10,008
Federal National Mortgage
Association notes ................   95,470           89                  95,559
   
Other securities .................      100                                  100
    
                                   --------     --------     --------   --------
    Total ........................ $160,569     $    143     $          $160,712
                                   ========     ========     ========   ========



                                      F-12
<PAGE>



                                               September 30, 1997
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                                 Gross       Gross     Estimated
                                   Amortized   Unrealized  Unrealized   Market
                                     Cost        Gains       Losses     Value
                                     ----        -----       ------     -----
Federal Home Loan Bank notes ..... $230,175     $  1,402   $    369   $231,208
U.S. Government agencies:
  Federal Home Loan Mortgage
    Corporation notes ............   53,123                      88     53,035
  Federal National Mortgage
    Association notes ............  301,996          167        527    301,636
   
Other securities .................      100                                100
    
                                   --------     --------   --------   --------

          Total .................. $585,394     $  1,569   $    984   $585,979
                                   ========     ========   ========   ========


      The amortized  cost and estimated  fair value of investment  securities by
      contractual maturity are as follows:


                                       September 30, 1998    September 30, 1997
                                       --------------------  -------------------
                                                  Estimated            Estimated
                                       Amortized    Market   Amortized   Market
                                         Cost       Value      Cost      Value
                                         ----       -----      ----      -----
One year or less ...................   $135,469   $135,596   $ 77,372   $ 77,312
One year through five years ........     25,100     25,116    209,440    208,863
Five years through ten years .......                            4,996      5,072
Ten years and thereafter ...........                          293,586    294,732
                                       --------   --------   --------   --------

                                       $160,569   $160,712   $585,394   $585,979
                                       ========   ========   ========   ========


      As of  September  30,  1998 and 1997,  the Bank held  callable  notes with
      aggregate  carrying values of $160,469 and $585,294,  respectively.  As of
      September 30, 1998, the notes bear interest at rates ranging from 4.98% to
      5.93% with stated  maturity dates ranging from 1999 to 2001. The bonds are
      callable on specified  dates.  The  maturities  stated  above  reflect the
      contractual maturities of the securities and not the call dates.

      During 1996,  the Bank sold  investment  securities  with carrying  values
      aggregating   $20,000   within  three   months  of  maturity.   All  other
      dispositions of investment  securities during 1998, 1997 and 1996 were the
      result of maturities or calls.

      As of September  30, 1998,  the Bank has pledged  securities as collateral
      with  amortized  cost of $11,000 and estimated  market value of $11,017 to
      the Federal Reserve for treasury, tax and loan requirements.


                                      F-13

<PAGE>


3.    MORTGAGE-RELATED SECURITIES, AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE

                                                  September 30, 1998
                                    -------------------------------------------
                                                 Gross      Gross     Estimated
                                    Amortized  Unrealized Unrealized    Market
                                      Cost       Gains      Losses      Value
                                      ----       -----      ------      -----
Pass through certificates:
  Federal National Mortgage
    Association .................   $260,291   $  7,753    $     61    $267,983
  Federal Home Loan Mortgage
    Corporation .................    465,813     14,288          93     480,008
                                    --------   --------    --------    --------
                                    $726,104   $ 22,041    $    154    $747,991
                                    ========   ========    ========    ========


                                               September 30, 1997
                                 ---------------------------------------------
                                               Gross       Gross     Estimated
                                 Amortized   Unrealized  Unrealized    Market
                                    Cost       Gains       Losses      Value
                                    ----       -----       ------      -----
Pass through certificates:
  Federal National Mortgage
    Association ................   $239,445    $  4,048    $           $243,493
  Federal Home Loan Mortgage
    Corporation ................    498,771      12,492         577     510,686
                                   --------    --------    --------    --------
                                   $738,216    $ 16,540    $    577    $754,179
                                   ========    ========    ========    ========


      There were no sales of mortgage-related  securities  available-for-sale in
      fiscal years 1998, 1997 and 1996.

      The  amortized  cost  and  estimated  market  value  of   mortgage-related
      securities available-for-sale by contractual maturity are as follows:


                                  September 30, 1998        September 30, 1997
                                ----------------------    ----------------------
                                            Estimated                  Estimated
                                Amortized     Market      Amortized      Market
                                  Cost        Value          Cost        Value
                                  ----        -----          ----        -----
One year or less .............   $ 20,825    $ 20,764      $ 10,715    $ 10,665
One year through five years ..     30,981      31,260        57,418      57,360
Five years through ten years .      3,729       3,874         5,821       6,085
Ten years and thereafter .....    670,569     692,093       664,262     680,069
                                 --------    --------      --------    --------
                                 $726,104    $747,991      $738,216    $754,179
                                 ========    ========      ========    ========


      Actual  maturities  of the  mortgage-related  securities  may differ  from
      scheduled maturities as borrowers have the right to call or prepay certain
      obligations,  sometimes without penalties.  Maturities of mortgage-related
      securities depend on the repayment  characteristics  and experience of the
      underlying obligation.

                                      F-14

<PAGE>



      As of September 30, 1998,  the Bank has pledged  securities  available for
      sale as collateral  with amortized  cost of $145,658 and estimated  market
      value of $148,522 to public unit  depositors  of the Bank, as security for
      letters of credit for low income  housing  projects and as collateral  for
      securities sold under agreement to repurchase (Note 12).

4.    MORTGAGE-RELATED SECURITIES HELD-TO-MATURITY


                                               September 30, 1998
                                   ------------------------------------------
                                                 Gross     Gross    Estimated
                                   Amortized   Unrealize  Unrealized  Market
                                      Cost       Gains     Losses     Value
                                      ----       -----     ------     -----
Collateralized mortgage
 obligations:
  Federal National Mortgage
   Association ..................  $240,242   $    396   $  1,289   $239,349
  Federal Home Loan Mortgage
   Corporation ..................    80,137                   358     79,779
                                   --------   --------   --------   --------

                                   $320,379   $    396   $  1,647   $319,128
                                   ========   ========   ========   ========



                                                    September 30, 1997
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                                 Gross      Gross      Estimated
                                   Amortized   Unrealized  Unrealized    Market
                                      Cost       Gains      Losses       Value
                                      ----       -----      ------       -----
Collateralized mortgage
 obligations:
  Federal National Mortgage
   Association .................  $113,114    $           $  1,003   $112,111
  Federal Home Loan Mortgage
   Corporation .................     6,893           5          53      6,845
                                  --------    --------    --------   --------
                                  $120,007    $      5    $  1,056   $118,956
                                  ========    ========    ========   ========


      The  amortized  cost  and  estimated  market  value  of   mortgage-related
      securities held-to-maturity by contractual maturity are as follows:


                                    September 30, 1998     September 30, 1997
                                   ---------------------  --------------------
                                               Estimated             Estimated
                                   Amortized     Market   Amortized    Market
                                     Cost        Value      Cost       Value
                                     ----        -----      ----       -----
One year or less ...............   $    192   $    192   $  5,583   $  5,541
One year through five years ....                            1,310      1,304
Ten years and thereafter .......    320,187    318,936    113,114    112,111
                                   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                   $320,379   $319,128   $120,007   $118,956
                                   ========   ========   ========   ========


      Actual  maturities  of the  mortgage-related  securities  may differ  from
      scheduled maturities as borrowers have the right to call or prepay certain
      obligations,  sometimes without penalties.  Maturities of mortgage-related
      securities depend on the repayment  characteristics  and experience of the
      underlying obligation.


                                      F-15

<PAGE>

      There were no sales of mortgage-related securities held-to-maturity during
      1998, 1997 and 1996.

      As of September 30, 1998, the Bank has pledged mortgage-related securities
      with  amortized  cost of $44,224 and estimated  market value of $45,002 as
      collateral for securities sold under agreement to repurchase (Note 12).

5.    SECURITIES PURCHASED UNDER AGREEMENT TO RESELL

      The Bank purchases investment  securities and mortgage-related  securities
      under agreements to resell substantially identical securities.  Securities
      purchased under an agreement to resell as of September 30, 1998 consist of
      mortgage-related securities.

      The amount advanced under the agreement represents short-term loans and is
      reflected as an asset in the consolidated  balance sheets.  Securities are
      delivered into the Bank's account  maintained at the Federal  Reserve Bank
      under a written custodial agreement that explicitly  recognizes the Bank's
      interest in the  securities.  As of  September  30,  1998,  the  agreement
      matured  within 90 days and the agreement to resell  securities  purchased
      was outstanding with one dealer.

6.    LOANS RECEIVABLE

                                                        1998             1997
                                                        ----             ----

Mortgage loans:
  Residential - one-to-four units ..............      $3,504,799      $3,145,799
  Second mortgages .............................          97,829          80,640
  Residential - five or more units .............          40,361          26,688
  Construction and development .................          52,086          51,157
  Commercial ...................................           9,069           5,924
                                                      ----------      ----------
                                                       3,704,144       3,310,208

Other loans:
  Property improvements, auto and other ........           8,964           7,755
  Student loans ................................          20,120          23,365
  Deposits .....................................          16,446          16,314
                                                      ----------      ----------
                                                          45,530          47,434
                                                      ----------      ----------

Less:
  Undisbursed loan funds .......................          21,690          21,872
  Allowance for loan losses ....................           4,981           1,639
  Unearned loan fees and deferred costs ........          12,751          12,029
                                                      ----------      ----------
   
                                                          39,422          35,540
                                                      ----------      ----------
    
                                                      $3,710,252      $3,322,102
                                                      ==========      ==========


      During 1997,  the Bank was a  participating  institution in two commercial
      real  estate  loans.  As a  participating  institution,  the  Bank  is not
      responsible for the servicing of the loan or  disbursement  of funds.  The
      total unpaid principal balance of these participations as of September 30,
      1998 and 1997 was $3,449  and  $1,283,  respectively.  There were no other
      commercial  real estate or business loans  purchased or originated  during
      1998, 1997 or 1996.


                                      F-16

<PAGE>


      The Bank  originates and purchases  both  adjustable and fixed rate loans.
      The approximate composition of these loans is as follows:


                        September 30, 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Fixed Rate                            Adjustable Rate
- --------------------------------------       -----------------------------
    Term to                                    Term to Rate
   Maturity                 Book Value          Adjustment      Book Value
   --------                 ----------          ----------      ----------

1 mo. - 1 yr.                $17,780          1 mo. - 1 yr.       $149,382
1 yr. - 3 yrs.                20,600          1 yr. - 3 yrs.     1,389,109
3 yrs. - 5 yrs.               22,403          3 yrs. - 5 yrs.       37,762
5 yrs. - 10 yrs.             167,658          5 yrs. - 10 yrs.      70,329
10 yrs. - 20 yrs.            625,921
Over 20 yrs.               1,248,730
                          ----------                             ---------
                          $2,103,092                            $1,646,582
                          ==========                            ==========



                            September 30, 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Fixed Rate                            Adjustable Rate
- -------------------------------------       -----------------------------
  Term to                                   Term to Rate
  Maturity                 Book Value        Adjustment        Book Value
  --------                 ----------        ----------        ----------

1 mo. - 1 yr.               $11,495         1 mo. - 1 yr.        $130,286
1 yr. - 3 yrs.               14,541         1 yr. - 3 yrs.      1,605,717
3 yrs. - 5 yrs.              31,297         3 yrs. - 5 yrs.        53,631
5 yrs. - 10 yrs.            139,680         5 yrs. - 10 yrs.      103,743
10 yrs. - 20 yrs.           387,875
Over 20 yrs.                879,377
                         ----------                             ---------
                         $1,464,265                            $1,893,377
                         ==========                            ==========


      The adjustable  rate loans have interest rate  adjustment  limitations and
      are  generally  indexed  to the cost of funds  for the  11th  District  of
      Federal Home Loan Bank or one year constant maturity treasury note.

      The Bank is subject to numerous lending-related regulations. Under FIRREA,
      the Bank may not make real estate  loans to one  borrower in excess of the
      greater  of  15%  of its  unimpaired  capital  and  surplus  or  $500,000,
      whichever is greater.  As of September 30, 1998, the Bank is in compliance
      with this limitation.

      A summary of the activity in the allowance for loan losses is as follows:


                                                   1998        1997       1996
                                                   ----        ----       ----
Balance, beginning of year .................     $ 1,639     $ 1,583    $ 1,359

  Provision charged to expense .............       3,362          56        865
  Losses charged against the allowance .....         (20)                  (641)
                                                 -------     -------    -------

Balance, end of year .......................     $ 4,981     $ 1,639    $ 1,583
                                                 =======     =======    =======


                                      F-17

<PAGE>


      The Bank did not engage in any  troubled  debt  restructurings  during the
      years ended  September 30, 1998,  1997 and 1996. No loans were  considered
      impaired during the years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996.

      Aggregate  loans to executive  officers,  directors and their  associates,
      including  companies in which they have partial ownership interest did not
      exceed 5% of equity as of September 30, 1998 and 1997. Management believes
      such loans were made under terms and conditions  substantially the same as
      loans made to parties not affiliated with the Bank.

      As of September 30, 1998 and 1997, loans totaling approximately $6,229 and
      $6,109,  respectively,  were on nonaccrual  status.  Gross interest income
      would have  increased by $227 and $223 for the years ended  September  30,
      1998 and 1997, respectively, for nonaccrual status loans.

   
      As of September 30, 1998,  1997 and 1996, the Bank was servicing loans for
      others  aggregating   approximately   $520,595,   $640,618  and  $735,709,
      respectively. Such loans are not included in the accompanying consolidated
      balance  sheets.   Servicing  loans  for  others  generally   consists  of
      collecting  mortgage  payments,  maintaining  escrow accounts,  disbursing
      payments to investors and foreclosure  processing.  Loan servicing  income
      includes  servicing fees from investors and certain charges collected from
      borrowers,  such as late payment  fees.  The Bank held  borrowers'  escrow
      balances on loans serviced for others of $8,662, $10,524 and $11,544 as of
      September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
    

7.    LOANS HELD FOR SALE


                                                            1998           1997
                                                            ----           ----
Loans held for sale ..............................        $14,595        $ 9,547
Deferred net discounts, premiums and
  other related costs ............................            (17)            43
                                                          -------        -------
Loans held for sale, net .........................        $14,578        $ 9,590
                                                          =======        =======


      Gross realized  gains on sales of loans held for sale were $172,  $253 and
      $292, respectively, for the years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996.
      There were no realized losses for the years ended September 30, 1998, 1997
      and 1996.

8.    PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT


                                                          1998            1997
                                                          ----            ----
Land ...........................................         $ 6,462         $ 6,060
Building and improvements ......................          24,532          22,458
Furniture, fixtures and equipment ..............          19,210          16,530
                                                         -------         -------
                                                          50,204          45,048
Less accumulated depreciation ..................          27,419          24,935
                                                         -------         -------
                                                         $22,785         $20,113
                                                         =======         =======


                                      F-18

<PAGE>


      Depreciation  and  amortization  expense for the years ended September 30,
      1998, 1997 and 1996 was $2,960, $2,816 and $2,769, respectively.

      Certain Bank  facilities and equipment are leased under various  operating
      leases.  Rental expense was $329, $219 and $206,  respectively,  for years
      ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996.

      Future minimum rental commitments under noncancellable leases are:


           1999                                              $597
           2000                                               517
           2001                                               215
                                                           ------
                                                           $1,329
                                                           ======



9.    REAL ESTATE OWNED


                                                                1998       1997
                                                                ----       ----
Real estate owned (acquired by foreclosure or
  by deed in lieu of foreclosure) ......................      $2,103      $2,601
Less allowance for losses ..............................         139         166
                                                              ------      ------
                                                              $1,964      $2,435
                                                              ======      ======


      A summary of the activity in the allowance for losses on real estate owned
      is as follows:


                                                   1998        1997       1996
                                                   ----        ----       ----
Balance, beginning of year .................     $   166     $   210    $   110

  Provision charged to expense .............         216         424        415
  Losses charged against the allowance .....        (243)       (468)      (315)
                                                 -------     -------    -------
Balance, end of year .......................     $   139     $   166    $   210
                                                 =======     =======    =======


                                      F-19
<PAGE>

10.   DEPOSITS


                                        1998                1997
                                 ------------------   -----------------
                                             Average            Average
                                    Amount    Rate     Amount    Rate
                                    ------    ----     ------    ----
   
Passbook and demand deposits:
  Demand ....................    $  260,440   1.50%  $ 249,585   1.89%
  Passbook and Passcard .....       129,180   2.22%    131,854   2.22%
  Money Market Select .......       213,181   5.09%     30,405   5.34%
  Cash Fund .................       225,356   3.08%    293,108   3.17%
                                 ----------          ---------
                                    828,157            704,952
    
Certificates of deposit:
 3.00% to 3.99%..............         5,900   3.88%      7,866  3.92%
 4.00% to 4.99%..............       429,108   4.51%     25,822  4.79%
 5.00% to 5.99%..............     1,684,996   5.63%  2,224,325  5.68%
 6.00% to 6.99%..............       715,234   6.16%    598,005  6.19%
 7.00% to 7.99%..............       227,695   7.68%    220,048  7.68%
 8.00% to 8.99%..............         2,405   8.47%      5,398  8.38%
 9.00% to 9.99%..............           685   9.00%        707  9.06%
                                 ----------          ---------
                                  3,066,023          3,082,171
                                 ----------         ----------
                                 $3,894,180         $3,787,123
                                 ==========         ==========
Weighted average interest
 rate on deposits during year                 5.15%             5.34%
                                              =====             =====


      As of  September  30,  1998 and 1997,  certificates  of deposit  mature as
      follows:


                                                         1998            1997
                                                         ----            ----
Within one year ................................      $1,551,042      $1,560,161
Beyond one year but within two years ...........       1,065,832         730,336
Beyond two years but within three years ........         224,416         646,427
Beyond three years .............................         224,733         145,247
                                                      ----------      ----------
          Total ................................      $3,066,023      $3,082,171
                                                      ==========      ==========


      A summary of interest expense by deposit type is as follows:


                                              1998          1997           1996
                                              ----          ----           ----
Passbook savings deposits ............      $  2,918      $  2,931      $  2,985
NOW accounts and money market
  demand deposits ....................        19,861        15,141        15,879
Certificates of deposit ..............       180,647       184,357       176,901
                                            --------      --------      --------

                                            $203,426      $202,429      $195,765
                                            ========      ========      ========


                                      F-20
<PAGE>


      The amount of non-interest  bearing deposits was $23,168 and $15,690 as of
      September 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The aggregate amount of deposit
      accounts with a balance of $100 or greater was approximately  $402,781 and
      $351,118 as of September 30, 1998 and 1997,  respectively,  of which jumbo
      certificates of deposits with a minimum  denomination of $100 was $299,476
      and $287,828 as of September 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively.  Deposits in
      excess  of  $100  are  not  insured  by  the  Federal  Deposit   Insurance
      Corporation.

11.   ADVANCES FROM FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK


                     1998                                1997
   ------------------------------------    ------------------------------------
    Fiscal                                  Fiscal
     Year                      Interest      Year                      Interest
   Maturity       Amount          Rate     Maturity       Amount         Rate
   --------       ------          ----     --------       ------         ----

     2004        $250,000        5.78%       2004        $250,000      5.78%
     2005          25,000        5.58%       2005          25,000      5.58%
     2008         225,000        5.68%
                 --------                                -------
                 $500,000        5.73%                   $275,000      5.76%
                 ========        ====                    ========      ====


      Actual maturities of the advances may differ from scheduled  maturities as
      the Federal  Home Loan Bank has the right to call the  advances.  The call
      dates range from years 2000 to 2003. The Bank may refinance or reprice the
      advance at the two week advance  rate at each  respective  call date.  The
      advances are  collateralized by a blanket pledge agreement,  including all
      capital  stock of Federal  Home Loan Bank and  qualifying  first  mortgage
      loans.

      The Bank has a  line-of-credit  agreement  with the Federal Home Loan Bank
      wherein the Bank can borrow up to $300,000.  As of September  30, 1998 and
      1997,  there  were  no  outstanding  borrowings  on  this  agreement.  The
      agreement expires December 11, 1998.

12.   SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENT TO REPURCHASE

      The Bank sells  securities  under  agreements to  repurchase  ("repurchase
      agreements").   Fixed-coupon   repurchase   agreements   are   treated  as
      financings,  and the  obligations to repurchase  the identical  securities
      sold are reflected as liabilities in the consolidated  balance sheets. The
      dollar amount of securities underlying the agreements remains in the asset
      accounts.  The  Bank  sold  certain   mortgage-related   securities  under
      agreements  to  repurchase  with book values of $181,024  and $188,796 and
      market  values of $189,265 and $191,746 as of September 30, 1998 and 1997,
      respectively.

      The securities  underlying  these agreements are delivered to a designated
      safekeeping agent at the inception of the agreement.

                                      F-21

<PAGE>


      The following provides information  regarding the repurchase agreements as
      of and for the years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996.


                                                1998          1997       1996
                                                ----          ----       ----
Weighted average interest rate during
 and at the end of the period ............         5.73%        5.73%      5.78%
                                              =========    =========    =======
Maximum amount outstanding at any
 month-end during the period .............    $ 175,000    $ 175,000    $75,000
                                              =========    =========    =======
Average amount outstanding during
 the period ..............................    $ 175,000    $  82,692    $75,000
                                              =========    =========    =======


      The repurchase  agreements have a scheduled  maturity date of 2004. Actual
      maturities  of  the  repurchase   agreements  may  differ  from  scheduled
      maturities  due to a call date of 2000.  The Bank would  refinance  at the
      call date.

13.   INCOME TAXES


                                         1998             1997           1996
                                         ----             ----           ----
Current .....................          $34,814          $25,054         $23,524
Deferred ....................              (33)          10,637          (5,131)
                                       -------          -------         -------
                                       $34,781          $35,691         $18,393
                                       =======          =======         =======


      Income tax expense has been  provided at effective  rates of 39.2%,  40.4%
      and  40.9%  for the  years  ended  September  30,  1998,  1997  and  1996,
      respectively.  The  differences  between  such  effective  rates  and  the
      statutory  Federal  income tax rate  computed on income  before income tax
      expense result from the following:


                                      1998             1997           1996
                                 --------------   --------------  -------------
                                  Amount    %     Amount     %    Amount    %
                                  ------   ----   ------    ----  ------  ----
Federal income tax expense
  computed at statutory rate     $31,070   35.0%  $30,938   35.0% $15,755 35.0%
Increases (decreases) in
  taxes resulting from:
  State taxes, net of Federal
    income tax benefit             3,849    4.4     4,705    5.3    1,617  3.6
  Other                             (138)  (0.2)       48    0.1    1,021  2.3
                                 -------  -----   -------   ----  -------  ----
                                 $34,781   39.2%  $35,691   40.4% $18,393 40.9%
                                 =======  =====   =======   ====  ======= ====


                                      F-22
<PAGE>


      Deferred  tax expense  (benefit)  results from timing  differences  in the
      recognition  of  revenue  and  expense  for  tax and  financial  statement
      purposes. The sources of these differences and the tax effect of each were
      as follows:

                                                  1998        1997        1996
                                                  ----        ----        ----
BIF/SAIF Premium ...........................                $ 9,421     $(9,421)
Deferred loan fees and costs ...............    $   342         270         246
Accrued interest on savings ................        352         352         373
Increase in allowance for loan losses ......     (1,310)                   (337)
Salaries and employee benefits .............        (99)        (84)       (221)
Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends .....      1,242       1,032         911
Bad debts reserve ..........................                    (27)      1,830
Other ......................................       (560)       (327)      1,488
                                                -------     -------     -------
                                                $   (33)    $10,637     $(5,131)
                                                =======     =======     =======


      The  components of net deferred tax  liabilities  as of September 30, 1998
      and 1997 are as follows:


                                                          1998            1997
                                                          ----            ----
Deferred tax assets:
  Deferred loan fees and costs ...................      $    495       $    736
  Accrued interest on savings ....................         1,405          1,757
  Allowance for loan losses ......................         1,950            868
  Salaries and employee benefits .................         1,305          1,273
  Allowance for losses on real
   estate owned ..................................             5            213
  Other ..........................................           314            169
                                                        --------       --------
                                                        $  5,474       $  5,016
                                                        ========       ========
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Unrealized gain on mortgage-related
   securities available-for-sale .................      $ (8,755)      $ (6,385)
  Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends .........        (8,906)        (7,664)
  Bad debt reserves ..............................       (13,203)       (13,203)
  Prepaid expenses ...............................          (291)          (335)
  Fixed assets - depreciation ....................          (263)          (326)
  Pension fund ...................................          (328)          (327)
  Other ..........................................        (2,723)        (3,434)
                                                        --------       --------
                                                         (34,469)       (31,674)
                                                        --------       --------
Net deferred tax liabilities .....................      ($28,995)      ($26,658)
                                                        ========       ========


                                      F-23

<PAGE>


14.   EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

      The Bank  sponsors a defined  benefit  pension plan (the "Plan")  covering
      substantially all employees completing one year of employment (1,000 hours
      of service)  and  attainment  of age 21.  Normal  retirement  benefits are
      calculated  under the Plan  using  various  formulas  based  upon years of
      service  and  compensation.  The Bank's  funding  policy is to  contribute
      annually  an  amount  intended  to  at  least  meet  the  minimum  funding
      requirements of applicable regulations.

      The  following  table sets forth the Plan's  funded status as of September
      30:


                                                              1998       1997
                                                              ----       ----
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations -
  Accumulated benefit obligation, including
   vested benefits of $7,888 and $8,074 ................     $ 8,074    $ 8,238
                                                             =======    =======
Plan assets at fair value ..............................      10,523     10,367
Less projected benefit obligation for service
 rendered to date ......................................      10,290     11,023
                                                             -------    -------
Projected benefit obligation deficiency in
 (excess of) plan assets ...............................         233       (656)
Unrecognized net loss from past experience
 different from that assumed and effects
 of changes in assumptions .............................       1,685      2,283
Unrecognized prior service cost ........................          92        130
Unrecognized net obligation at October 1,
 1987 being recognized over 15 years ...................         460        575
                                                             -------    -------
Prepaid pension expense ................................     $ 2,470    $ 2,332
                                                             =======    =======


      As of September 30, 1998 and 1997,  plan assets consist of debt and equity
      securities and life insurance policies.

      Net periodic pension costs for the years ended September 30:

                                                1998        1997          1996
                                                ----        ----          ----
Service cost benefits earned
 during the period ......................     $   516      $   454      $   687
Interest cost on projected
 benefit obligation .....................         666          644          654
Actual return on plan assets ............        (748)      (1,192)        (785)
Net amortization ........................         247          856          589
                                              -------      -------      -------

Net periodic pension cost ...............     $   681      $   762      $ 1,145
                                              =======      =======      =======


      The weighted  average  discount  rate used in  determining  the  actuarial
      present value of the projected benefit  obligation was 5.9%, 6.5% and 6.5%
      for the years  ended  September  30,  1998,  1997 and 1996.  The  weighted
      average  increase in future  compensation  levels used in determining  the
      actuarial present value of the projected  benefit  obligation was 4.0% for
      the years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996. The expected  long-term
      rate of return on assets was 7.8% for the years ended  September 30, 1998,
      1997 and 1996.


                                      F-24

<PAGE>



      The Bank intends to terminate the Plan effective May 31, 1999 and to cease
      the accrual of any further  benefits and the  contribution  of any further
      amounts under the Plan.  Following the approval of the Plan's  termination
      by the IRS and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation,  the Bank intends
      to distribute the Plan's assets to  participants  in accordance with their
      accrued benefits and the requirements of applicable law.

      The Bank has a profit  sharing  trust which  covers all  employees  with a
      minimum of two years of service.  This plan allows discretionary  employer
      contributions between 1% and 15% and requires employee contributions equal
      to 50% of the  Bank's  contributions,  not to exceed 5% of the  employee's
      annual compensation, and permits additional contributions, per formula, up
      to an additional 10% of the employee's annual  compensation.  Total profit
      sharing  expense  amounted  to $669,  $571 and  $288 for the  years  ended
      September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

15.   DEFERRED COMPENSATION

      The Bank has deferred  compensation  agreements with certain  officers and
      retired  officers whereby  stipulated  amounts will be paid to them over a
      period of 20 years upon their  retirement or termination.  Amounts accrued
      under these  agreements  aggregate  $1,299 and $1,361 as of September  30,
      1998 and 1997,  respectively,  and are  accrued  over the period of active
      employment and will be funded by life insurance contracts.

16.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

      The  Bank had  approximate  commitments  outstanding  to  originate  first
      mortgage loans as of September 30, 1998 and 1997 as follows:


                                                              1998        1997
                                                              ----        ----
      Fixed rate (interest rates ranging from
       4.25% to 9.5% and 4.25% to 8.625%, respectibely,
       at September 30, 1998 and 1997) ..................  $ 76,800     $ 87,800
      Variable rate .....................................    63,900       65,900
                                                           --------     --------
                                                           $140,700     $153,700
                                                           ========     ========


      As  of  September  30,  1998,  the  Bank  had   commitments  to  originate
      non-mortgage loans  approximating  $8,750 of which approximately $418 were
      fixed-rate  (interest  ranging  from  8.75% to  10.50%)  and  $8,332  were
      floating  rate  commitments.  As of  September  30,  1997,  the  Bank  had
      commitments to originate  non-mortgage loans approximating $8,500 of which
      approximately $520 were fixed rate (interest ranging from 8.25% to 10.50%)
      and $7,980 were floating rate commitments.

      The  commitments  to  originate   mortgage  and  non-mortgage   loans  are
      agreements  to lend to a customer as long as there is no  violation of any
      condition  established in the contract.  Commitments  generally have fixed
      expiration dates or other termination  clauses and may require the payment
      of a fee.  Certain of the commitments are expected to expire without being
      fully drawn upon. The total  commitments  amount  disclosed above does not
      necessarily  represent future cash  requirements.  The Bank evaluates each
      customer's  creditworthiness  on  a  case-by-case  basis.  The  amount  of
      collateral  obtained,  if considered necessary by the Bank, upon extension
      of credit is based on management's credit evaluation of the counterparty.


                                      F-25

<PAGE>


      The Bank has  approved,  but  unused,  home  equity  lines  of  credit  of
      approximately  $123,000 at September 30, 1998. Approval of lines of credit
      is based upon  underwriting  standards  that  generally do not allow total
      borrowings,  including  existing  mortgages and lines of credit, to exceed
      100% of the estimated  market value of the  customer's  home. The Bank has
      outstanding letters of credit of $4,000 at September 30, 1998.

17.   REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

      The  Bank  is   subject  to  various   regulatory   capital   requirements
      administered  by the federal  banking  agencies.  Failure to meet  minimum
      capital  requirements  can  initiate  certain  mandatory  -  and  possibly
      additional  discretionary  - actions by regulators  that,  if  undertaken,
      could have a direct  material effect on the Bank's  financial  statements.
      Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory  framework for prompt
      corrective  action,  the Bank must meet specific  capital  guidelines that
      involve  quantitative  measures  of the Bank's  assets,  liabilities,  and
      certain  off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting
      practices.  The Bank's capital amounts and classification are also subject
      to  qualitative  judgments  by  the  regulators  about  components,   risk
      weightings, and other factors.

      Quantitative  measures that have been  established by regulation to ensure
      capital  adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum capital amounts and
      ratios  (set  forth in the table  below).  The Bank's  primary  regulatory
      agency, the Office of Thrift Supervision  ("OTS"),  requires that the Bank
      maintain   minimum   ratios  of  tangible   capital  (as  defined  in  the
      regulations)  of  1.5%,  core  capital  (as  defined)  of  3%,  and  total
      risk-based  capital (as defined) of 8%. The Bank is also subject to prompt
      corrective action capital requirement regulations set forth by the Federal
      Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  ("FDIC").  The FDIC  requires the Bank to
      maintain a minimum  of Tier 1 total and core  capital  (as  defined in the
      regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of core capital (as
      defined) to adjusted tangible assets (as defined). Management believes, as
      of  September  30,  1998,  that  the  Bank  meets  all  capital   adequacy
      requirements to which it is subject.

      As of September 30, 1998 and 1997, the most recent  notification  from the
      OTS  categorized  the  Bank as "well  capitalized"  under  the  regulatory
      framework  for  prompt  corrective  action.  To be  categorized  as  "well
      capitalized"  the Bank must  maintain  minimum  total  risk-based,  Tier 1
      risk-based,  and Tier 1 leverage  ratios as set forth in the table.  There
      are no  conditions  or events  since  that  notification  that  management
      believes have changed the Bank's category.


                                      F-26

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       To Be Well
                                                                                                       Capitalized
                                                                                                      Under Prompt
                                                                              For Capital           Corrective Action
                                                           Actual          Adequacy Purposes           Provisions
                                                    ------------------     -----------------     ---------------------
                                                      Amount     Ratio      Amount     Ratio      Amount         Ratio
                                                      ------     -----      ------     -----      ------         -----
    As of September 30, 1998:
    <S>                                             <C>          <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>            <C>  
      Total capital (to risk weighted assets)       $650,584     27.3%     $191,168     8.0%      $238,960       10.0%
      Core capital (to adjusted tangible assets)     649,199     12.2%      159,447     3.0%       266,865        5.0%
      Tangible capital (to tangible assets)          649,199     12.2%       79,724     1.5%           N/A        N/A
      Tier I capital (to risk weighted assets)       649,199     27.2%          N/A     N/A        143,376        6.0%


    As of September 30, 1997:
      Total capital (to risk weighted assets)        594,794     27.1%      174,760     8.0%       218,450       10.0%
      Core capital (to adjusted tangible assets)     595,208     12.0%      147,710     3.0%       247,415        5.0%
      Tangible capital (to tangible assets)          595,208     12.0%       73,855     1.5%           N/A        N/A
      Tier I capital (to risk weighted assets)       595,208     27.3%          N/A     N/A        131,070        6.0%
      </TABLE>

   
      A reconciliation of the Bank's equity under generally accepted  accounting
      principles ("GAAP") to regulatory capital amounts as of September 30, 1998
      is as follows:

            Total equity as reported under GAAP ...............   $662,332
            Adjustments for regulatory capital--
              Unrealized gains on securities ..................    (13,133)
                                                                  --------
            Total tangible and core capital ...................    649,199
              Allocated loan loss reserve .....................      1,716
              Other ...........................................       (331)
                                                                  --------
            Total risk based capital ..........................   $650,584
                                                                  ========
    

18.   FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

      Estimated  fair  value  amounts  have been  determined  by the Bank  using
      available  market  information and a selection from a variety of valuation
      methodologies.  However,  considerable judgment is necessarily required to
      interpret market data to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly,
      the estimates  presented are not necessarily  indicative of the amount the
      Bank could  realize in a current  market  exchange.  The use of  different
      market assumptions and estimation methodologies may have a material effect
      on the estimated fair value amounts.


                                      F-27

<PAGE>


      The  estimated  fair  value  of the  Bank's  financial  instruments  as of
      September 30, 1998 and 1997 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            1998                                 1997
                                                            --------------------------------        ------------------------------
                                                                                  Estimated                              Estimated
                                                              Carrying              Fair              Carrying              Fair
                                                               Amount              Value               Amount              Value
                                                               ------              -----               ------              -----
    Assets:
    <S>                                                     <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>       
      Cash and cash equivalents ........................    $   24,454          $   24,454          $   31,188          $   31,188
      Investment securities ............................       160,569             160,712             585,394             585,979
      Securities purchased under
        agreement to resell ............................       235,000             235,000
      Capital Stock of Federal Home
        Loan Bank ......................................        43,584              43,584              40,398              40,398
      Mortgage-related securities:
        Available-for-sale .............................       747,991             747,991             754,179             754,179
        Held-to-maturity ...............................       320,379             319,128             120,007             118,956
      Loans held for sale ..............................        14,578              14,901               9,590               9,590
      Loans receivable .................................     3,710,252           3,953,942           3,322,102           3,927,775

    Liabilities:
      Deposits .........................................     3,894,180           3,917,423           3,787,123           3,738,861
      Advances from Federal Home
        Loan Bank ......................................       500,000             529,217             275,000             278,129
      Securities sold under agreement
        to repurchase ..................................       175,000             186,954             175,000             173,582
    </TABLE>


                                               1998                 1997
                                        -------------------  -------------------
                                        Contract  Estimated  Contract  Estimated
                                           or    Unrealized     or    Unrealized
                                        Notional    Gain      Notional    Gain
                                         Amount    (Loss)      Amount    (Loss)
                                         ------    ------      ------    ------
    Off-balance sheet financial
     instruments:
      Commitments to originate
       mortgage loans ..............   $140,700   $ (2,867)   $153,700   $ 177
      Commitments to originate
        non-mortgage loans .........      8,750       (402)      8,500     (68)


      The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value
      of the financial instruments:

      Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents  - The  carrying  amounts  of cash  and  cash
      equivalents are reasonable estimates of their fair value.

      Investment Securities,  Mortgage-Related Securities,  Securities Purchased
      Under  Agreement to Resell and Loans Held for Sale - Estimated fair values
      of  investment   securities,   mortgage-related   securities,   securities
      purchased  under  agreement to resell and loans held for sale are based on
      quoted  market  prices where  available.  If quoted  market prices are not
      available,  fair  values are  estimated  using  quoted  market  prices for
      similar instruments.


                                      F-28

<PAGE>


      Capital  Stock of Federal Home Loan Bank - The  carrying  value of capital
      stock of Federal Home Loan Bank approximates its fair value.

      Loans  Receivable - Fair values are estimated for portfolios  with similar
      financial  characteristics.  Loans are segregated by type,  such as single
      family  residential   mortgages,   multi-family   residential   mortgages,
      nonresidential  and  installment  loans.  Each loan  category  is  further
      segmented into fixed and variable  interest rate  categories.  Future cash
      flows of these  loans  are  discounted  using the  current  rates at which
      similar loans would be made to borrowers  with similar  credit ratings and
      for the same remaining maturities.

      Deposits  - The  estimated  fair  value of  demand  deposits  and  savings
      accounts  is the  amount  payable  on demand at the  reporting  date.  The
      estimated  fair  value  of  fixed-maturity   certificates  of  deposit  is
      estimated by discounting  the future cash flows using the rates  currently
      offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

      Advances  from  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank - The  estimated  fair  value of
      advances  from Federal Home Loan Bank is  determined  by  discounting  the
      future cash flows of existing advances using rates currently  available on
      advances from Federal Home Loan Bank having similar characteristics.

      Securities  Sold Under  Agreement to Repurchase - The estimated fair value
      of  securities   sold  under  agreement  to  repurchase  is  estimated  by
      discounting  the future  cash flows based on rates  currently  offered for
      contracts of similar terms.

      Off-Balance  Sheet  Items - The  estimated  fair value of  commitments  to
      originate,  purchase or sell loans is based on the fees currently  charged
      to enter into similar agreements and the difference between current levels
      of interest rates and the committed rates.

      The  fair  value  estimates   presented  herein  are  based  on  pertinent
      information  available to  management  as of September  30, 1998 and 1997.
      Although  management is not aware of any factors that would  significantly
      affect  the  estimated  fair value  amounts,  such  amounts  have not been
      comprehensively  revalued for purposes of these financial statements since
      that  date.  Therefore,   current  estimates  of  fair  value  may  differ
      significantly from the amounts presented herein.

19.   FEDERAL LEGISLATION

      In September 1996,  legislation was enacted which included a comprehensive
      reform of the banking and thrift  industries.  The  legislation  imposed a
      one-time  assessment on qualifying  thrift  deposits to  recapitalize  the
      Savings  Bank  Insurance  Fund  ("SAIF"),  the fund which  insures  thrift
      deposits,  and  ultimately  merged the Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF") and the
      SAIF,  at which time banks and thrifts now pay the same deposit  insurance
      premiums.  The amount of the one-time  assessment  was .657% on qualifying
      thrift deposits as of March 31, 1995. This one-time  assessment of $24,158
      was expensed during 1996.


                                      F-29


<PAGE>


20.   PLAN OF REORGANIZATION AND STOCK ISSUANCE

      On August 25, 1998, the Board of Directors of the Bank adopted the Amended
      Plan of  Reorganization  and Stock Issuance (the "Plan")  whereby the Bank
      would  convert  from the mutual to stock  form and offer  shares of common
      stock in a subscription and community offering. As part of the conversion,
      newly  authorized  shares of the new stock  holding  company  (the  "Stock
      Holding  Company"),  will be offered to the Bank's depositors and employee
      benefit plans in accordance with applicable state and federal regulations.
      The amount and pricing of the proposed  stock  offering will be based upon
      an independent appraisal of the Bank. The Plan must be approved by certain
      depositors of the Bank and the OTS. In connection with the conversion, the
      costs of issuing the common stock will be deferred  and deducted  from the
      sale proceeds.  As of September 30, 1998, $77 of conversion costs had been
      recorded. In the event that consummation of the conversion does not occur,
      any recorded costs will be expensed.
   
    
      Pursuant to the Plan,  the Bank intends to establish a private  charitable
      foundation (the "Foundation"), in connection with the conversion. The Plan
      provides  that the Bank and the Stock  Holding  Company  will  create  the
      Foundation  immediately  following the conversion by contributing cash and
      Stock Holding  Company  common stock in an amount equal to 8% of the total
      value of common stock shares to be sold in the conversion.  The Foundation
      is  being  formed  as  a  complement  to  the  Bank's  existing  community
      activities and will be dedicated to community activities and the promotion
      of charitable causes.

      The Foundation will submit a request to the Internal Revenue Service to be
      recognized as a tax-exempt organization. A contribution of common stock to
      the  Foundation  by the Stock  Holding  Company  would be tax  deductible,
      subject to certain limitations.  The Stock Holding Company, however, would
      be able to carry  forward  any unused  portion of the  deduction  for five
      years following the contribution.  Upon funding the Foundation,  the Stock
      Holding  Company  will  recognize  an  expense  in the full  amount of the
      contribution, offset in part by the corresponding tax benefits, during the
      quarter in which the contribution is made.

      The Stock Holding Company plans to set up an employee stock ownership plan
      ("ESOP"),  a tax-qualified  benefit plan for officers and employees of the
      Stock Holding Company and the Bank. It is assumed that 8% of the shares of
      common  stock sold in the  conversion  will be  purchased by the ESOP with
      funds loaned by the Stock Holding  Company.  The Stock Holding Company and
      the Bank  intend  to make  annual  contributions  to the ESOP in an amount
      equal to the principal and interest requirement of the debt.

      Following  consummation  of the  conversion,  the  Stock  Holding  Company
      intends to adopt a Stock  Option  Plan and a  Recognition  and Award Plan,
      pursuant to which the Stock Holding Company intends to reserve a number of
      shares of common stock equal to an aggregate of 10% and 4%,  respectively,
      of the common stock  issued in the  conversion  for  issuance  pursuant to
      stock options and stock grants.


                                     ******


                                      F-30

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                             <C>

No  person  has  been authorized  to give any
information  or  to  make  any representation 
other than as contained in this Prospectus in                                          UP TO            
connection with  the  offering  made  hereby,                                                           
and, if given or made, such other information                                    50,000,000 SHARES      
or representation  must not be relied upon as                                                           
having  been authorized  by the Stock Holding                                                           
Company,  the  Bank or Webb.  This Prospectus                                                           
does  not  constitute an  offer to  sell or a                                                           
solicitation  of an  offer  to buy any of the                                                           
securities  offered  hereby  to any person in                                                           
any  jurisdiction  in  which  such  offer  or                                                           
solicitation  is  not authorized or  in which                                     CAPITOL FEDERAL       
the person making such offer or  solicitation                                        FINANCIAL          
is not qualified  to  do so, or to any person                              (Proposed Holding Company for
to whom it is  unlawful to make such offer or                              Capitol Federal Savings Bank)
solicitation in such  jurisdiction.   Neither                                                           
the delivery of this Prospectus nor  any sale                                                           
hereunder  shall  under   any   circumstances                                                           
create any implication that there has been no                                                           
change in  the affairs  of the  Stock Holding                                                           
Company or the Bank since any of the dates as                                                           
of which  information  is furnished herein or                                                           
since the date hereof.                                                                                  
             --------------                                                        COMMON STOCK         
                                                                                                        
            TABLE OF CONTENTS                                                                                     
                                         Page                                                           
                                                                                                        
Summary..................................   3                                                           
                                                                                  --------------        
Selected Financial and Other Data........   9                                                           
Risk Factors.............................  11                                       PROSPECTUS          
Summary of Recent Developments...........  14                                     --------------        
Management's Discussion and Analysis                                                                    
  of Recent Financial Information........  16                                                           
Capitol Federal Financial................  17                                                           
Capitol Federal Savings Bank.............  18                                                           
Capitol Federal Savings Bank MHC.........  18                                                           
How We Intend to Use the Proceeds........  19                                                           
Our Policy Regarding Dividends...........  21                                CHARLES WEBB & COMPANY, a  
The MHC Intends to Waive Any Dividends                                     Division of Keefe, Bruyette &
  From Capitol Federal Financial.........  22                                       Woods, Inc.         
The MHC May Consider Converting to                                                                      
  Stock Form in the Future...............  24                                                           
Market for the Common Stock..............  26                                   ____________, 1999      
The Bank Exceeds All Regulatory Capital                                                                 
  Requirements...........................  26                                                           
Capitalization...........................  28                              
Pro Forma Data...........................  29
Comparison of Valuation and Pro 
  Forma Information With No Foundation...  34
Management's Discussion and Analysis
  of Financial  Condition and 
  Results of Operations..................  37
Business of the Stock Holding Company....  56
Business of the Bank.....................  56
Regulation...............................  83
Taxation.................................  93
Management ..............................  94
Proposed Purchases By Management......... 103
The Reorganization and Stock Issuance ... 104
Restrictions  on Acquisition 
   of the  Stock Holding Company 
   and the Bank.......................... 133
Description of Capital Stock of
   Capitol Federal Financial............. 136
Transfer Agent and Registrar............. 137
Experts.................................. 138
Legal and Tax Opinions .................. 138
Additional Information................... 138
Index to Consolidated Financial
   Statements............................ F-1


Until __________, 1999 (25 days after the
date  of  this  Prospectus), all  dealers
effecting transactions  in the registered
securities, whether or  not participating
in this distribution,  may be required to
deliver a prospectus. This is in addition
to the  obligation  of dealers to deliver
a prospectus when acting  as underwriters
and   with   respect   to   their  unsold
allotments or subscriptions.
    
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                                     PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution1

         SEC filing fees..........................................$   144,560
         OTS filing fees..........................................     14,400
         Printing, postage and mailing............................    125,000
         Legal fees...............................................    950,000
         Blue Sky filing fees and expenses........................      5,000
         Accounting fees..........................................    450,000
         Appraiser's fees.........................................    100,000
         Miscellaneous............................................      6,102
         Total....................................................$ 1,795,062

- -----------------------------

Item 14.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers

         Federal  Regulations  define  areas for  indemnity  coverage by Capitol
Federal Savings Bank (the "Bank") as follows:

         (a) Any person against whom any action is brought or threatened because
that person is or was a director or officer of the Bank shall be  indemnified by
the Bank, as the case may be, for:

                  (i) Any amount for which such person  becomes  liable  under a
                  judgment in such action; and

                  (ii)  Reasonable  costs  and  expenses,  including  reasonable
                  attorney's  fees,  actually paid or incurred by such person in
                  defending or settling such action,  or in enforcing his or her
                  rights to  indemnification  if the person  attains a favorable
                  judgment in such enforcement action.



         (b)  Indemnification  provided for in subparagraph (a) shall be made to
such officer or director

- --------
         1 In addition to the  foregoing  expenses,  Charles  Webb & Company,  a
Division of Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive fees based on the number
of shares of Common Stock sold in the  Reorganization  and Stock Issuance,  plus
expenses.  Based upon the  assumptions  and the information set forth under "Pro
Forma Data" and "The Reorganization and Stock Issuance - Marketing Arrangements"
in the  Prospectus,  it is estimated  that such fees will amount to  $3,650,590,
$4,302,764,  $4,954,938  and  $5,704,938  in the event that  32,136,106  shares,
37,807,183  shares,  43,478,261 shares and 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock are
sold in the Reorganization and Stock Issuance, respectively.


                                        1

<PAGE>



only if the requirements of this subparagraph are met:

                  (i) The  Bank  shall  make  the  indemnification  provided  by
                  subparagraph  (a) in  connection  with any such  action  which
                  results  in a final  judgment  on the  merits in favor of such
                  officer or director.

                  (ii)  The Bank  shall  make the  indemnification  provided  by
                  subparagraph (a) in case of (1) settlement of such action, (2)
                  final  judgment  against such director or officer or (3) final
                  judgment in favor of such  director  or officer  other than on
                  the merits,  if a majority of the  disinterested  directors of
                  the Bank determines that such a director or officer was acting
                  in good  faith  within the scope of his or her  employment  or
                  authority  as he or she could  reasonably  have  perceived  it
                  under  the  circumstances  and for a  purpose  which he or she
                  could reasonably have believed under the  circumstances was in
                  the best interest of the Bank or its members.

         (c) As used in this Item 14:

                  (i) "action" means any judicial or administrative  proceeding,
                  or  threatened   proceeding,   whether  civil,   criminal,  or
                  otherwise,  including  any  appeal  or  other  proceeding  for
                  review;

                  (ii) "final judgment" means a judgment, decree, or order which
                  is not  appealable  or as to which the  period  for appeal has
                  expired with no appeal taken;

                  (iii) "settlement" includes the entry of a judgment by consent
                  or by confession or a plea of guilty or nolo contendere.

         The Bank has a directors and officers  liability  policy  providing for
insurance against certain liabilities  incurred by directors and officers of the
Bank while serving in their capacities as such.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

         Not applicable.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules

         (a) See the Exhibit Index filed as part of this Registration Statement.

         (b)  Financial Statement Schedules.

         All schedules have been omitted as not applicable or not required under
the rules of Regulation S-X.




                                        2

<PAGE>



Item 17. Undertakings

         The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

         (a) For purposes of determining  any liability under the Securities Act
of 1933, the  information  omitted from the form of prospectus  filed as part of
this  registration  statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form
of  prospectus  filed by the  Registrant  pursuant to Rule  424(b)(1)  or (4) or
497(h)  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933  shall be  deemed to be part of this
registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

         (b) For the purpose of determining  any liability  under the Securities
Act of 1933,  each  post-effective  amendment that contains a form of prospectus
shall be deemed to be a new  registration  statement  relating to the securities
offered  therein,  and the  offering  of such  securities  at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

         The  undersigned   Registrant  hereby  undertakes  to  provide  to  the
underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates
in  such  denominations  and  registered  in  such  names  as  required  by  the
underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

         Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons of
the  Registrant  pursuant  to  the  foregoing  provisions,   or  otherwise,  the
Registrant  has been advised that in the opinion of the  Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such  liabilities  (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director,  officer or controlling person of the Registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction  the  question  of whether  such  indemnification  by it is against
public  policy  as  expressed  in the Act  and  will be  governed  by the  final
adjudication of such issue.


                                        3

<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES


   
         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  the
Registrant has duly caused this Form S-1 Registration  Statement to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Topeka,
State of Kansas on February 1, 1999.
    


                                CAPITOL FEDERAL FINANCIAL
                                (In organization)

                                By: /s/ John C. Dicus
                                   -----------------------
                                    JOHN C. DICUS
                                    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
                                    (Duly Authorized Representative)


                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         Each person whose signature appears below hereby makes, constitutes and
appoints John C. Dicus his true and lawful attorney, with full power to sign for
each person and in such person's  name and capacity  indicated  below,  and with
full  power  of  substitution,  any and  all  amendments  to  this  Registration
Statement,  hereby ratifying and confirming such person's signature as it may be
signed by said attorney to any and all amendments.  Pursuant to the requirements
of the Securities Act of 1933,  this  Registration  Statement has been signed by
the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

   
      Name                        Title                            Date
      ----                        -----                            ----

/s/ John C. Dicus         Chairman and                       February 1, 1999
- -----------------         Chief Executive Officer      
JOHN C. DICUS             (Principal Executive Officer)        
                                  


/s/ John B. Dicus         President, Chief Operating         February 1, 1999
- -----------------         Officer and Director
JOHN B. DICUS


/s/ Neil F.M. McKay       Executive Vice President           February 1, 1999
- -------------------       and Chief Financial Officer  
NEIL F.M. MCKAY           (Principal Financial Officer)
                                  
    


<PAGE>

   

       Name                         Title                            Date
       ----                         -----                            ----

/s/ Kent G. Townsend         First Vice President             February 1, 1999
- --------------------         and Controller                       
KENT G. TOWNSEND             (Principal Accounting Officer)           
                                     


/s/ B.B. Andersen            Director                         February 1, 1999
- -----------------
B.B. ANDERSEN


/s/ Robert B. Maupin         Director                         February 1, 1999
- --------------------
ROBERT B. MAUPIN


/s/ Frederick P. Reynolds    Director                         February 1, 1999
- -------------------------
FREDERICK P. REYNOLDS


/s/ Carl W. Quarnstrom       Director                         February 1, 1999
- ----------------------
CARL W. QUARNSTROM


/s/ Marilyn S. Ward          Director                         February 1, 1999
- -------------------
MARILYN S. WARD

    


<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT INDEX


Exhibits:
   

1.1      Engagement  Letter with  Charles  Webb & Company,  a Division of Keefe,
         Bruyette & Woods, Inc.*
1.2      Form of Agency  Agreement  with Charles  Webb & Company,  a Division of
         Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.*
2.0      Second Amended and RestatedPlan of Reorganization and Stock 
         Issuance Plan
3.1      Federal MHC  Subsidiary  Holding  Company  Charter for Capitol  Federal
         Financial*
3.2      Bylaws of Capitol Federal Financial*
4.0      Form of Stock Certificate of Capitol Federal Financial*
5.0      Opinion of Silver, Freedman & Taff L.L.P. Re: Legality*
8.1      Opinion of Silver, Freedman & Taff L.L.P. Re: Federal Tax Matters
8.2      Form of Opinion of Deloitte & Touche L.L.P.
8.3      Letter of RP Financial, LC. Re: Subscription Rights*
10.1     Letter Agreement regarding Appraisal Services*
10.2     Letter Agreement regarding Business Plan*
10.3     Letter Agreement regarding the Charitable Foundation*
21.0     Subsidiaries of the Registrant*
23.1     Consent of Silver, Freedman & Taff L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.0)*
23.2     Consent of Deloitte & Touche L.L.P.
23.3     Consent of RP Financial, LC.*
23.4     Consent of Silver, Freedman & Taff L.L.P. Re: Federal Tax Matters
23.5     Consent of Deloitte & Touche L.L.P. Re: State Tax Matters (included
         in Exhibit 8.2)
24.0     Power of Attorney, included in signature pages.*
27.0     Financial Data Schedule*
99.1     Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC. (P)
99.2     Subscription Order Form and Instructions
99.3     Additional Solicitation Material
- -------------
* Previously filed.
(P) Previously filed in paper format pursuant to continuing hardship exemption.
    



                                                                       Exhibit 2






   
                           SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

                             PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
    

                             AND STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN


                  CAPITOL FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

                                 TOPEKA, KANSAS




   
                                 as adopted on:
                                January 29, 1999
    









<PAGE>



   
                           SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

                             PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
    

                           AND STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN OF

                  CAPITOL FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
                                                                                             PAGE
                                                                                             ----
<S>                                                                                          <C>
I.       Introduction...........................................................................1

II.      Definitions.........................................................................   2

III.     Plan of Reorganization..............................................................   6
         A.       Certain Effects of Reorganization..........................................   6
         B.       Conditions to Implementation of Reorganization.............................   9
         C.       Special Meeting of Members.................................................   9
         D.       Rights of Members of the MHC...............................................  10
         E.       Conversion of MHC to Stock Form............................................  10
         F.       Timing of the Reorganization and Sale of Capital Stock.....................  11
         G.       Number of Shares to Be Offered.............................................  11
         H.       Independent Valuation and Purchase Price of Shares.........................  12
         I.       Stock Issuance Procedure...................................................  13
         J.       Subscription Rights........................................................  13
         K.       Public Offering and Direct Community Offering..............................  15
         L.       Additional Limitations Upon Purchases of Shares of Stock Holding
                    Company Common Stock.....................................................  16
         M.       Restrictions and Other Characteristics of Stock Holding Company
                    Common Stock Being Sold..................................................  17
         N.       Exercise of Subscription Rights; Order Forms...............................  18
         O.       Method of Payment..........................................................  19
         P.       Undelivered Defective or Late Order Form; Insufficient Payment.............  20
         Q.       Payment of Dividends and Repurchase of Stock...............................  20
         R.       Completion of the Stock Offering...........................................  20
         S.       Securities Registration and Market Making..................................  20
         T.       Stock Purchases by Directors and Officers After the Offering...............  21
         U.       Establishment and Funding of Charitable Foundation.........................  21
         V.       Stock Benefit Plans........................................................  21
         W.       Employment and Other Severance Agreements..................................  22
         X.       Expenses of Reorganization.................................................  22
         Y.       Interpretation.............................................................  22
         Z.       Amendment or Termination of the Plan.......................................  22
</TABLE>
    

<PAGE>



I. Introduction

   
         On January 29, 1999,  the Board of Directors of Capitol Federal Savings
and Loan Association,  Topeka,  Kansas, (the "Association")  unanimously adopted
this Second Amended and Restated Plan of Reorganization  and Stock Issuance Plan
(the "Plan")  pursuant to which the  Association  proposes to reorganize  from a
federally-chartered    mutual    savings   and   loan    association    into   a
federally-chartered  mutual holding  company  structure  (the  "Reorganization")
pursuant  to the  laws  of the  United  States  of  America  and the  rules  and
regulations  of the Office of Thrift  Supervision  ("OTS").  The Mutual  Holding
Company ("MHC") will be owned by, and exclusive voting rights will be vested in,
the members of the Association.  As part of the Reorganization and the Plan, the
Association  will convert to a federal stock savings and loan  association  (the
"Stock  Association")  and will  establish a federal stock holding  company (the
"Stock Holding Company") which will be a majority-owned subsidiary of the MHC at
all  times  so  long  as  the  MHC  structure  is  maintained.  As  part  of the
Reorganization  and  concurrently  with it, the Stock Holding Company intends to
undertake  a stock  issuance  through  the  offering of up to 49.9% of its to be
outstanding common stock (the "Stock  Offering").  The remaining common stock to
be  outstanding  will be  issued  to the MHC.  The  corporate  name of the Stock
Association  and the Stock  Holding  Company will be  determined by the Board of
Directors of the Association and the principal office of each will be located in
Topeka, Kansas.
    

         The Offering  provides  that  non-transferable  subscription  rights to
purchase  Stock Holding  Company  Common Stock will be offered first to Eligible
Account  Holders  of  record  as of the  Eligibility  Record  Date,  then to the
Association's  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans,  then  to  Supplemental  Eligible
Account Holders of record as of the Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date, then
to  Other  Members,  and  then  to  directors,  officers  and  employees  of the
Association.  Concurrently  with,  at any time  during,  or  promptly  after the
Subscription  Offering,  and on a  lowest  priority  basis,  an  opportunity  to
subscribe  may also be  offered  to the  general  public  in a Direct  Community
Offering or a Public  Offering.  The price of the Stock Holding  Company  Common
Stock  will be based  upon an  independent  appraisal  of the  Association.  The
primary  purpose of the  Reorganization  is to  establish a holding  company and
stock savings  association  charter which will enable the  Association to expand
and compete more effectively in the financial services industry.

         The  Reorganization  will  structure the  Association in the stock form
used by commercial  banks,  most major business  corporations  and a majority of
savings institutions. In addition, the use of the holding company structure will
provide greater  organizational  and operating  flexibility to the  Association.
Moreover,  the formation of a mutual  holding  company will allow the MHC and/or
the Stock Holding Company to borrow funds, on a secured or unsecured  basis, and
to issue  debt to the public or in a private  placement.  The  proceeds  of such
borrowings or debt offering  could be  contributed  to the Stock  Association to
increase  its  capital  or could be used by the MHC  and/or  the  Stock  Holding
Company for other purposes. There are currently no plans to issue debt or borrow
funds by the MHC or the Stock Holding Company. The Reorganization will also ease
any  transition  to a uniform  charter  should such a charter be required in the
future.

         The  Association  is also expected to benefit from its  management  and
other personnel having a stock ownership in its business,  since stock ownership
is viewed  as an  effective  performance  incentive  and a means of  attracting,
retaining and  compensating  management and other  personnel.  No change will be
made in the Board of Directors or management as a result of the Reorganization.

         In  furtherance  of  the  Association's  long  term  commitment  to its
community,  the Stock  Association  and the Stock  Holding  Company  will make a
donation to a charitable foundation established by the Association,  in cash and
common  stock,  in an  amount  equal to up to 8% of the  aggregate  value of the
Common  Stock  issued  in the  Subscription  Offering.  Under  the  terms of the
Reorganization,  this  donation  will be subject to the  approval  of the voting
members of the Association.  In the event that the donation is not approved, the
Association may determine to complete the Reorganization without the donation.


<PAGE>


         The  Reorganization  is  subject  to the  approval  of the  OTS and the
affirmative  vote of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Voting
Members of the Association.

II. Definitions

         As used in this  Plan,  the terms set forth  below  have the  following
meanings:

         Account(s):  Withdrawable  deposit(s)  in  the  Association,  including
certificates of deposit.

         Acting in Concert:  The term  "acting in  concert"  shall have the same
meaning given it in ss.574.2(c) of the Regulations of the OTS. The determination
of  whether a group is acting in  concert  shall be made  solely by the Board of
Directors of the  Association  or officers  delegated by such Board of Directors
and may be based on any evidence  upon which such board or delegatee  chooses to
rely.

         Affiliate:  An  "affiliate"  of,  or  a  Person  "affiliated"  with,  a
specified Person, is a Person that directly,  or indirectly  through one or more
intermediaries,  controls,  or is controlled by or is under common control with,
the Person specified.

         Associate:  The term  "associate," when used to indicate a relationship
with any Person,  means:  (i) any  corporation or  organization  (other than the
Association,  the Stock Holding Company, the MHC or a majority-owned  subsidiary
of any of them) of which such  Person is a  director,  officer or partner or is,
directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of ten percent or more of any class
of equity securities,  (ii) any trust or other estate in which such Person has a
substantial  beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or
in a similar fiduciary capacity, (iii) any relative or spouse of such Person, or
any  relative of such  spouse,  who has the same home as such Person or who is a
Director or Officer of the  Association,  the MHC, the Stock Holding  Company or
any subsidiary of the MHC or the Stock Holding Company or any affiliate thereof;
and (iv) any  person  acting in  concert  with any of the  persons  or  entities
specified  in clauses (i)  through  (iii)  above;  provided,  however,  that any
Tax-Qualified  or  Non-Tax-Qualified  Employee Plan shall not be deemed to be an
associate  of any Director or Officer of the  Association,  the MHC or the Stock
Holding Company,  to the extent provided herein.  When used to refer to a Person
other than an Officer or Director of the  Association,  the  Association  in its
sole discretion may determine the Persons that are Associates of other Persons.

         Association:  Capitol  Federal  Savings  and Loan  Association,  in its
current mutual form of organization.

         Capital  Stock:  Any and all  authorized  stock  of the  Stock  Holding
Company or the Stock Association.

         Common  Stock:  Common stock,  par value $.01 per share,  issued by the
Stock Holding Company  simultaneously with the  Reorganization,  pursuant to its
stock charter.

         Deposit Account:  Any withdrawable or repurchasable  account or deposit
in the Association including Savings Accounts and demand accounts.

         Depositor:  Any person holding an Account in the Association.

         Direct  Community  Offering:  The offering to the general public of any
unsubscribed shares which may be effected as provided in Section III hereof.

         Director:  A member of the Board of Directors of the  Association  and,
where  applicable,  a member of the Board of  Directors of the MHC and the Stock
Holding Company.

                                        2

<PAGE>


         Effective Date: The effective date of the Reorganization which shall be
the date of consummation of the  Reorganization and Stock Offering in accordance
with this Plan and all applicable approvals.

         Eligible Account Holder: Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit in the
Association on the Eligibility Record Date.

         Eligibility Record Date: The close of business on June 30, 1997.

         Employee:  A person who is employed by the Association on the Effective
Date.

         ESOP: The Association's employee stock ownership plan.

         Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

         FDIC: The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

   
         Foundation:  Capitol  Federal Foundation.
    

         HOLA: The Home Owner's Loan Act, as amended.

         Holding  Company  Application:  The  Application to be submitted by the
Stock Holding  Company to the OTS to have the Stock Holding  Company acquire the
common stock of the Stock Association.

         Independent  Appraiser:  The appraiser  retained by the  Association to
prepare an appraisal of the pro forma  market value of the  Association  and the
Stock Holding Company.

         Market  Maker:  A dealer  (i.e.,  any Person who  engages  directly  or
indirectly  as agent,  broker or principal in the business of offering,  buying,
selling, or otherwise dealing or trading in securities issued by another Person)
who, with respect to a particular  security,  (i) regularly publishes bona fide,
competitive  bid and offer  quotations  in a recognized  inter-dealer  quotation
system;  or (ii) furnishes  bona fide  competitive  bid and offer  quotations on
request;  and  (iii) is  ready,  willing,  and able to  effect  transactions  in
reasonable quantities at his quoted prices with other brokers or dealers.

         Marketing  Agent:  The  broker-dealer  responsible  for  organizing and
managing the Stock Offering and sale of the Common Stock.

         Members: Any person or entity that is entitled under the Charter of the
Association to vote on matters affecting the Association.

   
         MHC:  Capitol  Federal  Savings  Bank MHC, the mutual  holding  company
established by the Association incident to the Reorganization.
    

         Minority Ownership Interest:  The shares of the Stock Holding Company's
Common Stock owned by persons  other than the MHC,  expressed as a percentage of
the total shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock outstanding.

         Minority Stock Offering:  One or more offerings of less than 50% in the
aggregate  of the  outstanding  Common  Stock of the Stock  Holding  Company  to
persons other than the MHC.

         Minority  Stockholder:  Any owner of the Stock Holding Company's Common
Stock, other than the MHC.

                                        3

<PAGE>


         Non-Tax-Qualified  Employee Plan:  Any defined  benefit plan or defined
contribution  plan of the Association or the Stock Holding  Company,  such as an
employee stock ownership plan,  stock bonus plan,  profit-sharing  plan or other
plan,  which  with its  related  trust  does not  meet  the  requirements  to be
"qualified" under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code.

         Non-Voting Stock: Any Capital Stock other than Voting Stock.

         Notice  of  Reorganization:  The  Notice  of MHC  Reorganization  to be
submitted by the Association to the OTS to notify the OTS of the Reorganization.

         OTS: Office of Thrift Supervision,  Department of the Treasury, and its
successors.

         Officer:  An executive  officer of the  Association  which includes the
Chairman,  Chief  Executive  Officer,  President,  Executive Vice Presidents and
Senior Vice Presidents in charge of principal business functions,  and any other
person participating in major policy making functions of the Association.

         Order Form:  Form to be used in the  Subscription  Offering to exercise
subscription rights.

         Other Members: Members of the Association,  other than Eligible Account
Holders,  Tax-Qualified Employee Plans or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders,
as of the Voting Record Date.

         Parent:  A company that controls  another  company,  either directly or
indirectly through one or more subsidiaries.

         Person: Any individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a
joint-stock company, a trust (including Individual Retirement Accounts and KEOGH
Accounts),   any   unincorporated   organization,   a  government  or  political
subdivision thereof or any other entity.

         Plan:  This Amended Plan of  Reorganization  and Stock  Offering of the
Association  as it exists on the date hereof and as it may  hereafter be amended
in accordance with its terms.

         Public  Offering:  The offering for sale  through the  Underwriters  to
selected  members of the general  public of any shares of Stock Holding  Company
Common  Stock not  subscribed  for in the  Subscription  Offering  or the Direct
Community Offering, if any.

         Public  Offering Price:  The price per share at which any  unsubscribed
shares of Stock Holding  Company Common Stock are initially  offered for sale in
the Public Offering.

         Qualifying  Deposit:  The  aggregate  balance  of $50 or  more  of each
Deposit  Account of an Eligible  Account  Holder or of a  Supplemental  Eligible
Account Holder.

         Regulations:  The  regulations  of the  OTS  regarding  mutual  holding
companies.

         Reorganization:  Collectively,  all steps necessary for the Association
to reorganize into the mutual holding company form of organization in accordance
with the Plan and the provisions of the HOLA and Part 575 of the OTS Regulations
for Savings Associations.

         Residence:  The terms "residence," "reside," "resided" or "residing" as
used  herein  with  respect to any person  shall mean any person who  occupied a
dwelling in the  communities  in which the  Association  does  business,  has an
intent to remain with such  communities  for a period of time, and manifests the
genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing  physical  presence within
such  communities  together  with an indication  that such presence  within such
communities is something other than merely transitory in

                                        4

<PAGE>


nature. To the extent the Person is a corporation or other business entity,  the
principal place of business or headquarters  shall be in these  communities.  To
the  extent a person  is a  personal  benefit  plan,  the  circumstances  of the
beneficiary  shall  apply with  respect to this  definition.  In the case of all
other  benefit  plans,  the  circumstances  of the trustee shall be examined for
purposes of this definition. The Association may utilize deposit or loan records
or such other evidence  provided to it to make a  determination  as to whether a
person is a resident.  In all cases,  however,  such a determination shall be in
the sole discretion of the Association.

         SAIF: The Savings Association  Insurance Fund, which is administered by
the FDIC.

         Savings  Account:  The term "Savings  Account"  means any  withdrawable
account in the Association except a demand account.

         SEC:  United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

         Special Meeting of Members:  The special  meeting and any  adjournments
thereof held to consider and vote upon this Plan.

         Stock Holding Company: The federal stock corporation, majority-owned by
the MHC,  which is being formed for the purpose of initially  owning 100% of the
common stock of the Stock Association.

         Stock  Offering:  The  offering  of Common  Stock of the Stock  Holding
Company to Persons  other than the MHC, in a  Subscription  Offering and, to the
extent shares remain available, in a Direct Community Offering or otherwise.

         Stock  Association:  The  newly  organized   federally-chartered  stock
association   subsidiary  of  the  Stock  Holding  Company  resulting  from  the
Reorganization.

         Subscription  Offering:  The  offering  of  Common  Stock of the  Stock
Holding Company for subscription and purchase pursuant to this Plan.

         Subsidiary: Any company, a majority of whose voting stock is indirectly
or directly owned, controlled or held with power to vote by another company.

         Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans:  Any  defined  benefit  plan or defined
contribution  plan of the Association or the Stock Holding  Company,  such as an
employee  stock  ownership plan stock bonus plan,  profit-sharing  plan or other
plan,  which with its related  trust meets the  requirements  to be  "qualified"
under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended.

         Underwriters:  The  investment  banking firm or firms agreeing to offer
and sell Stock Holding Company Common Stock in the Public Offering.

         Voting Members:  Those persons  eligible to vote at meetings of Members
of the Association pursuant to the Association's Charter and Bylaws.

         Voting Record Date:  The date  established by the Board of Directors of
the Association in accordance  with OTS regulations for determining  eligibility
to vote at the Special Meeting of Members.

         Voting Stock: 1. Common or preferred stock, or similar interests if the
shares by statute, charter or in any manner, entitle the holder to: (i) vote for
or to select directors of the Association or the Stock Holding Company; and (ii)
vote on or direct the conduct of the operations or other significant policies of
the Association or the Stock Holding Company.

                                        5

<PAGE>



         2. Notwithstanding  anything in paragraph (1) above, preferred stock is
not "Voting Stock" if: (i) voting rights associated with the preferred stock are
limited  solely to the type  customarily  provided  by  statute  with  regard to
matters that would  significantly and adversely affect the rights or preferences
of the preferred stock, such as the issuance of additional amounts or classes of
senior  securities,  the  modification of the terms of the preferred  stock, the
dissolution of the  Association,  or the payment of dividends by the Association
when preferred dividends are in arrears;  (ii) the preferred stock represents an
essentially  passive  investment  or  financing  device  and does not  otherwise
provide the holder with control over the issuer;  and (iii) the preferred  stock
does not at the time entitle the holder, by statute,  charter, or otherwise,  to
select or to vote for the selection of directors of the Association or the Stock
Holding Company.

         3.  Notwithstanding  anything in paragraphs (1) and (2) above,  "Voting
Stock" shall be deemed to include  preferred  stock and other  securities  that,
upon transfer or otherwise,  are convertible into Voting Stock or exercisable to
acquire  Voting  Stock  where the holder of the stock,  convertible  security or
right  to  acquire  Voting  Stock  has  the  preponderant  economic  risk in the
underlying Voting Stock. Securities immediately convertible into Voting Stock at
the option of the holder without  payment of additional  consideration  shall be
deemed to  constitute  the Voting Stock into which they are  convertible;  other
convertible securities and rights to acquire Voting Stock shall not be deemed to
vest the holder with the  preponderant  economic risk in the  underlying  Voting
Stock if the  holder  has paid less than 50% of the  consideration  required  to
directly  acquire  the Voting  Stock and has no other  economic  interest in the
underlying Voting Stock.

III. Plan of Reorganization

         Pursuant to Section 10(o) of the HOLA and 12 C.F.R. Part 575 of the OTS
Regulations,  the  Reorganization  will be  accomplished  in accordance with the
procedures  set forth in this Plan,  applicable  regulations  of the OTS, and as
otherwise may be required by the OTS.

         A. Certain Effects of Reorganization

          1.   Organization  of the MHC, the Stock Holding Company and the Stock
               Association

               A principal part of the Reorganization will be the formation of a
          federally-chartered  capital stock association subsidiary. As a result
          of the Reorganization,  the Stock Holding Company will own 100% of the
          Stock Association's Voting Stock. The MHC will own a majority interest
          in the Stock Holding Company and the Stock Association at all times as
          long as the MHC remains in the mutual form of organization.

               The Reorganization  will be effected as follows, or in any manner
          approved by the Board of Directors of the Association and the OTS that
          is consistent  with the purposes of this Plan and applicable  laws and
          regulations:

               (i) the Association will organize an interim stock association as
          a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  ("Interim  One");  (ii)  Interim One will
          organize an interim stock  association  as a  wholly-owned  subsidiary
          ("Interim  Two");  (iii)  Interim One will  organize the Stock Holding
          Company  as a  wholly-owned  subsidiary;  (iv)  the  Association  will
          exchange its charter for a federal stock association charter to become
          the Stock  Association and Interim One will exchange its charter for a
          federal  mutual  holding  company  charter  to  become  the  MHC;  (v)
          simultaneously  with step (iv),  Interim  Two will merge with and into
          Stock   Association  with  the  Stock  Association  as  the  resulting
          institution;  (vi) all of the  initially  issued  stock  of the  Stock
          Association  will be transferred to the MHC in exchange for membership
          interests  in the MHC; and (vii) the MHC will  contribute  the capital
          stock of the Stock  Association to the Stock Holding Company,  and the
          Stock  Association will become a wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Stock
          Holding Company. Contemporaneously with the

                                        6

<PAGE>



          Reorganization,  the Stock Holding  Company will offer for sale in the
          Stock  Offering  shares of Common  Stock based on the pro forma market
          value of the Stock Holding Company and the Association.

               Upon consummation of the  Reorganization,  the legal existence of
          the   Association   will  not  terminate,   but  the  converted  Stock
          Association  will  be a  continuation  of  the  Association,  and  all
          property of the Association,  including its right,  title and interest
          in and to all  property of  whatsoever  kind and nature,  interest and
          asset  of  every   conceivable  value  or  benefit  then  existing  or
          pertaining to the Association, or which would inure to the Association
          immediately  by  operation  of law and  without the  necessity  of any
          conveyance or transfer and without any further act or deed,  will vest
          in the Stock  Association.  The Stock  Association will have, hold and
          enjoy the same in its  right and fully to the same  extent as the same
          was  possessed,  held  and  enjoyed  by  the  Association.  The  Stock
          Association will continue to have,  succeed to, and be responsible for
          all rights,  liabilities  and  obligations of the Association and will
          maintain its  headquarters  operations  at the  Association's  present
          location.

               In connection with the Reorganization, the Association will apply
          to the OTS to have the Stock Holding  Company  retain up to 50% of the
          net  proceeds of the Stock  Offering,  or such other  amount as may be
          determined by the board of the Association.  The Stock Association may
          distribute  additional  capital to the Stock Holding Company following
          the Reorganization,  subject to the OTS regulations  governing capital
          distributions.  The Stock Holding Company will have the power to issue
          shares of Capital  Stock to persons  other than the MHC.  However,  so
          long as the MHC is in  existence,  the MHC will be  required to own at
          least a majority of the Voting Stock of the Stock Holding Company. The
          Stock  Holding  Company  may issue any amount of  Non-Voting  Stock to
          persons  other  than  the  MHC.  The  Stock  Holding  Company  will be
          authorized to undertake one or more Minority  Stock  Offerings of less
          than 50% in the aggregate of the total outstanding Common Stock of the
          Stock Holding Company,  and the Stock Holding Company intends to offer
          for sale up to 49.9% of its Common  Stock in the Stock  Offering.  The
          Association  believes  that  capitalization  of the MHC and the  Stock
          Holding  Company  will provide the MHC and the Stock  Holding  Company
          with economic  strength  separate and apart from the Stock Association
          and  could  facilitate  future  activities  by the MHC  and the  Stock
          Holding Company.

          2.   Effect on Deposit Accounts and Borrowings

               Each Deposit  Account in the  Association  on the Effective  Date
          will  remain a Deposit  Account in the Stock  Association  in the same
          amount and upon the same terms and conditions, and will continue to be
          federally  insured  up to the  legal  maximum  by the FDIC in the same
          manner as the Deposit Account  existed in the Association  immediately
          prior to the Reorganization.  Upon consummation of the Reorganization,
          all loans and other  borrowings from the Association  shall retain the
          same status with the Stock  Association  after the  Reorganization  as
          they had with the Association immediately prior to the Reorganization.

          3.   The Stock Association

               Upon completion of the  Reorganization the Stock Association will
          be  authorized to exercise any and all powers,  rights and  privileges
          of, and will be  subject to all  limitations  applicable  to,  capital
          stock savings  associations  under federal law. A copy of the proposed
          Charter  and Bylaws of the Stock  Association  is  attached  hereto as
          Exhibit A and made a part of this Plan.  The  Reorganization  will not
          result in any reduction of the amount of retained earnings (other than
          the assets of the Association  retained by or distributed to the Stock
          Holding  Company or the MHC),  undivided  profits,  and  general  loss
          reserves that the  Association had prior to the  Reorganization.  Such
          retained  earnings and general loss  reserves will be accounted for by
          the MHC, the Stock

                                        7

<PAGE>


          Holding Company and the Stock  Association on a consolidated  basis in
          accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

               The  initial  members  of the  Board of  Directors  of the  Stock
          Association  will be the members of the existing Board of Directors of
          the  Association.  The Stock  Association  will be wholly-owned by the
          Stock Holding Company.  The Stock Holding Company will be wholly-owned
          by its  stockholders,  who will consist of the MHC and the Persons who
          purchase  Common  Stock  in the  Stock  Offering  and  any  subsequent
          Minority   Stock   Offering.   Upon   the   Effective   Date   of  the
          Reorganization,  the voting and  membership  rights of Members will be
          transferred to the MHC, subject to the conditions specified below.

          4.   The Stock Holding Company

               The Stock Holding  Company will be authorized to exercise any and
          all  powers,  rights  and  privileges,  and  will  be  subject  to all
          limitations  applicable  to savings  and loan  holding  companies  and
          mutual  holding  companies  under  federal  law and  regulations.  The
          initial members of the Board of Directors of the Stock Holding Company
          will  be  the  existing   Board  of  Directors  of  the   Association.
          Thereafter,  the voting stockholders of the Stock Holding Company will
          elect approximately one-third of the Stock Holding Company's directors
          annually.  A copy of the  proposed  Charter  and  Bylaws  of the Stock
          Holding Company is attached as Exhibit B and made part of this Plan.

               The Stock Holding  Company will have the power to issue shares of
          Capital Stock to Persons other than the MHC.  However,  so long as the
          MHC is in  existence,  the MHC  will  be  required  to own at  least a
          majority of the Voting Stock of the Stock Holding  Company.  The Stock
          Holding  Company may issue any amount of  Non-Voting  Stock to Persons
          other than the MHC. The Stock  Holding  Company will be  authorized to
          undertake one or more Minority Stock Offerings of less than 50% in the
          aggregate of the total  outstanding  Common Stock of the Stock Holding
          Company, and the Stock Holding Company intends to offer for sale up to
          49.9% of its Common Stock in the Stock Offering.

          5.   The MHC

               As a mutual corporation,  the MHC will have no stockholders.  The
          members  of the MHC will have  exclusive  voting  authority  as to all
          matters  requiring  a vote of  members  under the  Charter of the MHC.
          Persons who have  membership  rights with  respect to the  Association
          under its existing  Charter  immediately  prior to the  Reorganization
          shall  continue  to have such rights  solely  with  respect to the MHC
          after the  Reorganization so long as such Persons remain depositors or
          borrowers,   as  the  case  may  be,  of  the  Association  after  the
          Reorganization.  In addition, all Persons who become Depositors of the
          Stock Association  following the  Reorganization  will have membership
          rights with  respect to the MHC. The rights and powers of the MHC will
          be  defined  by the  MHC's  Charter  and  Bylaws,  a copy of  which is
          attached to this Plan as Exhibit C and made a part hereof,  and by the
          statutory  and  regulatory  provisions  applicable to savings and loan
          holding companies and mutual holding companies. In particular, the MHC
          shall be  subject  to the  limitations  and  restrictions  imposed  on
          savings and loan holding companies by Section 10(o)(5) of the HOLA.

               The initial  members of the Board of Directors of the MHC will be
          the  existing  Board  of  Directors  of the  Association.  Thereafter,
          approximately  one-third  of the  directors of the MHC will be elected
          annually by the members of the MHC who will  consist of certain of the
          former  Members  of  the   Association  and  all  persons  who  become
          Depositors of the Stock Association after the Reorganization.


                                        8

<PAGE>



         B. Conditions to Implementation of Reorganization

         Consummation of the  Reorganization  is expressly  conditioned upon the
following:

          1.   Approval of the Plan by a majority of the Board of  Directors  of
               the Association;

          2.   The  filing of a Notice of  Reorganization,  including  the Plan,
               with the OTS and either:  (a) the OTS has given written notice of
               its intent not to  disapprove  the  Reorganization;  or (b) sixty
               days  have  passed   since  the  OTS   received   the  Notice  of
               Reorganization and deemed it sufficient under Section 516.2(c) of
               the OTS  regulations,  and the OTS has not given  written  notice
               that  the  Reorganization  is  disapproved  or  extended  for  an
               additional  30 days the period  during which  disapproval  may be
               issued;

          3.   The filing of the Holding Company  Application  with and approval
               by the OTS pursuant to the HOLA for the Stock Holding Company and
               MHC to become  savings and loan  holding  companies  by owning or
               acquiring 100% of the common stock of the Stock  Association  and
               at  least   more   than  50%  of  the  Stock   Holding   Company,
               respectively, to be issued in connection with the Reorganization;

          4.   All  necessary  approvals  have  been  obtained  from  the OTS in
               connection  with the  adoption  of the  charter and bylaws of the
               MHC, the Stock  Holding  Company and the Stock  Association,  the
               conversion  of  the  Association  to a  stock  charter,  and  any
               transfer  of assets and  liabilities  of the  Association  to the
               Stock Association pursuant to the Plan;

          5.   Approval  of the Plan by a majority  of the total votes of Voting
               Members of the  Association  eligible  to be cast at the  Special
               Meeting of Members;

          6.   Satisfaction of all conditions  specified or otherwise imposed by
               the  OTS  in   connection   with   approval   of  the  Notice  of
               Reorganization and all transactions related thereto;

          7.   Receipt by the Association of a favorable  ruling of the Internal
               Revenue  Service ("IRS") or an opinion of the  Association's  tax
               advisor  with  respect to  federal  taxation  to the effect  that
               consummation of the Reorganization will not be a taxable event to
               the MHC, the Stock Holding Company,  the Stock  Association,  the
               Association or the Association's Depositors; and

          8.   Receipt by the  Association  of either a private letter ruling of
               the   Kansas   taxation   authorities   or  an   opinion  of  the
               Association's  tax advisor with respect to Kansas taxation to the
               effect  that  consummation  of the  Reorganization  will not be a
               taxable  event to the MHC, the Stock Holding  Company,  the Stock
               Association, the Association or the Association's Depositors.

         C. Special Meeting of Members

         Subsequent to the approval of the Plan by the OTS, the Special  Meeting
of Members  shall be  scheduled in  accordance  with the  Association's  Bylaws.
Promptly  after  receipt of  approval  and at least 20 days but not more than 45
days prior to the Special Meeting of Members,  the Association  shall distribute
proxy solicitation materials to all Voting Members as of the Voting Record Date.
The proxy  solicitation  materials  shall include a proxy  statement (the "Proxy
Statement"), other documents authorized for use by

                                        9

<PAGE>



the regulatory  authorities,  and may also include a copy of the Plan. The proxy
materials  shall  contain the  information  that is relevant to the action to be
taken by the Voting Members.

         Pursuant to the Regulations of the OTS, an affirmative vote of not less
than a majority of the total outstanding votes of the Voting Members eligible to
be cast is  required  for  approval  of the Plan.  Voting may be in person or by
proxy in  accordance  with the  Charter and Bylaws of the  Association.  The OTS
shall be notified promptly of the actions of the Voting Members.

         D. Rights of Members of the MHC

         Following the  Reorganization,  all persons who had  membership  rights
with  respect  to the  Association  as of the  date of the  Reorganization  will
continue  to have such  rights  solely  with  respect to the MHC.  All  existing
proxies  granted by Members of the  Association to the Board of Directors of the
Association shall automatically become proxies granted to the Board of Directors
of the MHC.  In  addition,  all  persons  who  become  depositors  of the  Stock
Association  subsequent to the  Reorganization  also will have membership rights
with respect to the MHC. In each case,  no person who ceases to be the holder of
a deposit account in the Stock Association after the  Reorganization  shall have
any  membership  or  rights  with  respect  to the MHC.  Borrowers  of the Stock
Association  who were  borrower  members of the  Association  at the time of the
Reorganization,  if applicable,  will have the same membership rights in the MHC
as they had in the Association  immediately prior to the  Reorganization  for so
long as their pre-Reorganization  borrowings remain outstanding.  Borrowers will
not receive  membership  rights in connection with any new borrowings made after
the Reorganization.

         E. Conversion of MHC to Stock Form

         Following the  completion of the  Reorganization,  the MHC may elect to
convert  to  stock  form  in  accordance  with  applicable  law  (a  "Conversion
Transaction"). There can be no assurance when, if ever, a Conversion Transaction
will occur.

         In a  Conversion  Transaction,  the MHC would  merge  with and into the
Stock  Association or the Stock Holding Company,  with the Stock  Association or
the Stock Holding  Company as the resulting  entity,  and the  depositors of the
Stock Association would receive the right to subscribe for a number of shares of
common stock of the Stock  Holding  Company,  as  determined  by the formula set
forth below. The additional  shares of common stock of the Stock Holding Company
issued in the Conversion  Transaction would be sold at their aggregate pro forma
market value as determined by an independent appraisal.

         Any  Conversion  Transaction  shall be fair and  equitable  to Minority
Stockholders. In any Conversion Transaction, Minority Stockholders, if any, will
be entitled  without  additional  consideration  to maintain the same percentage
ownership interest in the Stock Holding Company after the Conversion Transaction
as their percentage  ownership interest in the Stock Holding Company immediately
prior to the Conversion  Transaction (i.e., the "Minority Ownership  Interest"),
subject only to the following  adjustments (if required by federal or state law,
regulation,  or regulatory policy) to reflect:  (i) the cumulative effect of the
aggregate  amount of  dividends  waived by the MHC; and (ii) the market value of
assets of the MHC (other than common stock of the Stock Holding Company).

         The  adjustment  referred to in clause (i) of the  preceding  paragraph
above  would  require  that the  Minority  Ownership  Interest  (expressed  as a
percentage) be adjusted by multiplying  the Minority  Ownership  Interest by the
following fraction:

             (Stock Holding Company  stockholders'  equity  immediately prior to
              Conversion Transaction) - (aggregate amount
                           of dividends waived by MHC)
             -------------------------------------------------------
             Stock Holding Company stockholders' equity immediately
                         prior to Conversion Transaction


                                       10


<PAGE>

         The Minority  Ownership  Interest shall also be adjusted to reflect any
assets of the MHC (other  than  Common  Stock of the Stock  Holding  Company) by
multiplying it by the following fraction:

               (pro forma market value of Stock Holding  Company)  (market value
                    of assets of MHC other than
                       Stock Holding Company Common Stock)
               ---------------------------------------------------
                 pro forma market value of Stock Holding Company

         At the sole  discretion  of the Board of  Directors  of the MHC and the
Stock Holding  Company,  a Conversion  Transaction  may be effected in any other
manner   necessary  to  qualify  the   Conversion   Transaction  as  a  tax-free
reorganization  under  applicable  federal  and state tax  laws,  provided  such
Conversion  Transaction  does not diminish the rights and ownership  interest of
Minority Stockholders as set forth in the preceding paragraphs.  If a Conversion
Transaction  does not occur,  the MHC will  always own a majority  of the voting
stock of the Stock Holding Company. Management of the Association has no current
intention to conduct a Conversion Transaction.

         A  Conversion  Transaction  would  require the  approval of  applicable
federal regulators,  and would be presented to a vote of the members of the MHC.
Federal  regulatory  policy  requires  that in any  Conversion  Transaction  the
members of the MHC will be accorded the same stock purchase priorities as if the
MHC were a mutual savings association converting to stock form.

         F. Timing of the Reorganization and Sale of Capital Stock

         The  Association  intends to consummate the  Reorganization  as soon as
feasible following the receipt of all approvals referred to in the Plan. Subject
to the approval of the OTS, the Stock  Holding  Company  intends to commence the
Stock Offering  concurrently with the proxy  solicitation of Members.  The Stock
Holding  Company  may close the Stock  Offering  before the  Special  Meeting of
Members,  provided  that  the  offer  and  sale of the  Common  Stock  shall  be
conditioned  upon approval of the Plan by the Members at the Special  Meeting of
Members.  The  Association's  proxy  solicitation  materials may permit  certain
Members to return to the Association by a reasonable date certain a postage paid
card  or  other  written  communication  requesting  receipt  of the  prospectus
describing the Stock Offering if the prospectus is not mailed  concurrently with
the proxy  solicitation  materials.  The Stock  Offering  shall be  conducted in
compliance with the securities offering  regulations of the SEC. The Association
will not finance or loan funds to any person to purchase Common Stock.

         G. Number of Shares to Be Offered

   
               The total number of shares (or range  thereof) of Common Stock to
          be  issued  and  offered  for  sale  pursuant  to the  Plan  shall  be
          determined  initially by the Board of Directors of the Association and
          the Stock Holding Company in conjunction with the determination of the
          Independent  Appraiser.  The  number of shares  to be  offered  may be
          adjusted prior to completion of the Stock  Offering.  The total number
          of shares of Common Stock that may be issued to persons other than the
          MHC at the  close of the Stock  Offering  must be less than 50% of the
          issued and  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock of the Stock  Holding
          Company.
    

                                       11

<PAGE>


         H. Independent Valuation and Purchase Price of Shares

         All shares of Common Stock sold in the Stock  Offering shall be sold at
a uniform  price  per  share.  The  purchase  price  and  number of shares to be
outstanding  shall be  determined by the Board of Directors of the Stock Holding
Company  on the  basis of the  estimated  pro  forma  market  value of the Stock
Holding Company and the Association. The aggregate purchase price for the Common
Stock  will not be  inconsistent  with such  market  value of the Stock  Holding
Company and the  Association.  The pro forma market  value of the Stock  Holding
Company  and the  Association  will  be  determined  for  such  purposes  by the
Independent Appraiser.

         Prior to the commencement of the Stock Offering, an estimated valuation
range will be  established,  which  range may vary within 15% above to 15% below
the  midpoint  of such  range,  and up to 15%  greater  than the maximum of such
range, as determined by the Board of Directors at the time of the Stock Offering
and consistent with OTS regulations.  The Stock Holding Company intends to issue
up to 49.9% of its common stock in the Stock  Offering.  The number of shares of
Common Stock to be issued and the ownership interest of the MHC may be increased
or decreased by the Stock Holding Company,  taking into consideration any change
in the independent  valuation and other factors,  at the discretion of the Board
of Directors of the Association and the Stock Holding Company.

         Based  upon  the   independent   valuation  as  updated  prior  to  the
commencement  of the Stock  Offering,  the Board of Directors  may establish the
minimum and maximum ownership percentage  applicable to the Stock Offering,  may
fix the ownership percentage of the Minority Stockholders,  or may establish the
minimum and maximum  aggregate  dollar amount of shares to be sold. In the event
the ownership percentage of the Minority  Stockholders is not fixed in the Stock
Offering,   the  minority   ownership   percentage   (the  "Minority   Ownership
Percentage")  will be  determined  as follows:  (a) the product of (x) the total
number of shares of Common Stock issued by the Stock Holding Company and (y) the
purchase price per share divided by (b) the estimated aggregate pro forma market
value of the  Association and the Stock Holding  Company  immediately  after the
Stock Offering as determined by the Independent Appraiser, expressed in terms of
a specific  aggregate dollar amount rather than as a range,  upon the closing of
the Stock Offering or sale of all the Common Stock.

         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,   no  sale  of  Common  Stock  may  be
consummated  unless,  prior  to such  consummation,  the  Independent  Appraiser
confirms to the Stock Holding  Company,  the Association and to the OTS that, to
the best knowledge of the  Independent  Appraiser,  nothing of a material nature
has occurred which,  taking into account all relevant  factors,  would cause the
Independent  Appraiser to conclude that the aggregate  value of the Common Stock
to be issued is incompatible with its estimate of the aggregate consolidated pro
forma market value of the Stock  Holding  Company and the  Association.  If such
confirmation  is not received,  the Stock  Holding  Company may cancel the Stock
Offering,  extend the Stock  Offering and  establish a new  estimated  valuation
range and/or estimated price range, extend,  reopen or hold a new Stock Offering
or take such other action as the OTS may permit.

         The  estimated  market  value  of the  Stock  Holding  Company  and the
Association shall be determined for such purpose by an Independent  Appraiser on
the basis of such appropriate factors as are not inconsistent

                                       12

<PAGE>



with OTS regulations.  The Common Stock to be issued in the Stock Offering shall
be fully paid and nonassessable.

         If there is a Direct Community Offering or Public Offering of shares of
Common Stock not  subscribed  for in the  Subscription  Offering,  the price per
share at which the Common  Stock is sold in such  Direct  Community  Offering or
Public  Offering  shall be equal to the  purchase  price  per share at which the
Common Stock is sold to Persons in the Subscription Offering. Shares sold in the
Direct  Community  Offering  or  Public  Offering  will be  subject  to the same
limitations as shares sold in the Subscription Offering.

         I. Stock Issuance Procedure

         The Stock Holding  Company Common Stock will be offered for sale in the
Subscription Offering to Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Plans,
Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, Other Members and Directors, Officers and
employees of the  Association,  prior to or within 45 days after the date of the
Special  Meeting  of  Members.  However,  the  Stock  Holding  Company  and  the
Association may delay  commencing the  Subscription  Offering beyond such 45-day
period in the event there exist unforeseen  material adverse market or financial
conditions.  The Association may, either  concurrently with, at any time during,
or  promptly  after the  Subscription  Offering,  also  offer the Stock  Holding
Company Common Stock to and accept  subscriptions from other Persons in a Direct
Community  Offering  or a  Public  Offering;  provided  that  the  Association's
Eligible Account Holders,  Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans,  Supplemental Eligible
Account Holders, Other Members and Directors,  Officers and employees shall have
the priority  rights to subscribe  for Stock  Holding  Company  Common Stock set
forth in Section III of this Plan.

         The period for the Subscription  Offering and Direct Community Offering
will be not less  than 20 days  nor more  than 45 days  unless  extended  by the
Association.  Upon  completion  of the  Subscription  Offering  and  the  Direct
Community  Offering,  if any, any  unsubscribed  shares of Stock Holding Company
Common Stock may be sold  through the  Underwriters  to selected  members of the
general public in the Public  Offering.  If for any reason all of the shares are
not sold in the Subscription  Offering,  the Direct Community Offering,  if any,
and the Public  Offering,  if any, the Stock Holding Company and the Association
will use their best efforts to obtain other purchasers, subject to OTS approval.
Completion of the sale of all shares of Stock Holding  Company  Common Stock not
sold in the Subscription  Offering is required within 45 days after  termination
of the Subscription Offering,  subject to extension of such 45-day period by the
Stock  Holding  Company and the  Association  with the  approval of the OTS. The
Stock  Holding  Company  and  the  Association  may  jointly  seek  one or  more
extensions of such 45-day period if necessary to complete the sale of all shares
of Stock Holding  Company  Common Stock.  In  connection  with such  extensions,
subscribers  and other  purchasers  will be permitted  to increase,  decrease or
rescind their subscriptions or purchase orders to the extent required by the OTS
in  approving  the  extensions.  Completion  of the sale of all  shares of Stock
Holding  Company Common Stock is required within 24 months after the date of the
Special Meeting of Members.

         J. Subscription Rights

         Non-transferable  subscription rights to purchase shares will be issued
without payment  therefor to Eligible Account  Holders,  Tax-Qualified  Employee
Plans,  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders,  Other Members and  Directors,
Officers and employees of the Association as set forth below.

               1. Preference Category No. 1: Eligible Account Holders

               Each  Eligible  Account  Holder  shall  receive  non-transferable
          subscription  rights to subscribe for shares of Stock Holding  Company
          Common  Stock  in an  amount  equal to the  greater  of  $500,000,  or
          one-tenth of one percent (.10%) of the total offering of shares, or 15
          times the product (rounded

                                       13

<PAGE>



          down to the next  whole  number)  obtained  by  multiplying  the total
          number of shares of common  stock to be issued by a fraction  of which
          the numerator is the amount of the Qualifying  Deposit of the Eligible
          Account  Holder and the  denominator is the total amount of Qualifying
          Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders in the converting Association
          in each case on the Eligibility Record Date.

               If sufficient shares are not available, shares shall be allocated
          first to permit each  subscribing  Eligible Account Holder to purchase
          to  the  extent  possible  100  shares,   and  thereafter  among  each
          subscribing  Eligible  Account Holder pro rata in the same  proportion
          that his Qualifying Deposit bears to the total Qualifying  Deposits of
          all subscribing  Eligible Account Holders whose  subscriptions  remain
          unsatisfied.

               Non-transferable  subscription  rights to purchase  Stock Holding
          Company  Common  Stock  received  by  Directors  and  Officers  of the
          Association and their Associates, based on their increased deposits in
          the  Association  in the one-year  period  preceding  the  Eligibility
          Record  Date,  shall  be  subordinated  to  all  other   subscriptions
          involving  the  exercise of  non-transferable  subscription  rights of
          Eligible Account Holders.

               2. Preference Category No. 2: Tax-Qualified Employee Plans

               Each  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plan shall be  entitled to receive
          non-transferable  subscription  rights  to  purchase  up to 10% of the
          shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock,  provided that singly or
          in the  aggregate  such plans  (other than that  portion of such plans
          which is self-directed) shall not purchase more than 10% of the shares
          of  the  Stock  Holding  Company  Common  Stock.  Subscription  rights
          received pursuant to this Category shall be subordinated to all rights
          received by Eligible  Account  Holders to purchase  shares pursuant to
          Category No. 1;  provided,  however,  that  notwithstanding  any other
          provision of this Plan to the  contrary,  the  Tax-Qualified  Employee
          Plans  shall have a first  priority  subscription  right to the extent
          that the total number of shares of Stock Holding  Company Common Stock
          sold in the  Stock  Offering  exceeds  the  maximum  of the  estimated
          valuation range as set forth in the subscription prospectus.

               3.  Preference  Category  No. 3:  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
          Holders

               Each   Supplemental   Eligible   Account   Holder  shall  receive
          non-transferable  subscription rights to subscribe for shares of Stock
          Holding  Company  Common  Stock in an amount  equal to the  greater of
          $500,000,  or one-tenth of one percent (.10%) of the total offering of
          shares,  or 15 times  the  product  (rounded  down to the  next  whole
          number)  obtained by multiplying  the total number of shares of common
          stock to be issued by a fraction of which the  numerator is the amount
          of the Qualifying Deposit of the Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder
          and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying  Deposits of all
          Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in the converting Association in
          each case on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date.

               Subscription  rights received  pursuant to this category shall be
          subordinated to all  subscription  rights received by Eligible Account
          Holders and  Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans pursuant to Category Nos. 1
          and 2 above.

               Any  non-transferable  subscription  rights  to  purchase  shares
          received by an Eligible Account Holder in accordance with Category No.
          1 shall  reduce to the extent  thereof the  subscription  rights to be
          distributed to such person pursuant to this Category.

               In  the  event  of  an  oversubscription  for  shares  under  the
          provisions  of  this  subparagraph,  the  shares  available  shall  be
          allocated  first to  permit  each  subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible
          Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares
          sufficient to make his total allocation

                                       14

<PAGE>



          (including the number of shares, if any,  allocated in accordance with
          Category  No.  1) equal  to 100  shares,  and  thereafter  among  each
          subscribing  Supplemental Eligible Account Holder pro rata in the same
          proportion that his Qualifying  Deposit bears to the total  Qualifying
          Deposits of all subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders
          whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.

               4. Preference Category No. 4: Other Members

               Each Other Member  shall  receive  non-transferable  subscription
          rights to subscribe for shares of Stock Holding  Company  Common Stock
          remaining  after  satisfying  the  subscriptions  provided  for  under
          Category Nos. 1 through 3 above, subject to the following conditions:

               i.   Each Other  Member  shall be  entitled to  subscribe  for an
                    amount  of  shares  equal to the  greater  of  $500,000,  or
                    one-tenth  of one  percent  (.10%) of the total  offering of
                    shares of common stock in the Stock Offering,  to the extent
                    that Stock Holding Company Common Stock is available.

               ii.  In the event of an  oversubscription  for  shares  under the
                    provisions of this subparagraph,  the shares available shall
                    be allocated among the subscribing Other Members pro rata in
                    the same  proportion  that his number of votes on the Voting
                    Record Date bears to the total number of votes on the Voting
                    Record Date of all  subscribing  Other Members on such date.
                    Such  number  of  votes  shall  be  determined  based on the
                    Association's  mutual  charter  and  bylaws in effect on the
                    date of approval by members of this Plan.

               5. Preference Category No. 5: Directors, Officers and Employees

               Each Director,  Officer and employee of the Association as of the
          date  of  the  commencement  of the  Subscription  Offering  shall  be
          entitled to receive  non-transferable  subscription rights to purchase
          shares of the Stock  Holding  Company  Common Stock to the extent that
          shares are available  after  satisfying  subscriptions  under Category
          Nos. 1 through 4 above.  The shares which may be purchased  under this
          Category are subject to the following conditions:

               i.   The total number of shares which may be purchased under this
                    Category may not exceed 15% of the number of shares of Stock
                    Holding Company Common Stock.

               ii.  The maximum  amount of shares which may be  purchased  under
                    this  Category by any Person is  $500,000  of Stock  Holding
                    Company  Common Stock.  In the event of an  oversubscription
                    for shares under the  provisions of this  subparagraph,  the
                    shares  available  shall be  allocated  pro rata  among  all
                    subscribers in this Category.

         K. Public Offering and Direct Community Offering

   
               1.  Any  shares  of  Stock  Holding   Company  Common  Stock  not
          subscribed for in the Subscription Offering may be offered for sale in
          a Direct  Community  Offering.  This may  involve an  offering  of all
          unsubscribed  shares  directly to the general public with a preference
          to those  natural  persons  residing  in the state of  Kansas,  in any
          county  in  which  the  Association  has an  office  or in any  county
          contiguous thereto.  The Direct Community  Offering,  if any, shall be
          for a period  of not less  than 20 days nor more  than 45 days  unless
          extended by the Stock Holding Company and the  Association,  and shall
          commence  concurrently with, during or promptly after the Subscription
          Offering.  The  purchase  price per share to the  general  public in a
          Direct Community Offering shall be the same as the subscription price.
    

                                       15

<PAGE>



          The Stock Holding  Company and the  Association  may use an investment
          banking firm or firms on a best efforts basis to sell the unsubscribed
          shares in the Direct Community Offering. The Stock Holding Company and
          the  Association  may pay a commission or other fee to such investment
          banking  firm or firms as to the shares  sold by such firm or firms in
          the Direct  Community  Offering  and may also  reimburse  such firm or
          firms for expenses  incurred in  connection  with the sale.  The Stock
          Holding  Company  Common  Stock will be offered and sold in the Direct
          Community Offering, if any, in accordance with OTS regulations,  so as
          to achieve the widest distribution of the Stock Holding Company Common
          Stock. No person, by himself or herself, or with an Associate or group
          of Persons acting in concert,  may subscribe for or purchase more than
          $500,000 of Stock Holding Company Common Stock in the Direct Community
          Offering,   if  any.   Further,   the   Association  may  limit  total
          subscriptions  under this  Section so as to assure  that the number of
          shares  available  for the Public  Offering  may be up to a  specified
          percentage  of the number of shares of Stock  Holding  Company  Common
          Stock.  Finally,  the  Association  may reserve  shares offered in the
          Direct Community Offering for sales to institutional investors.

               In the event of an  oversubscription  for  shares  in the  Direct
          Community  Offering,  shares may be  allocated  (to the extent  shares
          remain available) first to cover orders of natural persons residing in
          the  local  community,  then to cover the  orders of any other  person
          subscribing for shares in the Direct  Community  Offering so that each
          such person may receive 1,000 shares,  and  thereafter,  on a pro rata
          basis  to  such  persons  based  on the  amount  of  their  respective
          subscriptions.

               The  Association  and the Stock  Holding  Company,  in their sole
          discretion,  may reject  subscriptions,  in whole or in part, received
          from any Person under this Section.  Further,  the Association and the
          Stock Holding Company may, at their sole discretion, elect to forego a
          Direct  Community  Offering  and instead  effect a Public  Offering as
          described below.

               2. Any shares of Stock Holding  Company  Common Stock not sold in
          the Subscription Offering or in the Direct Community Offering, if any,
          may then be sold through the  Underwriters to selected  members of the
          general public in the Public Offering.  It is expected that the Public
          Offering will commence as soon as practicable after termination of the
          Subscription  Offering and the Direct Community Offering,  if any. The
          Association and the Stock Holding  Company,  in their sole discretion,
          may  reject any  subscription,  in whole or in part,  received  in the
          Public Offering. The Public Offering shall be completed within 90 days
          after the termination of the Subscription Offering, unless such period
          is extended as provided herein. No person,  by himself or herself,  or
          with an Associate or group of Persons acting in concert,  may purchase
          more than $500,000 of Common Stock in the Public Offering, if any.

               3.  If  for  any  reason  any  shares  remain  unsold  after  the
          Subscription  Offering,  the Public  Offering,  if any, and the Direct
          Community  Offering,  if any,  the  Boards of  Directors  of the Stock
          Holding  Company  and  the   Association   will  seek  to  make  other
          arrangements  for  the  sale  of  the  remaining  shares.  Such  other
          arrangements  will  be  subject  to the  approval  of the  OTS  and to
          compliance with applicable securities laws.

         L.  Additional  Limitations  Upon  Purchases of Shares of Stock Holding
Company Common Stock

         The following additional  limitations shall be imposed on all purchases
of Stock Holding Company Common Stock in the Stock Offering:

               1. No Person,  by himself or  herself,  or with an  Associate  or
          group of Persons  acting in concert,  may subscribe for or purchase in
          the Stock Offering a number of shares of Stock Holding  Company Common
          Stock equal to the  greater of  $5,000,000  or 1% of the Common  Stock
          offered

                                       16

<PAGE>



          in the Stock Offering. For purposes of this paragraph, an Associate of
          a  Person  does not  include  a  Tax-Qualified  or  Non-Tax  Qualified
          Employee  Plan  in  which  the  person  has a  substantial  beneficial
          interest  or serves as a trustee or in a similar  fiduciary  capacity.
          Moreover,  for purposes of this paragraph,  shares held by one or more
          Tax-Qualified  or Non-Tax  Qualified  Employee  Plans  attributed to a
          Person shall not be aggregated  with shares  purchased  directly by or
          otherwise attributable to that Person.

               2.  Directors and Officers and their  Associates may not purchase
          in all  categories in the Stock Offering an aggregate of more than 25%
          of the Stock  Holding  Company  Common  Stock.  For  purposes  of this
          paragraph, an Associate of a Person does not include any Tax-Qualified
          Employee Plan.  Moreover,  any shares attributable to the Officers and
          Directors and their Associates,  but held by one or more Tax-Qualified
          Employee  Plans  shall not be included  in  calculating  the number of
          shares which may be purchased under the limitation in this paragraph.

               3. The minimum  number of shares of Stock Holding  Company Common
          Stock that may be purchased by any Person in the Stock  Offering is 25
          shares, provided sufficient shares are available.

               4. The Boards of Directors of the Stock  Holding  Company and the
          Association  may,  in their  sole  discretion,  increase  the  maximum
          purchase  limitation  referred  to herein up to 9.99%,  provided  that
          orders for shares  exceeding  5% of the  shares  being  offered in the
          Stock Offering shall not exceed,  in the aggregate,  10% of the shares
          being offered in the Stock Offering.  Requests to purchase  additional
          shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock under this provision will
          be  allocated  by the Boards of  Directors  on a pro rata basis giving
          priority in accordance with the priority rights set forth herein.

               Depending  upon market and  financial  conditions,  the Boards of
          Directors of the Stock Holding Company and the  Association,  with the
          approval of the OTS and without further  approval of the Members,  may
          increase or decrease any of the above purchase limitations.

               For purposes of this Section,  the Directors of the Stock Holding
          Company and the Association  shall not be deemed to be Associates or a
          group  acting in concert  solely as a result of their  serving in such
          capacities.

               Each Person  purchasing  Common Stock in the Stock Offering shall
          be deemed to confirm that such  purchase  does not  conflict  with the
          above  purchase  limitations.  All  questions  concerning  whether any
          Persons  are  Associates  or a group  acting in concert or whether any
          purchase  conflicts  with the  purchase  limitations  in this  Plan or
          otherwise  violates any  provision of this Plan shall be determined by
          the Association in its sole discretion.  Such  determination  shall be
          conclusive and binding on all Persons and the Association may take any
          remedial action,  including without limitation  rejecting the purchase
          or  referring  the  matter  to the  OTS  for  action,  as in its  sole
          discretion the Association may deem appropriate.

         M.  Restrictions  and Other  Characteristics  of Stock Holding  Company
Common Stock Being Sold

         Stock  Holding  Company  Common Stock  purchased by Persons  other than
Directors and Officers of the Stock Holding Company or the  Association  will be
transferable  without  restriction.  Shares  purchased  by Directors or Officers
shall not be sold or  otherwise  disposed  of for value for a period of one year
from the date of the Stock  Offering,  except for any disposition of such shares
(i) following the death of the original  purchaser,  or (ii)  resulting  from an
exchange of securities  in a merger or  acquisition  approved by the  applicable
regulatory  authorities.  Any transfers that could result in a change of control
of the Stock

                                       17

<PAGE>



Association  or the Stock  Holding  Company  or result in the  ownership  by any
Person  or group  acting in  concert  of more than 10% of any class of the Stock
Association's or the Stock Holding  Company's  equity  securities are subject to
the prior approval of the OTS.

         The  certificates  representing  shares of Stock Holding Company Common
Stock issued to Directors and Officers  shall bear a legend  giving  appropriate
notice of the one-year  holding  period  restriction.  Appropriate  instructions
shall  be  given to the  transfer  agent  for such  stock  with  respect  to the
applicable restrictions relating to the transfer of restricted stock. Any shares
of common  stock of the Stock  Holding  Company  subsequently  issued as a stock
dividend, stock split, or otherwise,  with respect to any such restricted stock,
shall be subject  to the same  holding  period  restrictions  for Stock  Holding
Company or Association  Directors and Officers as may be then applicable to such
restricted stock.

         N. Exercise of Subscription Rights; Order Forms

               1. If the  Subscription  Offering  occurs  concurrently  with the
          solicitation  of  proxies  for the  Special  Meeting of  Members,  the
          prospectus and Order Form may be sent to each Eligible Account Holder,
          Tax-Qualified  Employee Plan,  Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holder,
          Other Member,  and Director,  Officer and employee at their last known
          address  as shown on the  records  of the  Association.  However,  the
          Association may, and if the Subscription  Offering commences after the
          Special Meeting of Members the Association shall, furnish a prospectus
          and  Order  Form  only  to  Eligible  Account  Holders,  Tax-Qualified
          Employee Plans,  Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, Other Members,
          and  Directors,  Officers  and  employees  who  have  returned  to the
          Association  by a  specified  date  prior to the  commencement  of the
          Subscription  Offering  a post  card or  other  written  communication
          requesting a prospectus and Order Form. In such event, the Association
          shall  provide  a  postage-paid  post card for this  purpose  and make
          appropriate  disclosure in its proxy statement for the solicitation of
          proxies to be voted at the Special  Meeting and/or letter sent in lieu
          of  the  proxy   statement   to  those   Eligible   Account   Holders,
          Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders
          who are not Members on the Voting Record Date.

               2.  Each  Order  Form  will  be  preceded  or  accompanied  by  a
          prospectus   describing  the  Stock  Holding  Company  and  the  Stock
          Association and the shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock being
          offered for subscription and containing all other information required
          by the OTS or the SEC or necessary to enable  Persons to make informed
          investment  decisions  regarding the purchase of Stock Holding Company
          Common Stock.

               3. The Order  Form (or  accompanying  instructions)  used for the
          Subscription Offering will contain, among other things, the following:

               i.   A clear and  intelligible  explanation  of the  subscription
                    rights granted under the Plan to Eligible  Account  Holders,
                    Tax-Qualified Employee Plans,  Supplemental Eligible Account
                    Holders,   Other  Members,   and  Directors,   Officers  and
                    employees;

               ii.  A specified  expiration date by which the Order Form must be
                    returned to and actually  received by the Association or its
                    representative  for  purposes  of  exercising   subscription
                    rights,  which  date will be not less than 20 days after the
                    Order Forms are mailed by the Association;

               iii. The subscription  price to be paid for each share subscribed
                    for when the Order Form is returned;


                                       18

<PAGE>



               iv.  A statement  that 25 shares is the minimum  number of shares
                    of Stock Holding Company Common Stock that may be subscribed
                    for under the Plan;

               v.   A  specifically  designated  blank space for  indicating the
                    number of shares being subscribed for;

               vi.  A set of detailed  instructions  as to how to  complete  the
                    Order  Form  including  a  statement  as  to  the  available
                    alternative   methods  of  payment  for  the  shares   being
                    subscribed for;

              vii.  Specifically  designated blank spaces for dating and signing
                    the Order Form;

              viii. An  acknowledgement  that the  subscriber  has  received the
                    prospectus;

               ix.  A  statement  of the  consequences  of failing  to  properly
                    complete  and return the Order  Form,  including a statement
                    that the  subscription  rights will expire on the expiration
                    date specified on the Order Form unless such expiration date
                    is   extended   by  the  Stock   Holding   Company  and  the
                    Association,   and  that  the  subscription  rights  may  be
                    exercised  only  by  delivering  the  Order  Form,  properly
                    completed  and   executed,   to  the   Association   or  its
                    representative   by  the  expiration  date,   together  with
                    required payment of the subscription price for all shares of
                    Stock Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for;

               x.   A    statement    that   the    subscription    rights   are
                    non-transferable  and  that  all  shares  of  Stock  Holding
                    Company  Common  Stock   subscribed  for  upon  exercise  of
                    subscription  rights  must be  purchased  on  behalf  of the
                    Person  exercising  the  subscription  rights  for  his  own
                    account; and

               xi.  A statement  that,  after receipt by the  Association or its
                    representative,   a   subscription   may  not  be  modified,
                    withdrawn   or   canceled   without   the   consent  of  the
                    Association.

         O. Method of Payment

         Payment for all shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock subscribed
for must  accompany all completed  Order Forms.  Payment may be made in cash (if
presented in Person),  by check, money order or, if the subscriber has a Deposit
Account in the Association  (including a certificate of deposit), the subscriber
may authorize the Association to charge the subscriber's account.

         If a  subscriber  authorizes  the  Association  to  charge  his  or her
account,  the funds will continue to earn  interest,  but may not be used by the
subscriber  until all Stock  Holding  Company  Common Stock has been sold or the
Plan is terminated, whichever is earlier. The Association will allow subscribers
to purchase shares by withdrawing  funds from  certificate  accounts without the
assessment of early withdrawal  penalties with the exception of prepaid interest
in the form of  promotional  gifts.  In the case of early  withdrawal  of only a
portion of such  account,  the  certificate  evidencing  such  account  shall be
canceled if the  remaining  balance of the  account is less than the  applicable
minimum  balance  requirement,  in which event the  remaining  balance will earn
interest at the passbook rate.  This waiver of the early  withdrawal  penalty is
applicable  only to  withdrawals  made in connection  with the purchase of Stock
Holding Company Common Stock under the Plan.  Interest will also be paid, at not
less than the then-current passbook rate, on all orders

                                       19

<PAGE>



paid in cash, by check or money order,  from the date payment is received  until
consummation  of the Stock  Offering.  Payments  made in cash, by check or money
order  will  be  placed  by  the  Association  in an  escrow  or  other  account
established specifically for this purpose.

         In the event of an unfilled amount of any subscription order, the Stock
Association will make an appropriate refund or cancel an appropriate  portion of
the related withdrawal authorization,  after consummation of the Stock Offering.
If for any reason the Stock Offering is not  consummated,  purchasers  will have
refunded to them all payments  made and all  withdrawal  authorizations  will be
canceled in the case of  subscription  payments  authorized from accounts at the
Association.

         If any Tax-Qualified Employee Plans or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plans
subscribe for shares during the  Subscription  Offering,  such plans will not be
required to pay for the shares  subscribed for at the time they  subscribe,  but
may pay for such shares of Stock Holding  Company  Common Stock  subscribed  for
upon consummation of the Stock Offering. In the event that, after the completion
of the  Subscription  Offering,  the amount of shares to be issued is  increased
above the maximum of the estimated  valuation  range included in the prospectus,
the Tax  Qualified  and Non-Tax  Qualified  Employee  Plans shall be entitled to
increase their subscriptions by a percentage equal to the percentage increase in
the amount of shares to be issued above the maximum of the  estimated  valuation
range  provided  that  such  subscriptions  shall  continue  to  be  subject  to
applicable purchase limits and stock allocation procedures.

         P. Undelivered Defective or Late Order Form; Insufficient Payment

         In the event Order Forms (a) are not  delivered and are returned to the
Association by the United States Postal Service or the  Association is unable to
locate  the  addressee,  (b) are not  received  back by the  Association  or are
received by the Association after the expiration date specified thereon, (c) are
defectively filled out or executed, (d) are not accompanied by the full required
payment for the shares of Common Stock  subscribed for (including cases in which
Deposit Accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are insufficient to cover
the amount of the  required  payment),  or (e) are not mailed  pursuant to a "no
mail" order placed in effect by the account holder,  the subscription  rights of
the Person to whom such  rights  have been  granted  will  lapse as though  such
Person  failed to return  the  contemplated  Order Form  within the time  period
specified thereon;  provided, that the Association may, but will not be required
to,  waive  any  immaterial  irregularity  on any  Order  Form  or  require  the
submission  of  corrected  Order  Forms or the  remittance  of full  payment for
subscribed   shares  by  such  date  as  the   Association   may  specify.   The
interpretation  by the  Association  of terms and conditions of this Plan and of
the Order Forms will be final, subject to the authority of the OTS.

         Q. Payment of Dividends and Repurchase of Stock

         The Stock  Association  shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or
repurchase  any of, its  Capital  Stock if the effect  thereof  would  cause its
regulatory  capital to be reduced below (i) the amount required for any required
liquidation account or (ii) the federal regulatory capital requirement set forth
in Section 567.2 of the Regulations of the OTS. Otherwise, the Stock Association
may declare  dividends,  make capital  distributions  or repurchase  its capital
stock in accordance with applicable law and regulations. Subject to the approval
of the OTS,  the MHC may waive its right to receive  dividends  declared  by the
Stock Association or the Stock Holding Company.

         R. Completion of the Stock Offering

         The Stock  Offering will be terminated if not completed  within 90 days
from the date of approval  by the OTS,  unless an  extension  is approved by the
OTS.

                                       20
<PAGE>


         S. Securities Registration and Market Making

         Promptly  following the Stock Offering,  the Stock Holding Company will
register its stock with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. In connection with
the  registration,  the Stock Holding  Company will  undertake not to deregister
such  stock,  without  the  approval  of the OTS,  for a period  of three  years
thereafter.  At the close of the Stock Offering the Stock Holding  Company shall
use its best efforts to:

               1.  encourage  and assist three market  markers to establish  and
          maintain a market for the Common Stock; and

               2. list the Common  Stock on a national  or  regional  securities
          exchange, or on the Nasdaq System.

         T. Stock Purchases by Directors and Officers After the Offering

         For a period of three  years  after the  proposed  Stock  Offering,  no
Director or Officer of the Stock Association or its Affiliates,  or an Associate
of such Person may purchase,  without the prior written approval of the OTS, any
Common  Stock  of  the  Stock  Holding  Company,  except  from  a  broker-dealer
registered with the SEC, except that the foregoing shall not apply to:

               1.  Negotiated   transactions  involving  more  than  1%  of  the
          outstanding stock in that class of stock; or

               2.  Purchases of stock made by and held by any  Tax-Qualified  or
          Non-Tax Qualified  Employee Plan of the Stock Association or the Stock
          Holding  Company  even if  such  stock  is  attributed  to  Directors,
          Officers or their Associates.

         U. Establishment and Funding of Charitable Foundation

         As  part of the  Reorganization,  the  Stock  Holding  Company  and the
Association  intend to establish the Foundation  which will qualify as an exempt
organization  under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code and donate to
the  Foundation  cash and/or Common Stock in an amount up to 8% of the aggregate
value of shares of Common Stock sold in the Stock Offering. The Foundation would
be  formed to  complement  the  Association's  existing  community  reinvestment
activities  and to share with the  Association's  local  community a part of the
Association's  financial  success  as a  community-oriented  financial  services
institution.  The  Foundation  will be dedicated to the  promotion of charitable
purposes including community development, grants or donations to support housing
assistance,  not-for-profit community groups and other types of organizations or
civic-minded  projects.  It  is  expected  that  the  Foundation  will  annually
distribute total grants to assist  charitable  organizations or to fund projects
within  its local  community  of not less than 5% of the  average  fair value of
Foundation  assets each year.  In order to serve the  purposes  for which it was
formed and maintain its Section  501(c)(3)  qualification,  the  Foundation  may
sell, on an annual basis, a limited portion of any securities  contributed to it
by the Stock Holding Company.

         The  board  of  directors  of  the  Foundation  will  be  comprised  of
individuals who are employees or Directors of the Association,  or other persons
with a  business  or other  relationship  with  the  communities  in  which  the
Association  does  business.  The board of directors of the  Foundation  will be
responsible  for  establishing  the policies of the  Foundation  with respect to
grants or donations,  consistent with the stated purposes of the Foundation. The
establishment  and funding of the  Foundation as part of the  Reorganization  is
subject to the approval of the OTS.

         V. Stock Benefit Plans

         The Board of  Directors  of the  Association  and/or the Stock  Holding
Company  intend  to adopt one or more  stock  benefit  plans for its  employees,
officers and directors, including an ESOP, stock award plans

                                       21

<PAGE>



and stock option plans,  which will be  authorized to purchase  Common Stock and
grant options for Common Stock. However,  only the Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans
will be permitted to purchase Common Stock in the Stock Offering  subject to the
purchase  priorities  set  forth in this  Plan.  The Board of  Directors  of the
Association  intends to establish  the ESOP and authorize the ESOP and any other
Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans to  purchase  in the  aggregate  up to 10% of the
shares issued,  excluding shares issued to the MHC. The Stock Association or the
Stock Holding Company may make scheduled  discretionary  contributions to one or
more  Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans to purchase Common Stock issued in the Stock
Offering  or to  purchase  issued  and  outstanding  shares of  Common  Stock or
authorized but unissued  shares of Common Stock  subsequent to the completion of
the  Stock  Offering,  provided  such  contributions  do  not  cause  the  Stock
Association to fail to meet any of its  regulatory  capital  requirements.  This
Plan specifically authorizes the grant and issuance by the Stock Holding Company
of (i) awards of Common Stock after the Stock  Offering  pursuant to one or more
stock recognition and award plans (the  "Recognition  Plans") in an amount equal
to up to 4% of the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  issued  in the  Stock
Offering,  (ii)  options  to  purchase  a number of shares of the Stock  Holding
Company's  Common  Stock in an amount equal to up to 10% of the number of shares
of Common Stock issued in the Stock Offering and shares of Common Stock issuable
upon  exercise  of such  options,  and  (iii)  Common  Stock  to one or more Tax
Qualified  Employee  Plans,  including  the ESOP,  at the  closing  of the Stock
Offering or at any time thereafter, in an amount equal to up to 8% of the shares
issued.  Shares  awarded to the Tax Qualified  Employee Plans or pursuant to the
Recognition  Plans, and shares issued upon exercise of options may be authorized
but unissued  shares of the Stock Holding  Company's  Common Stock, or shares of
Common Stock  purchased by the Stock  Holding  Company or such plans on the open
market.  Any awards of Common  Stock under the  Recognition  Plans and the stock
option plans will be subject to prior stockholder approval.

         W. Employment and Other Severance Agreements

         Following or contemporaneously with the Reorganization, the Association
and/or the Stock  Holding  Company may enter into  employment  and/or  severance
arrangements with one or more executive  officers of the Association  and/or the
Stock Holding Company.  It is anticipated that any employment  contracts entered
into by the  Association  and/or the Stock Holding Company will be for terms not
exceeding  three years and that such contracts will provide for annual  renewals
of the term of the contracts, subject to approval by the Board of Directors. The
Association  and/or the Stock  Holding  Company  also may enter  into  severance
arrangements  with one or more executive  officers which provide for the payment
of  severance  compensation  in the  event of a change in  control  of the Stock
Association  and/or the Stock Holding Company.  The terms of such employment and
severance  arrangements  have not been  determined as of this time,  but will be
described in any prospectus circulated in connection with the Stock Offering and
will be subject to and comply with all regulations of the OTS.

         X. Expenses of Reorganization

         The  Association  shall use its best  efforts to assure  that  expenses
incurred by it in connection with the Reorganization shall be reasonable.

         Y. Interpretation

         All  interpretations  of this Plan and application of its provisions to
particular  circumstances  shall  be  made  by the  Board  of  Directors  of the
Association  and  all  such  interpretations  shall  be  final,  subject  to the
authority of the OTS.

         Z. Amendment or Termination of the Plan

         If deemed necessary or desirable, the Plan may be substantively amended
at any time prior to  solicitation of proxies from Voting Members to vote on the
Plan by a majority vote of the Association's

                                       22

<PAGE>


Board of Directors,  and at any time  thereafter by a majority vote of the Board
of Directors  with the  concurrence  of the OTS. Any  amendment to the Plan made
after  approval by the Voting  Members,  with the approval of the OTS, shall not
necessitate  further  approval by the Members unless  otherwise  required by the
OTS. The Plan may be terminated by a majority vote of the Association's Board of
Directors  at any time  prior to the  Special  Meeting of Members to vote on the
Plan,  and at any time  thereafter  by a majority vote of the Board of Directors
with the concurrence of the OTS. The Plan shall terminate  automatically  if the
Reorganization  is not  completed  within 24 months of the date  Voting  Members
approve the Plan at the Special Meeting of Members, which time period may not be
extended by the Association's Board of Directors.

         By adoption of the Plan, the Members of the  Association  authorize the
Board of Directors to amend or terminate  the Plan under the  circumstances  set
forth in this Section.

Attachments A-1 and A-2          Charter and Bylaws of the MHC

Attachments B-1 and B-2          Charter and Bylaws of the Stock Holding Company

Attachments C-1 and C-2          Charter and Bylaws of Stock Association


                                       23





[SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF LETTERHEAD]



                                January 14, 1999





Board of Directors
Capitol Federal Savings and Loan Association
700 Kansas Avenue
Topeka, Kansas 66603-3809

       Re:      Proposed Reorganization to Mutual Holding Company Structure (the
                "Reorganization")
                ----------------------------------------------------------------

Board Members:

         In connection with the Reorganization,  we render the following opinion
of counsel. Capitalized terms used herein which are not expressly defined herein
shall have the meaning  ascribed to them in the Amended  Plan of  Reorganization
and Stock Issuance Plan adopted August 25, 1998 (the "Plan").

                                      FACTS
                                      -----

         Association   is  a  federally   chartered   mutual  savings  and  loan
association engaged in thrift and thrift related businesses. As a mutual entity,
Association  does not have any  authorized  capital stock.  Instead,  holders of
Association deposit accounts have liquidation and voting rights in Association.

         The Board of Directors of  Association  believes that a mutual  holding
company structure will provide for increased  flexibility in future  operations,
borrowings and the public or private offering of debt  securities.  In addition,
the mutual  holding  company  form  provides  a vehicle  to  acquire  additional
financial  institutions  which  can  maintain  their  independent  and  separate
existence.

         The Reorganization will be implemented pursuant to the Plan as follows:

          (i)  the  Association  will organize  Interim One, an interim  federal
               stock association as a wholly-owned subsidiary;


<PAGE>




January 14, 1999
Page 2


          (ii) Interim One will organize  Interim Two, an interim  federal stock
               association  as a wholly-owned  transitory  subsidiary of Interim
               One;

         (iii) Interim One will also  organize  the Stock  Holding  Company as a
               wholly-owned subsidiary of Interim One;

          (iv) The following events will then occur simultaneously:

               (a)  Association  will exchange its federal  mutual charter for a
                    federal stock savings and loan association charter,  thereby
                    converting to a federal  stock savings and loan  association
                    ("Stock Association");

               (b)  Members of Association will constructively receive shares of
                    common  stock in Stock  Association  in  exchange  for their
                    mutual ownership interests in Association;

               (c)  Interim One will cancel its  outstanding  stock and exchange
                    its  federal  stock  charter  for a federal  mutual  holding
                    company  charter,  thereby  converting  to a mutual  holding
                    company ("MHC");

               (d)  Interim Two will merge with and into Stock  Association with
                    Stock Association surviving; in connection with such merger,
                    the  shares  of  Interim  Two  common  stock  owned  by  MHC
                    immediately prior thereto shall be converted into and become
                    shares of Stock  Association  common  stock  and the  former
                    Members  of  Association  who  constructively  received  the
                    initially  issued common stock in Stock  Association will be
                    deemed to have  transferred  all of their stock  interest in
                    Stock  Association to MHC in exchange for  membership/mutual
                    interests in MHC.

               (e)  MHC will contribute all of the outstanding  shares of common
                    stock of Stock Association to Stock Holding Company.

         (v)  Immediately  after  completion  of the events set forth in subpart
         (iv) above,  Stock Holding  Company will,  subject to and in accordance
         with the  provisions of the Plan,  sell up to 49.9% of its Common Stock
         in the Stock Offering.

         The  following  assumptions  have  been  made in  connection  with  our
opinions relating to the proposed transaction:

          (a) The  Reorganization  will be  implemented  in accordance  with the
     Plan.



<PAGE>


January 14, 1999
Page 3


          (b) The fair market value of the stock  interest in Stock  Association
     constructively  received  by each of the  Members  of  Association  will be
     approximately  equal,  in each  instance,  to the fair market value of such
     Member's equity interest in Association surrendered in the exchange.

          (c) The fair  market  value of the  membership/mutual  interest in MHC
     received by each of the former Members of Association will be approximately
     equal,  in each  instance,  to the  fair  market  value  of  such  Member's
     constructive  stock  interest  in  Stock  Association  surrendered  in  the
     exchange.

          (d) All holders of savings and deposit accounts in Stock  Association,
     including  Depositors of Association who continue their accounts with Stock
     Association, will have voting and liquidation rights in MHC.

          (e) No cash or property will be given to any Member of  Association in
     lieu of (i)  subscription  rights to acquire  Common Stock of Stock Holding
     Company in the Subscription Offering or (iii)  membership/mutual  interests
     in MHC.

          (f) Stock  Association  has no plan or intention  to issue  additional
     shares of its  common  stock  that would  result in Stock  Holding  Company
     losing control of Stock Association within the meaning of Section 368(c) of
     the Code.

          (g) Stock Holding  Company has no plan or intention to liquidate Stock
     Association, merge Stock Association with or into another corporation, sell
     or otherwise dispose of any outstanding  common stock of Stock Association,
     or cause  Stock  Association  to sell or  otherwise  dispose  of any of its
     assets  or any  of  the  assets  acquired  from  Interim  Two,  except  for
     dispositions made in the ordinary course of business or transfers of assets
     to a corporation controlled by Stock Association.

          (h) MHC has no plan or intention to liquidate Stock Holding Company or
     Stock Association, merge Stock Holding Company or Stock Association with or
     into  another  corporation,  sell or otherwise  dispose of any  outstanding
     Common Stock of Stock Holding Company or common stock of Stock Association,
     or cause Stock Holding  Company or Stock  Association  to sell or otherwise
     dispose  of any of its  assets  or any  of the  assets  acquired  by  Stock
     Association from Interim Two, except for dispositions  made in the ordinary
     course of business or transfers of assets to a  corporation  controlled  by
     Stock Association.

          (i) Except for shares of Common Stock of Stock  Holding  Company to be
     issued  in the  Stock  Offering,  there  is no plan or  intention  to issue
     additional  shares of common  stock of Stock  Holding  Company,  other than
     shares that may be issued to employees  and/or  directors of Stock  Holding
     Company and its  subsidiaries  pursuant to certain  stock  option and stock
     incentive plans or that may be issued to employee benefit plans.



<PAGE>


January 14, 1999
Page 4


          (j) Interim Two will have no liabilities  assumed by Stock Association
     and  will  not  transfer  to  Stock   Association  any  assets  subject  to
     liabilities in the transaction.

          (k) Following the Reorganization,  Stock Association will continue the
     historic  business  of  Association  or use a  significant  portion  of the
     historic business assets of Association in a business.

          (l) There is no  intercorporate  indebtedness  existing between any of
     the  parties to the  Reorganization  that was  issued,  acquired or will be
     settled at a discount.

          (m) In the Reorganization,  membership/mutual interests of Association
     representing  control of  Association,  as defined in Section 368(c) of the
     Code, will be exchanged solely for constructive  ownership  interests (i.e.
     shares) of Stock  Association  which interests will be exchanged solely for
     membership/mutual interests in MHC.

          (n)  None  of  the  parties  to  the   Reorganization   is  under  the
     jurisdiction of a court in a Title 11 or similar case within the meaning of
     Section 368(a)(3)(A) of the Code.

          (o) On the date of the  Reorganization,  the fair market  value of the
     assets of  Association  will  exceed  the sum of its  liabilities  plus the
     amount of the liabilities, if any, to which the assets are subject.

          (p)   Depositors   will  pay  the   expenses  of  the   Reorganization
     attributable to them, if any.

          (q) There  will be no  purchase  price  advantage  to  Depositors  who
     purchase Common Stock of Stock Holding Company in the Stock Offering.

          (r) On a per share basis,  the purchase price of Stock Holding Company
     Common  Stock will be equal to the fair  market  value of such stock at the
     time of the completion of the Stock Offering.

          (s)  Association  has  received  or will  receive an  opinion  from RP
     Financial,   Inc.  ("Appraiser's   Opinion"),   which  concludes  that  the
     subscription  rights to be received by Eligible  Account  Holders and other
     eligible subscribers do not have any ascertainable fair market value, since
     they are acquired by the recipients without cost, are  non-transferable and
     of short duration, and afford the recipients a right only to purchase Stock
     Holding  Company Common Stock at a price equal to its estimated fair market
     value,  which  will be the same  price as the  Public  Offering  Price  for
     unsubscribed shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock.



<PAGE>


January 14, 1999
Page 5


                                     OPINION
                                     -------

         Based  solely  on  the  information  contained  herein,  including  the
assumptions set forth hereinabove, we are of the following opinion:

         (1) The  conversion  of  Association  from  mutual  to stock  form (the
"Conversion") in the Reorganization will constitute a reorganization  within the
meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code.

         (2)  Continuity of ownership  interest will be satisfied by the Members
of Association  constructively  exchanging their membership/mutual  interests in
Association for ownership interests in Stock Association,  notwithstanding  that
such Members will immediately  thereafter exchange their constructive  ownership
interests in Stock Association for membership/mutual interests in MHC.

         (3) No gain or loss will be recognized  to Mutual or Stock  Association
in the Conversion.

         (4) No gain or loss will be  recognized  by Members on the  transfer of
their  ownership  interests  in  Association  solely  for a  constructive  stock
interest in the Stock Association  followed by an exchange of their constructive
stock interests in the Stock Association solely for membership/mutual  interests
in the MHC. (Code Section 351(a)).

         (5)  The  exchange  of  constructive   ownership   interests  in  Stock
Association by the Members of Association for membership/mutual interests in MHC
will  constitute  a tax-free  exchange  of  property  solely for voting  "stock"
pursuant to Section 351 of the Code.  Membership/mutual interests in MHC will be
treated as "stock" within the meaning of Section 351(a) of the Code.

         (6) The  transfer by MHC of the common  stock of Stock  Association  to
Stock Holding Company will constitute a tax-free exchange of property solely for
voting stock pursuant to Section 351 of the Code.

         (7) MHC will not  recognize any gain or loss upon the transfer of Stock
Association common stock to Stock Holding Company (Code Section 351(a)).

         (8) Stock  Holding  Company will not  recognize any gain or loss on its
receipt of Stock Association common stock from MHC (Code Section 1032(a)).

         (9) No gain or loss will be  recognized  by the Stock  Holding  Company
upon its  receipt of money in  exchange  for shares of its Common  Stock  issued
pursuant to the Stock Offering (Code Section 1032(a)).

         (10) No gain or loss will be  recognized by Eligible  Account  Holders,
Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders or Other Members of Association upon the
issuance to them of deposit


<PAGE>




January 14, 1999
Page 6


accounts in Stock  Association  in the same dollar amounts and on the same terms
and  conditions  in exchange  for their  deposit  accounts in  Association  held
immediately prior to the Conversion.  (Code Section 1001(a); Treas. Reg. Section
1.1001-1(a)).

         (11)  Depositors  of  Association  will realize  gain, if any, upon the
receipt of subscription  rights to acquire Common Stock of Stock Holding Company
in the Stock Offering. Any gain resulting therefrom will be recognized, but only
in an amount not in excess of the fair market value of the  subscription  rights
received.  Based  solely  on the  accuracy  of  the  conclusion  reached  in the
Appraiser's  Opinion and our  reliance  on such  opinion  that the  subscription
rights have no value at the time of  distribution  or exercise,  no gain or loss
will be required to be recognized by Depositors of Association  upon the receipt
or distribution of subscription rights.  (Section 1001 of the Code.) See Paulsen
v. Commissioner, 469 U.S. 131,139 (1985). Likewise, based solely on the accuracy
of the aforesaid conclusion reached in the Appraiser's Opinion, and our reliance
thereon,  we  give  the  following  opinions:  (a) no  taxable  income  will  be
recognized  by  Members  of  Association   upon  the  distribution  to  them  of
subscription  rights or upon the exercise or lapse of the subscription rights to
acquire Stock Holding Company Common Stock at fair market value;  (b) no taxable
income will be realized by Depositors of Association as a result of the exercise
or lapse of the  subscription  rights to purchase  Stock Holding  Company Common
Stock at fair market  value.  Rev.  Rul.  56-572,  1956- 2 C.B.  182; and (c) no
taxable  income will be  realized by  Association,  Stock  Association  or Stock
Holding  Company on the  issuance  or  distribution  of  subscription  rights to
Depositors of  Association  to purchase  shares of Stock Holding  Company Common
Stock at fair market value. (Section 311 of the Code).

         Notwithstanding the Appraiser's Opinion, if the subscription rights are
subsequently  found to have a fair market  value,  income may be  recognized  by
various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases,  whether or not
the rights are exercised) and Stock Holding Company and/or Stock Association may
be taxable on the distribution of the subscription  rights.  (Section 311 of the
Code.)  In this  regard,  the  subscription  rights  may be taxed  partially  or
entirely at ordinary income tax rates.

         No opinion is expressed as to the tax  treatment of the  Reorganization
under other  provisions of the Code and Income Tax  Regulations or about the tax
treatment of any  conditions  existing at the time of or effects  resulting from
the   Reorganization   that  are  not  specifically   covered  in  our  opinions
hereinabove,  including but not limited to, the  establishment or funding of the
Foundation.



<PAGE>


January 14, 1999
Page 7

         We hereby  consent  to the  filing of this  opinion  as an  exhibit  to
Association's  regulatory  filings  and  applications  seeking  approval  of the
Reorganization  from  the  OTS  and  to  Stock  Holding  Company's  Registration
Statement on Form S-1 as filed with the SEC.



                                   Sincerely,

                                              SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.


                                              BY: /s/Barry P. Taff, P.C.
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                  BARRY P. TAFF, P.C., a partner



                     [Letterhead of Deloitte & Touche LLP]



January 30, 1999



Board of Directors
Capitol Federal Savings and Loan Association
700 South Kansas Avenue
Topeka, Kansas 66603

Dear Board Members:

You have  requested  an opinion on the state  income tax  consequences  that may
result  from  the  proposed  conversion  of  Capitol  Federal  Savings  and Loan
Association  ("Association")  from a federally chartered mutual savings and loan
association  into a federally  chartered  mutual holding company  structure (the
"Reorganization")  pursuant  to the  Amended  Plan of  Reorganization  and Stock
Issuance Plan adopted August 25, 1998 (the "Plan").

FACTS

A summary of our understanding of the facts  surrounding the conversion  follows
the facts and  information  provided  in the  federal  tax  opinion  provided by
Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. in a letter dated January 16, 1999 ("Federal Tax
Opinion").  The  Reorganization  will be  implemented  pursuant  to the  Plan as
follows:


     (i)   The  Association  will organize Interim One, an interim federal stock
           association as a wholly-owned subsidiary,

     (ii)  Interim  One will  organize  Interim  Two, an interim  federal  stock
           association as a wholly-owned transitory subsidiary of Interim One,

     (iii) Interim  One  will  also organize  the  Stock  Holding  Company  as a
           wholly-owned subsidiary of Interim One,

     (iv)  The following events will then occur simultaneously:

          (a)  Association  will  exchange  its  federal  mutual  charter  for a
               federal  stock  savings  and loan  association  charter,  thereby
               converting  to a  federal  stock  savings  and  loan  association
               ("Stock Association"):

          (b)  Members of the Association will receive shares of common stock in
               Stock   Association  in  exchange  for  their  mutual   ownership
               interests in Association:

          (c)  Interim One will cancel its  outstanding  stock and  exchange its
               federal  stock  charter  for a  federal  mutual  holding  company
               charter, thereby converting to a mutual holding company ("MHC"):

<PAGE>

Capitol Federal Savings & Loan Association
January 30, 1999
Page 2 of 6
                           

          (d)  Interim Two will merge with and into Stock Association with Stock
               Association surviving, in connection with such merger, the shares
               of  Interim  Two  common  stock  owned by MHC  immediately  prior
               thereto  shall be  converted  into  and  become  shares  of Stock
               Association  common stock and the former  members of  Association
               who constructively  received the initially issued common stock in
               Stock Association will be deemed to have transferred all of their
               stock  interests  in Stock  Association  to MHC in  exchange  for
               membership/mutual interests in MHC:

          (e)  MHC will then contribute all of the outstanding  shares of common
               stock of Stock Association to Stock Holding Company,


     (v)  Immediately  after the  completion  of the events set forth in subpart
          (iv) above,  Stock Holding Company will,  subject to and in accordance
          with the provisions of the Plan, sell up to 49.97% of its Common Stock
          in the Stock Offering.

All entities which are expected to be created as part of the reorganization, and
all corporations which presently exist prior to the  reorganization,  will be or
have been organized,  operated, and domiciled in the state of Kansas. Therefore,
our analysis with respect to the impact of the  reorganization  on  Association,
Stock  Association,  MHC, and Stock  Holding  Company is limited to the state of
Kansas.

ANALYSIS

The  Association  (and the Stock Holding  Company,  Stock  Association,  and MHC
subsequent  to the  Conversion)  files a privilege  tax return with the state of
Kansas.  The MHC will be subject to the Kansas income tax. The Kansas  Privilege
Tax Code, in K.S.A.  79-1109,  adopts federal taxable income as a starting point
for determination of Kansas taxable income by reference to K.S.A. 79-32,138, the
corporation income tax statute.  K.S.A.  79-32,138 defines Kansas taxable income
to be "the corporation's federal taxable income....with  modifications specified
in this section." K.S.A.  79-32,109(a) adopts the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
and amendments thereto ("the Internal Revenue Code"). Accordingly,  the starting
point for  determination  of the income and privilege  taxes is federal  taxable
income  and the state  privilege  and income  taxes  conform  with the  Internal
Revenue  Code.  As  a  conforming   state,  the  income  tax  treatment  of  any
reorganization  transaction  is the same for  Kansas tax  purposes  as it is for
federal purposes,  absent a specific modifying provision in the Kansas Income or
Privilege Tax Code, which alters the income/privilege tax treatment. No specific
provisions or case law are currently  provided in the Kansas Income or Privilege
Tax Codes relative to this  transaction  which would cause the Kansas income tax
treatment to be different than the federal tax treatment.

The starting point for determination of individual state income taxes is federal
adjusted  gross  income  under K.S.A.  79-32,117.  Conformity  with the Internal
Revenue Code as discussed in the preceding paragraph, also applies to individual
income taxation. (See K.S.A.  79-32,109).  As a conforming state, the individual
income tax treatment related to any  reorganization  transaction is the same for
Kansas tax  purposes as it is for federal  purposes  unless  there is a specific
variation in the Kansas  Income Tax Code which alters

<PAGE>

Capitol Federal Savings & Loan Association
January 30, 1999
Page 3 of 6


the income tax treatment.  No specific  provisions are currently provided in the
Kansas Income Tax Code relative to the transactions,  as described herein, which
would cause the Kansas income tax treatment to be different than the federal tax
treatment.

OPINION

Based on the  facts  set  forth  herein or  incorporated  by  reference  and the
opinions rendered in the Silver,  Freedman & Taff,  L.L.P.  Federal Tax Opinion,
and our  review of the  Kansas  Income  and  Privilege  Tax  Statutes  in K.S.A.
79-32,138  and K.S.A.  79-1109,  it is our opinion  that if the  transaction  is
undertaken  in  accordance  with the  Plan,  Kansas  income  and  privilege  tax
consequences are as follows:


     1.   Because the conversion of Association from mutual to stock form in the
          Reorganization will constitute a reorganization  within the meaning of
          Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code, the conversion will
          constitute  a  reorganization  for  Kansas  income and  privilege  tax
          purposes.

     2.   Because continuity of ownership interest will be satisfied for federal
          income  tax  purposes  by the  Members of  Association  constructively
          exchanging  their   membership/mutual   interest  in  Association  for
          ownership  interests in Stock Association,  notwithstanding  that such
          Members  will  immediately  thereafter  exchange  their  contraceptive
          ownership interest in Stock Association for membership/mutual interest
          in MHC,  continuity  of  interest  will be met for  Kansas  income and
          privilege  tax  purposes.  

     3.   Because  no  gain or  loss  will be  recognized  to  Mutual  or  Stock
          Association in the Conversion for federal tax purposes, neither Mutual
          or Stock Association will recognize any gain or loss for Kansas income
          and privilege tax purposes.

     4.   Because  no gain or loss will be  recognized  for  federal  income tax
          purposes by Members on the  transfer of their  ownership  interests in
          Association  solely for a  constructive  stock  interest  in the Stock
          Association  followed  by an  exchange  of  their  constructive  stock
          interest  in  the  Stock  Association  solely  for   membership/mutual
          interest  in the MHC,  no gain or loss will be  recognized  for Kansas
          income and privilege tax purposes.

     5.   Because  the  exchange  of  constructive  ownership  interest in Stock
          Association  by  the  Members  of  Association  for  membership/mutual
          interest in MHC will constitute a tax-free exchange of property solely
          for voting  "stock"  pursuant to Section 351 of the  Internal  Revenue
          Code, the Kansas Income Tax Code will likewise treat the exchange as a
          tax-free exchange.

     6.   Because the transfer by MHC of the common  stock of Stock  Association
          to Stock  Holding  Company  will  constitute  a tax-free  exchange  of
          property  solely for voting  stock under  Section 351 of the  Internal
          Revenue Code, the transaction will also constitute a tax-free exchange
          for Kansas income and privilege tax purposes.

<PAGE>


Capitol Federal Savings & Loan Association
January 30, 1999
Page 4 of 6

     7.   Because MHC will not recognize any gain or loss,  under Section 351(a)
          of the Internal  Revenue Code, upon the transfer of Stock  Association
          common stock to Stock  Holding  Company,  then no gain or loss will be
          recognized for Kansas income and privilege tax purposes.

     8.   Because Stock  Holding  Company will not recognize any gain or loss on
          its receipt of Stock  Association  common stock from MHC under Section
          1032(a)  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  no  gain  or  loss  will be
          recognized for Kansas income and privilege tax purposes.

     9.   Because  no gain  or loss  will be  recognized  by the  Stock  Holding
          Company upon its receipt of money in exchange for shares of its Common
          Stock issued  pursuant to the Stock Offering under Section  1032(a) of
          the Internal  Revenue  Code,  no gain or loss will be  recognized  for
          Kansas income and privilege tax purposes.

     10.  Because no gain or loss will be recognized,  under Section  1001(a) of
          the Internal Revenue Code, by Eligible  Account Holders,  Supplemental
          Eligible  Account  Holders or Other  Members of  Association  upon the
          issuance to them of deposit accounts in Stock  Association in the same
          dollar  amounts and on the same terms and  conditions  in exchange for
          their deposit accounts in Association  held  immediately  prior to the
          Conversion,  no gain or loss will be recognized  for Kansas income and
          privilege tax purposes.

     11.  Because  Depositors of  Association  will realize gain for federal tax
          purposes,   if  any,  upon  the  constructive   issuance  to  them  of
          subscription  rights to acquire Common Stock of Stock Holding  Company
          in the Stock  Offering,  gain will be realized  for Kansas  income tax
          purposes. Any gain resulting therefrom will be recognized, but only in
          an  amount  representing  the fair  market  value of the  subscription
          rights  received.  Based  solely  on the  accuracy  of the  conclusion
          reached in the  Appraiser's  Opinion and our  reliance on such opinion
          that the subscription rights have no value at the time of distribution
          or  exercise,  and  because  no gain or loss  will be  required  to be
          recognized  by  Depositors   upon  the  receipt  or   distribution  of
          subscription rights for federal tax purposes,  no gain or loss will be
          required to be recognized by Depositors  upon receipt or  distribution
          of subscription rights for Kansas income tax purposes. Likewise, based
          solely on the  accuracy  of the  aforesaid  conclusion  reached in the
          Appraiser's  Opinion,  and our reliance thereon, we give the following
          opinions:

          (a)  Because no  taxable  income  will be  recognized  by Members  for
               federal  tax   purposes   upon  the   distribution   to  them  of
               subscription  rights  or  upon  the  exercise  or  lapse  of  the
               subscription rights to acquire Stock Holding Company Common Stock
               at fair market value,  no taxable  income will be recognized  for
               Kansas income tax purposes;

          (b)  Because  no taxable  income  will be  realized  for  federal  tax
               purposes by Depositors of Association as a result of the exercise
               or lapse of the  subscription  rights to purchase  Stock  Holding
               Company Common 

<PAGE>


Capitol Federal Savings & Loan Association
January 30, 1999
Page 5 of 6


               Stock at fair market  value,  no taxable  income will be realized
               for Kansas income tax purposes; and

          (c)  Because  no taxable  income  will be  realized  for  federal  tax
               purposes  by  Association,  Stock  Association  or Stock  Holding
               Company on the issuance or distribution of subscription rights to
               Depositors  of  Association  to purchase  shares of Stock Holding
               Company Common Stock at fair market value, no taxable income will
               be realized for Kansas income and privilege tax purposes.

Notwithstanding the Appraiser's Opinion, because for federal tax purposes if the
subscription  rights are subsequently found to have a fair market value,  income
may be recognized by various  recipients of the subscription  rights (in certain
cases, whether or not the rights are exercised) and Stock Holding Company and/or
Stock Association may be taxable on the distribution of the subscription rights,
then income may be recognized by various  recipients of the of the  subscription
rights and Stock Holding Company and/or Stock  Association may be taxable on the
distribution  of  the  subscription  rights  for  Kansas   income/privilege  tax
purposes.  In this regard, for federal tax purposes the subscription  rights may
be taxed  partially  or entirely at ordinary  income tax rates;  therefore,  the
subscription  rights may be taxed  partially or entirely at ordinary  income tax
rates for Kansas income tax purposes.

Our opinion is based solely upon:

               i.   the  opinions as provided  by Silver,  Freedman & Taff,  LLP
                    concerning  the  federal  income  tax  consequences  of  the
                    Reorganization;

               ii.  the information,  documents, and facts ("facts") referred to
                    in this letter;

               iii. our assumption (without independent  verification or review)
                    that all of the facts and all of the original,  copies,  and
                    signatures of documents are accurate, true and authentic;

               iv.  our assumption (without independent  verification or review)
                    that there will be timely  execution  and  delivery  of, and
                    performance as required by the documents.

Our opinion is limited to those  expressed  above and we express no opinion with
regard to any sections of the Kansas  Income and  Privilege  Tax Acts other than
those  referred to above.  We express no opinion  with regard to the taxation of
the proposed transaction  described herein with regard to the federal income tax
consequences   or  under  the  laws  of  any  local,   foreign  or  other  state
jurisdiction.  We express the opinions  contained  herein as of the date of this
letter only.

Our opinion is also based on, and is conditioned on the continued  applicability
of, the  provisions  of the  Kansas  Income and  Privilege  Tax Codes,  case law
precedent and State of Kansas  pronouncements  at the date hereof.  If there are
any significant  changes to the income tax authorities  cited above (changes for
which we have no  responsibility  to advise you), our opinion may become invalid
and/or  necessitate  (upon your  request)  reconsideration.  Our  opinion is not
binding on the Kansas Department of Revenue.


<PAGE>


Capitol Federal Savings & Loan Association
January 30, 1999
Page 6 of 6


We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Application
for Conversion or similar  filings of the  Association  filed with the Office of
Thrift  Supervision  (OTS) and the  filing of this  opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration  Statement on Form S-1 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.


Very truly yours,



Deloitte & Touche LLP





                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT



Capitol Federal Savings and Loan Association
Topeka, Kansas


We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to the  Registration  Statement on
Form S-1 for  Capitol  Federal  Financial  and in  Amendment  No. 1 to the Forms
MHC-1, and MHC-2 for Capitol Federal Savings and Loan Association, of our report
of Capitol  Federal  Savings  and Loan  Association  dated  November  17,  1998,
appearing in the Prospectus,  which is part of this Registration Statement,  and
to the reference to us under the heading of "Experts" in such Prospectus.


/s/Deloitte & Touche LLP

Kansas City, Missouri
January 29, 1999





                  [SILVER FREEDMAN AND TAFF, L.L.P. LETTERHEAD]






                               CONSENT OF COUNSEL


         We consent to the use of our opinion, to the incorporation by reference
of such opinion as an exhibit to the  Pre-Effective  Amendment No. 1 to the Form
S-1 and to the reference to our firm under the headings "The  Reorganization and
Stock  Issuance - Effects of the  Reorganization  -- Tax Effects" and "Legal and
Tax Opinions" in the Prospectus  included in this Pre-Effective  Amendment No. 1
to the Form S-1. In giving this consent,  we do not admit that we are within the
category of persons whose consent is required  under Section 7 of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended,  or the rules and  regulations  of the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission thereunder.




                                            /s/ Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P.
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.



Washington, D.C.
January 29, 1999


   
CAPITOL FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION                     REVOCABLE PROXY


THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED  ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF CAPITOL  FEDERAL
SAVINGS  AND LOAN  ("CAPITOL  FEDERAL  SAVINGS" OR THE "BANK") FOR USE ONLY AT A
SPECIAL  MEETING  OF MEMBERS  TO BE HELD ON MARCH 26,  1999 AND ANY  ADJOURNMENT
THEREOF ("SPECIAL MEETING").

The undersigned being a member of Capitol Federal Savings, hereby authorizes the
Board of Directors of the Bank or any successors in their respective  positions,
as proxy, with full powers of substitution,  to represent the undersigned at the
Special Meeting of Members of Capitol Federal Savings to be held at the (name of
location)  on March  26,  1999,  at  (Time),  Topeka,  Kansas  time,  and at any
adjournment  of  said  meeting,  to act  with  respect  to all  votes  that  the
undersigned would be entitled to cast, if then personally  present, as set forth
below:

         (1) To vote  "FOR" or  "AGAINST"  a Plan of  Reorganization  and  Stock
Issuance Plan, as amended (the "Plan") pursuant to which Capitol Federal Savings
would be converted from a federally  chartered  mutual savings  association to a
federally  chartered stock savings bank as a wholly owned  subsidiary of Capitol
Federal Financial (the "Stock Holding  Company"),  and the Stock Holding Company
would become a majority-owned  subsidiary of Capitol Federal Savings Bank MHC, a
federally chartered mutual holding company, and the transactions provided for in
such Plan.

                            FOR [ ]     AGAINST [ ]

         (2) To approve  the  creation of the Capitol  Federal  Foundation  (the
"Foundation") and the Stock Holding Company's  contribution to the Foundation of
cash and shares of Stock Holding Company common stock pursuant to the Plan.

                            FOR [ ]     AGAINST [ ]

         (3) To  vote,  in its  discretion,  upon  such  other  business  as may
properly come before the Special Meeting or any adjournment thereof.  Management
is not aware of any other such business.

This Proxy, if executed,  will be voted "FOR" adoption of the Plan and "FOR" the
creation  of the  Foundation  and for  adjournment  of the  Special  Meeting  if
necessary  if no choice is made  herein.  Please date and sign this proxy on the
reverse side and return it in the enclosed envelope.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CAPITOL FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION                     REVOCABLE PROXY


Any  Member  giving a proxy  may  revoke  it at any time  before  it is voted by
delivering  to the  Corporate  Secretary  of Capitol  Federal  Savings  either a
written  revocation of the proxy, or a duly executed proxy bearing a later date,
or by voting in person at the Special Meeting.

The undersigned  hereby  acknowledges  receipt of a Notice of Special Meeting of
the Members of Capitol  Federal  Savings called for the 26th day of March,  1999
and a proxy  statement  for the  Special  Meeting  prior to the  signing of this
Proxy.

                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Signature                              Date


                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Signature                              Date

                                     NOTE:  Please  sign  exactly  as your  name
                                     appears on  this Proxy.  Only one signature
                                     is required in the case of a joint account.
                                     When signing in a  representative capacity,
                                     please give title.


       IMPORTANT: Please Detach, Sign and Return "ALL" proxies from "ALL"
                packets received in the enclosed blue envelope.
             FAILURE TO VOTE IS EFFECTIVELY THE SAME AS A "NO" VOTE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
<PAGE>
   
                                                       CAPITOL FEDERAL FINANCIAL
                                                        Stock Information Center
                                                            9500 Nall Avenue
                                                         Overland Park, KS 66207
                                                       Toll free: (877) 815-1820
                                                            STOCK ORDER FORM
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deadline:  The Subscription  Offering ends at 12:00 noon, Central Time, on March
xx, 1999. Your original Stock Order and  Certification  Form,  properly executed
and with the correct  payment,  must be received (not postmarked) at the address
on the top of this form, or at any Capitol Federal Savings branch office, by the
deadline,  or it will be considered  void. Faxes or copies of this form will not
be accepted.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Number of Shares        Price Per Share       (2) Total Amount Due
- --------------------                              --------------------
                        X       $10.00        =    $
- --------------------                              --------------------
Minimum -- 25 Shares
Maximum -- See the Stock Ownership Guide  and Stock  Order Form Instructions and
the Prospectus
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Method of Payment                

(3) [ ] Enclosed  is a check,  bank draft  or  money order  payable  to  Capitol
        Federal Financial for $___________.

(4) [ ] I  authorize  Capitol  Federal  Savings   to  make  withdrawals  from my
        Capitol  Federal   Savings   certificate  or  savings  account(s)  shown
        below,  and understand that  the amounts will not otherwise be available
        for withdrawal:

        Account Number(s)                                        Amount(s)
        ------------------------------------------------------------------

        ------------------------------------------------------------------

        ------------------------------------------------------------------

        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Total Withdrawal
                                                                 ---------
                   There is NO penalty for early withdrawal.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(5) Purchaser Information (check one)

a. [ ]  Eligible Account Holder - Check here if you were a depositor with $50.00
        or more on deposit  with  Capitol  Federal  Savings as of June 30, 1997.
        Enter  information in section 8 for all deposit accounts that you had at
        Capitol Federal Savings on June 30, 1997.

b. [ ] Supplemental Eligible Account Holder - Check here if you were a depositor
       with  $50.00  or more on  deposit  with  Capitol  Federal  Savings  as of
       December  31,  1998  but  are  not  an  Eligible  Account  Holder.  Enter
       information  in  section  8 for  all  deposit  accounts  that  you had at
       Capitol Federal Savings on December 31, 1998.

c. [ ] Other Member - Check  here  if you  were a  depositor of  Capitol Federal
       Savings  as of January 31, 1999 or a borrower whose loan was  outstanding
       as of January 6, 1993  which  continued to be  outstanding at January 31,
       1999, but are not an  Eligible Account Holder or a Supplemental  Eligible
       Account Holder.  Enter information in section 8 for all accounts that you
       had at Capitol Federal Savings on January 31, 1999.

d. [ ] Directors,  Officers  and  Employees - Check here  if you are a Director,
       Officer  or  Employee  of Capitol  Federal  Savings  and a, b or c do not
       apply.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(6) [ ] Check here if you are a director, officer or employee of Capitol Federal
        Savings or a member of such person's immediate family (same  household).
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(7) [ ] NASD Affiliation - see description on reverse side of this form.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
<PAGE>
   
(8) Please review the preprinted account  information listed below. The accounts
    printed  below  may  not be all of your  qualifying  accounts  or even  your
    accounts as of the earliest of the three dates if you have changed  names on
    the  accounts.  You should list any other  accounts that you may have or had
    with Capitol Federal Savings in the blue box below. SEE THE STOCK ORDER FORM
    INSTRUCTIONS  SHEET TO FURTHER  INFORMATION  (blue sheet).  All Subscription
    orders are subject to the provisions of the Plan of  Reorganization  and the
    related Plan of Stock Issuance.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------






- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Additional Qualifying Accounts
  Account Title (Names on Accounts)                         Account Number
  __________________________________________________|___________________________
  __________________________________________________|___________________________
  __________________________________________________|___________________________
  __________________________________________________|___________________________
  __________________________________________________|___________________________
  __________________________________________________|___________________________
  Please Note: Failure to list all of your accounts  may  result in  the loss of
  part or all of your subscription rights. (additional space on back of form)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(9) Stock Registration - Please Print Legibly and Fill Our Completely
    (Note:  The Stock  Certificate  and all correspondence related to this stock
    order will be mailed to the address provided below)

    [ ] Individual                         [ ] Corporation
    [ ] Joint Tenants                      [ ] Partnership
    [ ] Tenants in Common                  [ ] Individual Retirement Account
    [ ] Uniform Transfer to Minors Act     [ ] Fiduciary/Trust (Under
    [ ] Uniform Gift to Minors Act               Agreement Dated_______________)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Name                                Social Security or Tax I.D.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Name                                Social Security or Tax I.D.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Mailing                                          Daytime
    Address                                          Telephone
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Zip                    Evening
    City            State     Code       County      Telephone
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Acknowledgment: By signing below, I acknowledge  receipt of the Prospectus dated
February XX, 1999 and  understand I may not change or revoke my order once it is
received by Capitol  Federal  Financial. I also certify that this stock order is
for my account and there is no agreement or understanding  regarding any further
sale or transfer of these shares.  Applicable  regulations  prohibit any persons
from  transferring,  or entering  into any  agreement  directly or indirectly to
transfer,  the  legal or  beneficial  ownership  of  subscription  rights or the
underlying  securities  to  the  account  of  another  person.  Capitol  Federal
Financial  will pursue any and all legal and equitable  remedies in the event it
becomes aware of the transfer of  subscription  rights and will not honor orders
known by it to involve such  transfer.  Under  penalties  of perjury,  I further
certify that: (1) the social security number or taxpayer  identification  number
given above is correct and (2) I am not subject to backup withholding.  You must
cross out this item (2) above if you have been notified by the Internal  Revenue
Service that you are subject to backup  withholding  because of  under-reporting
interest or dividends on your tax return.  By signing below, I also  acknowledge
that I have not  waived  any  rights  under the  Securities  Act of 1933 and the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, both as amended.

Signature:  THIS  FORM MUST BE  SIGNED  AND DATED  BELOW AND ON THE BACK OF THIS
FORM: This order is not valid if the Stock Order and Certification  Form and are
not both signed and properly completed.  Your order will be filled in accordance
with the  provisions of the Plan of  Reorganization  and Plan of Stock  Issuance
Plan as described in the Prospectus. An additional signature is required only if
payment is by  withdrawal  from an account that requires more than one signature
to withdraw funds.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature                                                              Date

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature                                                              Date

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OFFICE USE                     Check #   _____________    ______________________
Date Rec'd ____/____/____      Ck. Amt. $______________   ______________________
Batch # ___________ - Order # _________________  Category ______________________
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
<PAGE>
   
                           CAPITOL FEDERAL FINANCIAL
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Item (7)  continued  - NASD  Affiliation  (This  section  only  applies to those
individuals who meet the delineated criteria)

Check box if your a member of the National  Association  of Securities  Dealers,
Inc.  ("NASD"),  a  person  associated  with an NASD  member,  a  member  of the
immediate  family of any such person to whose  support such person  contributes,
directly or  indirectly,  or the holder of an account in which an NASD member or
person associated with an NASD member has a beneficial interest.  To comply with
conditions under which an exemption from the NASD's  Interpretation With Respect
to Free-Riding and Withholding is available,  you agree, if you have checked the
NASD affiliation  box: (1) not to sell,  transfer or hypothecate the stock for a
period  of  three  months   following  the  issuance  and  (2)  to  report  this
subscription  in writing to the  applicable  NASD  member  within one day of the
payment therefor.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Item (8) continued; Purchaser Information

     Account Title (Names on Accounts)              Account Number
_______________________________________________|________________________________
_______________________________________________|________________________________
_______________________________________________|________________________________
_______________________________________________|________________________________
_______________________________________________|________________________________
_______________________________________________|________________________________

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               CERTIFICATION FORM
  (This Certification Form Must Be Signed In Addition to the Stock Order Form)

I  ACKNOWLEDGE  THAT THE SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK,  PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE,  OF
CAPITOL  FEDERAL  FINANCIAL ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR AN ACCOUNT AND ARE NOT FEDERALLY
INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY CAPITOL FEDERAL SAVINGS OR BY THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT.

If anyone  asserts  that the  shares of Common  Stock are  federally  insured or
guaranteed,  or are as safe as an insured  deposit,  I should call the Office of
Thrift  Supervision  Midwest Regional Director,  Frederick R. Casteel,  at (972)
281-2000.

I further  certify that,  before  purchasing the Common Stock of Capitol Federal
Financial  I received a copy of the  Prospectus  dated  February  XX, 1999 which
discloses the nature of the Common Stock being offered thereby and describes the
following  risks involved in an investment in the Common Stock under the heading
"Risk Factors" beginning on page 11 of the Prospectus:

1.  Increasing interest rates may hurt our profits.

2.  Our use of proceeds  from this offering to buy  mortgage-related  securities
    could increase our risk that changes in market interest rates will result in
    lower income.

3.  Capitol  Federal  Savings  Bank MHC will own more  than half of the stock of
    Capitol Federal Financial.  This means that Capitol Federal Savings Bank MHC
    will  have  enough  votes to control  what  happens on most matters put to a
    vote of stockholders.

4.  After the change in structure and stock offering,  our net  income-to-equity
    ratio will be low compared to other companies and our compensation  expenses
    will increase. This could negatively impact the price of our stock

5.  The establishment of the Capitol Federal Foundation will hurt our earnings.

6.  The  contribution  to the Capitol Federal  Foundation  means that your total
    ownership will be 1.65% less after we make the contribution.

7.  We intend  to grant  stock  options  and  restricted  stock to the board and
    management  following the change in structure and stock offering which could
    further reduce your voting interest.

8.  If our  computer  systems do not  properly  work on  January  1,  2000,  our
    business operations will be disrupted.

9.  We intend to waive cash dividends which  would  otherwise be paid by Capitol
    Federal Financial to Capitol Federal Savings Bank MHC. This could reduce the
    number of shares you receive if we ever do a  full  conversion and eliminate
    the mutual holding company.

- ------------------------------------        ------------------------------------
Signature                     Date          Signature                     Date

- ------------------------------------        ------------------------------------
(Note: If shares are to be held jointly; BOTH parties must sign)

EXECUTION OF THIS  CERTIFICATION FORM WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY RIGHTS
THAT A PURCHASER  MAY HAVE UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933,  AS AMENDED.  THE
SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK BEING  OFFERED ARE NOT SAVINGS  ACCOUNTS OR DEPOSITS AND
ARE NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,  THE
SAVINGS ASSOCIATION INSURANCE FUND OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.
    
<PAGE>
   
Capitol
Federal                  Stock Ownership Guide and Stock Order Form Instructions
Financial
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Stock  Order Form  Instructions  - All  subscription  orders are  subject to the
provisions of the Plan of Reorganization and the Stock Issuance Plan.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Item 1 and 2 - Fill in the number of shares  that you wish to  purchase  and the
total  payment due. The amount due is determined  by  multiplying  the number of
shares  ordered  by the  subscription  price of $10.00 per  share.  The  minimum
purchase is 25 shares.  Generally, the maximum purchase for any person is 50,000
shares. No person, together with associates,  as defined in the Prospectus,  and
no  person  acting  in  concert  may  purchase  more than  500,000  shares.  For
additional information, see "The Reorganization and Stock Issuance - Limitations
on Stock Holding Company Common Stock Purchases" in the Prospectus.

Item 3 - Payment  for shares may be made in cash  (only if  delivered  by you in
person;  though we  request  you  exchange  the cash for a check with any of the
tellers at Capitol  Federal Savings Bank (the "Bank"),  by check,  bank draft or
money order payable to CAPITOL FEDERAL  FINANCIAL.  DO NOT MAIL CASH. Your funds
will earn interest at the Bank's passbook annual yield, currently 2.25%.

Item 4 - To pay by withdrawal from a savings account or certificate at the Bank,
insert the account  number(s)  and the  amount(s) you wish to withdraw from each
account.  If  more  than  one  signature  is  required  for  a  withdrawal,  all
signatories  must  sign in the  signature  box on the  front  of this  form.  To
withdraw from an account with  checking  privileges,  please write a check.  The
Bank will waive any applicable  penalties for early  withdrawal from certificate
accounts. A hold will be placed on the account(s) for the amount(s) you indicate
to be withdrawn.  Payments will remain in  account(s)  until the stock  offering
closes. If a partial withdrawal reduces the balance of a certificate  account to
less than the applicable  minimum,  the remaining  balance will  thereafter earn
interest at the passbook rate.

Item 5 - Please check the  appropriate  box to tell us the earliest of the three
dates that applies to you.  Borrowers,  having a loan as of January 6, 1993 that
was active on January 31, 1999, are Other Members.

Item 6 - Please check this box if you are a director, officer or employee of the
Bank, or a member of such person's household.

Item 7 - Please check this box if you have a National  Association of Securities
Dealers,  Inc. ("NASD") affiliation (as defined on the reverse side of the Stock
Order Form.

Item 8 - Please  review  the  preprinted  Qualifying  Account  Information.  The
accounts listed may not be all of your qualifying accounts or even your accounts
as of the earliest of the three dates if you have changed their  ownership.  You
should list any other qualifying  accounts that you may have or had with Capitol
Federal Savings in the blue box located under the heading "Additional Qualifying
Accounts".  These may appear on other stock order forms you have  received.  For
example,  if you are  ordering  stock in just your name,  you should list all of
your  accounts as of the  earliest of the three dates that you were a depositor.
This may  include  accounts  on which you were a joint  owner,  your own regular
individual accounts or your IRA accounts.  Similarly,  if you are ordering stock
jointly with another depositor,  you should list all accounts on which either of
you are  owners,  i.e.  individual  accounts,  joint  accounts,  etc. If you are
ordering  stock in your minor  child's or  grandchild's  name under the  Uniform
Transfer to Minors  ownership,  the minor must have had an account as one of the
three dates and you should list only their  accounts.  If you are ordering stock
corporately,  you  need  to  list  just  that  corporation's  accounts,  as your
individual  accounts  do not  qualify.  Failure  to list all of your  qualifying
accounts may result in the loss of part or all of your subscription rights.

Item  9 - The  stock  transfer  industry  has  developed  a  uniform  system  of
shareholder  registrations  that we will use in the issuance of Capitol  Federal
Financial common stock.  Please complete this section as fully and accurately as
possible,  and be certain to supply your social  security or Tax I.D.  number(s)
and your  daytime  and  evening  phone  numbers.  We will need to call you if we
cannot  execute your order as given.  If you have any  questions  regarding  the
registration  of your stock,  please  consult your legal  advisor.  Subscription
rights are not  transferable.  If you are an eligible or  supplemental  eligible
account holder or other member,  to protect your priority over other  purchasers
as described in the  Prospectus,  you must take ownership in at least one of the
account holder's names.

                     (See Reverse for Stock Ownership Guide)
    
<PAGE>
   

Capitol
Federal                  Stock Ownership Guide and Stock Order Form Instructions
Financial
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stock Ownership Guide
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Individual - The stock is to be registered in an individual's name only. You may
not list beneficiaries for this ownership.

Joint Tenants - Joint tenants with rights of survivorship identifies two or more
owners.  When  stock is held by  joint  tenants  with  rights  of  survivorship,
ownership  automatically  passes to the surviving joint tenant(s) upon the death
of any joint tenant. You may not list beneficiaries for this ownership.

Tenants in Common - Tenants in common may also identify two or more owners. When
stock is to be held by  tenants  in  common,  upon the  death of one  co-tenant,
ownership  of the stock will be held by the  surviving  co-tenant(s)  and by the
heirs of the deceased co-tenant.  All parties must agree to the transfer or sale
of shares  held by tenants in common.  You may not list  beneficiaries  for this
ownership.

Uniform Transfer / Gift to Minors Act - For residents of Kansas and many states,
stock may by held in the name of a  custodian  for the  benefit of a minor under
the Uniform Transfer to Minors Act. For residents in other states,  stock may be
held in a similar type of ownership  under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act of the
individual  state.  For either  ownership,  the minor is the actual owner of the
stock with the adult  custodian being  responsible for the investment  until the
child reaches legal age. Only one custodian and one minor may be designated.

Instructions:  On the first name line, print the first name,  middle initial and
last name of the custodian,  with the abbreviation  "CUST" after the name. Print
the first  name,  middle  initial  and last name of the minor on the second name
line followed by the notation UTMA-KS or UGMA-Other State. List only the minor's
social security number.

Corporation/Partnership  -  Corporation/Partnerships  may purchase stock. Please
provide the Corporation/Partnership's  legal name and Tax I.D. To have depositor
rights,  the  Corporation/Partnership  must have an account  in the legal  name.
Please  contact  the Stock  Information  Center to verify  depositor  rights and
purchase limitations.

Individual  Retirement  Account - Individual  Retirement Account ("IRA") holders
may  make  stock   purchases   from  their   deposits   through  a   prearranged
"trustee-to-trustee"  transfer.  Stock may only be held in a self-directed  IRA.
Please contact the Stock Information Center if you have any questions about your
IRA account and please do not delay in exploring this option.  Registration  for
IRA's:

                On Name Line 1 - list the name of the broker or trust department
                followed by CUST or TRUSTEE.
                On Name Line 2 - FBO (for benefit of) YOUR NAME IRA a/c #______.
                Address will be that of the broker / trust  department  to where
                the stock certificate will be sent.
                The Social Security / Tax I.D. number(s) will be either yours or
                your trustees, as they direct.
                Please list your phone numbers.

Fiduciary/Trust - Generally,  fiduciary  relationships (such as Trusts, Estates,
Guardianships, etc.) are established under a form of trust agreement or pursuant
to  a  court  order.   Without  a  legal   document   establishing  a  fiduciary
relationship, your stock may not be registered in a fiduciary capacity.

Instructions:  On the first name line, print the first name,  middle initial and
last name of the fiduciary if the fiduciary is an  individual.  If the fiduciary
is a corporation, list the corporate title on the first name line. Following the
name,   print  the  fiduciary   title  such  as  trustee,   executor,   personal
representative, etc. On the second name line, print the name of the maker, donor
or testator or the name of the  beneficiary.  Following  the name,  indicate the
type of legal document establishing the fiduciary relationship (agreement, court
order,  etc.). In the blank after "Under Agreement  Dated",  fill in the date of
the document  governing the  relationship.  The date of the document need not be
provided for a trust created by a will.


                 (See reverse for Stock Order Form Instructions)
    

   
                           CAPITOL FEDERAL FINANCIAL




                            the holding company for



                                    CAPITAL
                             [LOGO] FEDERAL
                                    SAVINGS

                          True Blue for over 100 years




                             Become a Shareholder!
    
<PAGE>
   

            Edgar Tables for Capital Requirements, Asset Composition
             and Efficiency Ratio (included in Marketing Materials)



                              Capital Requirements

              Tangible Capital          Core Capital       Risk-Based Capital
              ----------------          -------------      ------------------
Required             1.50%                  3.00%                8.00%
9/30/98             12.13%                 12.13%               27.32%

As of September 30, 1998, Capitol Federal Savings Bank (the "Bank") exceeded all
regulatory capital requirements.


================================================================================


                                Asset Composition

The Bank's  asset base  consists  primarily of mortgage  loans.  And to a lesser
extent,  mortgage-related  securities, cash and investments, and other loans and
assets.

                                                              At 9/30/98
                                                              % of Total
                                                              ----------
Mortgage Loans                                                   67%
Mortgage-related Securities                                      20%
Cash and Investments                                              9%
Other Loans & Assets                                              4%
                                                                ----
                                                                100%
                                                                ----

================================================================================


                                Efficiency Ratio

The Bank's low Efficiency  Ratio  reflects  management's  ongoing  commitment to
overhead  cost  containment.  The  Efficiency  Ratio  represents  the  ratio  of
non-interest  expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest
income.

                                 For the years ended September 30,
                        ---------------------------------------------------
                         1998       1997       1996*      1995        1994
                        -----      -----      -----      -----       -----
Efficiency Ratio        35.80%     34.63%     41.39%     47.43%      41.74%


*1996 is adjusted to exclude the one-time SAIF recapitalization assessment.


    
<PAGE>
   





                                     [LOGO]














                                                                       True Blue
    
<PAGE>
   

                                    CAPITOL
                             [LOGO] FEDERAL
                                    FINANCIAL

                           Stock Information Centers
                           -------------------------
                 Toll Free (877) 815-1820 - 9:00 am to 5:00 pm

                        Stock Center Locations & Hours:
                        -------------------------------

                Nall Hills Office 9500 Nall Avenue Overland Park
                       9:00 am - 4:00 pm Monday - Friday

                      Main Office 700 Kansas Avenue Topeka
                       9:00 am - 4:00 pm Monday - Friday

                     Wichita Branch 8040 E. Douglas Avenue
                             Noon - 4:00 pm Monday
                      9:00 am - 4:00 pm Tuesday - Thursday
                            9:00 am - 3:00 pm Friday


THE SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK BEING  OFFERED ARE NOT SAVINGS  ACCOUNTS OR DEPOSITS
AND ARE NOT  INSURED BY THE  FEDERAL  DEPOSIT  INSURANCE  CORPORATION,  THE BANK
INSURANCE FUND, THE SAVINGS ASSOCIATION FUND, OR ANY GOVERNMENT AGENCY.
    
<PAGE>
   

                         FACTS ABOUT THE REORGANIZATION



The Board of  Directors of Capitol  Federal  Savings and Loan  Association  (the
"Association")    unanimously    adopted   a   Plan   of   Reorganization   (the
"Reorganization")  to reorganize into a federally  chartered,  three-tier mutual
holding  company  structure.  The  Association  is  converting  into a federally
chartered stock savings bank and will change its name to Capitol Federal Savings
Bank  (the  "Bank").  The Bank  will  become a  subsidiary  of  Capitol  Federal
Financial (the  "Company")  which has been formed as part of the  reorganization
and will issue stock for sale to the public. Further,  Capitol Federal Financial
will be a subsidiary of Capitol Federal Savings Bank MHC (the "MHC").

This brochure  answers some of the most  frequently  asked  questions  about the
Reorganization  and about  your  opportunity  to invest in the  Capitol  Federal
Financial.

Investment in the stock of Capitol Federal Financial involves certain risks. For
a discussion of these risks and other factors,  including a complete description
of the  offering,  investors  are  urged  to read the  accompanying  Prospectus,
especially the discussion under the heading "Risk Factors".

WHY IS THE BANK REORGANIZING?
- -----------------------------
The Reorganization will allow you to purchase stock and share in Bank's future.

The  mutual  holding  company  structure  will  provide  the Bank  with  greater
operating  flexibility,  enhance  access  to  capital  markets,  and  facilitate
expansion of products and services to members of the community.
    
<PAGE>
   
WILL THE REORGANIZATION AFFECT ANY OF MY DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS OR LOANS?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
No.  The  Reorganization  will not affect  the  balance or terms of any  deposit
account or loan.  Your  deposits  will  continue to be federally  insured by the
Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation ("FDIC") to the maximum legal limit. Your
deposit account is not being converted to stock.

WHO IS ELIGIBLE TO PURCHASE STOCK IN THE SUBSCRIPTION OFFERINGS?
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
Current and certain former  depositors and certain borrowers of the Bank and the
Bank's Employee Stock Ownership Plan.

HOW MANY SHARES OF STOCK ARE BEING OFFERED AND AT WHAT PRICE?
- -------------------------------------------------------------
Capitol  Federal  Financial is offering  through the Prospectus up to 50,000,000
shares of common stock, the maximum as adjusted, as described in the Prospectus,
at a price of $10.00 per share.

HOW MUCH STOCK MAY I BUY?
- -------------------------
The minimum order is 25 shares or $250.  Generally,  no person may purchase more
than  $500,000  of common  stock in the  subscription  offering  and no  person,
together with associates of and persons acting in concert with such person,  may
purchase more than $5,000,000 of common stock.

DO MEMBERS HAVE TO BUY STOCK?
- -----------------------------

No. However,  the  Reorganization  will allow the Bank's  depositors and certain
borrowers an opportunity to buy stock and become charter shareholders of Capitol
Federal Financial.
    
<PAGE>
   

HOW DO I ORDER STOCK?
- ---------------------
You must complete the enclosed Stock Order and Certification Form.  Instructions
for  completing  your Stock Order and  Certification  Form are contained in this
packet.  Your order must be received  by the Bank prior to 12:00  noon,  Central
Time, on March XX, 1999.

HOW MAY I PAY FOR MY SHARES OF STOCK?
- -------------------------------------
First,  you may pay for stock by check,  cash or money order. If paying by cash,
please stop at any one of the Bank's  tellers and convert  your cash to a check.
Interest  will  be paid  by the  Bank on  these  funds  at the  passbook  annual
percentage yield,  which currently is 2.25%, from the day the funds are received
until the  completion or  termination  of the  Reorganization.  Second,  you may
authorize us to withdraw  funds from your  Capitol  Federal  savings  account or
certificate of deposit for the amount of funds you specify for payment. You will
not have  access  to  these  funds  from the day we  receive  your  order  until
completion or termination of the Reorganization.

CAN I PURCHASE SHARES USING FUNDS IN MY CAPITOL FEDERAL SAVINGS IRA ACCOUNT?
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Yes, however, you must establish a self-directed IRA account at a brokerage firm
or trust  department  to which you can  transfer  a  portion  or all of your IRA
account at Capitol Federal that will enable such purchase.  To accommodate these
transfers,  Invest  Financial  Corporation  can  facilitate  establishment  of a
self-directed IRA. Please call our Stock Information Center as early as possible
for additional information as a transfer can take time to accomplish.
    
<PAGE>
   

WILL THE STOCK BE INSURED?
- --------------------------

No. Like any other common stock,  Capitol Federal  Financial's stock will not be
insured.

WILL DIVIDENDS BE PAID ON THE STOCK?
- ------------------------------------
The Board of Directors of Capitol Federal  Financial  intends to pay a quarterly
cash  dividend,  initially at an  annualized  rate of $.40 per share.  Continued
payment depends upon a number of factors and no assurances can be given that any
dividends  will be paid,  or that if paid,  will be at the same  level in future
periods.

HOW WILL THE STOCK BE TRADED?
- -----------------------------

The Company's  stock will trade on the Nasdaq  National  Market under the symbol
"CFFN". However, no assurance can be given that an active and liquid market will
develop.

HOW WILL I KNOW THE RESULTS OF THE OFFERING?
- --------------------------------------------
Upon  completion  of the  Subscription  Offering on March XX,  1999,  the Bank's
website  will  provide a current  update on the  status of the  offering  and as
accurate an estimate as  possible of when the  offering  will trade.  The Bank's
website address is www.capfed.com.

ARE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS OF THE BANK PLANNING TO PURCHASE STOCK?
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Yes!  The  Bank's  senior  officers  and  directors  plan  to  purchase,  in the
aggregate, $3.5 million worth of stock.

MUST I PAY A COMMISSION?
- ------------------------
No. You will not be charged a commission or fee on the purchase of shares in the
Reorganization.
    
<PAGE>
   

HOW MANY VOTES DO I HAVE?
- -------------------------
Your  proxy  card(s)  show(s)  the  number of votes you  have.  Every  depositor
entitled to vote may cast one vote for each $100 or fraction thereof, on deposit
as of the voting record date, January 31, 1999, up to 1,000 votes.  Borrowers of
the Bank as of January 6, 1993, who continued to have that loan as of the voting
record  date,  are  entitled  to cast one vote in addition to any votes they may
have as depositors.

MAY I VOTE IN PERSON AT THE SPECIAL MEETING?
- --------------------------------------------
Yes,  but please  sign and mail your proxy  today.  If you decide to revoke your
proxy you may do so by giving notice at the Special Meeting.

SHOULD I VOTE?
- --------------
Yes!  Your "YES" vote is very important!

WHY DID I GET SEVERAL PROXY CARDS?
- ----------------------------------
If you have more than one account,  you could  receive more than one proxy card,
depending on the ownership structure of your accounts.

PLEASE VOTE, SIGN AND RETURN ALL PROXY CARDS RECEIVED!

                            Stock Information Centers
                   Toll Free (877) 815-1820 9:00 am - 5:00 pm
                         Stock Center Locations & Hours
                 Nall Hills Office 9500 Nall Ave. Overland Park
                           9 am - 4 pm Monday - Friday
                       Main Office 700 Kansas Ave. Topeka
                           9 am - 4 pm Monday - Friday
                       Wichita Branch 8040 E. Douglas Ave.
                               Noon - 4 pm Monday
                         9 am - 4 pm Tuesday - Thursday
                                9am - 3pm Friday

    
<PAGE>
   



                                 STOCK OFFERING


                                    QUESTIONS
                                         &
                                     ANSWERS











                                                Capitol
                                                Financial
                                                Federal

         The proposed stock holding company for Capitol Federal Savings







- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK BEING  OFFERED ARE NOT SAVINGS  ACCOUNTS OR DEPOSITS
AND ARE NOT  INSURED BY THE  FEDERAL  DEPOSIT  INSURANCE  CORPORATION,  THE BANK
INSURANCE FUND, THE SAVINGS ASSOCIATION  INSURANCE FUND, OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT
AGENCY.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
<PAGE>
   
February XX, 1999


Dear Prospective Investor:

         We are  pleased to  announce  that  Capitol  Federal  Savings  and Loan
Association  (the  "Association")  is  reorganizing  from a federally  chartered
mutual savings institution to a federally  chartered,  three-tier mutual holding
company structure (the  "Reorganization").  The Association is converting into a
federally  chartered  stock  savings  bank and will  change  its name to Capitol
Federal  Savings  Bank (the  "Bank").  In  connection  with the  Reorganization,
Capitol Federal  Financial,  the newly formed corporation that will serve as the
stock  holding  company for the Bank,  is offering  shares of common  stock in a
subscription  offering  and a direct  community  offering  pursuant to a Plan of
Reorganization and Stock Issuance Plan (the "Plan").

         We have enclosed the following  materials that will help you learn more
about the merits of Capitol  Federal  Financial  common stock as an  investment.
Please read and review the materials carefully.

          PROSPECTUS:   This  document  provides   detailed   information  about
          operations  at  the  Association  and a  complete  discussion  on  the
          proposed stock offering.

          QUESTIONS  AND  ANSWERS:  Key  questions  and answers  about the stock
          offering are found in this pamphlet.

          STOCK  ORDER AND  CERTIFICATION  FORM:  This form is used to  purchase
          stock by returning it with your payment in the enclosed business reply
          envelope. The deadline for ordering stock is 12:00 noon, Central Time,
          March XX, 1999.

         We invite our loyal  customers  and local  community  members to become
charter  shareholders  of Capitol Federal  Financial.  Through this offering you
have the  opportunity  to buy stock  directly  from  Capitol  Federal  Financial
without a commission or a fee. The Board of Directors  and Senior  Management of
the Bank fully support the stock offering.

         If you have additional  questions regarding the stock offering,  please
call us toll free at (877)  815-1820,  Monday  through  Friday from 9:00 a.m. to
5:00 p.m., or stop by any of the three Stock Information  Centers located at the
places  and  operated  at the  times  noted  on the  back  of the  outer  folder
surrounding these materials.


Sincerely,



John C. Dicus
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

THE SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK BEING  OFFERED ARE NOT SAVINGS  ACCOUNTS OR DEPOSITS
AND ARE NOT  INSURED BY THE  FEDERAL  DEPOSIT  INSURANCE  CORPORATION,  THE BANK
INSURANCE FUND, THE SAVINGS ASSOCIATION  INSURANCE FUND, OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT
AGENCY.

    
 <PAGE>
   
February XX, 1999


Dear Member:


         We are  pleased to  announce  that  Capitol  Federal  Savings  and Loan
Association  (the  "Association")  is  reorganizing  from a federally  chartered
mutual savings institution to a federally  chartered,  three-tier mutual holding
company structure (the  "Reorganization").  The Association is converting into a
federally  chartered  stock  savings  bank and will  change  its name to Capitol
Federal  Savings Bank (the  "Bank").  In  conjunction  with the  Reorganization,
Capitol  Federal  Financial,  the newly  formed  corporation  that will serve as
holding  company  for  the  Bank,  is  offering  shares  of  common  stock  in a
subscription  offering pursuant to a Plan of  Reorganization  and Stock Issuance
Plan (the "Plan").

         Unfortunately,  Capitol Federal  Financial is unable to either offer or
sell its common stock to you because the small number of eligible subscribers in
your jurisdiction  makes registration or qualification of the common stock under
the securities  laws of your  jurisdiction  impractical,  for reasons of cost or
otherwise. Accordingly, this letter should not be considered an offer to sell or
a solicitation of an offer to buy the common stock of Capitol Federal Financial.

         However,  as a member of Capitol  Federal Savings you have the right to
vote on the Plan at the Special Meeting of Members to be held on March 26, 1999.
Therefore,  enclosed is a proxy card,  a Proxy  Statement  (which  includes  the
Notice  of the  Special  Meeting),  a  Prospectus  (which  contains  information
incorporated  into the Proxy Statement)  including a complete  discussion of the
offering and a return envelope for your proxy card.

         I invite you to attend the Special Meeting on March 26, 1999.  However,
whether or not you are able to attend,  please  complete the enclosed proxy card
and return it in the  enclosed  envelope  to ensure  your vote is counted at the
Special Meeting.



Sincerely,


John C. Dicus
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

    
<PAGE>
   

 February XX, 1999


Dear Member:

         We are  pleased to  announce  that  Capitol  Federal  Savings  and Loan
Association  (the  "Association")  is  reorganizing  from a federally  chartered
mutual savings institution to a federally  chartered,  three-tier mutual holding
company structure (the  "Reorganization").  The Association is converting into a
federally  chartered  stock  savings  bank and will  change  its name to Capitol
Federal  Savings  Bank (the  "Bank").  In  connection  with the  Reorganization,
Capitol Federal  Financial,  the newly formed corporation that will serve as the
stock  holding  company for the Bank,  is offering  shares of common  stock in a
subscription  offering pursuant to a Plan of  Reorganization  and Stock Issuance
Plan (the "Plan").

         To accomplish  the  Reorganization,  we need your  participation  in an
important  vote.  Enclosed  is a proxy  statement  describing  the Plan and your
voting and  subscription  rights.  The Plan has been  approved  by the Office of
Thrift Supervision and now must be approved by you. YOUR VOTE IS VERY IMPORTANT.

         Enclosed,  as part of the material, is your proxy card which is located
behind the window of your  mailing  envelope.  This proxy needs to be signed and
returned to us prior to the Special Meeting to be held on March 26, 1999. Please
take a moment to sign all of the  enclosed  proxy cards and return them to us in
the blue postage-paid envelope provided.  FAILURE TO VOTE HAS THE SAME EFFECT AS
VOTING AGAINST THE PLAN.

         The Board of Directors of the Bank  believes  the  Reorganization  will
offer a number of advantages  such as an opportunity  for depositors and certain
borrowers of the Bank to become shareholders. Please remember:

     o    Your  accounts  at the Bank  will  continue  to be  insured  up to the
          maximum  legal  limit by the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation
          ("FDIC").

     o    There will be no change in the balance,  interest rate, or maturity of
          any deposit accounts because of the Reorganization.

     o    Members  have a right,  but no  obligation,  to buy stock before it is
          offered to the general public.

     o    Like all stock,  shares of stock issued in this  offering  will not be
          insured by the FDIC.

         Enclosed is a prospectus  containing a complete discussion of the stock
offering. We urge you to read this material carefully.  If you are interested in
purchasing the common stock of Capitol  Federal  Financial,  your enclosed Stock
Order and  Certification  Form and payment  must be received by the  Association
prior to 12:00 noon, Central Time, on March XX, 1999.

         If you have additional  questions regarding the stock offering,  please
call us toll free at (877)  815-1820,  Monday  through  Friday from 9:00 a.m. to
5:00 p.m., or stop by any of the three Stock Information  Centers located at the
places  and  operated  at the  times  noted  on the  back  of the  outer  folder
surrounding these materials.

Sincerely,



John C. Dicus
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


THE SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK BEING  OFFERED ARE NOT SAVINGS  ACCOUNTS OR DEPOSITS
AND ARE NOT  INSURED BY THE  FEDERAL  DEPOSIT  INSURANCE  CORPORATION,  THE BANK
INSURANCE FUND, THE SAVINGS ASSOCIATION  INSURANCE FUND, OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT
AGENCY.

    
 <PAGE>
   

February  XX, 1999


Dear Friend:

We are pleased to announce  that Capitol  Federal  Savings and Loan  Association
(the  "Association") is reorganizing  from a federally  chartered mutual savings
institution  to  a  federally  chartered,   three-tier  mutual  holding  company
structure (the "Reorganization"). The Association is converting into a federally
chartered stock savings bank and will change its name to Capitol Federal Savings
Bank (the  "Bank").  In  connection  with the  Reorganization,  Capitol  Federal
Financial,  the newly formed  corporation  that will serve as the stock  holding
company  for the Bank,  is  offering  shares of common  stock in a  subscription
offering  pursuant  to a Plan of  Reorganization  and Stock  Issuance  Plan (the
"Plan").


Because of your  subscription  rights as a former member of the Association,  we
are sending you the following materials which describe the stock offering.

          PROSPECTUS:   This  document  provides   detailed   information  about
          operations at the Association and the proposed stock offering.

          QUESTIONS  AND  ANSWERS:  Key  questions  and answers  about the stock
          offering are found in this pamphlet.

          STOCK  ORDER AND  CERTIFICATION  FORM:  This form is used to  purchase
          stock by returning it with your payment in the enclosed business reply
          envelope.  The deadline for ordering  stock is Noon,  Central Time, on
          March XX, 1999.

As a former  member of the  Association,  you will have the  opportunity  to buy
stock  directly from Capitol  Federal  Financial in the  Reorganization  without
commission  or  fee.  If you  have  additional  questions  regarding  the  stock
offering, please call us toll free at (877) 815-1820, Monday through Friday from
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.,  or stop by any of the three Stock  Information  Centers
located at the places and  operated  at the times noted on the back of the outer
folder surrounding these materials.



Sincerely,



John C. Dicus
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED ARE NOT SAVINGS  ACCOUNTS OR DEPOSITS AND ARE
NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL  DEPOSIT  INSURANCE  CORPORATION,  THE BANK INSURANCE
FUND, THE SAVINGS ASSOCIATION INSURANCE FUND, OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.

    
<PAGE>
   

                      [LETTERHEAD: CHARLES WEBB & COMPANY]





To Members and Friends of
Capitol Federal Savings and Loan Association
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Charles Webb & Company, a division of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., a member of
the National  Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD"),  is assisting
Capitol  Federal  Savings  and  Loan  Association  (the  "Association")  in  its
reorganization  from a  federally  chartered  mutual  savings  institution  to a
federally   chartered,   three-tier   mutual  holding  company   structure  (the
"Reorganization").  The  Association  is converting  into a federally  chartered
stock savings bank and will change its name to Capitol Federal Savings Bank (the
"Bank"). In connection with the Reorganization,  Capitol Federal Financial,  the
newly formed  corporation  that will serve as the stock holding  company for the
Bank, is offering shares of common stock in a subscription  offering pursuant to
a Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance Plan (the "Plan").


At the request of the Capitol  Federal  Financial,  we are  enclosing  materials
explaining this process and your options,  including an opportunity to invest in
shares of Capitol  Federal  Financial's  common stock being offered to customers
through March XX, 1999.  Please read the enclosed offering  materials  including
the  Prospectus  carefully for a complete  discussion  of the offering.  Capitol
Federal  Financial  has asked us to forward  these  documents  to you in view of
certain requirements of the securities laws in your state.


Should you have any  questions,  please  call us toll free at (877)  815-1820 or
stop by any of the three  Stock  Information  Centers  located at the places and
operated at the times noted on the back of the outer  folder  surrounding  these
materials.



Very truly yours,



Charles Webb & Company




THE SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK BEING  OFFERED ARE NOT SAVINGS  ACCOUNTS OR DEPOSITS
AND ARE NOT  INSURED BY THE  FEDERAL  DEPOSIT  INSURANCE  CORPORATION,  THE BANK
INSURANCE  FUND,  THE SAVINGS  ASSOCIATION  INSURANCE  FUND,  OR ANY  GOVERNMENT
AGENCY.

    
<PAGE>



               Capitol Federal Financial - Investor Presentation





1.  Title - Capitol Federal Financial - Investor Presentation, February 1999
<PAGE>


2.  Branch Network - Branch Map (Map denoting branch locations)
<PAGE>


3.  List - Management  of the Bank - John C.  Dicus,  Chairman  of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer;  John B. Dicus,  President and Chief Operating Officer;
Neil F. McKay, Execuitve Vice President,  Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer;
Kent G. Townsend, First Vice President and Controller

<PAGE>



4. List - Capitol Federal Corporation History - Capitol Federal Savings and Loan
Association  began  operations in 1893; In 1938 they obtained a federal  charter
and  became  a  member  of  the  Federal   Home  Loan  Bank;   As  part  of  the
reorganization,  Capitol Federal Savings Bank MHC will be organized and will own
at least a  majority  (50.1%) of the  issued  and  outstanding  stock of Capitol
Federal Financial (the Stock Holding Company); Capitol Federal Financial will be
formed as a federally  chartered  corporation to be the mid-tier holding company
for the bank.

<PAGE>



5.  Bar chart - Total Assets (9/30/94 - $4,009.0 million,
                              9/30/95 - $4,350.3 million,
                              9/30/96 - $4,453.7 million,
                              9/30/97 - $4,923.7 million,
                              9/30/98 - $5,314.9 million,
                             12/31/98 - $3,777.4 million)

<PAGE>



6.  Pie chart - Asset Mix at 9/30/98 (Mortgage loans - 67%,
                                      Mortgage related securities - 20%,
                                      Cash and investments - 9%,
                                      Other loans & assets - 4%)

<PAGE>



7.  Bar chart - Loans Receivable, net (9/30/94 - $2,288.5 million,
                                       9/30/95 - $2,751.6 million,
                                       9/30/96 - $2,944.9 million,
                                       9/30/97 - $3,322.1 million,
                                       9/30/98 - $3,710.3 million,
                                      12/31/98 - $3,777.4 million)

<PAGE>



8.  Pie chart - Loan Portfolio Mix at 9/30/98 (1-4 Family - 93.5%,
                                              Other Consumer - 1.2%,
                                              Other real estate - 1.3%,
                                              Home Equity - 2.6%,
                                              Construction & Development - 1.4%)

<PAGE>



9.  Bar chart - Non-performing Assets to Total Assets (9/30/94 - 0,21%,
                                                       9/30/95 - 0.41%,
                                                       9/30/96 - 0.17%,
                                                       9/30/97 - 0.18%,
                                                       9/30/98 - 0.15%,
                                                      12/31/98 - 0.14%)

<PAGE>



10. Bar chart - Allowance for Loan Loss Reserves to Non-performing Loans
                (9/30/94 - 65.4%,
                 9/30/95 - 32.4%,
                 9/30/96 - 39.7%,
                 9/30/97 - 26.8%,
                 9/30/98 - 80.0%,
                12/31/98 - 88.10%)

<PAGE>



11. Pie chart - Deposit Account Mix at 9/30/98 (CD's - 78.7%,
                                                Demand Deposit - 6.7%,
                                                Cash Fund - 5.8%,
                                                Money Market Select - 5.5%,
                                                Passbook & Passcard - 3.3%)

<PAGE>



12. Bar chart - Equity to total Assets (9/30/94 - 12.11%,
                                        9/30/95 - 11.86%,
                                        9/30/96 - 12.29%,
                                        9/30/97 - 12.28%,
                                        9/30/98 - 12.46%,
                                       12/31/98 - 12.49%)

<PAGE>



13. Bar chart - Net Income (9/30/94 - $39,836 thousand,
                            9/30/95 - $30,374 thousand,
                            9/30/96 - $26,622 thousand,
                            9/30/97 - $52,704 thousand,
                            9/30/98 - $53,991 thousand,
                           12/31/98 - $13,492 thousand)

<PAGE>



14. Bar chart - Return on Average Assets (9/30/94 - 1.01%,
                                          9/30/95 - 0.73%,
                                          9/30/96 - 0.60%,
                                          9/30/97 - 1.12%,
                                          9/30/98 - 1.05%,
                                         12/31/98 - 1.04%)
<PAGE>



15. Bar chart - Return on Average Equity (9/30/94 - 8.56%,
                                          9/30/95 - 6.07%,
                                          9/30/96 - 5.01%,
                                          9/30/97 - 9.15%,
                                          9/30/98 - 8.52%,
                                         12/31/98 - 8.37%)

<PAGE>



16.Bar chart - Net Interest Margin (9/30/94 - 2.33%,
                                    9/30/95 - 2.01%,
                                    9/30/96 - 2.46%,
                                    9/30/97 - 2.66%,
                                    9/30/98 - 2.55%,
                                   12/31/98 - 1.79%)
<PAGE>



17. Bar chart - Efficiency Ratio (9/30/94 - 41.74%,
                                  9/30/95 - 47.43%,
                                  9/30/95 - 47.43%,
                                  9/30/96 - 62.51%,
                                  9/30/97 - 34.63%,
                                  9/30/98 - 35.8%,
                                 12/31/98 - 36.50%)

<PAGE>



18. Table - Branch Summary - City - Shawnee  Mission, County -  Johnson,  Jun-98
deposits ($000s) $1,320,889,  9 branches, 33.6% of list, 21.1% of city, 18.4% of
county; City - Topeka, County - Shawnee,  jun-98 deposits ($000s) $1,090,014,  5
branches,  27.8% of list, 41.9% of city, 40.7% of county; City - Wichita, County
- - Sedgwick,  Jun-98 deposits ($000s) $481,299 6 branches, 12.3% of list, 9.7% of
city,  34.4% of  county;  City -  Lawrence,  County - Douglas,  Jun-98  deposits
($000s)  $344,389 of list, 3 branches,  37.8% of city,  34.4% of county;  City -
Manhattan,  County - Riley, Jun-98 deeeeposits ($000s) $211,308,  1 branch, 5.4%
of list, 28.3% of city, 26.7% of county; City - Saline,  County - Saline, Jun-98
deposits  ($000s)  $162,115,  1 branch,  4.1% of list,  13.3% of city,  13.1% of
county;  City -  Emporia,  County - Lyon, Jun-98  deposits  ($000s)  $160,981, 1
branch,  4.1% of list, 36.8% of city, 33.0% of county,  City - Olathe,  County -
Johnson,  Jun-98 deposits ($000s) $156,226,  3 branches,  4.0% of list, 19.8% of
city, 2.2% of county.

<PAGE>



19. Table - Preference Categories -
    1.) Eligible Account Holders;
    2.) Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP);
    3.) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders;
    4.) Other Members
    5.) Directors, Officers and Employees of the Bank

<PAGE>



20. Table - Pro Forma Data -

Gross  Proceeds  (000's):  Minimum -  321,361,  Midpoint  -  378,072,  Maximum -
434,783, 15% above Maximum - 500,000;

Stockholders' Equity (000's):  Minimum - 936,499,  Midpoint - 985,207, Maximum -
1,033,917, 15% above Maximum - 1,089,932;

Stockholders' Equity Per Share: Minimum - $12.04,  Midpoint - $10.93,  Maximum -
$9.82, 15% above Maximum - $9.00;

Net Income (000's): Minimum - $58,530,  Midpoint - $59,341, Maximum $60,150, 15%
above Maximum - $61,083;

Earnings  Per Share:  Minimum - $0.79,  Midpoint - $0.68,  Maximum - $0.60,  15%
above Maximum - $0.53;

Price to Book: Minimum - 83.06%, Midpoint - 92.85%, Maximum - 101.83%, 15% above
Maximum - 111.11%;

Price to Earnings:  Minimum - 12.66x,  Midpoint - 14.7x,  Maximum - 16.67x,  15%
above Maximum - 18.87x


<PAGE>



21. Chart - Post-Conversion  and  Reorganization  Corporate  Structure - Capitol
Federal  Savings Bank MHC owns 57.03% of the common stock,  for the Total Public
Shares,  41.31% of the common stock will be owned by the minority  stockholders,
and 1.65% of the  common  stock  will be owned by  Capitol  Federal  Foundation;
Capitol  Federal  Financial will own 100% of the common stock of Capitol Federal
Savings Bank.

<PAGE>



22. Title - We thank you for your interest in Capitol Federal Financial,
            NASDAQ NMS:"CFFN"






© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission